TN03102022 An1

0
Government of India
Central Public Works Department
Office of the EE & SM-II, O/o CE cum ED, Mumbai

CPWD, NAVI MUMBAI (MAHARASHTRA).
Tele phone No: - 022 – 2756 1058
Email: - mumeenismpd2.cpwd@gov.in
iitbpd2cpwd@gmail.com
NIT NO- 05/NIT/EE & SM II/CE cum ED Mumbai /2022-23

NAME OF WORK: Construction of 354 nos. staff Quarters Hostel Building Academic
Block, for Reserve Bank of India at Plot No. 1, Sector 7, CBD Belapur (Kharghar), Navi
Mumbai.
Package 1:- C/o 1 No Grade D tower(19 quarters, G+10), 4 Nos Grade B/C tower
(quarters 159 G+10) 4 Nos Grade A tower(176 quarters, G+11), ZTC Hostel
Building(82Rooms,G+8), Academic Block (G+2), Club House With Swimming Pool,
Caretaker, Security And commercial building and Sanitary Installations, Drainage,
Internal Electrical Installations, Lifts, Fire-Fighting and Fire-Fighting Alarms, D.G
Sets, STP, Substation and Pump House, Rainwater Harvesting System, and
development work for Reserve Bank of India at Plot No. 1, Sector 7, CBD Belapur
(Kharghar), Navi Mumbai.
ESTIMATED COST : Rs. 3696367987/-
(Civil Rs. 3091188314/- and E&M Rs. 605179673/-)
EARNEST MONEY : Rs. 37963680/-
TIME ALLOWED : 26 Months
PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE : 3% of tendered value
Date of Pre bid meeting : 11:00 hrs on 07/10/2022.
Last date & time of tender submission : 15: 00 hrs on 31/10/2022.
Date of Opening of technical bid : 15:30 hrs on 31/10/2022.
1
Table of Content
S.N. Description Page
No.
1 Notice Inviting e- tender 3
2 PART ‘A’ TECHNICAL BID 4-27
3 PART I – GENERAL INFORMATION 5
4 Information and Instructions for Bidders for E-Tendering 6-15
5 List of documents to be scanned and uploaded within the period of Bid 16-17
Submission
6 NIT Form CPWD-6 18-27
7 PART II – TECHNICAL CUM ELIGIBILITY BID 28-64
8 Section-I: Brief Particulars of the work 29
9 Special conditions pertaining to site facilities/ restrictions 30
10 Section- II: Information and instructions for bidders 32
11 Annexure 1: Criteria for evaluation of the performance of contractor 38
for Pre-Eligibility
12 Section- III: Annexure 2: Letter of Transmittal 39
13 Form ‘A’ to ‘F’ 41-53
14 Annexure 3: Affidavit for non-execution of works on back-to-back 54
basis
15 Annexure 4: (Guarantee offered by Bank to CPWD in connection 55
with the execution of contracts) Form of Bank Guarantee for
PerformanceGuarantee/Security Deposit/Mobilization Advance
16 Annexure 5: Proforma for receipt of deposition of EMD 57
17 Annexure 6: Integrity Pacts 58-64
17 PART III – FINANCIAL BID 65

18 CPWD – 7 66
19 PART ‘B’ MAJOR COMPONANT (CIVIL) 69
20 Proforma Of Schedules: A to F (For Civil Components) 70-84
21 Additional, Special Conditions and Particular Specifications 85
22 Additional Conditions 86-105
23 Special conditions for cement and steel reinforcement bars 106-110
24 Special conditions for compliance of green building 111-126
25 Particular Specification for Civil Component 127-198
26 List of approved materials & specialized agencies (For Civil Works) 199
2
27 Form for Guarantee Bonds 204-208
28 PART ‘C’ COMPONANT (ELECTRICAL) 209
29 Proforma of Schedules: A to F (For E & M Component) 210
31 Complience required for GRIHA 5-star rating 219
32 Specifications of E & M Works 245
30 Association of other agencies for execution of specialized E & M 246

works by main contractor
31 Subhead 1: Internal electrical Installation works 249
32 Subhead 2: Wet riser andsprinkler system 256
33 Subhead 3: Addressable firealarm system 259
34 Subhead 5: STP 285
35 Subhead 6: Substation 293
36 Subhead 7: DG Set 313
37 Subhead 8: VRF Systems 314
38 List of Preferred Makes 320-328
39 Inventory 329-331
40 PART ‘D’ SCHEDULE OF QUANTITY 332
41 Schedule of Quantity for composite works 333-469
42 PART ‘E’ OTHER DOCUMENTS 470-1232
43 List of drawings & Tender drawings 471-1154
44 Soil Testing Report 1155-1232
It is certified that this document contains five parts i.e. Part A, Part B, Part C, Part D &
Part E containing Page nos. 01 to 1232.
Executive Engineer & Senior Manager II,

O/o. CE cum ED Mumbai, CPWD,
Navi Mumbai - 400 614.
3
Central Public Works Department

Notice Inviting e –Tender/ Press Notice
The Executive Engineer & Senior Manager-II, O/o CE cum ED, Mumbai, CPWD, 7th floor, CGO
Complex, CBD Belapur Navi Mumbai-400614, on behalf of the President of India invites
online percentage rate composite bid from eligible firms / contractors in two bid
system for the following work: -
NIT No.: 05/NIT/EE & SM II/CE cum ED Mumbai /2022-23
NAME OF WORK: Construction of 354 nos. staff Quarters Hostel Building Academic Block,
for Reserve Bank of India at Plot No. 1, Sector 7, CBD Belapur (Kharghar), Navi Mumbai.
Package 1:- C/o 1 No Grade D tower(19 quarters, G+10), 4 nos Grade B/C tower (quarters
159 G+10) 4 nos Grade A tower(176 quarters,G+11), ZTC Hostel Building(82Rooms,G+8),
Academic Block (G+2), Club House With Swimming Pool, Caretaker, Security And
commercial building Including Internal Water Supply and Sanitary Installations, Drainage,
Internal Electrical Installations, Lifts, Fire-Fighting and Fire-Fighting Alarms, D.G Sets, STP,
Substation and Pump House, Rainwater Harvesting System, and development work for
Reserve Bank of India at Plot No. 1, Sector 7, CBD Belapur (Kharghar), Navi Mumbai.
Estimated cost Rs. 3696367987/-

Civil Rs. 3091188314/-
E&M Rs. 605179673/-
Period of Completion 26 Months.
EMD Rs. 37963680/-
The bid forms and other details can be obtained from the website
www.etender.cpwd.gov.in The notice inviting e tender is also available on
www.eprocure.gov.in.

4
PART-A
TECHNICAL BID
5
PART-I
GENERAL
INFORMATION
6
CENTRAL PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT

INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR BIDDERS FOR e-TENDERING FORMING PART
OF BID DOCUMENT
The Executive Engineer & Senior Manager II (EE & SM II), O/o CE cum ED Mumbai, CPWD, 7th
floor, CGO Complex, CBD Belapur Navi Mumbai - 400614, (Telephone No. 022-27561058, email:
mumeenismpd2.cpwd@gov.in and iitbpd2cpwd@gmail.com) on behalf of the President of India
invites online percentage rate bids from CPWD enlisted contractor of appropriate class in
composite category and firms/contractors of repute in two bid system for the following:
07/10/2022 at 11:00 AM at 7th floor, Confernce Room, O/o. CE cum ED, Mumbai, CGO Date and time of Prebid
Time and date of

receipt for deposition
Original EMD, Copy of
Estimated cost put to
Period of Completion
of original EMD and

otherdocuments as
opening of Technical
Last Date & time of
submission of bid,
specified in NIT
Earnest Money
Sl. NIT
Name of Work & location
No. No.
conference
tender
bid
NAME OF WORK:
Construction of 354 nos. staff
Quarters Hostel Building
Academic Block, for Reserve
Bank of India at Plot No. 1,
Sector 7, CBD Belapur
Rs. 3696367987/- (Civil Rs. 3091188314/- and E&M Rs. 605179673/-)
Package 1:- C/o 1 No Grade

D tower(19 quarters, G+10),
4 Nos Grade B/C tower
05/NIT/EE & SM II/CE cum ED Mumbai /2022-23
(quarters 159 G+10) 4 Nos

1 Grade A tower(176
quarters,G+11), ZTC Hostel
Building(82Rooms,G+8),
Academic Block (G+2), Club
House With Swimming Pool,
Caretaker, Security And
commercial building
Including Internal Water
Supply and Sanitary
Complex, Navi Mumbai -400614
Up to 15.00 Hrs on 31/10/2022
After 15.30 Hrs on 31/10/2022
Installations, Drainage,
Internal Electrical
Installations, Lifts, Fire-
Fighting and Fire- Fighting
Alarms, D.G Sets, STP,
Substation and Pump House,
Rainwater Harvesting System,
37963680/-
26 Months
and development work for

Reserve Bank of India at Plot
No. 1, Sector 7, CBD Belapur
7
1. Contractors who fulfill the following requirements shall be eligible to apply. Joint
ventures are not accepted. (1 (a), 1(b), 1(c) 1(d) are not applicable for CPWD enlisted
contractors of appropriate class but 1(e) is applicable for CPWD enlisted contractor also.
a) Experience of having completed works of similar nature: -

Should have satisfactorily completed the works as mentioned below during the last
Seven Yearsending last date of the month previous to the one in which tenders are
invited.
i) Three similar works each costing not less than that Rs. 147.85 Cr.
OR
Two similar works each costing not less than that Rs. 221.78 Cr.
OR
One similar work costing not less than that Rs. 295.71 Cr.
AND
ii) Should have completed at least one work of RCC frame structure using monolithic
aluminium form work shuttering which may or may not be part of similar work. (Form
C-2 & D-2 to be uploaded.)
Similar work means: - “Construction of R.C.C. framed structure having minimum one
building of eight stories including finishing Work, Plumbing Work, Internal Electrical
Installation, Firefighting & fire alarm, lifts, HVAC (Central AC/ VRF with ducting),
substation and DG set (any 3 of E&M services out of 5 excluding IEI) all executed under
one agreement”.
Or
Completing balance Construction work of one building. (i/c structural work) minimum
up to eight stories including finishing Work, Plumbing Work, Internal Electrical
Installation, Firefighting & fire alarm, lifts, HVAC (Central AC/ VRF with ducting),
substation and DG set (any 3 of E&M services out of 5 excluding IEI) all executed under
one agreement.
Note: -
1. Machine room and Mumty shall not be counted as a storey.
2. Basement, Stilt Constructed in the building shall be considered as a storeys.
3. Only works executed in India shall considered for similar work
4. Qualified similar works shall be physically inspected by the CPWD engineers to ascertain
the completion, performance on quality of works for finalizing the technicalbids
5. The value of executed works shall be brought to current costing level by enhancing the
actual value of work at simple rate of 7% per annum (without compounding); calculated
from the date of completion to previous day of last date of submission of tenders.
6. If Private work shown in support of eligibility criteria, certified copy of Tax deducted at
source (TDS) certificate (Form 16A and 26A) shall be submitted along with the
experience certificate and TDS amount shall tally with the actual amount of work done.
Otherwise, the amount that tally with TDS shall only be considered for eligibility.
8
b) Average financial turnover: -

The bidder should have had the average annual financial turnover of Rs. 110.89 Cr. on
construction works during the immediate last three years ending 31st March, 2022.
(Scanned copy of Certificate from Charted Accountant with unique document
identification number (UDIN) to be uploaded). The value of annual turnover figures
shall be brought to current value by enhancing the actual turnover figures at simple
rate of 7% per annum. Year in which no turnover is known would also be considered for
working out the average.
c) Profit/Loss: -
Should not have incurred any loss (profit after tax should be positive) in more than two
years during the last five consecutive years ending 31st March, 2022, duly certified and
audited by the chartered accountant. (The balance sheet in case of Pvt./ Public Ltd.
Company means its standalone finance statement and consolidated financial statement
both).
d) Bankers Certificate / Net Worth Certificate: -

Should have bankers’ certificate from commercial bank for Rs. 147.85 Cr. (Scan copyof
original in form B to be uploaded).
OR
Should have net worth certificate from CA with unique identification number (UDIN) of
minimum 10% amount of ECPT i.e. 36.96 crore. The Net worth Certificate should not be
older than six months from the last date of the month previous to the one in which
tenders are invited.
e) Bidding Capacity (Applicable for CPWD registered contractor also): -

The bidding capacity of the contractor should be equal to or more than the estimated
cost of the work put to tender. The bidding capacity shall be worked out by the following
formula:
Bidding capacity = {[AxNx1.5]-B}
A= Maximum turnover in construction works executed in any one year during the last
seven years taking into account the completed as well as works in progress. The
value of completd works shall be brought to current costing level by enhancing at a
simple rate of 7% per annum.
N= Number of years prescribed for completion of work for which bids has been invited.
B= Value of existing commitments and ongoing works to be completed during the period
of completion of work for which bids have been invited.
f) Evaluation of performance: Evaluation of the performance of contractors for eligibility

shall be done by NIT approving authority or Committee constituted by him. All the
eligible similar works executed and submitted by the bidders in support of eligibility and
any one of the ongoing works, may be got inspected by committee which may consist of
client or any other authority as decided by NIT approving authority. The marks for the
9
quality shall be given based on this inspection if inspection is carried out. Scoring
method of evaluation: - The scoring for evaluation mentioned in these columns shall be
done as given in Proforma given (as per FORM-D1) elsewhere in the agreement.
g) The bidder should not have been barred/blacklisted by the Central Government/State
Government, or any entity controlled by it, from participating in any tender, and the bar
subsists as on the Bid Due Date, such bidder would not be eligible to submit the BID. The
Bidder should upload affidavit for NON – BLACK LISTING in Form F.
h) At the time of uploading of bid, the bidder shall have also to upload Scanned copy of an
affidavit on Non-Judicial Stamp paper of Rs.10/- as under:
“I/We undertake and confirm that eligible similar works(s) has/have not been got
executed through another contractor on back-to-back basis. Further that, if such a
violation comes to the notice of Department, then I/we shall be debarred for
bidding in CPWD in future forever. Also, if such a violation comes to the notice of
Department before date of start of work, the Engineer in-Charge shall be free to
forfeit the entire amount of Earnest Money Deposit/Performance Guarantee.”
2. The intending bidder must read the terms and conditions of CPWD-6 carefully. He
should only submit his bid if he considers himself eligible and he is in possession of all
the documents required.
3. Information and Instructions for bidders posted on website shall form part of bid
document.
4. The bid document consisting of plans, specifications, the schedule of quantities of

various types of items to be executed and the set of terms and conditions of the contract
to be complied with and other necessary documents can be seen in the office of
Executive Engineer & Senior Manager- II, O/o CE cum ED Mumbai, CPWD, Navi Mumbai
during the office hours on all days except on Second Saturday, Sunday & Public holidays
or can be seen on website https://etender.cpwd.gov.in or www.cpwd.gov.in free of
cost.
5. But the bid can only be submitted after deposition of original EMD either in the office of
Executive Engineer inviting bids or division office of any Executive Engineer, CPWD
within the period of bid submission and uploading the mandatory scanned documents
such as insurance surety bonds, Account payee Demand Draft or Bankers cheque or
Fixed Deposit receipt (FDR) or / and bank guarantee or e-bank guarantee ( for balance
amount as prescribed) from any of commercial bank towards EMD in favor of
EXECUTIVE ENGINEER, NISM PROJECT DIVISION-II, CPWD, NAVI MUMBAI, receipt
for deposition of original EMD to division office of any Executive Engineer (including NIT
issuing EE/AE), CPWD and other Documents as Specified.
10
6. Those contractors who are not registered or have not updated their profile on the
website mentioned above, are required to get registered / update their profile
beforehand. The necessary training materials including the videos with step-to-step
process are available on download section of https://etender.cpwd.gov.in.
7. The e tendring bidder must have valid Class-lll digital signature certificate with
encryption key (combo type) to perform any operations / transactions on the e-
tendering portal / website and the bidder should download and install the eMsigner on
their system as per instructions available on download section of
https://etender.cpwd.gov.in.
8. On opening date, the contractor can login and see the bid opening process. After opening
of bids, he will receive the competitor bid sheets.
9. Contractor can upload documents in the form of JPG format and PDF format.
10. Certificate of Financial Turn over: At the time of submission of bid, contractor has to
upload Affidavit/Certificate from CA mentioning Financial Turnover of last 7 years and
further details if required may be asked from the contractor after opening of eligibility
bids. There is no need to upload entire voluminous balance sheet.
11. Contractor must ensure to quote percentage rate against estimated cost put to tender.
The column meant for quoting rates in figures appears in yellow colour and the moment
rate is entered, it turns sky blue.
In addition to this, while selecting the cells a warning appears that if the cell is left blank
the sameshall be treated as "0". Therefore, if the cell is left blank and no rate is quoted by
the bidder, rate shall be treated as "0" (ZERO).
However, if tenderer doesn’t quote any percentage above or below on the total amount of
the tender or any section / subhead in percentage rate tender, the tender shall be
treated as invalid and will not be consider as lowest tenderer.
12. The Technical cum Eligibility bid shall be opened first on due date and time as
mentioned above. The time and date of opening of financial bid of contractors qualifying
the eligibility bid shall be communicated to them at a later date.
Pre-Bid conference shall be held in the O/o CE CUM ED, Mumbai, 7th floor CGO Complex,
Belapur, Mumbai at 11:00 AM on 07/10/2022 to clear the doubts of intending bidders, if
any. Tenderers should send by email all their queries, before pre-bid conference, latest
by 15.00 hrs on 06/10/2022 to the office of Executive Engineer & Senior Manager II, O/o
CE cum ED Mumbai, CPWD, 7th Floor, CGO Complex, CBD Belapur, Navi Mumbai-
400614. (Emailid: mumeenismpd2.cpwd@gov.in). As a result of pre-bid conference,
certain modifications may be uploaded on the website, if felt necessary by the
11
Department.
13. The department reserves the right to reject any prospective application without
assigning any reason and to restrict the list of qualified contractors to any number
deemed suitable by it, if too many bids are received satisfying the laid down criterion.
14. The building is targeted for minimum 5 Star GRIHA rating from TERI. The bidders shall
provide all necessary support and required facilities in order to secure this rating.
Nothing extra on this account shall be payable.
15. This work requires engaging more than 20 nos. of labours / workers and therefore all
necessary licenses such as labour license, EPFO and ESI, BOCW welfare registration etc.,
shall be taken by contractor within the time limits as prescribed under clause 1 of
schedule ‘F’.
16. During the Pandemic Covid-19, the guidelines/ SOPs/protocols issued by Govt. of India/
Govt. of Maharashtra are to be followed at the place of work/ Site from time to time. The
agency should adhere to these guidelines/ SOPs/protocols strictly and no hindrance &
nothing extra shall be payable on account of this.
17. The bidder, both CPWD & Non-CPWD contractors shall associate specialized agency for
specialized work. For specialized components of Civil & E&M works, the eligibility
criteria for specialized agency to be associated by the main contractor will be as detailed
below:
SL. Estimated
Component of
cost Eligibility
No. Works Rs.(Lakhs)
The contractor shall associate specialized agency as
mentioned in the approved list of specialized
agencies mentioned elsewhere in the agreement or
1 Anti-termite 26.74 shall associate specialized agency having successfully
completed works, as mentioned under during last 7
years ending last date of the month previous to the
one in which tenders are invited.
Waterproofing (i) Three similar works each of value not less than
2 756.44
Works 40% of Estimated Cost
Structural
3 90.32 OR
Glazing
(ii) Two similar works each of value not less than
60% of Estimated Cost
OR
(iii) One similar work each of value not less than 80%
of Estimated Cost.
12
The associate agency shall be registered/enlisted in

CPWD in composite category in appropriate class and
should have a valid electrical license
OR
The associate agency (Non CPWD) having valid

electrical license. They should have successfully
Internal &
External
(i) Three similar works each of value not less than
4 Electrical 3025.1
Installations,
LAN OR
OR
of Estimated Cost.
Similar works means Internal Electrical Installation
works.
In case of private works, the same shall be supported

by TDS certificate for the work under consideration.
3 Similar Works each of value not less than 40% of

LAN, Wi-Fi and ECPT OR 2 Similar Works each of value not less than
5 42.49
telephone 60% of ECPT OR 1 Similar Works each of value not
less than 80% of ECPT.
The associate specialized agency having successfully


Fire fighting & 40% of Estimated Cost
6 Downcomer 656.4 OR
System (ii) Two similar works each of value not less than
OR
of Estimated Cost
Similar works means SITC of fire fighting & fire alarm
System.
13
In case of private works, the same shall be

supported by TDS certificate for the work under
consideration.
The agency carrying out the work for Fire Fighting
system shall have valid licence for carrying out
firefighting works in Maharashtra state & shall
comply with the
conditions laid down in MCGM Dy CFO provisional
NOC letter dated 21.01.2018 (Provincial Fire NOC
(Annexure-1).
consideration.
As per the eligibility criteria of lift works (revision 3)

7 Lifts 800.85 issued by CPWD dated 28.09.2022 upto the latest
amendaments.
3 Similar Works each of value not less than 40% of

STP (MBBR
ECPT OR 2 Similar Works each of value not less than
8 based 209.34
60% of ECPT OR 1 Similar Works each of value not
technology)
less than 80% of ECPT.

(i) Three similar works each of value not less

than 40% of Estimated Cost
Sub Station OR
9 and 608.5 (ii) Two similar works each of value not less than
accessories 60% of Estimated Cost
OR
(iii) One similar work each of value not less than
80% of Estimated Cost.
Similar works means "SITC of Substation with HT

panel, transformers & LT panels with single
transformer of capacity not less than 1200 KVA".
14
The associate specialized agency having successfully.

(i) Three similar works each of value not less

than 40% of Estimated Cost
10 DG set 154.15
OR
OR
(iii) One similar work each of value not less than
Similar works means "SITC of DG sets with single DG

Sets capacity not less than 400 KVA".


40% of Estimated Cost.
OR
OR
VRV/VRF of Estimated Cost.
11 based air 340.75 Similar works means SITC of HVAC and mechanical
conditioning ventilator.
(a) He fulfils the prescribed eligibility criteria as

mentioned above respectively for this work
OR
(b) He directly procures the equipment of approved
make from manufacturer and gets it installed from
authorized agency/ service provider of the
manufacturer/ specialized agency, all as per the
eligibility criteria mentioned as above.

consideration.
15
18. The bidder should either himself meet the eligibility conditions for the respective Civil &
E&M packages or otherwise he will have to associate an agency meeting the eligibility
requirements. The proposal for associate agency for all packages of Civil & E&M shall be
submitted within one month from the date of award for verification and approval of the
Department. Consent letter of such proposed agencies for association along with
verifiable completion certificates of the work/ registration/approval documents as the
case may be, duly attested by the applicant, valid Electrical Contractor's license, duly
attested by the applicant, self-attested GST registration documents and TDS certificate for
private works in respect of the associated agencies shall also be submitted along with the
proposal.

16
List of Mandatory Documents to be scanned and uploaded within the

period of bid submission:
1. For CPWD Registered contractors:
a. Scan copy Banker’s cheque of commercial bank or Account payee Demand

Draft of commercial bank or Fixed Deposit receipt (FDR) of commercial bank
or insurance surety bonds and/or bank guarantee or e-bank guarantee (for
balance amount as prescribed) of commercial bank against EMD.
b. Copy of receipt of deposition of original EMD issued from division office of any
Executive Engineer, CPWD. (Annexure- 5)
c. CPWD Enlistment Order of the Contractor in appropriate category.
d. GST registration Certificate, if already obtained by the bidder.
If the bidder has not obtained GST registration as applicable, then in such a
case the bidder shall scan and upload undertaking with the bid document “If
work is awarded to me, I/We shall obtain GST registration certificate within
one month from date of receipt of award letter or before release of any
payment by CPWD, whichever is earlier, failing which I/We shall be
responsible for any delay in payments which will be due towards me/us on
account of the work executed and/or for any action taken by CPWD or GST
department in this regard”.
e. Bidding capacity as per Form C3.
f. Integrity pact signed by the bidder in presence of witness (as per annexure 6).
2. For Non CPWD registered contractor
a. Scan copy Banker’s cheque of commercial bank or Account payee Demand

Draft of commercial bank or Fixed Deposit receipt (FDR) of commercial bank
or insurance surety bonds and/or bank guarantee or e-bank guarantee (for
balance amount as prescribed) of commercial bank against EMD.
b. Copy of receipt of deposition of original EMD issued from division office of any
Executive Engineer, CPWD. (Annexure- 5)
c. GST registration Certificate of the state in which the work is to be taken up, if
already obtained by the bidder.
If the bidder has not obtained GST registration as applicable, then in such a
case the bidder shall scan and upload undertaking with the bid document “If
work is awarded to me, I/We shall obtain GST registration certificate within
one month from date of receipt of award letter or before release of any
payment by CPWD, whichever is earlier, failing which I/We shall be
responsible for any delay in payments which will be due towards me/us on
account of the work executed and/or for any action taken by CPWD or GST
department in this regard”.
17
d. Certificates of Financial Turnover from Chartered Accountant in Form A.

e. Banker’s certificate /Net Worth Certificate in Form B/B1.
f. List of eligible similar nature of works completed in Form C and C2.
g. List of Projects under execution in Form-C1.
h. Bidding capacity as per Form C3.
i. Performance report of works (referred to in Form C and C2) in Form-D and D2.
j. Structure & Organization in Form-E.
k. Affidavit for “Proforma of Affidavit for Non - Black Listing” in Form F.
l. Signed copy of Letter of transmittal in Annexure-2.
m. AFFIDAVIT FOR NON-EXECUTION OF WORKS ON BACK TO BACK BASIS” on
Non- judicial Stamp Paper of Rs. 100/- in Annexure-3.
n. Integrity pact signed by the bidder in presence of witness (as per annexure 6).
18
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
CENTRAL PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
CPWD-6 for e- tendering
1. Online percentage rate bids are invited on behalf of President of India in two bid system
(Technical cum Eligibility and Financial Bid) from CPWD enlisted contractor of
appropriate class in composite category and firms/contractor of repute fulfing eligibility
criteria laid down in NIT, for the work of “Construction of 354 nos. staff Quarters Hostel
Building Academic Block, for Reserve Bank of India at Plot No. 1, Sector 7, CBD Belapur
Package 1:- C/o 1 No Grade D tower(19 quarters, G+10), 4 Nos Grade B/C tower (quarters
159 G+10) 4 Nos Grade A tower(176 quarters,G+11), ZTC Hostel Building(82Rooms,G+8),
Internal Electrical Installations, Lifts, Fire-Fighting and Fire-Fighting Alarms, D.G Sets,
STP, Substation and Pump House, Rainwater Harvesting System, and development work for
Reserve Bank of India at Plot No. 1, Sector 7, CBD Belapur (Kharghar), Navi Mumbai.”
The enlistment of the contractors should be valid on the last date of submission of bids.
In case the last date of submission of bid is extended, the enlistment of contractor should be
valid on the original date of submission of bids.
1.1. The work is estimated to cost Rs. 3696367987/- (Civil Rs. 3091188314/- and E&M Rs.
605179673/-). This estimate, however, is given merely as a rough guide.
1.1.1. The authority competent to approve NIT for the combined cost and belonging to the
major discipline will consolidate NITs for calling the bids. He will also nominate
Division which will deal with all matters relating to the invitation of bids. For
composite bid, besides indicating the combined estimated cost put to bid, should
clearly indicates the estimated cost of each component separately. The eligibility of
bidders will correspond to the combined estimated cost of different components put
to bid.
1.2. Intending bidders is eligible to submit the bid provided he has definite proof from the
appropriate authority, which shall be to the satisfaction of the competent authority, of
having satisfactorily completed similar works of magnitude specified below: -
1.2.1 Conditions for NON CPWD registered contractors only (This is not applicable for
CPWD enlisted Contractors of appropriate class in composite category).
Joint ventures/Consortium and special purpose vehicles are not accepted.

Should have satisfactorily completed the works as mentioned below during the last Seven
Yearsending last date of the month previous to the one in which tenders are invited.
19
(i) Three similar works each costing not less than that Rs. 147.85 Cr.
OR
OR
AND
(ii) Should have completed at least one work of RCC frame structure using
monolithic aluminium formwork shuttering which may or may not be part of
similar work.
Similar work means: - “Construction of R.C.C. framed structure having minimum one building
of eight stories including finishing Work, Plumbing Work, Internal Electrical Installation,
Firefighting & fire alarm, lifts, HVAC (Central AC/ VRF with ducting), substation and DG set
(any 3 of E&M services out of 5 excluding IEI) all executed under one agreement”.
OR
Completing balance Construction work of one building. (i/c structural work) minimum up to
eight stories including finishing Work, Plumbing Work, Internal Electrical Installation,
(any 3 of E&M services out of 5 excluding IEI) all executed under one agreement.
Note: -
2. Basement, Stilt Constructed in the building shall be considered as a storey.
4. Qualified similar works shall be physically inspected by the CPWD engineers to
ascertain the completion, performance on quality of works for finalizing the
technical bids
5. The value of executed works shall be brought to current costing level by enhancing
the actual value of work at simple rate of 7% per annum (without compounding);
calculated from the date of completion to previous day of last date of submission of
tenders.
If Private work shown in support of eligibility criteria, certified copy of Tax
deducted at source (TDS) certificate (Form 16A and 26A) shall be submitted along
with the experience certificate and TDS amount shall tally with the actual amount
of work done. Otherwise, the amount that tally with TDS shall only be considered
for eligibility.

The bidder Should have had the average annual financial turnover of Rs. 110.89 Cr. on
construction works during the immediate last three years ending 31st March, 2022.
(Scanned copy of Certificate from Charted Accountant with unique document identification
number (UDIN) to be uploaded). The value of annual turnover figures shall be brought to
20
current value by enhancing the actual turnover figures at simple rate of 7% per annum. Year
in which no turnover is known would also be considered for working out the average.
c) Profit/Loss: -
Should not have incurred any loss (profit after tax should be positive) in more than two years
during the last five consecutive years ending 31st March, 2022, duly certified and audited by
the chartered accountant. (The balance sheet in case of Pvt./ Public Ltd. Company means its
standalone finance statement and consolidated financial statement both).

Should have bankers certificate from commercial bank for Rs. 147.85 Cr. (Scan copy of Form
B original to be uploaded).
OR
Should have a Net Worth Certificate issued by Chartered Accountant with unique
identification number (UDIN) of minimum 10% amount of ECPT (Form ‘B1’) i.e. of Rs.
36.96 Cr. The Net Worth Certificate should not be older than six months from the last date
of the month previous to the one in which tenders are invited.

The bidding capacity of the contractor should be equal to or more than the estimated cost
of the work put to tender. The bidding capacity shall be worked out by the following
formula:
A= Maximum turnover in construction works executed in any one year during the last
seven years taking into account the completed as well as works in progress. The value of
completed works shall be brought to current costing level by enhancing at a simple rate of
7% per annum.
B= Value of existing commitments and ongoing works to be completed during the period
of completion of work for which bids have been invited.
f) Evaluation of performance: Evaluation of the performance of contractors for

eligibility shall bedone by NIT approving authority or Committee constituted by him. All
the eligible similar works executed and submitted by the bidders in support of
eligibility and any one of the ongoing works, may be got inspected by committee which
may consist of client or any other authority as decided by NIT approving authority. The
marks for the quality shall be given based on this inspection if inspection is carried out.
Scoring method of evaluation: - The scoring for evaluation mentioned in these columns
shall be done as given in Proforma given (as per FORM-D1) elsewhere in the agreement.
g) The bidder should not have been barred/blacklisted by the Central Government/State
subsists as on the Bid Due Date, such bidder would not be eligible to submit the BID.
21
The Bidder should upload affidavit for NON – BLACK LISTING in Form F.
At the time of uploading of bid, the bidder shall have also to upload Scanned copy of an
h) At the time of uploading of bid, the bidder shall have also to upload Scanned copy of an
2. Agreement shall be drawn with the successful bidders on prescribed Form No. CPWD – 7
(or other Standard Form as mentioned) which is available as a Govt. of India Publication
and also available on website www.cpwd.gov.in. Bidders shall quote his rates as per
various terms and conditions of the said form which will form part of the agreement.
3. The time allowed for carrying out the work will be 26 Months from the date of start as
defined in schedule ‘F’ or from the first date of handing over of the site, whichever is
later, in accordance with the phasing, if any, indicated in the tender documents.
4. The site for work is available.

OR
The site for work shall be made available in parts as specified below
5. The architectural and structural drawings for the work are available, but final working
drawings shall be issued after the award of work at appropriate stage, as per demanded
by the agency. The architectural and structural drawings shall be made available in
phased manner, as per requirement of the same as per approved programme of
completion submitted by the contractor after award of work.The bid document
consisting of plans, specifications, the schedule of quantities of various types of items
to be executed and the set of terms and conditions of the contract to be complied with
and other necessary documents except Standard General Conditions of Contract Form
can be seen on website https://etender.cpwd.gov.in or www.cpwd.gov.in free of
22
cost.
6. After submission of the bid the contractor can re-submit revised bid any number of times
but before last time and date of submission of bid as notified.
7. While submitting the revised bid, contractor can revise the rate of one or more item(s)
any number of times (he need not re-enter rate of all the items) but before last time and
date of submission of bid as notified.
8. When bids are invited in 3 stage system and if it is desired to submit revised financial bid
then it shall be mandatory to submit revised financial bid. If not submiited then the bid
submitted earlier shall become invalid.
9. Earnest Money of Rs. 37963680/- (drawn in favor of Executive Engineer, NISM Project
Division – II, CPWD, Navi Mumbai) in the form of Bankers cheque of commercial bank
or Account payee Demand Draft of commercial bank or Fixed Deposit receipt (FDR) of
commercial bank or insurance surety bonds or/ and Bank guarantee or e-bank guarantee
of commercial bank (for balance amount as prescribed) shall be scanned and uploaded to
the e-tendering website within the period of bid submission. The original EMD should
be deposited either in the office of Executive Engineer & Senior Manager II, O/o CE
cum ED Mumbai, CPWD, Navi Mumbai or division office of any Executive Engineer,
CPWD within the period of bid submission. The EMD receiving Executive Engineer
(including NIT issuing EE/AE) shall issue a receipt of deposition of earnest money
deposit to the bidder in a prescribed format (enclosed) uploaded by tender inviting
EE in the NIT.
A part of earnest money is acceptable in the form of bank guarantee or e-bank guarantee
from commercial bank. In such case, minimum 50% of earnest money or Rs. 20 lakh,
whichever is less, shall have to be deposited in shape prescribed above, and balance may
be deposited in shape of Bank Guarantee or e-bank guarantee of any commercial bank
having validity for 180 days or more from the last date of submission of the tender
which is to be scanned and uploaded by the intending bidders.
The earnest money given by all the tenderers except the lowest tenderer shall be refunded
immediately after the expiry of stipulated bid validity period or immediately after acceptance
of the successful bidder, whichever is earlier. However, in case of two/three bid system
earnest money deposit of the bidders unsuccessful during technical bid evaluation etc. shall
be returned within 30 days of declaration of result of technical bid evaluation.
Copy of Enlistment Order and certificate of work experience and other documents as specified
in the notice intivting E tender shall be scanned and uploaded to the e-Tendering website
within the period of bid submission. However, certified copy of all the scanned and uploaded
documents as specified in e-tender notice shall have to be submitted by the lowest bidder only
within a week physically in the office of tender opening authority. Online bid documents
submitted by intending bidders shall be opened only of those bidders, whose original EMD
23
deposited with any division office of CPWD and other documents scanned and uploaded are
found in order.
The bid submitted shall be opened at 15:30 hrs on 31/10/2022.
The bid submitted shall become invalid and e-tender processing fee shall not be refunded if:
a. The bidders are found ineligible.
b. The bidder does not upload scanned copy of all the documents stipulated in bid
documents.
c. If any discrepancy is noticed between the documents as uploaded at the time of

submission of bid and hard copies as submitted physically by the lowest bidder in
the office of bid opening authority.
d. If a tenderer quotes nil rate against each item in item rate tender or does not quote any
percentage above/below on the total amount of the tender or any section/sub head in
percentage rate tender, the tender shall be treated as invalid and will not be considered
as lowest tender.
10. The contractor whose bid is accepted, will be required to furnish performance guarantee
of 3% (Three Percent) of the bid amount within the period specified in Schedule F. This
guarantee shall be in the form of Fixed Deposit receipt (FDR), insurance surety bonds,
Account payee demand draft or bank guarantee or e-bank guarantee of commercial bank
any of commercial bank in accordance with the prescribed form. In case the contractor
fails to deposit the said performance guarantee within the period as indicated in
Schedule ‘F’, including the extended period if any, the Earnest Money deposited by the
contractor shall be forfeited automatically without any notice to the contractor. The
Earnest Money deposited along with the tender shall be returned after receiving the
aforesaid performance guarantee. The contractor whose bid is accepted will also be
required to furnish either copy of applicable licenses/registrations or proof of applying
for obtaining labour licenses, registration with EPFO, ESIC, and BOCW Welfare Board
including Provident Fund Code No. if applicable and also ensure the compliance of
aforesaid provisions by the sub -contractors, if any engaged by the contractor for the said
work with in the period specified in Schedule-F.
11. The description of work is as follows: -

NAME OF WORK: Construction of 354 nos. staff Quarters Hostel Building Academic
Block, for Reserve Bank of India at Plot No. 1, Sector 7, CBD Belapur (Kharghar), Navi
Mumbai.
(quarters 159 G+10) 4 Nos Grade A tower(176 quarters,G+11), ZTC Hostel
Caretaker, Security And commercial building Including Internal Water Supply and
Sanitary Installations, Drainage, Internal Electrical Installations, Lifts, Fire-Fighting and
24
Fire- Fighting Alarms, D.G Sets, STP, Substation and Pump House, Rainwater Harvesting
System, and development work for Reserve Bank of India at Plot No. 1, Sector 7, CBD
Belapur (Kharghar), Navi Mumbai.
Intending Bidders are advised to inspect and examine the site and its
surroundings and satisfy themselves before submitting their bids as to the nature of the
ground and sub-soil (so far as is practicable), the form and nature of the site, the means
of access to the site, the accommodation they may require and in general shall
themselves obtain all necessary information as to risks, contingencies and other
circumstances which may influence or affect their bid. A bidders shall be deemed to have
full knowledge of the site whether he inspects it or not and no extra charge consequent
on any misunderstanding or otherwise shall be allowed. The bidders shall be
responsible for arranging and maintaining at his own cost all materials, tools & plants,
water, electricity access, facilities for workers and all other services required for
executing the work unless otherwise specifically provided for in the contract documents.
Submission of a bid by a bidder implies that he has read this notice and all other contract
documents and has made himself aware of the scope and specifications of the work to be
done and of conditions and rates at which stores, tools and plant, etc. will be issued to
him by the Government and local conditions and other factors having a bearing on the
execution of the work.
12. The competent authority on behalf of the President of India does not bind itself to accept
the lowest or any other bid and reserves to itself the authority to reject any or all the bids
received without the assignment of any reason. All bids in which any of the prescribed
condition is not fulfilled or any condition including that of conditional rebate is put forth
by the bidders shall be summarily rejected.
13. Canvassing whether directly or indirectly, in connection with bidders is strictly

prohibited and the bids submitted by the contractors who resort to canvassing will be
liable to rejection.
14. The competent authority on behalf of President of India reserves to himself the right of
accepting the whole or any part of the bid and the bidders shall be bound to perform the
same at the rate quoted.
15. The contractor shall not be permitted to bid for works in the CPWD Circle (Division in
case of contractors of Horticulture/Nursery category) responsible for award and
execution of contracts, in which his near relative is posted a Divisional Accountant or as
an officer in any capacity between the grades of Superintending Engineer and Junior
Engineer (both inclusive). He shall also intimate the names of persons who are working
with him in any capacity or are subsequently employed by him and who are near
relatives to any gazette officer in the Central Public Works Department or in the Ministry
of Urban Development. Any breach of this condition by the contractor would render him
liable to be removed from the approved list of contractorsof this Department.
25
16. No Engineer of Gazetted rank or other Gazetted Officer employed in Engineering or

Administrative duties in an Engineering Department of the Government of India is
allowed to work as a contractor for a period of one year after his retirement from
Government service, without the previous permission of the Government of India in
writing. This contract is liable to be cancelled if either the contractor or any of his
employees is found any time to be such a person who had not obtained the permission of
the Government of India as aforesaid before submission of the bid or engagement in the
contractor’s service.
17. The bid for the works shall remain open for acceptance for a period of seventy-five
(75) days from the date of opening of technical cum eligibility bid. Further
(i) If any tenderer withdraws his tender or makes and modification in the terms &
conditions of the tender which is not acceptable to the department within 7 days
after last date of submission of bids, then the Government shall without prejudice
to any other right or remedy, be at liberty to forfeit 50% of the earnest money
absolutely irrespective of letter of acceptance for the work is issued or not.
(ii) If any tenderer withdraws his tender or makes any modifications in the terms &
conditions of the tender which is not acceptable to the department after expiry of
7 days after last date of submission of bids, then the Government shall without
prejudice to any other right or remedy, be at liberty to forfeit 100% of the earnest
money absolutely irrespective of letter of acceptance for the work is issued or not.
(iii) In case of forfeiture of earnest money as prescribed in Para (i) and (ii) above,
the bidders shall not be allowed to participate in the rebidding process of the same
work.
18. This notice inviting Bid shall form a part of the contract document. The successful
bidders/contractor, on acceptance of his bid by the Accepting Authority shall within 15
days from the stipulated date of start of the work, sign the contract consisting of: -
a) The Notice Inviting Bid, all the documents including additional conditions,
specifications and drawings, if any, forming part of the bid as uploaded at the time
of invitation of bid and the rates quoted online at the time of submission of bid and
acceptance thereof together with any correspondence leading thereto.
b) Standard C.P.W.D. Form 7 or other Standard C.P.W.D. Form as applicable.
19. For composite Bids.

19.1 The Executive Engineer in charge of the major component will call bids for the
composite work. The cost of bid document and Earnest Money will be fixed with
respect to the combined estimated cost put to tender for the composite bid.
19.2 The bid document will include following three components:
26
Part A: - CPWD-6, CPWD-7/8 including schedule A to F for the major component of the
work, Standard General Conditions of Contract for CPWD 2020 as amended /
modified upto lat date of submission of tender.
Part B: General / specific conditions, specifications and schedule of quantities

applicable to major component of the work.
Part C: - Schedule A to F for minor component of the work (competent authority under
clause 2 and clause 5 shall be same authority as mentioned in schedule A to F for
major components), General/specific conditions, specifications and schedule of
quantities applicable to minor component(s) of the work.
Part D: - Schedule of quantity
Part E: - Tender Drawings

19.3 The bidders must associate himself with agencies as per NIT conditions.
19.4 The eligible bidders shall quote rates for all items of major component as well as
for all items of minor components of work.
19.5 After acceptance of the bid by competent authority, the EE in charge of major
component of the work shall issue letter of award on behalf of the President of
India. After the work is awarded, the main contractor will have to enter into one
agreement with EE in charge of major component and has also to sign two or more
copies of agreement depending upon number of EE’s/DDH in charge of minor
components. One such signed set of agreement shall be handed over to EE/DDH in charge
of minor component(s). EE of major component will operate Part A and Part B of the
agreement. EE/DDH in charge of minor component(s) shall operate Part C along with Part
A of the agreement.
19.6 Entire work under the scope of composite bid including major and all minor
components shall be executed under one agreement.
19.7 Security Deposit will be worked out separately for each component corresponding
to the estimated cost of the respective component of works.
19.8 The main contractor has to associate agency(s) for specialized component(s)
conforming to eligibility criteria as defined in the bid document and has to submit
detail of such agency(s) to Engineer-in-charge of relevant component(s) within
prescribed time. Name of the agency(s) to be associated shall be approved by
Engineer-in-charge of relevant component(s).
19.9 In case the main contractor intends to change any of the above agency/agencies
during the operation of the contract, he shall obtain prior approval of Engineer-in-
charge of relevant specialized component(s). The new agency/agencies shall also
have to satisfy the laid down eligibility criteria. In case Engineer-in-charge is not
satisfied with the performance of any agency, he can direct the contractor to
change the agency executing such items of work and this shall be binding on the
contractor.
27
19.10 The main contractor has to enter into MoU with agency(s) associated by him. Copy
of such MoU shall be submitted to EE/ DDH in charge of each relevant component
as well as to EE in charge of major component. In case of change of associate
contractor, the main agency(s) has to enter into MoU/agreement with the new
contractor associated by him.
19.11 Running payment for the major component shall be made by EE of major discipline
to the main contractor. Running payment for minor components shall be made by
the Engineer- in-charge of the discipline of minor component directly to the main
contractor.
19.12 The composite work shall be treated as complete when all the components of the
work are complete. The completion certificate of the composite work shall be
recorded by Engineer-in-charge of major component after record of completion
certificate of all other components.
19.13 Final bill of whole work shall be finalized and paid by the EE of major component.
Engineer(s) in charge of minor component(s) will prepare and pass the final bill
for their component of work and pass on the same to the EE of major component
for including in the final bill for composite contract.
20. Integrity Pact: The contractor shall download the Integrity Pact, which is a part
of tender documents, affix his signature in the presence of a witness, and upload the
same while submitting online bids for all works of estimated cost put to tender
equal or more than the threshold value given in Schedule-F. In the event of his
failure to sign and upload the Integrity Pact along with other bid documents, his bid
shall be rejected.
21. The intending bidders are required to update their profiles in CPWD e -tender portal
and to upload their bids well in Advance of last date of submission of tender. Any
issues related to updating profile/ uploading tender can be resolved through the
concerned Executive Engineer/ Assistant Engineer (Phone no. 022- 2756 1058, e-
mail Id: mumeenismpd2.cpwd@gov.in / iitbpd2cpwd@gmail.com) or ERF help
line no. 18001803286 or e-mail ld cpwd.support@techmahindra.com. The e-
tendering bidders are also advised not to wait to raise any issues till the last date of
submission of bid in their own interest.

O/o CE cum ED Mumbai,
CPWD, NAVI MUMBAI - 400 614
28
PART-II
TECHNICAL
CUM
ELIGIBILITY
BID
29
SECTION – I
Brief Particulars of the Work
Salient details of the work for which bids are invited are as under:
The prestigious Reserve Bank of India site is situated in Kharghar/Belapur, Navi Mumbai. The
campus is part functional with high security data center building in the campus. Following is the
brief detail of work under present tender. However, this scope is indicative only and not
exhaustive.
1)
S.no Name of work Estimated cost Period of
completion
1 Construction of 354 nos. staff Quarters Rs. 26Months
Hostel Building Academic Block, for 3696367987/-
Reserve Bank of India at Plot No. 1, Sector
7, CBD Belapur (Kharghar), Navi Mumbai. (Civil
Package 1:- C/o 1 No Grade D tower(19 3091188314/-
quarters, G+10), 4 Nos Grade B/C tower
(quarters 159 G+10) 4 Nos Grade A E&M
tower(176 quarters,G+11), ZTC Hostel Rs. 605179673/-
Building(82Rooms,G+8), Academic Block )
(G+2), Club House With Swimming Pool,
Caretaker, Security And commercial
building Including Internal Water Supply
and Sanitary Installations, Drainage,
Internal Electrical Installations, Lifts, Fire-
Fighting and Fire- Fighting Alarms, D.G
Sets, STP, Substation and Pump House,
Rainwater Harvesting System, and
development work for Reserve Bank of
India at Plot No. 1, Sector 7, CBD Belapur
(Kharghar), NaviMumbai
2) The work is situated at: Plot No. 1, Sector 7, CBD Belapur (Kharghar), Navi Mumbai.
(Location of RBI Data Centre)
3) General Features and major components of the work are as under
i. The Total proposed Built up area of all building is 75000 sqm (approx.)
ii. The building is designed to achieve a GRIHA rating of minimum 5 star. The
construction philosophy is based on norms stipulated by GRIHA. Accessibility to the
building is proposed considering the differently abled.
iii. Total 9 residential towers i.e., 1 no Grade D (19quaters, G+10), 4 Nos. Grade B/C (156
quarters, G+10) and 4 Nos Grade A tower (176 quarters, G+11) are to be constructed
with monolithic aluminum form work technology.
iv. Remaining blocks i.e., ZTC Hostel Building (82 Rooms, G+8), Academic Block (G+2),
Club House with Swimming Pool, UGWT, STP, Retention rainwater tank, Caretaker
30
block, Security cabin, boundary wall, rain water harvesting pit is to be constructed
with conventional shuttering.
v. The central podium connecting 8 towers (B/C and A) and 1 separate podium for grade
D tower is designed and intended for landscaping and vehicular movement shall be
constructed with conventional shuttering.
vi. The terrace rain water is to be used for filling rain water retention tank through
underground NP2 pipes.
vii. The sewer water is treated and is to be reused for flushing and gardening.
viii. Terrace floor comprises of Overhead tanks for fire/ flushing and domestic water
supply and lift machine rooms.
ix. External development works including, road, sewer line, Storm water line and drain
x. Internal electrification of the building i/c Distribution cable, Panels, DBs etc.
xi. Power distribution system with Rising Main and DBs.
xii. Firefighting system, Sprinkler system, Public Address System and Fire alarm system as
per fire NOC.
xiii. Installation of lifts
xiv. DG SET
xv. Substation
xvi. VRF system for hostel, academic, club house buildings
xvii. Liasioning for Statutory approvals such as Chief Fire Officer NOC, Occupation
Certificate, plinth approval from Local bodies.
4) The work shall be executed according to General condition of contract for Central P.W.D
available separately at printer’s outlets. The bidder may obtain the address of outlets from
Executive Engineer.
5) Special conditions pertaining to Site Facilities/ Restrictions

i. In case objection is raised by the nearby locality regarding the installation of batch mix
plant at site then no concrete plant / batch mix plant/ ready mix plant shall be allowed
inside the RBI campus. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
ii. As the availability of space is limited, the bidders are required to visit the site and
check the feasibility of space required for steel yards, stores, site laboratory etc. and
installation of various tools and plants such as tower crane, builder & passenger hoists,
DG sets etc. The contractor shall make his own arrangement for establishment of the
above-mentioned facilities and for which nothing extra shall be paid. The Engineer-in-
Charge shall in no way be responsible for any delay on this account and no claim,
whatsoever, on this account shall be entertained.
iii. The site has scarcity of space, hence space for establishment of labour hutment shall
only be provided only if available. The contractor shall make his own arrangement for
erection of labour hutment and for which nothing extra shall be paid. The Engineer-in-
Charge shall in no way be responsible for any delay on this account and no claim,
whatsoever, on this account shall be entertained.
31
iv. The contractor shall make its own arrangement for tapping of electricity from an
already existing connection provided by RBI, for which necessary prevailing charges
shall be paid by the contractor to the RBI/ electricity statutory body or shall obtain
separate independent connection for electricity. Before tendering, the bidders shall
visit the site and assess the manner in which he/she is able to arrange the above
facilities. The Engineer-in-Charge shall in no way be responsible for any delay on this
account and no claim, whatsoever, on this account shall be entertained.
v. Water for construction purposes shall be responsibility of contractor.
vi. The Contractor shall abide by the rules/ bye laws applicable in respect of water/
electricity connection and he shall be solely responsible for any penalty on account of
violation of any of the rules / bye laws in this regard. The Contractor shall indemnify
the Department/ RBI against any claim arising out of pilferage, theft, damage, penalty,
non-settlement of bills etc. whatsoever on this account.
vii. Space for site office and site store yard shall be provided in the vicinity of site as far as
possible depending upon availability. The Engineer-in-Charge shall in no way be
responsible for any delay on this account and no claim, whatsoever, on this account
shall be entertained. The agency shall be required to establish all such facilities and for
which nothing extra shall be paid. It shall be responsibility of agency to transport the
material from material stacking yard to site and for which nothing extra shall be paid.
In case any building or infrastructure work is required to be executed on the land
occupied by the site office/site store/workers rest room/ labour camp, agency shall
relocate these shelters for which nothing extra shall be paid.
viii. The agency shall be required to strictly follow security norms and procedure in terms
of entry/ exit passes to all the vehicles/ persons/ materials, issue/ reissue/ surrender
of labour passes and other rules and regulations that will be brought in force from time
to time by RBI. Any penalty imposed by RBI Bombay for violating security norms will
be immediately paid by the agency for which nothing extra shall be paid.
ix. The liasioning for obtaining any local body approvals, CFO NOC, plinth level approval,
Occupancy Certificate/ Part Occupancy Certificate shall be in scope of the contractor.
x. The agency shall be required to fix/install the dense safety net all around the
periphery of the building as per progress of work, in order to ensure safety and
prevent the damage to the materials & manpower working below:
xi. There are HT lines passing near to the campus. The agency shall make aware
himself/herself of it.
xii. The liasioning with Maharashtra pest control office shall be in scope of the contractor.
32
SECTION – II
INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR BIDDERS
1. GENERAL:
1.1. Letter of transmittal and forms for deciding eligibility are given in Section III.
1.2. All information called for in the enclosed forms should be furnished against the relevant
columns in the forms. If for any reason, information is furnished on a separate sheet, this
fact should be mentioned against the relevant column. Even if no information is to be
provided ina column, a “nil” or “no such case” entry should be made in that column. If any
particulars/query is not applicable in case of the bidder, it should be stated as “not
applicable”. The bidders are cautioned that not giving complete information called for in
the application forms or not giving it in clear terms or making any change in the
prescribed forms or deliberately suppressing the information may result in the bid being
summarilydisqualified. Bids made by telegram or telex and those received late will not be
entertained.
1.3. References, information and certificates from the respective clients certifying suitability,
technical knowledge or capability of the bidder should be signed by an officer not below
the rank of Executive Engineer or equivalent.
1.4. The bidder may furnish any additional information, which he thinks is necessary to
establish his capabilities to successfully complete the envisaged work. He is, however,
advised not to furnish superfluous information. No information shall be entertained after
submission of pre- qualification document unless it is called for by the Employer.
2. DEFINITIONS:
2.1 In this document the following words and expressions have the meaning hereby assigned
to them.
2.2 EMPLOYER: Means the President of India, acting through the Executive Engineer &
Senior Manager II, O/o CE cum ED Mumbai, CPWD, Navi Mumbai.
2.3 BIDDER: Means the individual, proprietary firm, firm in partnership, limited company
private or public or corporation.
2.4 “Year” means “Financial Year” unless stated otherwise.
2.5 User/Client/OWNER: shall mean Reserve Bank of India, Mumbai/Navi Mumbai.
3. METHOD OF APPLICATION:
3.1 If the bidder is an individual, the application shall be signed by him above his full
typewritten name and current address.
33
3.2 If the bidder is a proprietary firm, the application shall be signed by the proprietor above
his full typewritten name and the full name of his firm with its current address.
3.3 If the bidder is a firm in partnership, the application shall be signed by all the partners of
the firm above their full typewritten names and current addresses or alternatively by a
partner holding power of attorney for the firm. In the latter case, a certified copy of the
power of attorney should accompany the application. In both cases a certified copy of the
partnership deed and current address of all the partners of the firm should accompany the
application.
3.4 If the bidder is a limited company or a corporation, the application shall be signed by a
duly authorized person holding power of attorney for signing the application
accompanied by a copy of the power of attorney. The bidder should also furnish a copy of
this memorandum of Articles of Association duly attested by a public Notary.
4. FINAL DECISION-MAKING AUTHORITY:

The employer reserves the right to accept or reject any bid and to annul the bidding
process and reject all bids at any time, without assigning any reason or incurring any
liability to the bidders.
5. PARTICULARS PROVISIONAL:
The particulars of the work given in Section-I are provisional. They are liable to change
andmust be considered only as advance information to assist the bidder.
6. SITE VISIT:
The bidder is advised to visit the site of work, at his own cost, and examine it and its
surroundings to himself collect all information that he considers necessary for proper
assessment of the prospective assignment.
7. INITIAL CRITERIA FOR ELGIBILITY FOR QUALIFICATION: (This is not applicable for CPWD
enlisted contractors of appropriate class in composite category)
7.1. The bidder should have satisfactorily completed the works during the last Seven years
ending last date of the month previous to the one in which tenders are invited. For this
purpose, cost of work shall mean gross value of the completed work including cost of
material supplied by the Government/client but excluding those supplied free of cost.
This should be certified by an officer not below the rank of Executive Engineer/Project
Manager or equivalent.

Should have satisfactorily completed the works as mentioned below during the last Seven
years ending last date of the month previous to the one in which tenders are invited.
i) Three similar works each costing not less than that Rs. 147.85 Cr.
34
OR
OR
AND
ii) Should have completed at least one work of RCC frame structure using
monolithic Aluminium formwork shuttering which may or may not be part of
similar work.
Similar work means: - “Construction of R.C.C. framed structure having minimum one building
of eight stories including finishing Work, Plumbing Work, Internal Electrical Installation,
(any 3 of E&M services out of 5 excluding IEI) all executed under one agreement”.
Or
Completing balance Construction work of one building. (i/c structural work) minimum up to
eight stories including finishing Work, Plumbing Work, Internal Electrical Installation,
(any 3 of E&M services out of 5 excluding IEI) all executed under one agreement.
Note: -
2. Basement, Stilt Constructed in the building shall be considered as a storey.
4. Qualified similar works shall be physically inspected by the CPWD engineers to
ascertain the completion, performance on quality of works for finalizing the
technical bids
5. The value of executed works shall be brought to current costing level by enhancing
the actual value of work at simple rate of 7% per annum (without compounding);
calculated from the date of completion to previous day of last date of submission of
tenders.
6. If Private work shown in support of eligibility criteria, certified copy of Tax
deducted at source (TDS) certificate (Form 16A and 26A) shall be submitted along
with the experience certificate and TDS amount shall tally with the actual amount
of work done. Otherwise, the amount that tally with TDS shall only be considered
for eligibility.

The bidder should have had the average annual financial turnover of Rs. 110.89 Cr. on civil/
electrical construction works during the last three consecutive years ending 31st March,
2022 as per balance sheets duly auited by chatered accountant. Year in which no turnover is
known would also be considered for working out the average. The value of annual turnover
figures shall be brought to current value by enhancing the actual turnover figures at simple
rate of 7% per annum.
35
c) Profit/Loss: -
Should not have incurred any loss (profit after tax should be positive) in more than two years
during the last five consecutive years ending 31st March, 2022, duly certified and audited by
the chartered accountant. (The balance sheet in case of Pvt./ Public Ltd. Company means its
standalone finance statement and consolidated financial statement both).

Should have bankers’ certificate from commercial bank for Rs. 147.85 Cr. Certified by his
bankers (Scan copy to be uploaded in form B).
OR
Should have a Net Worth Certificate issued by Chartered Accountant (Form ‘B1’) of
minimum 10% of ECPT i.e., Rs. 36.96 Cr. The Net Worth Certificate should not be older than
six months from the last date of the month previous to the one in which tenders are invited.

The bidding capacity of the contractor should be equal to or more than the estimated cost of
the work put to tender. The bidding capacity shall be worked out by the following formula:
A= Maximum turnover in construction works executed in any one year during the last seven
years taking into account the completed as well as works in progress. The value of
completed worksshall be brought to current costing level by enhancing at a simple rate of 7%
per annum.
B= Value of existing commitments and ongoing works to be completed during the period of
completion of work for which bids have been invited.
Note: The bidder should submit bidding capacity as per FORM C3.
Evaluation Creteria: Evaluation of the performance of contractors for eligibility shall bedone
by NIT approving authority or Committee constituted by him. All the eligible similar works
executed and submitted by the bidders in support of eligibility and any one of the ongoing
works, may be got inspected by committee which may consist of client or any other authority
as decided by NIT approving authority. The marks for the quality shall be given based on this
inspection, if inspection is carried out. Scoring method of evaluation: - The scoring for
evaluation mentioned in these columns shall be done as given in Proforma given (as per
FORM-D1) elsewhere in the agreement.
f) The bidder should not have been barred/blacklisted by the Central Government/State
subsists as on the Bid Due Date, such bidder would not be eligible to submit the BID. The
Bidder should upload affidavit for NON – BLACK LISTING in Form F.
36
At the time of uploading of bid, the bidder shall have also to upload Scanned copy of an
executed through another contractor on back to back basis. Further that, if such a
g) The bidder should sufficient no. of Technical & Administrative employees for proper
execution of contract. The bidder shall have to submit a list of these employees stating
clearly how these would be involved in this work within 15 days of award of work.
8. EVALUATION CRITERIA:
8.1 The detailed submitted by the bidders will be evaluated in the following manner: -
8.1.1 The initial criteria prescribed in Para 7.0 above in respect of experience of eligible
similar works completed, loss, solvency, financial turn over and bidding capacity etc.
will first be scrutinized and the bidder’s eligibility for the work will be determined.
8.1.2 The bidders qualifying the initial criteria, as set out in Para 7.0 above, will be
evaluated for following criteria by scoring method on the basis of details furnished by
them.
(a) Financial strength (Form “A”) & Maximum 20 Marks

Bank Solvency Certificate (Form “B”)
OR
Net worth certificate (Form “B1”)
(b) Experience in eligible similar nature of work during Maximum 20 Marks
last seven years (Form “C”, and Form C-1)
(c) Performance on work (Form “D”) - Time over run Maximum 20 Marks
(d) Performance on work (Form “D1”) – Quality Maximum 40 Marks
Total 100 Marks
To become eligible for short listing the bidder must secure at least fifty percent marks in
each(section a, b, c and d) and sixty percent marks in aggregate.
The department, however, reserves the right to restrict the list of such qualified
contractors toany number deemed suitable by it.
The average value of performance of works for time overrun and quality shall be taken
on thebasis of performance report of the eligible similar works.
37
8.1.3 The committee or local unit of CPWD shall inspect the performance of completed as
well ason-going works.
9. FINANCIAL INFORMATION:
Bidders should furnish the Annual financial statement for the last five years (in Form “A”)
andBank Solvency Certificate (In Form “B”) OR Net Worth Certificate (In Form “B1”).
10. EXPERIENCE OF SIMILAR WORKS:
Bidder should furnish the following:
(a) List of eligible similar nature of work successfully completed during the last seven years
(In Form “C”) and ongoing works as well (Form ‘C1”).
11. ORGANISATION INFORMATION:

Bidder is required to submit information in respect of his organization (in Form “E”).
12. LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL:

The bidder should submit the letter of transmittal (Annexure-2) attached with documents.
13. OPENING OF PRICE BID:

After evaluation of applications, a list of short-listed agencies will be prepared. Thereafter,
the financial bids of only the qualified and technically acceptable bidders shall be opened
at the notified time, date and place in the presence of qualified bidders or their
representatives. The bid shall remain valid for a period of 75 days after the date of
opening of technical cum eligibility bid.
14. AWARD CRITERIA:
14.1 The employer reserves the right, without being liable for any damages or obligation to
informthe bidder, to:
(a) Amend the scope of work and value of contract.
(b) Reject any or all the applications without assigning any reason.
14.2 Any effort on the part of the bidder or his agent to exercise influence or to pressure the
employer would result in rejection of his bid. Canvassing of any kind is prohibited.
*******
38
Annexure-1
CRITERIA FOR EVALUATION OF THE PERFORMANCE OF CONTRACTORS FOR PRE- ELIGIBILITY
Attributes Max. Evaluation Criteria

Marks
(A) Financial strength (20) (i) 60% marks for minimum eligibility
criteria.
(i) Average annual 16
turnover (ii) 100% marks for twice the
(ii) Bank Solvency Certificate 4 minimumeligibility criteria or
OR more
Net Worth Certificate In between (i) & (ii)- on pro-rata basis
(B) Experience in (20) (i) 60% marks for minimum
similar class of eligibilitycriteria
works
(ii) 100% marks for twice the
minimumeligibility criteria or
more
In between (i) & (ii)- on pro-rata basis
(C) Performance on works (20) TOR = AT/ST; where AT = Actual
(timeover run) Time; ST =Stipulated Time in the
(Form D) agreement plus (+) justified period of
extension of time.
Note: Marks for value in between the
stages indicated above is to be
determinedby straight line variation
basis.
Score
If TOR = 1.00 2.00 3.00 >3.
50
(i) Without levy of 20 15 10 10
compensation
(ii) With levy of 20 5 0 -5
compensation
(iii) Levy of compensation 20 10 0 0
not decided
(D) Performance of works (40)
(Quality) (Total Marks assessed in Form D1)
As per assessment in
form D-1
(i) Completed works 25
(ii) Ongoing works 15
39
SECTION -III
Annexure-2
S
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
From: -
To:
O/o CE cum ED Mumbai,
CPWD,
Navi Mumbai.
Sub: Submission of bids for the works of “Construction of 354 nos. staff Quarters Hostel
Building Academic Block, for Reserve Bank of India at Plot No. 1, Sector 7, CBD Belapur
Package 1:- C/o 1 No Grade D tower(19 quarters, G+10), 4 Nos Grade B/C tower (quarters
159 G+10) 4 Nos Grade A tower(176 quarters,G+11), ZTC Hostel Building(82Rooms,G+8),
Internal Electrical Installations, Lifts, Fire-Fighting and Fire-Fighting Alarms, D.G Sets, STP,
Substation and Pump House, Rainwater Harvesting System, and development work for
Sir,
Having examined the details given in the bid document for the above work, I/we
herebysubmit the relevant information.
1. I/We hereby certify that all the statements made and information supplied in the
enclosed Forms from FORM- A, to E, and accompanying statement are true and
correct.
2. I/We have furnished all information and details necessary for eligibility and have no
furtherpertinent information to supply.
3. I/We, submit the requisite certified bank solvency/ net worth certificate and
authorize the Executive Engineer & Senior Manager II, O/o CE cum ED Mumbai,
CPWD, Navi Mumbai to approach the Bank issuing the bank solvency/net worth
certificate to confirm the correctness thereof. I/We, also authorize Engineer & Senior
Manager II, O/o CE cum ED Mumbai, CPWD, Navi Mumbai to approach individuals,
employers, firms and corporation to verify our competence and general reputation.
4. I/we submit the following certificates in support of our suitability, technical

knowledge and capability for having successfully completed the following eligible
similar works:
40
Name of Work: Certificate from
Certificate:
It is certified that the information given in the enclosed eligibility bid are correct. It is
also certified that I / We shall be liable to be debarred, disqualified / cancellation of
enlistment in case any information furnished by me / us is found to be incorrect.
Enclosures:
Seal of bidder
Date of submission:
Signature(s) of Bidder(s).
41
FORM- “A”
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Name of the firm / Bidder……………………………….:
1. Financial Analysis- Details to be furnished duly supported by figures in balance sheet /

profit & loss account for the last five financial years duly certified and audited by the
Chartered Accountants, as submitted by the applicant to the Income Tax Department
(Copies to be attached).
(Figures in Lakhs Rs.)
Year 2017-18 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22
Gross Annual
Turnover on
Construction
works
Profit/loss
(standalone finance
statementand
consolidated
financial statement
both)
2. Financial arrangements for carryout the proposed work.
SIGNATURE (S) OF BIDDER (S) Signature of Chartered Accountant with Seal

42
FORM “B”
FORM OF BANKERS’ SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE FROM A SCHEDULED BANK
“To Whomsoever It May Concern”
This is to certify that to the best of our knowledge and information that M/s. /
Shri……………………..
.......................................................................................................................……………………………….
having marginally noted address, a customer of our bank are/is respectable and can be
treated asgood for any engagement up to a limit of Rs.…......................................
(Rupees…………………….................................................................................………………………).
This certificate is issued without any guarantee or responsibility on the bank or any of the
officers.
(Signature of Branch Manager)

For the Bank
NOTE:
1) In case of partnership firm, certificate should include names of all partners
as recorded withthe Bank.
2) Bank Certificates should be on letter head of the bank, addressed to tendering
authority.
*************
43
FORM “B1”
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF NET WORTH FROM CHARTERED ACCOUNTANT

(Not more than three months old)
“It is to certify that as per audited balance sheet and profit & loss account during the
financial year………………………., the net worth of M/S./Sh .................................................................
(Name & Registered Address of individual/firm/company), as on.................................................
(the relevant date) is Rs ...................................................................................................................................
after considering all liabilities. It is further certified that the net worth of the company
has not eroded by more than 30% in the last three years ending on (the relevant date).”
Unique document identification number (UDIN)…………………
Signature of Chartered Accountant………………………………………………………
Name of Chartered Accountant………………………………………………
Membership No. of ICAI
Date & Seal

44
FORM “C”
DETAILS OF ELIGIBLE SIMILAR NATURE OF WORKS COMPLETED DURING
THE LAST SEVEN YEARS ENDING LAST DATE OF THE MONTH PREVIOUS TO
THE ONE IN WHICH TENDERS ARE INVITED
Sl. Name Owner or Cost of Date of Stipulated Actual Litigation Name Whethe
No. of sponsoring work commenceme date of dateof / and rthe
work / Organizati in nt as per completio completio arbitratio address/ work
Project on crores contract n n ncases telephon was
and of pending / eno of done
Locatio rupees in officer to on
n progress whom back-to-
with referenc back
details* e may be basis
made Yes/
No
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
*Indicate gross Amount Claimed and Amount Awarded by the Arbitrator.
SIGNATURE (S) OF BIDDER (S)

45
FORM ‘C-1’
PROJECTS UNDER EXECUTION
S.No. Details
1. Name of work / project and location
2. Owner or sponsoring organization
3. Cost of work in Crores of Rupees
4. Date of commencement as per contract
5. Stipulated date of completion
6. Up to date percentage progress of work
7. Slow progress if any and reasons thereof
8. Name and Address (Postal Address & E-mail)/
telephone number/Mobile number of officers to whom
reference may be made.
9. Remarks
SIGNATURE OF
BIDDER(S)WITH
STAMP& SEAL
46
FORM 'C'-2
DETAIL OF ONE WORK IN SUPPORT OF HAVING SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED WITH
THE STRUCTURAL SYSTEM TECHNOLOGY PROPOSED TO BE USED IN THE WORK
Sr Name Owner Cost Date of Stipu Actu Type of Litigation/ Name and Whethe
n of or of commen lated al structura arbitratio Address rthe
work
o work / spons work cement date date l system n cases (Postal was
project oring Crores as per of of technolo pending/ Address & done
and organi of contract comp com gy used. in E-mail) / on backto
locatio zation Rupee letion pleti progress telephone back basis
n s on with number/M Yes/ No
details obile
number of
officer to
whom
reference
may be
made
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Signature of bidder
47
Form C-3
Form for Bidder’s Bidding Capacity
Name of the Firm / Bidder: -………………………………………………..
NAME OF WORK: Construction of 354 nos. staff Quarters Hostel Building Academic Block, for
Package 1:- C/o 1 No Grade D tower(19 quarters, G+10), 4 Nos Grade B/C tower (quarters 159
G+10) 4 Nos Grade A tower(176 quarters,G+11), ZTC Hostel Building(82Rooms,G+8), Academic
Block (G+2), Club House With Swimming Pool, Caretaker, Security And commercial building
Including Internal Water Supply and Sanitary Installations, Drainage, Internal Electrical
Installations, Lifts, Fire-Fighting and Fire-Fighting Alarms, D.G Sets, STP, Substation and Pump
House, Rainwater Harvesting System, and development work for Reserve Bank of India at Plot No.
1, Sector 7, CBD Belapur (Kharghar), Navi Mumbai.
Stipulated date of completion
U[to date % progress of work

Contract value in crores of Rs
Name of work/Project and
officer to whom Reference

Date of commencement
/telephoneNumber of
Existing commitment
Owner or sponsoring
Column 4 X Column
Remaining work in
Name and address

%(100- column 7)
asper contract
may be made
organization
Remarks
location
8/100
Sr no
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Total (B) =
Maximum turnover in last 7 years = Rs……………………………

Updated value of turnover (A) = Rs…………………………..
No. of years (N) = Rs…………………………..
Bidding capacity= {[AxNx1.5]-B} = Rs…………………………….
Certificate: - I certify that all the awarded and ongoing works have been included in above list.
Signature of Chartered Account with Seal Seal & Signature of Bidder

48
FORM “D”
PERFORMANCE REPORT OF WORKS REFERRED TO IN FORM ‘C’
1. Name of Work / Project and Location:
2. Agreement No.
3. Estimated Cost:
4. Tendered Cost:
5. Date of start:
6. Date of completion
(a) Stipulated date of completion:
(b) Actual date of completion:
7. Total cost of completed as per Final Bill (Rs.):
8. Amount of compensation levied for delayed Completion, if any
a) Whether case of levy of compensation
for delay has been decided or not? : Yes /No
b) If decided, amount of compensation
leviedfor delayed completion, if any.
9. Amount of reduced rate items, if any:
10. Performance Report :
(i) Quality of Work : Outstanding/ Very Good/ Good / Poor
(ii) Financial Soundness : Outstanding/ Very Good/ Good / Poor
(iii) Technical Proficiency : Outstanding/ Very Good/ Good / Poor
(iv) Resource fullness : Outstanding/ Very Good/ Good / Poor
(v) General behavior : Outstanding/ Very Good/ Good/ Poor
Dated: Executive Engineer or Equivalent

49
FORM ‘D-1’
ASSESSMENT OF QUALITY FOR COMPLETED AS WELL AS ONGOING
WORKS
(Format of Performance report in which local unit of CPWD shall submit the report)
Name of work: -
Date of Inspection: -
Date of submission of report: -
A. General Observation & Operational Aspects Yes/No
1 Availability of approval from local bodies in case of construction of
private
buildings.
2 Availability of approved structural drawings.
3 Observation on seepage/ leakage in the building
4 Whether line and level maintained
5 In case of basement, observation on seepage, if any.
6 Any structural defects/ distress observed. If yes give details
7 Whether safety measures adopted at site as per CPWD safety code
and or govt. guidelines are adequate or not.
8 Whether the welfare facilities provided to labour as per cause 19H of
GCC for CPWD works/ and or govt. guidelines are adequate or not.
9 Whether AHU getting automatically switched off and fire damps closed
in case of fire signal
10 Whether thimbles used for termination of wires in DBs, EBDs and
panels?
Marks
B Quality of Work
Assessed
1 Quality of plaster/finishing
2 Quality of RCC/CC work
3 Quality of flooring
4 Quality of wood work
5 Quality of steel work / aluminium work
6 Quality of plumbing and sanitary installation
7 Quality of workmanship
8 Quality of water proofing
9 If cladding done, observation on efficiency/ quality of cladding / brick
work
10 Quality of internal electrification work
11 Quality of DBs, EBDs and panels?
12 Quality of E&M equipment’s, panels and feeder pillar.
13 Quality of fire alarm system/ fire-fighting system
14 Quality of Air conditioning work.
15 Quality of Sub-Station based on complete live diagram, capacitor panel,
powerfactor, insulating mat, cleanliness, cable termination, earthing
pits, earthing of transformer /DG sets.
16 Any other aspect (To be elaborated)
50
Average Marks (To be awarded out of 100 Marks based on average of marks assessed
on eachattribute mentioned at B above).
Note:
1 All the above parameters may be considered for assessing the overall quality of work
executed by the contractor.
2 In case, any attribute is not applicable, the same may not be included in assessment
and mentioned are not applicable (N/A).
3 The works as assessed above shall be converted on a scale of 25/15 marks for
completed/ongoing works respectively.
4 In case of eligible completed works as well as ongoing works being more than one the
maximum marks assigned for completed works and ongoing works will be equally
distributed among the works.
51
FORM 'D-2'
CERTIFICATE OF EXPERIENCE IN SUPPORT OF HAVING SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED
ONE WORK WITH THE STRUCTURAL SYSTEM TECHNOLOGY PROPOSED
TO BE USED IN THE WORK
1. Name of work/project and location
2. Owner or sponsoring organization
3. Cost of work in crores of rupees
4. Date of commencement as per contract
5. Stipulated date of completion
6. Actual date of completion
7. Type of structural system Technology used
8. Litigation/arbitration cases Pending/in progress with details
9. Name and address/telephone number of officers to whom reference may be made
10. Whether the work was done on back-to-back basis (yes / no)
Certified that M/s .................................. has completed the above work with the structural
system technology as per details mentioned above.
To be signed with date and seal of the owner /
Sponsoring organization
52
FORM ‘E’
STRUCTURE AND ORGANISATION
1. Name & Address of the bidder
2. Telephone No. / Email id /Mobile No./Fax No.
3. Legal status of the bidder
(Attach copies of original document defining the legal status).
a) An Individual
b) A proprietary firm
c) A firm in partnership
d) A limited company or Corporation
4. Particulars of registration with various Government bodies (attach attested

photo- copy).
ORGANIZATION/PLACE OF REGISTRATION REGISTRATION
No.
1.
2.
3.
5. Names and Titles of Directors & Officers with designation to
beconcerned with this work.
6. Designation of individuals authorized to act for the
organization.
7. Has the bidder or any constituent partner in case of
partnership firm limited company or Corporation ever
abandoned the awarded work before its completion? If so,
give name of the project and reasons for abandonment.
8. Has the bidder, or any constituent partner in case of
partnership/firm/ limited company or corporation ever
been convicted bythe court of law? If so, give details.
9. In which field of Civil Engineering Construction, the bidder
hasspecialization and interest?
10. Any other information considered necessary but not
included above.
SIGNATURE (S) OF BIDDER(S)

53
FORM-“F”
PROFORMA OF AFFIDAVIT FOR NON - BLACK LISTING
I/we undertake and confirm that our firm/partnership firm has not been blacklisted by
any state/Central Departments/PSUs/Autonomous bodies during the last 7 years of its
operations. Further that, if such information comes to the notice of the department, then I/we
shall be debarred for bidding in CPWD in future forever. Also, if such information comes to the
notice of department on any day before date of start of work, the Engineer-in charge shall be free
to cancel the agreement and to forfeit the entire amount of Earnest Money Deposit/Performance
Guarantee (Scanned copy of this notarized affidavit to be uploaded at the time of submission of
bid).
NOTE: Affidavit to be furnished on a ‘non-Judicial’ stamp paper worth Rs. 100/-
Signature of Bidder(s) or an
authorizedOfficer of the firm
Signature of Notary with stamp
with seal
54
Annexure-3
AFFIDAVIT FOR NON-EXECUTION OF WORKS ON BACK-TO-BACK BASIS
NAME OF WORK: Construction of 354 nos. staff Quarters Hostel Building Academic Block,
forReserve Bank of India at Plot No. 1, Sector 7, CBD Belapur (Kharghar), Navi Mumbai.
(quarters 159 G+10) 4 Nos Grade A tower(176 quarters,G+11), ZTC Hostel
Caretaker, Security And commercial building Including Internal Water Supply and Sanitary
Installations, Drainage, Internal Electrical Installations, Lifts, Fire-Fighting and Fire-
Fighting Alarms,
D.G Sets, STP, Substation and Pump House, Rainwater Harvesting System, and
development work for Reserve Bank of India at Plot No. 1, Sector 7, CBD Belapur
I/We undertake and confirm that eligible similar work(s) has / have not been got executed
through another contractor on back to back basis. Further that, if such a violation comes to
the notice of Department, then I/we shall be debarred for bidding in CPWD in or if it is
found that any information has been concealed, then I / we shall be debarred for tendering
in CPWD in future forever. Also, if such a violation comes to the notice of Department
before date of start of work, the Engineer-in- Charge shall be free to forfeit the entire
amount of Earnest Money Deposit/Performance Guarantee.
NOTE: This Affidavit to be furnished on a ‘non-judicial’ stamp paper worth Rs.10/-
Date:
Place:
Signature of Bidder (s) or an authorized
Officer of the firm with stamp & seal
Signature of Notary with seal

55
Annexure-4
(Guarantee offered by Bank to CPWD in connection with the execution of contracts)
Form of Bank Guarantee for Earnest Money Deposit /Performance Guarantee/Security
Deposit/MobilizationAdvance
1. Whereas the Executive Engineer………………………………. (Name of division)

……………………………………. CPWD on behalf of the President of India (hereinafter called
"The Government”) has invited bids under....................................... (NIT number)
............................... dated for............................................................. (Name of work)
…………………………. The Government has further agreed to accept irrevocable Bank
Guarantee for Rs. ....................... (Rupees .... only) valid up to ............................
(date)*…………………….... as Earnest Money Deposit from......................... (name and
address of contractor) ..................................................................................................
(Hereinafter called "the contractor") for compliance of his obligations in accordance
with the terms and conditions of the said NIT.
OR
Whereas the Executive Engineer ………………………. (name of division) ...., CPWD on behalf
of the President of India (hereinafter called "The Government”) has entered into an
agreement bearing
number…………………………..….with............................................................................................(name and
address of the contractor) ………………………………………………………………………………
(hereinafter called "the Contractor”) for execution of
work......................................................................................(name of
work)
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………….…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…….…. The Government has further agreed to accept an irrevocable Bank Guarantee for
Rs.………………………................................... (Rupees …………………………………………………………….……..
only) validup to ........ (date) as Performance Guarantee/security Deposit/Mobilization
Advance from the said Contractor for compliance of his obligations in accordance with the
terms and conditions of the agreement.
2. We, .................................. (indicate the name of the bank) (herein after referred to as “the Bank”),
Hereby undertake to pay to the Government an amount not exceeding Rs… (Rupees
………………………......... only) on demand by the Government within 10 days of the demand.
3. We, ........................... (indicate the name of the Bank) do here by undertake to pay the amount
due and payable under this guarantee without any demur, merely on a demand from the
Government stating that the amount claimed is required to meet the recoveries due or
likely to be due from the said contractor. Any such demand made on the Bank shall be
conclusive as regards the amount due and payable by the Bank under this Guarantee.
However, our liability under this guarantee shall be restricted to an amount not exceeding
Rs. ……………………........ (Rupees only).
4. We, .................. (indicate the name of the Bank) ............ , further undertake to pay the
Government any money so demanded notwithstanding any dispute or disputes raised by
the contractor in any suit or proceeding pending before any court or Tribunal, our
liability under this Bank Guarantee being absolute and unequivocal. The payment so
made by us under this Bank Guarantee shall be a valid discharge of our liability for payment
there under and the contractor shall have no claim against us for making such payment.
56
5. We, ........................ (indicate the name of the Bank) further agree that the Government shall
have the fullest liberty without our consent and without affecting in any manner our
obligation here under to vary any of the terms and conditions of the said agreement or to
extend time of performance by the said contractor from time to time or to postpone for any
time or from time to time any of the powers exercisable by the Government against the said
contractor and to forbear or enforce any of the terms and conditions rerating to the said
agreement and we shall not be relieved from our liability by reason of any such variation or
extension being granted to the said contractor or for any forbearance, act of omission on
the part of the Government or any indulgence by the Government to the said contractor or
by any such matter or thing whatsoever which under the law relating to sureties would, but
for this provision, have effect of so relieving us.
6. We, .....................(indicate the name of the Bank) further agree that the Government at its
option shall be entitled to enforce this Guarantee against the Bank as a principal debtor at
the first instance without proceeding against the contractor and notwithstanding any
security or other guarantee the Government may have in relation to the Contractor's
liabilities.
7. This guarantee will not be discharged due to the change in the constitution of the Bank or
the contractor.
8. We, .........................(indicate the name of the Bank) undertake not to revoke this guarantee
except with the consent of the Government in writing.
9. This Bank Guarantee shall be valid up to …………………………. unless extended on demand by

the Government. Notwithstanding anything mentioned above, or liability against this
guarantee is restricted to Rs……………………………… (Rupees only) and unless a claim in
writing is lodged with us within the date of expiry or extended date of expiry of this
guarantee, all our liabilities under this guarantee shall stand discharged.
Date ……………………………….
Witnesses:
1. Signature……………………
Name & Address
2. Signature……………………
Name & Address
Authorized signatory Name

Designation Staff code no. Bank seal
57
Annexure- 5
Receipt for deposition of Original EMD
(Receipt No…………………………………. / Date… ..)
NAME OF WORK: Construction of 354 nos. staff Quarters Hostel Building Academic Block, for
NIT NO. 05/NIT/EE & SM II/CE cum ED Mumbai /2022-23
1. Estimated Cost : Rs. 3696367987/-

2. Amount of Earnest Money Deposit : Rs. 37963680/-
3. Last date of submission of bid: : 15:00 Hrs on 31/10/2022.
1. Name of Contractor ........................................................................... #
2. Form of EMD .................................................................................... #
3. Amount of EMD Deposit .....................................................................#
4. Date of submission of EMD...................................................................#
Signature of EMD receiving
OfficerName & Designation
Office Stamp
Note: EMD shall be in favour of Executive Engineer NISM Project Division-II, CPWD,
NaviMumbai.
# To be filled in by EMD Receiving Officer

58
Annexure 6
INTEGRITY PACT
INTEGRITY PACT (Integrity Pact is applicable for all works of estimated cost put to tender
equal to or more than the threshold value given in Schedule-F)
This Integrity Pact is made at ................ on this ............ day of ............ 20 ....
BETWEEN
President of India represented by the Engineer-in-Charge (hereinafter referred to as the

principal, which expression shall unless repugnant to the meaning or context here of include
its successors and permitted assignees)
AND
..................................................................................................................................................................
(Name and address of the bidder)
(Hereinafter referred to as the Bidder/Contractorand which expression shall unless

repugnant to the meaning or context hereof include its successors and permitted assignees)
Preamble
WHEREAS the Principal has floated the tender (NIT No….…………) (Herein after referred to
as the Tender) and intends to award, under laid down organizational procedure, contractt
for ................................ .................. (Name of work) ................................................................... hereinafter
referred to as the Contract.
AND WHEREAS the Principal values full compliance with all relevant laws of the land, rules,
regulations, economic use of resources and of fairness/transparency in its relation with its
Bidder(s) and Contractor(s).
AND WHEREAS to meet the purpose aforesaid both the parties have agreed to enter into
this Integrity Agreement (hereinafter referred to as Integrity Pact), the terms and conditions
of which shall also be read as integral part and parcel of the Tender/Bid documents and
Contract between the parties.
In order to achieve these goals, the principal will appoint Independent External Monitors
(IEMs) who will monitor the tender process and the execution of the contract for
compliance with the principles mentioned hereunder.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of mutual covenants contained in this Pact, the parties
hereby agree as follows and this Integrity Pact witnesses as under:
Articles
Article 1: Commitment of the Principal
(1) The principal commits itself to take all measures necessary to prevent corruption and to
observe the following principles:
(a) No employee of the principal, personally or through any of his/her family members,
will in connection with the Tender, or the execution of the Contract, demand, take a
59
promise for or accept, for self or third person, any material or immaterial benefit
which the person is not legally entitled to.
(b) The Principal will, during the Tender process, treat all Bidder(s) with equity and
reason. The Principal will, in particular, before and during the Tender process,
provide to all Bidder(s) the same information and will not provide to any Bidder(s)
confidential/ additional information through which the Bidder(s) could obtain an
advantage in relation to the Tender process or the Contract execution.
(c) The Principal shall endeavour to exclude from the Tender process any person,
whose conduct in the past has been of biased nature.
(2) If the Principal obtains information on the conduct of any of its employees which is a
criminal offence under the Indian Penal code (IPC)/Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988
(PC Act) or is in violation of the principles herein mentioned or if there be a substantive
suspicion in this regard, the Principal will inform the Chief Vigilance Officer and in
addition can also initiate disciplinary actions as per its internal laid down policies and
procedures.
Article 2: Commitment of the Bidder(s)/Contractor(s)
1. It is required that each Bidder/Contractor (including their respective officers,

employees and agents) adhere to the highest ethical standards, and report to the
Government / Department all suspected acts of fraud or corruption or Coercion
or Collusion of which it has knowledge or becomes aware, during the tendering
process and throughout the negotiation or award of a contract.
2. The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) commits himself to take all measures necessary to

prevent corruption. He commits himself to observe the following principles
during his participation in the Tender process and during the Contract execution:
(a) The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) will not, directly or through any other person or
firm, offer, promise or give to any of the Principal employees involved in the
Tender process or execution of the Contract or to any third person any material
or other benefit which he/she is not legally entitled to, in order to obtain in
exchange any advantage of any kind whatsoever during the Tender process or
during the execution of the Contract.
(b) The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) will not enter with other Bidder(s) into any
undisclosed agreement or understanding, whether formal or informal. This
applies in particular to prices, specifications, certifications, subsidiary contracts,
submission or non-submission of bids or any other actions to restrict
competitiveness or to cartelize in the bidding process.
(c) The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) will not commit any offence under the relevant
IPC/PC Act. Further the Bidder(s)/ Contract(s) will not use improperly, (for the
purpose of competition or personal gain), or pass on to others, any information
or documents provided by the Principal/Owner as part of the business
relationship, regarding plans, technical proposals and business details, including
60
information contained or transmitted electronically.
(d) The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) of foreign origin shall disclose the names and
addresses of agents/ representatives in India, if any. Similarly,
Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) of Indian nationality shall disclose names and
addresses of foreign agents/representatives, if any. Either the Indian agent on
behalf of the foreign principal or the foreign principal directly could bid in a
tender but not both. Further, in cases where an agent participates in a tender on
behalf of one manufacturer, he shall not be allowed to quote on behalf of
another manufacturer along with the first manufacturer in a
subsequent/parallel tender for the same item.
(e) The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) will, when presenting his bid, disclose any and all
payments he has made, is committed to or intends to make to agents, brokers or
any other intermediaries in connection with the award of the Contract.
(f) Bidder(s) / Contractor(s) who have signed the Integrity Pact shall not approach
the courts while representing the matter to IEMs and shall wait for their
decision in the matter.
3. The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) will not instigate third persons to commit offences

outlined above or be an accessory to such offences.
4. The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) will not, directly or through any other person or

firm indulge in fraudulent practice, wilful misrepresentation or omission of facts
or submission of fake/forged documents in order to induce public official to act in
reliance thereof, with the purpose of obtaining unjust advantage by or causing
damage to justified interest of others and/or to influence the procurement
process to the detriment of the Government interests.
5. The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) will not, directly or through any other person or

firm use coercive practices (which shall include the act of obtaining something,
compelling an action or influencing a decision through intimidation, threat or the
use of force directly or indirectly, where potential or actual injury may befall
upon a person, his/ her reputation or property) to influence their participation in
the tendering process.
Article 3: Consequences of Breach
Without prejudice to any rights that may be available to the Principal under law or the
contract or its established policies and laid down procedures, the Principal shall have the
following rights in case of breach of this Integrity Pact by the Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) and
the Bidder/ Contractor accepts and undertakes to respect and uphold the Principal absolute
right:
1. If the Bidder(s)/Contractor(s), either before award or during execution of Contract has

committed a transgression through a violation of Article 2 above or in any other form,
such as to put his reliability or credibility in question, the Principal after giving 14 days
notice to the contractor shall have powers to disqualify the Bidder(s)/Contractor(s)
61
from the Tender process or terminate/determine the Contract, if already executed or

exclude the Bidder/Contractor from future contract award processes. The imposition
and duration of the exclusion will be determined by the severity of transgression and
determined by the Principal. Such exclusion may be forever or for a limited period as
decided by the Principal.
2. Forfeiture of Earnest Money Deposit/Performance Guarantee/Security Deposit: If

the Principal has disqualified the Bidder(s) from the Tender process prior to the award
of the Contract or terminated/determined the Contract or has accrued the right to
terminate/determine the Contract according to Article 3(1), the Principal apart from
exercising any legal rights that may have accrued to the Principal, may in its considered
opinion forfeit the entire amount of Earnest Money Deposit/Performance Guarantee
and Security Deposit of the Bidder/Contractor.
3. Criminal Liability: If the Principal obtains knowledge of conduct of a Bidder or

Contractor, or of an employee or a representative or an associate of a Bidder or
Contractor which constitutes corruption within the meaning of PC Act, or if the
Principal has substantive suspicion in this regard, the Principal will inform the same to
law enforcing agencies for further investigation.
Article 4: Previous Transgression
1. The Bidder declares that no previous transgressions occurred in the last 3 years with
any other Company in any country confirming to the anticorruption approach or with
Central Government or State Government or any other Central/State Public Sector
Enterprises in India that could justify his exclusion from the tender process.
2. If the Bidder makes incorrect statement on this subject, he can be disqualified from the
tender process or action can be taken for banning of business dealings/holiday listing of
the Bidder/Contractor as deemed fit by the principal.
3. If the Bidder/Contractor can prove that he has resorted/recouped the damage caused
by him and has installed a suitable corruption prevention system, the Principal may, at
its own discretion, revoke the exclusion prematurely.
Article 5: Equal Treatment of all Bidders/Contractors/Subcontractors
1. The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) undertake(s) to demand from all subcontractors a

commitment in conformity with this Integrity Pact. The Bidder/Contractor shall be
responsible for any violation(s) of the principles laid down in this agreement by any of
its Subcontractors/subvendors.
2. The Principal will enter into pacts on identical terms as this one with all Bidders and
Contractors.
3. The Principal will disqualify Bidders who do not submit the duly signed Integrity Pact
between the Principal and the Bidder along with the Tender or violate its provisions at
any stage of the Tender process.
62
Article 6- Duration of the Pact
This Integrity Pact begins when both the parties have legally signed it. It expires for the
Contractor 12 months after the completion of work under the contract or expiry of defect
liability period or last payment made under the contract, whichever is later and for all
other bidders, 6 months after the Contract has been awarded.
If any claim is made/lodged during this time, the same shall be binding and continue to be
valid despite the lapse of this Integrity Pact as specified above, unless it is
discharged/determined by the ADG/SDG, CPWD concerned.
Article 7- Other Provisions
1. This Integrity Pact is subject to Indian Law, place of performance and jurisdiction is the
Headquarters of the Division of the Principal, who has floated the tender.
2. Changes and supplements as well as termination notice need to be made in writing.
3. If the Contractor is a partnership or a consortium, this Integrity Pact must be signed by all
the partners or by one or more partner holding power of attorney signed by all partners
and consortium members. In case of a Company, the Integrity Pact must be signed by a
representative duly authorized by board resolution.
4. Should one or several provisions of this Integrity Pact turn out to be invalid; the
remainder of this Pact remains valid. In this case, the parties will strive to come to an
agreement to their original intensions.
5. Issues like Warranty/Guarantee etc. shall be outside the purview of IEMs.
6. It is agreed term and condition that any dispute or difference arising between the parties
with regard to the terms of this Integrity Pact, any action taken by the Principal in
accordance with this Integrity Pact or interpretation thereof shall not be subject to
arbitration.
7. In view of the nature of integrity pact, the Integrity Pact is irrevocable and shall remain
valid even if the main tender/contract is terminated till the currency of the integrity pact.
8. If any complaint regarding violation of IP is received directly by the Principal in respect of

the contract, the same shall be referred to the IEM for comments/recommendations.
Article 8 –Independent External Monitor (IEM)
(1) The Principal appoints competent and credible Independent External Monitor for this Pact
after approval by Central Vigilance Commission (Names and address of IEMs are as
mentioned in Schedule-F). The task of the Monitor is to review independently and
objectively, whether and to what extent the parties comply with the obligations under this
agreement.
(2) The Monitor is not subject to instructions by the representatives of the parties and
performs his/her functions neutrally and independently. The Monitor would have access to
all contract documents, whenever required. It will be obligatory for him/her to treat the
information and documents of the Bidders / Contractors as confidential.
63
(3) The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) accepts that the IEM has the right to access without
restriction to all project documentation of the Principal including that provided by the
Contractor, The Contractor will also grant the IEM, upon his/her request and demonstration
of a valid interest, unrestricted and unconditional access to their project documentation. The
same is applicable to subcontractors.
(4) The IEM is under contractual obligation to treat the information and documents of the
Bidder{s}/Contractor(s)/ Sub-contractor(s) with confidentiality. The IEM has also signed
‘Non- DiscIosure of Confidential Information’ and ‘Absence of Conflict of Interest’. In case if
any conflict of interest arising at a later date, the IEM shall inform the Engineer-in-Charge
and recuse himself / herself from that case.
(5) As soon as the IEM notices, or believes to notice, a violation of this agreement, he/she will
so inform the Management of the Principal and request the Management to discontinue or
take corrective action, or to take other relevant action. The IEM can in this regard submit
non-binding recommendations. Beyond this, the IEM has no right to demand from the parties
that they act in a specific manner, refrain from action or tolerate action.
(6) The IEM will submit a written report to the SDG/ADG concerned within 8 to 10 weeks
from the date of reference or intimation to him by the Principal and, should the occasion
arise, submit proposals for correcting problematic situations.
(7) If the IEM has reported to the ADG/SDG concerned, a substantiated suspicion of an
offence under relevant IPC/ PC Act, and the ADG/SDG concerned has, within a reasonable
time, not taken visible action to proceed against such offence or reported it to the Chief
Vigilance Officer, the IEM may also transmit this information directly to the Central Vigilance
Commissioner)
(8) The Principal will provide to the IEM sufficient information about all meetings among the
parties related to the project provided such meetings could have impact on contractual
relations between the Principal and the contractor. The parties will offer to the IEM the
option to participate in such meetings.
(9) The word IEM or monitor would include both singular and plural.
Article 9- Legal and Prior Rights
All rights and remedies of the parties hereto shall be in addition to all the other legal rights
and remedies belonging to such parties under the Contract and/or law and the same shall be
deemed to be cumulative and not alternative to such legal rights and remedies aforesaid. For
the sake of brevity, both the Parties agree that this Integrity Pact will have precedence over
the Tender/Contact documents with regard to any of the provisions covered under this
Integrity Pact.
IN WITNESS WHERE OF the parties have signed and executed this Integrity Pact at the place
and date first above mentioned in the presence of following witnesses:
64
.....................................................
(For and on behalf of Principal)
.....................................................
(For and on behalf of Bidder/Contractor)
WITNESSES:
1 ............................................
(signature, name and address)
2 ............................................
(signature, name and address)
Place:
Dated:
Note: To be signed by the Bidder and the Engineer-in-Charge. Provision of IEMs IEMs
(Independent External Monitors) have been appointed to monitor IP (Integrity pact) for
works having estimated cost as mentioned in Schedule F. Details (names, address, number
etc.) of IEMs are available in the Schedule F.
*************
65
Part III
FINANCIAL
BID
66
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA CENTRAL PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT

CPWD-7
(Percentage Rate Tender & Contract for Works)
Tender for the work of: - Construction of 354 nos. staff Quarters Hostel Building Academic Block,
for Reserve Bank of India at Plot No. 1, Sector 7, CBD Belapur (Kharghar), Navi Mumbai.
I) To be uploaded by 15:00 Hours on 31/10/2022

II) Tender to be opened online in presence of tenderers who may be present after 15:30 hours
on 31/10/2022 in the office the Executive Engineer & Senior Manager II, O/o. CE cum ED
Mumbai. C.P.W.D, 7th Floor , CGO Complex, CBD Belapur, Navi Mumbai- 400614.
TENDER
I/We have read and examined the notice inviting tender, schedule, A, B, C, D, E & F
Specifications applicable, Drawings & Designs, General Rules and Directions, Conditions of
Contract, clauses of contract, Special conditions, Schedule of Rate & other documents and
Rules referred to in the conditions of contract and all other contents in the tender
document for the work “Construction of 354 nos. staff Quarters (19 Grade D, 159
Grade B/C and 176 Grade A) and ZTC Hostel Building (82 Rooms) and Academic Block,
Club House With Swimming Pool, Caretaker, Security and Commercial Building And
Internal Electrical Installations, Lifts, Fire- Fighting and Fire-Fighting Alarms, D.G Sets,
STP, OWC, Substation and Pump House, Rainwater Harvesting System, Internal Roads
With Street Lighting, Signage’s, Compound Wall and Horticulture Works for Reserve
Bank of India at Plot No. 1, Sector 7, CBD Belapur (Kharghar), Navi Mumbai.”
I/We hereby tender for the execution of the work specified for the President of India
within the time specified in Schedule ‘F’ viz., schedule of quantities and in accordance
in all respect with the specifications, designs, drawing and instructions in writing
referred to in Rule-1 of General Rules and Directions and in Clause 11 of the
Conditions of contract and with such materials as are provided for, by, and in respect
of accordance with, suchconditions so far as applicable.
I/We agree to keep the tender open for Seventy-Five (75) days from the date of opening of
technical bid and not to make any modification in its terms and conditions.
A sum of Rs. 37963680/- is hereby forwarded in Bankers cheque of commercial bank or

Account payee Demand Draft of commercial bank or Fixed Deposit receipt (FDR) of
commercial bank or insurance surety bonds as earnest money.
67
A copy of earnest money in receipt of Bankers cheque of commercial bank or Account

payee Demand Draft of commercial bank or Fixed Deposit receipt (FDR) of commercial
bank or insurance surety bonds, bank guarantee or e-bank guarantee of commercial bank
issued by a scheduled bank is scanned and uploaded (strike out as the case may be). If
I/We, fail to furnish the prescribed performance guarantee within prescribed period,
I/We agree that the said President of India or his successors, in office shall without
prejudice to any other right or remedy, be at liberty to forfeit the said earnest money
absolutely. Further, if I/We fail to commence work as specified, I/ We agree that
President of India or the successors in office shall without prejudice to any other right or
remedy available in law, be at liberty to forfeit the said performance guarantee
absolutely. The said Performance Guarantee shall be a guarantee to execute all the works
referred to in the tender documents upon the terms and conditions contained or referred
to those in excess of that limit at the rates to be determined in accordance with the
provision contained in Clause 12.2 and 12.3 of the tender form.
Further, I/We agree that in case of forfeiture of Earnest Money or Performance

Guarantee as aforesaid, I/We shall be debarred for participation in the re-tendering
process of the work.
I/We undertake and confirm that eligible similar work(s) has/have not been got
violation comes to the notice of Department, then I/We shall be debarred for tendering in
CPWD in future forever. Also, if such a violation comes to the notice of Department before
date of start of work, the Engineer-in-Charge shall be free to forfeit the entire amount of
Earnest Money Deposit/Performance Guarantee.
I/We hereby declare that I/We shall treat the tender documents drawings and other
records connected with the work as secret/confidential documents and shall not
communicate information/derived there from to any person other than a person to
whom I/We am/are authorized to communicate the same or use the information in any
manner prejudicial to the safety of the State.
Dated: …………..……………. Signature of Contractor -………………..
Witness: ……………..
Address: ………………… Postal Address -…………………
Occupation: …………………. Email - …………………………………………………….
(Blank space to be filled by Contractor)

68
ACCEPTANCE
The above tender (as modified by you as provided in the letters mentioned hereunder) is
accepted by me for and on behalf of the President of India for a sum of Rs.
……………................................................
(Rupees
.................................................................................................................................................. )
The letters referred to below shall form part of this contract

agreement: -(a)
(d)
(e)
For & on behalf of the President of India.
Signatures ............................
Dated:
Designation ...........................
69
PART -B
MAJOR
COMPONENT
(CIVIL)
70
PROFORMA OF SCHEDULES
Civil Component
SCHEDULE ‘A’
Schedule of quantities as attached in part D
SCHEDULE ‘D’
Extra schedule for specific requirements/document for the work, if any: NIL
SCHEDULE ‘E’
Reference to General Conditions of General Condition of Contract 2020 with up to
contract: - date correction slips
Construction of 354 nos. staff Quarters Hostel

Name of Work: Building Academic Block, for Reserve Bank of
India at Plot No. 1, Sector 7, CBD Belapur
Package 1:- C/o 1 No Grade D tower(19
quarters,
G+10), 4 Nos Grade B/C tower (quarters 159
G+10) 4 Nos Grade A tower(176 quarters,G+11),
ZTC Hostel Building(82Rooms,G+8), Academic
Block (G+2), Club House With Swimming Pool,
Caretaker, Security Including Internal Water
Supply and Sanitary Installations, Drainage,
Internal Electrical Installations, Lifts, Fire-
Fighting
and Fire-Fighting Alarms, D.G Sets, STP,
Substation and Pump House, Rainwater
Harvesting System, and development work for
Reserve Bank of India at Plot No. 1, Sector 7, CBD
Estimated cost of work Rs. 3696367987/-
Civil Rs. 3091188314/-
E & M Rs. 605179673/-
Rs 37963680/-
(i) Earnest Money
(ii) Performance Guarantee 3% of Tendered Value
(iii) Security Deposit 2.5 % of tendered value of Civil Component

71
SCHEDULE ‘F’
Officer inviting tender The Executive Engineer & Senior Manager- II,
O/o CE cum ED Mumbai, CPWD, CBD
Belapur, Navi Mumbai
Maximum percentage for quantity See Below
of items of work to be executed
beyond which rates are to be
determined in accordance with
clauses 12.2 &12.3
Definitions:
2(v) Engineer-in-charge The Executive Engineer & Senior Manager- II,
O/o CE cum ED Mumbai, CPWD, CBD
Belapur, Navi Mumbai or successor thereof.
2(viii) Accepting Authority: CE cum ED, CPWD, Mumbai.
2(x) Percentage on cost of materials 15%
and labour to cover all overheads and
profits.
2(xi) Standard Schedule of Rates D.S.R. 2021 with up-to-date correction slips.
2(xii) Department C.P.W.D.
9(ii) Standard CPWD Contract Form GCC 2020 for construction works with up-to-date
correction slips
Clause 1
i) Time allowed for submission of
Performance Guarantee Programme Chart
(Time and Progress) and applicable labour
licenses, registration with EPFO, ESIC and • 10 days
BOCW Welfare Board or proof of applying
thereof from the date of issue of letter of
acceptance.
ii) Maximum allowable extension beyond • 5 days with late fee @ 0.1% per day of
the period provided in (i) above the Performance Guarantee amount.
Clause 2
Authority for fixing Compensation CE cum ED, CPWD, Mumbai or successor
underclause 2 thereof
Clause 5
Number of days from the date of issue of
letter of acceptance for reckoning date of 10 days
start.
Schedule Rate of recovery for delay in Rs. 5000/-
submission in time and progress chart and
progress report and delay in submission of
modified program chart
72
Milestone(s) As Indicated in Table-3 as per Physical and

Financial Milestone
Time allowed for execution of work: - (26) Months
Authority to decide Extension of Time CE cum ED, CPWD, Mumbai. or Successor
thereof
Rescheduling of Milestones CE cum ED, CPWD, Mumbai. or Successor
thereof
Shifting of date of start in case of delay CE cum ED, CPWD, Mumbai or Successor
in handing over of site: thereof
Clause 5.2 Electronic (Refer table 4 below for guidelines)
Nature of hindrance reporting (either
physicalor electronic)
Schedule of handing over of site

Part Portion of Site Description Time Period for
handing over
reckoned from date
of issue of letter of
intent
Part A Portion without any Hindrance Complete Site 10 days
Part B Portion without any encumbrances NIL -
Part C Portion dependent on work of other NIL -

agency
Schedule of handing over of site
Part Portion of Design Description Time Period for handing over
reckoned from date of issue of
letter of intent
Part A Portion of • GFC Drawings for Date of Start.
Architectural layout & Architectural
Drawingto be GFC drawings
issued for all buildings.
• Finishing details of Date of start of individual activity
building. for which contractor has to
intimate atleast 1 month before
taking up the respective activity.
Part B Portion of Details of Foundation / On Date of start.

Structural Column for all
Drawing to be Residential & Hostel
issued Blocks
All other Details of Date of start of individual
Column / Beams / Slab activity for which contractor has
Etc. to intimate atleast 1 month
before taking up the respective
activity.
73
Part C Portion of E& M E&M Drawings Approval within 15 days of

Design to be issued submission of drawing by
contractor
Clause 7
Gross work to be done together with net Rs. 5 Cr. ( However bill of lesser may be
Payment / adjustment of advances for Material paid as per discretion of ENIC )
collected, if any, since the last Such payment
for
being eligible to Interim payment. (As per
discretion of E-I-C)
Clause 7A Yes
Whether clause 7A is applicable
Clause 8A
Authority to be decide compensation on Engineer in Charge
account, if contractor fails to submit the
completion plan
Clause 10A
List of testing equipments to be provided by the As per [TABLE-1] attached below (This list
Contractor at site lab. is only indicative and not exhaustive. The
bidders shall berequired to provide any such
testing equipments as required as per CPWD
specification/ item nomenclature.)
Clause 10B (ii)

Whether clauses 10 B (ii) shall be applicable Yes
Clause 10C Not Applicable

Component of labour expressed as percent of value -
of work
Clause 10CA Applicable

Sr. Materials covered Nearest material Base price and corresponding
No. underthis clause (other than Cement*, period ofall the materials covered
Reinforcement Bars under clause 10
& Structural Steel) CA
for whichAll India Base Corresponding
Wholesale Price FPrice (per Period(Applicable)
Index is to be followed. MT) excluding
GST
1 Cement (OPC-53 Grade NIL Rs. 6500/- August 2022
2 Cement (PPC) NIL Rs. 6000/- August 2022
3 Reinforcement Bars NIL Rs. 66758/- August 2022
TMTFe 500D
Primary Producer
4 Structural Steel NIL Rs. 60500/- August 2022
74
Clause 10CC
Clause 10CC to be applicable in contract with stipulated period of completion 12 Months
exceeding the period shown in next column. (Applicable)
Schedule of component of other materials, Labour, POL etc. for price escalation: -
Component of civil materials (Except materials covered under clause 10CA) 40%
Component of labour expressed as percent of total value of work. 25%
Component of P.O.L. expressed as percent of total value of work. NIL
Clause 11
Specifications to be followed for execution of CPWD Specifications 2019 Vol. 1 and Vol. 2
work with up to date correction slips (Hereinafter
called CPWD specifications also).
`Clause 12
Maximum percentage for quantity of items of work to be executed 100% (One Hundred Percent)
beyondwhich rates are to be determined in accordance with Clauses
12
Clause 16
Competent Authority for deciding reduced rates CE cum ED, CPWD, Mumbai or successor
thereof
Clause 18
List of mandatory machinery, tools & plants to As per [TABLE-2] attached below (This list is
bedeployed by the contractor at site only indicative and not exhaustive. The
bidders shall be required to provide any such
testing equipments asrequired as per CPWD
specification/ item
nomenclature.)
Clause 19
Authority to decide for each default Engineer In Charge
Clause 19C Rs. 1,000/- each default
Clause 19D Rs. 1,000/- each default
Clause 19G Rs. 1,000/- per day for each default (subjected
to a maximum of 5% of the estimated cost put
to tender)
Clause 19K Rs. 1,000/- per tradesman per day
75
Clause 25
Concilator SDG project region, Mumbai CPWD

Arbitrator appointing authority Chief Engineer cum Executive Director or its
legal successor or assignee thereof.
Place of arbitration Mumbai
Clause 32
Requirement of Technical Representative(s) and recovery Rate: -
Sl. No. Requirement of Technical Minimum Designation of Rate at which recovery shall
cost staff experience(Years) Technicalstaff be made from the contractor
of in theevent of not fulfilling
work provision of Clause 36(i)
(Rs. Qualification Number Figures Words
in (ofMajor +
Crore Minor
) Component)
More Graduate 1 20 (and having Project Engineer with Rs. 60,000/- Rs. Sixty
than 100 Engineer experience of one degree in major per month Thousand per
(Major discipline
Component) similar nature of of Engineering month
work)
Graduate 2+1 12 (and having Deputy Project Manager Rs. 40,000/- Rs. Forty
experience of one per month Thousand per
similar nature of per person month per
work)
person
Graduate 4+2 5 Or 10 Project / Site Manager Rs. 25,000/- Rs. Twenty
Engineer Five
Respectively per month Thousand per
Or per person month per
Diploma person
Engineer
Graduate 1+1 8 Quality Engineer Rs. 25,000/- Rs. Twenty
Five
Engineer per month Thousand per
per person month per
person
Diploma 1 8 Surveyor Rs. 15,000/- Rs. Fifteen
person
Graduate 1+1 6 Project Planning/ Billing Rs. 20,000/- Rs. Twenty
Person
Saftety 1 5 Safety Engineer Rs. 20,000/- Rs. Twenty
Engineer per month` Thousand per
Month per
person
76
Note:- Assistant Engineers retired from Government services who are holding Diploma will be
treated at par with Graduate Engineers. Diploma holder with minimum 10-year relevant
experience with a reputed company can be treated at par with Graduate Engineers for the purpose
of such deployment subject to the condition that such diploma holders should not exceed 50% of
requirement of degree engineers.
Clause 38
(i) (a) Schedule/statement for determining DSR 2021 with up-to-date
theoretical quantity of cement & correction slips
bitumenon the basis of Delhi Schedule
of rates
(ii) Variations permissible on theoretical

quantities
(a) Cement
For works with estimated cost put 2% (Two percent) Plus /minus
totender more than Rs. 5 lakh.
Bitumen for all works 2.5% (Two-point five percent) plus

only and nil on minus side.
(b) Steel Reinforcement and structural 2% (Two percent) Plus /minus

steelsections for each diameter,
section and category
(c) All other materials Nil

77
Provision of Independent External Monitors

(i) Estimated cost put to tender, at and above which Integrity Pact would be
applicable is Rs.300 crore
(ii) Particulars of IEMs appointed by CVC are given below.
SR NO. Name of IEM Address

1 Shri Arvind Kumar Arora email: arvindarora333@gmail.com
(IDSE – Retired) Address: B-333, Chittaranjan Park
New Delhi- 110019
Mobile: 8130588577, 9868236340
2 Shri Girraj Prasad Gupta email: gpgupta1804@gmail.com
(ICAS - Retired) Address:E-94 (FF), GK 1, New Delhi- 110048
Mobile: 9868266056
3 Shri Swaminathan Kalyanam email: swaminathan.kaly@gmail.com
(IRSME - Retired) Address: Flat no. 705, Tower One, Ansal
Sushant Estate, Sector-52,
Gurugram - 122003 Mobile: 9818798389

O/o CE cum ED, Mumbai, CPWD,
CBD Belapur, Navi Mumbai
78
Table-1
Equipment for testing of materials & concrete at site laboratory
1. Balances
i) 7 to 10 kg capacity, semi self-indicating type-Accuracy 10 gms.
ii) 500 gm. Capacity, semi self-indicating-Accuracy 1gm.
iii) Pan Balance 5kg capacity- Accuracy 10gms.
iv) Weighing scale platform type 100 kg capacity.
2. Oven- electrically operated thermostatically controlled upto 110 deg Celsius
Sensitivity 1 deg Celsius. -1 no
3. Sieves as IS 460-1962
i) IS Sieves-450mm internal dia. of size 100 mm, 80mm, 50mm, 40mm, 25mm, 20mm,
12.5mm, 10mm, 6.3mm, 4.75mm, complete with lid & pan
ii) IS Sieves-200mm internal diameter (brass frame) consisting of 2.36mm, 1.18mm, 600
micron, 425 micron, 300 microns, 212 microns, 150 microns, 90 microns, 75 microns
with lid & pan
4. Sieve shaker capable of 200mm and 450mm dia. sieves, manually operated with timing
switch.
5. Equipment for slump test- Slump Cone, steel plate, tamping rod, scale & scoop
6. Dial Gauge 25mm travel-0.01mm/division least count – 2nos.
7. 100 Tonnes compression testing machine, Electrically Operated. - 1 no
8. Cube Molds 150x150x150 mm - 60 Nos.
9. Cube Molds 75x75x75 mm - 12 Nos.
10. Graduated measuring cylinders 250ml – 2 nos,500 ml capacity -3nos, 1000 ml- 1 No.
11. Aggregate impact test apparatus as per IS 2386 -Part IV-1963.
12. Modified proctor compaction apparatus – 1 no.
13. Sand pouring cylinder with control funnel and tube complete as per IS 2720- Part
XXVIII- 1974.
14. Sampling tins with rods 100 mm dia. x 50 mm height, 0.5 Kg capacity and
miscellaneous items like moisture tins etc.
15. Constant temperature bath for accommodating test specimen, electrically
operated andthermostatically controlled.
16. Penetrometer with automatic time controller and with adjustable weight
accessories and needles asper IS 1203- 1958.
17. Distant reading thermometers.
18. Moisture metre.
19. Enamel tray
20. Pumps and pressure gauges for hydraulic testing of pipes. – 1 no.
21. Ultrasonic pulse test equipment (for concrete NDT test) – 1 no – Minimum 5 %
concrete RCC members shall be tested.
79
22. Digital PH meter least count 0.01 mm – 1 no.

23. Coating thickness testing guage (ferrous and non ferrous)- 1 no each.
24. Concrte mixer electrical/diseal operated for concrete mixing at site 0.25 cum- 1no.
25. Digital micrometer / screw guage least count -0.01 mm
26. Digital Rebound hammer- 1no
27. Any other equipment for site test as outlined in BIS codes, whenever required and as
directed by E IN C.
************
80
Table- 2
List of mandatory machinery, tools & plants to be deployed by the
contractor at site
Sr. No. Equipment Numbers (Minimum)

1 Tower crane 3
2 Builders Hoist 1 for each building
3 Passenger lift 1 for each residential
block.
4 Excavator cum loader (JCB 3D model or equivalent). 3
5 Compressor machine minimum 200 cfm with rock 1
breaker.
6 DG set of minimum capacity 160 KVA. 2
7 Batching plant with 30 Cum/ Hour capacity 1
8 Transit mixer. 4
9 Concrete pump 2
10 Needle Vibrators. 10
11 Plate Vibrators. 5
12 Dumper. 2
13 Reinforcement bending machine. 2
14 Reinforcement cutting machine. 2
15 Power driven earth rammer (Soil compactor). 1
16 Total station and level taking machine 1 each
17 Water tanker (minimum capacity 5000 liter) As per requirement
18 Welding machine 400 Ampere As per requirement

19 Road Roller 8 to 10 Tonne 1
20 Vibratory Roller 1
21 Paver Finisher Hydrostatic with Sensor control 1
22 Truck/ Tipper/Tractor with trolley As per requirement
23 Road Sweeper 1
24 Coal tar Sprayer 1
25 Aluminium Formwork Shuttering 12895 sqm (50%
Note: - Recovery at the rate of Rs 7500/ sqm aluminium formwork
shall be made fornon-procurement of required for completion
Aluminium form work shuttering in required of one floor (walls &
quantity. slab) of
all residential towers)
26 Shuttering with necessary props As required for
achieving milestone
81
27 Double Steel Scaffolding and staging material As required for

achieving milestone
28 Any other machinery required for completion of the As per actual
work as per requirement
decision of Engineer-in-charge.
Note:
1. The above list is only indicative and not exhaustive. The contractor may require
to deploy more T & asper requirement.
2. The above T & P shall be available at appropriate stage. However, the decision of
Engineer in charge inthis regard shall final and binding.
********
82
Table- 3
A) Physical Milestone as per Table Given Below
2 Residential Towers of Grade B/C
Next 2 residential towers of grade
External Development Work RCC
non-achievement of milestone (% of
2 residential towers of grade A
Work UGT, STP ,ESS, RWH Tank,

Residential Tower of Grade D
Amount to be withheld in case of
tendered amount of civil work)

CommonPodium
swimmingpool.
Next 2 Residential Towers of
Academic block, club house,

GradeB/C
Podium Of Grade D And
DG Platform
Sr. No.
Hostel
Activity for completion of
milestone
A
Activity Time Allowed in Months (From Date of Start)
1 Completion of excavation 2 2 2 5 5 2 12 5 15.5
and PCC in respective
towers and submission of
shop drawings for
monolithic Aluminium
formwork for all
residential towers.
2 Completion of 1st floor 5 5 5 8 8 5 18 8 NA
level slab respective
tower, completion of
procurement at site
complete Aluminium
formwork (Minimum
12895 sqm) and
completion of one sample
As Indicated Below
quarter of grade D (BOQ
item no 145)
3 Completion of 2nd floor 6.5 6.5 6.5 12 12 6.5 NA 12 NA
slab (setting slab terrace
Aluminium form work slab
shuttering for respective
towers A, B/C, & D,
conventional slab for
other buildings)
4 Completion of 6th floor 8 8 8 13.5 13.5 10.5 NA NA NA
slab of respective block &
completion of one sample
flat of Grade A, B/C, & D
residential tower
&sample room in Hostel
Block.
5 Completion of Masonry, 10.5 10.5 10.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 NA 15.5 18
internal plaster upto 5th terrace
floor level & completion slab
of Terrace Slab.
6 Completion of Masonry & 15.5 15.5 15.5 18 18 18 21 18 NA
Internal
83
plaster upto Terrace, Flooring terrace

Work, Dado, Internal Plumbing slab
& Aluminium Work upto 4th
floor level & waterproofing of
podiums
7 Completion of Flooring Work, 18 18 18 21 21 NA NA NA NA
Dado, Internal Plumbing and
Aluminium Work upto 8th
Floor
Level.
8 Completion of Flooring 21 21 21 24 24 21 NA NA 21
Work, Dado, Internal
Plumbing and Aluminum
Work up to Terrace level
9 Completion of respective tower 24 24 24 26 26 24 24 21 24
in all respect & Completion of
External Services i.e. External
Water Supply, Sewer, Strom
Water Drain, Rain Water
Harvesting Pits &
Road Work
10 Completion of work in all respects 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26
& Testing Commissioning
includingobtaining all NOC's.
Sr. No Completion of Activity Amount to be withheld in case of non-achievement of

Mentioned against Physical Milestone (% of Tendered Amount of Civil Work)
Time Allowed of Note: - Equal weightage to be given to all above
columns(buildings) for arriving the Withheld amount if
any particular blocks/work are not
completed.
1 2 Months 0.25 %
2 5 Months 0.25 %
3 6.5 Months 0.25 %
4 8 Months 0.25 %
5 10.5 Months 0.25%
6 12 Months 0.25 %
7 13.5 Months 0.25%
8 15.5 Months 0.25 %
9 18 Months 0.5 %
10 21 Months 0.5 %
11 24 Months 0.5%
12 26 Months 0.5%
84
B) Financial Milestone as per Table Given Below

r. No Time Allowed in days Financial Progress Amount to be withheld in
( From Date of Start) case of non- achievement of
Financial Milestone (%
of Tendered Amount of
Civil Work)
1 1/4 of time period
th 1/8 of the tendered
th 0.25 %
(6.5 value
month)
2 1/2th of time period (13 3/8th of the tendered 0.25 %
month) value
3 3/4th of time period 3/4th of the tendered 0.25 %
(19.5 value
month)
4 Full time period (26 Full 0.25 %
months)
Table-4
1. The contractor has to first register himself through a registration form, available on CPWD
website under “Contractors Login” tab. After registration, user id & password will be
automatically generated and sent on his registered mobile and email id. Using this user id
and password he can access the module and view all the works which are being carried
out by him in CPWD and he can register the hindrance against the particular work. After
recording the hindrance by the contractor, it will be visible to all concerned officers (JE
and above) of that work. An alert through text message and email will be sent to EE.
2. Executive Engineer will first assign the work to JEs/AEs who will give their comments on
the hindrance within 2 days. After that, Executive Engineer of the work will have to take
appropriate action on the hindrance within next two days. The comments of JEs/ AEs will
not be visible to the contractor, only the decision of Executive Engineer on the hindrance
will be visible to contractor under “Decision of the Engineer in Charge”.
85
ADDITIONAL,
SPECIAL
CONDITIONS
&
PARTICULAR
SPECIFICATIONS
86
ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS
1. GENERAL
1.1. The Contractors are advised to inspect and examine the site and its surroundings and
satisfy themselves with the nature of site, the means of access to the site, constraints put
by local regulations, if any, weather conditions at site, general ground / subsoil conditions
etc. or any other circumstances which may affect or influence their tenders. The
Contractor shall carry out survey of the work area, at his own cost, setting out the layout
and fixing of alignment of the building as per architectural and Structural drawings in
consultation with the Engineer-in- Charge. Any discrepancy between the architectural
drawings and actual layout at site shall be brought to the notice of the Engineer-in-charge.
It shall be responsibility of the Contractor to ensure correct setting of alignment. Nothing
extra shall be payable on this account. No claims, whatsoever, shall be entertained at a
later date for any errors found, on plea that the information supplied by the Department in
the tender is insufficient or is at variance with the actual site conditions.
1.2. The Contractor shall, if required by him, before submission of the tender, inspect the
drawings in the Office of the Executive Engineer, O/o CE cum ED, Mumbai, CPWD, 7th
Floor, CGO Complex, CBD Belapur Navi Mumbai - 400614. The Department shall not bear
any responsibility for the lack of knowledge and also the consequences, thereof to the
Contractor. The information and data shown in the drawings and mentioned in the tender
documents have been furnished, in good faith, for general information and guidance only.
The Engineer- in-Charge, in no case, shall be held responsible for the accuracy thereof
and/or interpretations or conclusions drawn there from by the Contractor and all
consequences shall be borne by the Contractor. No claim, whatsoever, shall be entertained
from the Contractor, if the data or information furnished in tender document is different
or in-correct otherwise or actual working drawings are at variance with the drawings
available for inspection or attached to the tender documents. .
1.3. It is presumed that the Contractor shall satisfy himself for all possible contingencies,
incidental charges, wastages, bottlenecks etc. likely during execution of work and acts of
coordination, which may be required between different agencies. Nothing extra shall be
payable on this account.
1.4. Sub-soil investigation report of work site is available in the office of the Executive
Engineer, O/o CE cum ED, Mumbai, CPWD, Navi Mumbai. Interested bidders can go
through the report if required for their guidance. However, the Bidder is advised to obtain
requisite details directly as may be considered necessary by him before quoting rates in
the tender. No claim whatsoever on account of any discrepancy between the sub-surface
strata conditions that maybe actually encountered at the time of execution of the work and
those available in the report shall be entertained under any circumstances. The ground
water table is a variable condition and the information given in the report is only
indicative and it may vary from time to time.
1.5. The nomenclature of the item given in the schedule of quantities gives in general the work
content but is not exhaustive i.e. does not mention all the incidental works required to be
carried out for complete execution of the item of work. The work shall be carried out, all in
accordance with true intent and meaning of the specifications and the drawings taken
together, regardless of whether the same may or may not be particularly shown on the
drawings and/or described in the specifications, provided that the same can be reasonably
inferred. There may be several incidental works, which are not mentioned in the
nomenclature of each item but will be necessary to complete the item in all respects.
All these incidental
87
works / costs which are not mentioned in item nomenclature but are necessary to
complete the item shall be deemed to have been included in the rates quoted by the
contractor for various items in the schedule of quantities. No adjustment of rates shall be
made for any variation in quantum of incidental works due to variation / change in actual
working drawings. Also, no adjustment of rates shall be made due to any change in
incidental works or any other deviation in such element of work (which is incidental to the
items of work and are necessary to complete such items in all respects) on account of the
directions of Engineer-in-Charge. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
1.6. The contractor(s) shall give to the local body, police and other authorities all necessary
notices etc. that may be required by law and obtain all requisite licenses for temporary
obstructions, enclosures etc. and pay all fee, taxes and charges which may be leviable on
account of these operations in executing the contract. He shall make good any damage to
the adjoining property whether public or private and shall supply and maintain lights
either for illumination or for cautioning the public at night.
1.7. The Contractor(s) shall take all precautions to avoid accidents by exhibiting necessary
caution boards day and night. In case of any accident of labours/ contractual staff the
entire responsibility will rest on the part of the contractor and any compensation under
such circumstances, if becomes payable, shall be entirely borne by the contractor.
1.8. The work shall generally be carried out in accordance with the “CPWD Specifications 2021
Vol. I & II” with up-to-date correction slips, additional/Particular Specifications,
architectural/Structural drawings and as per instructions of Engineer-in-Charge. Any additional
item of the work, if taken up subsequently, shall also confirm to the CPWD/other relevant
specifications asmentioned above.
1.9. Several documents forming the tender are to be taken as mutually complementary to one
another. Detailed drawings shall be followed in preference to small scale drawings and
figured dimensions in preference to scale dimensions.
1.10. There be any difference or discrepancy between the description of items as given in the
schedule of quantities, particular specifications for individual items of work (including
special conditions) and I.S. Codes etc., the following order of preference shall be observed.
(i) Description of items as given in Schedule of quantities

(ii) Particular specifications
(iii) Special conditions
(iv) Additional Conditions
(v) CPWD Specifications including correction slips issued up to the last date of
uploading/submission of tender.
(vi) General Conditions of Contract for CPWD works including correction slips issued
up tothe last date of uploading/submission of tender.
(vii) Indian Standards Specifications of B.I.S.
(viii) Decision of Engineer-in-Charge.
1.11. The works to be governed by this contract shall cover delivery and transportation up to
destination, safe custody at site, insurance, erection, testing and commissioning of the
entire works.
1.12. The works to be undertaken by the contractor shall inter-alia include the following:
88
(i) Preparation of detailed SHOP drawings for any item, if demanded by Engineer in
chargeand AS BUILT drawings wherever applicable.
(ii) If contractor does not submit the shop drawing within 7 days of intimation, then
penalty of Rs 1000/- per day shall be imposed.
(iii) Obtaining of Statutory permissions where-ever applicable and required.
(iv) Pre-commissioning tests as per relevant standard specifications, code of practice,
Acts and Rules wherever required.
(v) Warranty obligation for the equipments and / or fittings/fixtures supplied by the
contractor. Contractor shall provide all the shop drawings or layout drawings for all
the co-ordinate services before starting any work or placing any order of any of the
services etc. These shop drawings/layout drawings shall be got approved from
Engineer-in- charge before implementation and this shall be binding on the
contractor. The contractor shall submit material submittals along with material
sample for approval of Engineer-in-Charge prior to delivery of material at site.
1.13. The work shall be carried out in accordance with the approved architectural drawings,
structural drawings, services drawings to be issued from time to time, by the Engineer-in-
Charge. Before commencement of any item of work the contractor shall correlate all the
relevant architectural and structural drawings, nomenclature of items and specifications
etc. issued for the work and satisfy himself that the information available from there is
complete and unambiguous. The figure and written dimension of the drawings shall be
superseding the measurement by scale. The discrepancy, if any, shall be brought to the
notice of the Engineer- in- charge before execution of the work. The contractor alone shall
be responsible for any loss or damage occurring by the commencement of work on the
basis of any erroneous and or incomplete information and no claim whatsoever shall be
entertained by the department on this account.
1.14. The Contractor(s) shall take instructions from the Engineer-in-Charge regarding collection
and stacking of materials at any place. No excavated earth or building rubbish shall be
stacked on areas where other buildings, roads, services and compound walls are to be
constructed. The stacking shall take place as per stacking plan however, if any change is
required, the same shallbe done with the approval of Engineer-in-Charge.
1.15. The Contractor shall bear all incidental charges for cartage, storage and safe custody of
materials, if any, issued by department as well as to those materials also arranged by the
contractor.
1.16. Any cement slurry added over base surface (or) for continuation of concreting for better
bond is deemed to have been built in the items and nothing extra shall be payable or extra
cement considered in consumption on this account.
1.17. The contractor shall give performance test of the entire installation(s) as per the
specifications in the presence of the Engineer-in-charge or his authorized representative
before the work is finally accepted and nothing extra what-so-ever shall be payable to the
contractor for such test.
89
1.18. PREVENTION OF NUISANCE AND POLUTION CONTROL
The contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent any nuisance or
inconvenience to the owners, tenants or occupiers of adjacent properties and to the public
in general and to prevent any damage to such properties from pollutants like smoke, dust,
noise. The contractor shall use such methodology and equipment so as to cause minimum
environmental pollution of any kind and minimum hindrance to road users and to
occupants of the adjacent properties or other services running adjacent/near vicinity. The
contractor shall make good at his cost and to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge,
any damage to roads, paths, cross drainage works or public or private property
whatsoever caused due to the execution of the work or by traffic brought thereon by the
contractor. All waste or superfluous materials shall be carried away by the contractor,
without any reservation, entirely to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
1.19. SECURITY AND TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS
In the event of any restrictions being imposed by the Security agency, CPWD, Traffic or
any other authority having jurisdiction in the area on the working or movement of
labour
/Material, the contractor shall strictly follow such restrictions and nothing extra shall be
payable to the contractor on such accounts. The loss of time on these accounts, if any, shall
have to be made up by augmenting additional resources whatever required.
1.20. No payment shall be made for any damage caused by rain, snowfall, flood or any other
natural calamity, whatsoever during the execution of the work. The contractor shall be
fully responsible for any damage to the govt. property and the work for which payment
has been advanced to him under the contract and he shall make good the same at his risk
and cost. The contractor shall be fully responsible for safety and security of his material,
T&P/Machinery brought to the site by him.
1.21. The contractor shall construct suitable godowns, yard at the site of work for storing all
other materials so as to be safe against damage by sun, rain, damages, fire, theft etc. at his
own cost and also employ necessary watch and ward establishment for the purpose at his
cost.
1.22. All materials obtained from contractor shall be got checked by the representative of
Engineer- in-Charge on receipt of the same at site before use.
1.23. The contractor shall be responsible for the watch and ward/guard of the buildings, safety
of all fittings and fixtures including all equipments, services provided by him against
pilferage and breakage during the period of Installations and thereafter till the building is
physically handed over to the IITB, the Client Department. No extra payment shall be
made on this account and no claim shall be admissible on this account.
1.24. The Contractor shall keep himself fully informed of all acts and laws of the Central & State
Governments, all orders, decrees of statutory bodies, tribunals having any jurisdiction or
authority, which in any manner may affect those engaged or employed and anything
related to carrying out the work. All the rules & regulations and bye-laws laid down by
Collector / MCGM/PANVEL MUNCIPAL COOPERATION/CIDCO/CONCENERED LOCAL
AUTHORITY and any other statutory bodies shall be adhered to, by the contractor, during
the execution of work. The Contractor shall also adhere to all traffic restrictions notified
by the local authorities. The water charges (for municipal water connection as well as
tanker water) shall be borne by the contractor. Also, if the contractor obtains water
connection for the drinking purposes from the municipal authorities or any other
90
statutory body, the consequent sewerage charges shall be borne by the contractor. All
statutory taxes, levies, charges (including water and sewerage charges, charges for temporary
service connections and / or any other charges) payable tosuch authorities for carrying out the
work, shall be borne by the Contractor. The Contractor shall arrange to give all notices as
required by any statutory / regulatory authority and shallpay to such authority all the fees that is
required to be paid for the execution of work. He shall protect and indemnify the Department and
its officials & employees against any claim and /or liability arising out of violations of any such
laws, ordinances, orders, decrees, by himself or by his employees or his authorized
representatives. Nothing extra shall be payable on these accounts. The fee payable to statutory
authorities for obtaining the various permanent service connections and Occupancy Certificate for
the building shall be borne by the Department.
1.25. For works below ground level the contractor shall keep that area free from water. If de-
watering or bailing out of water is required the contractor shall do the same at his own
cost and nothing extra shall be paid.
1.26. The Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements for protecting from rains, fog or
likewise extreme weather conditions, the work already executed and for carrying out
further work, during monsoon including providing and fixing temporary shelters,
protections etc. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account and also no claims for
hindrance shall be entertained on this account.
1.27. In case of flooding of site on account of rain or any other cause and any consequent
damage, whatsoever, no claim financially or otherwise shall be entertained
notwithstanding any other provisions elsewhere in the contract agreement. Also, the
Contractor shall make good, at his own cost, the damages caused, if any. Further, no claims
for hindrance shall be entertained on this account.
1.28. The contractor will take reasonable precautions to prevent his workman and employees
from removing and damaging any flora (tree/plant/vegetation) from the project area.
1.29. Setting out
1.29.1. The Contractor shall carry out survey of the work area, at his own cost, setting out the
layout of buildings/ roads/ services in consultation with the Engineer -in-Charge &
proceed further. Any discrepancy between architectural drawings and actual layout at
site shall be brought to the notice of the Engineer -in-charge. It shall be responsibility
of the Contractor to ensure correct setting out of alignment. Total station survey
instruments only shall be used for layout, fixing boundaries, and centre lines, etc., Nothing
extra shall be payable on this account.
1.29.2. The Contractor shall establish, maintain and assume responsibility for grades, lines, levels
and benchmarks. He shall report any errors or inconsistencies regarding grades, lines,
levels, dimensions etc. to the Engineer -in-Charge before commencing work.
Commencement of work shall be regarded as the Contractor’s acceptance of such grades,
lines, levels, and dimensions and no claim shall be entertained at a later date for any errors
found.
1.29.3. If at any time, any error appears due to grades, lines, levels and benchmarks during the
progress of the work, the Contractor shall, at his own expense rectify such error, if so
required, to the satisfaction of the Engineer -in-Charge. Nothing extra shall be payable
on this account.
91
1.29.4. The Contractor shall protect and maintain temporary/ permanent benchmarks at the site
of work throughout the execution of work. These benchmarks shall be got checked by the
Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representatives. The work at different stages shall
be checked with reference to bench marks maintained for the said purpose. Nothing
1.29.5. The approval by the Engineer-in-Charge, of the setting out by the Contractor, shall not
relieve the Contractor of any of his responsibilities and obligation to rectify the errors/
defects, if any, which may be found at any stage during the progress of the work or after
the completion ofthe work.
1.29.6. The Contractor shall be entirely and exclusively responsible for the horizontal, vertical
and other alignments, the level and correctness of every part of the work and shall rectify
effectively any errors or imperfections therein. Such rectifications shall be carried out by
the Contractor at his own cost to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer - in-Charge.
1.29.7. The rates quoted by the Contractor are deemed to be inclusive of site clearance,
setting out work (including marking of reference points, center lines of buildings),
construction and maintenance of reference bench mark(s), taking spot levels,
construction of all safety and protection devices, barriers, barricading, signage, labour
safety, labour welfare and labour training measures, preparatory works, working during
monsoon, working at all depths, height and location etc. and any other incidental works
required to complete this work. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
1.30. A site laboratory with the minimum equipments as specified in CPWD specifications/in
this agreement shall be established, made functional and maintained within one month
from the award of work as per clause 10A of schedule A to F without any extra cost to
the department. In case of non compliance / delay in compliance ( To be set up within
maximum 2 months from date of start) in this, a recovery @ Rs. 500/- per day will
be imposed which will be recovered from the immediate next R/A Bill of the
Contractor.
1.31. TOOLS AND PLANTS
The bidder should have own constructions equipment required for the proper and timely
execution of the work. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
No tools and plants including any special T&P etc. shall be supplied by the Department
and the Contractor shall have to make his own arrangements at his own cost. No claim of
hindrance (or any other claim) shall be entertained on this account.
1.32. SCAFFOLDING
Wherever required for the execution of work, all the scaffolding shall be provided and
suitably fixed, by the Contractor. It shall be provided strictly with steel double scaffolding
system, suitably braced for stability, with all the accessories, gangways, etc. with
adjustable suitable working platforms to access the areas with ease for working and
inspection. It shall be designed to take all incidental loads. It should cater to the safety
features for workmen. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account. It shall be ensured
that no damage is causedto any structure due to the scaffolding.
1.33. The Contractor shall do proper sequencing of the various activities by suitably staggering
92
the activities within various pockets in the plot so as to achieve early completion. The
agency to deploy adequate equipment, machinery and labour as required for the
completion of the entire work within the stipulated period specified. Also, ancillary
facilities shall be provided by contractor commensurate with requirement to complete the
entire work within the stipulated period. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
Adequate number/sets of equipment in working condition, along with adequate stand-by
arrangements, shall be deployed during entire construction period. It shall be ensured by
the Contractor that all the equipment, Tools & Plants, machineries etc. provided by him
are maintained in proper working conditions at all times during the progress of the work
and till the completion of the work. Further, all the constructional tools, plants, equipment
and machineries provided by the Contractor, on site ofwork or his workshop for this work,
shall be exclusively used in the construction of this work and they shall not be shifted/
removed from site without the permission of the Engineer-in- Charge.
1.34. The Contractor shall maintain all the work in good condition till the completion of entire
work. The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall make good, all damages and
repairs, rendered necessary due to fire, rain, traffic, floods or any other causes. The
Engineer-in- Charge shall not be responsible for any claims for injuries to
person/workmen or for structural damage to property happening from any neglect,
default, want of proper care or misconduct on the part of the Contractor or of any other of
his representatives, in his employment during the execution of the work. The
compensation, if any, shall be paid directly to the Department / authority / persons
concerned, by the Contractor at his own cost.
1.35. ROYALTY
Royalty at the prevalent rates shall be paid by the Contractor or the RMC supplier as per
the terms of supply between them, on all materials such as boulders, metals, all sizes stone
aggregates, brick aggregates, coarse and fine sand, moorum, earth, river sand, gravels and
bajri etc. collected by him for the execution of the work, directly to the revenue authority
of the state government concerned. Further, contractor needs to submit proof of
submission of full royalty to the state government or local authority. Nothing extra shall be
1.36. PRESERVATION AND CONSERVATION MEASURES
1.36.1. Existing drains, pipes, cables, over-head wires, sewer lines, water lines and similar
services, if any, encountered in the course of the execution of work shall be protected
against the damage by the contractor at his own expense. In case the same are to be
removed and diverted, expenditure incurred in doing so shall be payable to the contractor.
The contractor shall work out the cost, get the same approved by Engineer-in-Charge
before taking up actual execution. The contractor shall not store materials or otherwise
occupy any part of the site ina manner likely to hinder the operation of such services.
1.36.2. All fossils, coins, articles of value of antiquity, structures and other remains or things of
geological or archaeological interest discovered on project location during
excavation/construction shall be the property of the Government, and shall be dealt with
93
as per provisions of the relevant legislation. The contractor will take reasonable
precaution to prevent his work men or any other persons from removing and damaging
any such article or thing. He will, immediately upon discovery thereof and before removal
acquaint the Engineer- in-charge of such discovery and carry out the official instructions
of Engineer-in- charge for dealing with the same, till then all work shall be carried out in a
way so as not to disturb/damage such article or thing.
1.37. RESPONSIBILITY
1.37.1. He shall protect and indemnify the Department (RBI/ CPWD) and its officials & employees
against any claim and /or liability arising out of violations of any such laws, ordinances,
orders, decrees, by himself or by his employees or his authorized representatives. Nothing
extra shall be payable on these accounts.
1.37.2. The Contractor shall assume all liability, financial or otherwise in connection with this
contract and shall protect and indemnify the Department from any and all damages and
claims that may arise on any account. The Contractor shall indemnify the Department
against all claims in respect of patent rights, royalties, design, trademarks- of name or
other protected rights, damages to adjacent buildings, roads or members of public, in
course of execution of work or any other reasons whatsoever, and shall himself defend all
actions arising from such claims and shall indemnify the Department in all respect from
such actions, costs and expenses. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
1.37.3. The entire work up to the plinth level, as required for obtaining approval of the plinth
from the local authority, shall be completed by the Contractor at the same time. Work
above plinth shall be allowed to be carried out only after obtaining plinth approval from
the local body. The contractor shall submit the application to local body and shall carry
laisioning work with local body at his cost. No delay shall be allowed on this ground and
also no claim whatsoever on account of any delay in approval at plinth level by the local
body shall be entertained from the Contractor. Nothing extra shall be payable on this
account. However statutory charges, if payable shall be paid by department.
1.37.4. On completion of work, the contractor shall submit required sets of “as built” drawings to
the Engineer-In-Charge furnishing requisite information for obtaining various service
connections.
1.38. CO-OPERATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS/SPECIALIZED AGENCIES/ ASSOCIATE

CONTRACTORS
1.38.1. The Contractor shall take all precautions to abide by the environmental related
restrictions imposed by any statutory body having jurisdiction in the area as well as
prevent any pollution of streams, ravines, river bed and waterways. All waste or
superfluous materials shall be transported by the Contractor, entirely to the satisfaction of
the Engineer- in-Charge and disposed at designated places only. No claim what so ever on
account of site constraints mentioned above or any other site constraints, lack of public
transport, inadequate availability of skilled, semi-skilled or unskilled workers in the near
vicinity, non-availability of construction machinery spare parts and any other constraints
not specifically stated here, shall be entertained from the Contractor. Therefore, the
Tenderers are advised to visit site and get first-hand information of site constraints.
Accordingly, they should quote their tenders. Nothing extra shall be payable on this
account.
94
1.38.2. The Contractor shall cooperate with and provide the facilities to the associate Contractors
and other agencies working at site for smooth execution of the work. The contractor shall
indemnify the Department (CPWD) against any claim(s) arising out of such disputes. The
Contractor shall:
(a) Allow use of scaffolding, toilets, sheds etc.

(b) Properly co-ordinate their work with the work of other Contractors.
(c) Provide control lines and benchmarks to his associate Contractors and the other
Contractors.
(d) Provide electricity and water at mutually agreed rates.
(e) Provide hoist and crane facilities for lifting material at mutually agreed rates.
(f) Co-ordinate with other Contractors for leaving inserts, making chases,
alignment ofservices etc. at site.
(g) Adjust work schedule and site activities in consultation with the Engineer-in-
Charge and other Contractors to suit the overall schedule completion.
(h) Resolve the disputes with other Contractors/ associate contractors amicably and
theEngineer-in-Charge shall not be made intermediary or arbitrator.
1.38.3. The work should be planned in a systematic manner so as to ensure proper co-ordination
of various disciplines viz. sanitary & water supply, drainage, rain water harvesting,
electrical, fire fighting & fire alarm system, information technology, communication &
electronics and any other services.
1.39. SUPERVISION OF WORK
The Contractor shall depute Site Engineer & skilled workers as required for the work. He
shall submit organization chart along with details of Engineers and supervisory staff. It
shall be ensured that all decision-making powers shall be available to the representatives
of the Contractor at Mumbai itself to avoid any likely delays on this account. The
Contractor shall also furnish list of persons for specialized works to be executed for
various items of work. The Contractor shall identify and deploy key persons having
qualifications and experience in the similar and other major works, as per the field of their
expertise. If during the course of execution of work, the Engineer-in-Charge is of the
opinion that the deployed staff is not sufficient or not well experienced, the Contractor
shall deploy more staff or better- experienced staff at site to complete the work with
quality and in stipulated time limit. Principle Technical representative of the Contractor
having minimum fifteen years of experience in similar nature of work as mentioned in
the clause 36 of the General Conditionsof the Contract, shall always be available at the site
during the actual execution of the work.
1.40. Specialized Agencies
(i) The contractor has to engage one of the approved agencies as mentioned in the list
of specialized work. The main contractor shall not change the specialized agency.
However, if the change is warranted, he may do so, with permission of Engineer-in-
charge. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
(ii) It shall be the responsibility of main contractor to sort out any dispute / litigation
with the Specialized Agencies without any time & cost overrun to the
Department. The main contractor shall be solely responsible for settling any
95
dispute / litigation arising out of his agreement with the Specialized Agencies. The
contractor shall ensure that the work shall not suffer on account of litigation/
dispute between him and the specialized agencies. No claim of hindrance in the
work shall be entertained from the Contractor on this account. No extension of
time shall be granted and no claim what so ever, of any kind, shall be entertained
from the Contractor on account of delay attributable to the selection/rejection of
the Specialized Agencies or any dispute amongst them.
1.41. QUALITY ASSURANCE & TESTING OF MATERIALS

i. All material to be used in the work shall bear ISI certification mark unless
otherwise the make is specified in the SOQ, list of approved makes and other
conditions / specifications, appended with this tender document. In case ISI mark
materials or the materials mentioned in the tender documents are not available,
the material to be used shall conform to CPWD specifications applicable to this
tender and / or national / international codes as approved by Engineer-in-Charge.
In such cases, the Engineer-in- charge shall satisfy himself about the quality of such
materials and give his approval in writing. Only articles classified, as first quality by
the manufacturers / suppliers shall be used in the work, unless otherwise specified.
All materials not having ISI mark, if allowed to be used in the work by Engineer-in-
Charge, shall be tested as per relevant specifications, as approved by the Engineer-
in-Charge. In all cases of use of ISI marked materials, proper proof of procurement
of materials from authentic manufacturers shall be provided by the Contractor to
the entire satisfaction of Engineer in charge.
ii. The Contractor shall make available, on request from the Department, the copies of
challan, cash memos, receipts and other certificates, if any, vouchers towards the
quantity and quality of various materials procured for the work and the same shall
be kept in record. The Contractor shall also provide information and necessary
documentation on the name of the manufacturer, manufacturer’s product
identification, manufacturer’s instructions, warning, date of manufacturing and test
certificates (from manufacturers for the product for each consignment delivered at
site), shelf life, if any etc., for the department to ensure that the material have been
procured from the approved source and is of the approved quality, as directed by
the Engineer-in-Charge. Wherever specified, day-to-day account of receipt of such
material shall be maintained at site of work and shall be regulated by the
department.
iii. The contractor has to establish field laboratory at site including all necessary
equipment for field tests as given in Schedule ‘F’. All the relevant and applicable
standards and specifications shall be made available by the contractor at his cost in
the field laboratory. The contractor shall designate one of his technical
representatives as Quality Assurance Engineer, who shall be responsible for
carrying out all mandatory filed/ laboratory tests. The contractor shall also
provide adequate supporting staff at his cost for carrying out field tests, packaging
& forwarding of samples for outside laboratory tests and for maintaining test
records. All the registers of tests carried out at site or in outside laboratories shall
be maintained by the contractor. The test register shall be issued to the contractor
by the Engineer-in-charge. All the entries in the test register will be made by the
designated engineer of the contractor and same shall be regularly reviewed by the
Engineer-in-charge or his authorized representatives at site.
iv. The Contractor shall submit, immediately after the award of work, a detailed and
96
complete ‘Method Statement’ for the execution, testing and Quality Assurance, of
such items of works, as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. All the materials to be
used in the work shall comply with the requirements of the specifications and shall
pass all the tests required as per specifications as applicable or such specifications
/ standards as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
v. The Contractor shall procure and provide all the materials from the manufacturers
/ suppliers as per the list attached with the tender documents, as per the item
description and particular specifications for the work. The equivalent brand for
any item shall be permitted to be used in the work, only when the specified make is
not available. This is, however, subject to documentary evidence produced by the
contactor regarding non availability of the specified brand and also subject to
independent verification by the Engineer-in-Charge. In exceptional cases, where
such approval is required, the decision of Engineer-in-Charge as regards equivalent
make of the material shall be final and binding on the Contractor. No claim,
whatsoever, of any kind shall be entertained from the Contractor on this account.
Nothing extra shall be payable on this account. Also, the material shall be procured
only after written approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
vi. All materials whether obtained from Govt. stores or otherwise shall be got checked
by the Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized supervisory staff on receipt of the
same at sitebefore use.
vii. The Contractor or his authorized representative shall associate in collection,

preparation, forwarding and testing of such samples. In case he or his authorized
representative is not present or does not associate him, the result of such tests and
consequences thereon shall be binding on the Contractor. The Contractor or his
authorized representative shall remain in contact with the Engineer-in–Charge or
his authorized representative associated for all such operations. No claim of
payment or claim of any other kind, whatsoever, shall be entertained from the
Contractor.
viii. All the hidden items such as water supply lines, drainage pipes, conduits, sewers
etc. are to be properly tested as per the design conditions before covering.
ix. Water tanks, taps, sanitary, water supply and drainage pipes, fittings and
accessories should conform to byelaws and municipal body / corporation where
CPWD Specifications are not available. The contractor should engage licensed
plumbers for the work and get the materials (fixtures/fittings) tested by the
Municipal Body/Corporation authorities wherever required at his own cost.
x. The frequency of testing shall be carried out as per CPWD specification. The testing
charges shall be borne by the Contractor. In case test is not mentioned in
mandatory test in CPWD specification and Engineer in charge directs to carry out
the test, in order to satisfy himself for quality of item used, then also the testing
charges shall be borne by the Contractor.
1.42. Program Chart:
The Contractor shall prepare an integrated program chart within fifteen days of issue of
award letter including civil as well as E & M activities for the execution of work, showing
clearly all activities from the start of work to completion, with details of manpower,
97
equipment and machinery required for the fulfillment of the program within the
stipulated period and submit the same for approval of the Engineer-In-Charge. These
shall be submitted by the contractor through electronic media besides forwarding hard
copies of the same. The integrated program chart so submitted should not have any
discrepancy with the physical milestones attached in the contract agreement. The
program chart should include the following: -
(i) Descriptive note explaining sequence of various activities.
(ii) Construction Program prepared on PRIMAVERA/ MS Project Software, which will

indicate resources in financial terms, manpower and specialized equipment for
every important stage.
(iii) Program for procurement of materials by the contractor.
(iv) Program for arranging and deployment of manpower both skilled and unskilled
so as to achieve targeted progress.
(vi) Program of procurement of machinery/equipment having adequate capacity,

commensurate with the quantum of work to be done within the stipulated period,
by the contractor.
(vii) In case of non compliance/delay in compliance in this, a penalty @ Rs. 500/- per
day will be imposed which will be recovered from the immediate next R/A Bill of
the Contractor.
(viii) If at any time, it appears to the Engineer-In-Charge that the actual progress of
work does not conform to the approved program referred above, the contractor
shall produce a revised program showing the modifications to the approved
program by additional inputs to ensure completion of the work within the
stipulated time.
(ix) The submission for approval by the Engineer-In-Charge of such program or the
furnishing of such particulars shall not relieve the contractor of any of his duties
or responsibilities under the contract. This is without prejudice to the right of
Engineer- In-Charge to take action against the contractor as per terms and
conditions of the agreement.
(x) Apart from the above integrated program chart, the contractor shall be required to
submit fortnightly progress report of the work in a computerized form on 1st and
16th of every month. The progress report shall contain the following, apart from
whatever else may be required as specified above:
(a) Construction schedule of the various components of the work through a bar
chart for the next two fortnights (or as may be specified), showing the
micro- milestone/milestones, targeted tasks (including material and labour
requirement) and up to date progress. At least 10 digital photographs
showing all the parts of construction site in soft copy has to be submitted in
every fortnightly progress report.
(b) Progress chart of the various components of the work that are planned
and achieved, for the fortnight as well as cumulative up to the fortnight
under reckoning, with reason for deviations, if any in a tabular format.
98
(c) Plant and machinery statement, indicating those deployed in the work
(xi) In case of non compliance / delay in compliance in submission of fortnightly, a

penalty @ Rs. 1000/- per fortnightly report will be imposed which will be
recovered from the immediate next R/A Bill of the Contractor.
(xii) The Department shall in no way be responsible for either any delay in getting electric
and/or water and/or telephone connections for carrying out the work or not getting
connections at all. No claim of delay or any other kind, whatsoever, on this account shall be
entertained from the Contractor. Also, contingency arrangement of stand-by water &
electric supply shall be made by the Contractor for commencement and smooth progress of
the work so that work does not suffer on account of power failure or disconnection or not
getting connection at all. No claim of any kind whatsoever shall be entertained on this
account from the Contractor. Nothing extra shall be payable onthis account.
1.43. CLEANLINESS OF SITE
i) The Contractor shall not stack building material/malba/muck on the land or road
of the institute or on the land owned by the others, as the case may be. So the muck,
rubbish etc. shall be removed periodically as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge,
from the site of work to the approved dumping grounds as per the local bye laws
and regulations of the concerned authorities and all necessary permissions in this
regard from the local bodies shall be obtained by the Contractor. Nothing extra
shall be payable on this account. In case, the Contractor is found stacking the
building material/malba as stated above, the Contractor shall be liable to pay the
stacking charges/penalty as may be levied by the local body or any other authority
and also to face penal action as per the rules, regulations and bye-laws of such body
or authority. The Engineer –in-Charge shall be at liberty to recover, such sums due
but not paid to the concerned authorities on the above accounts, from any sums
due to the Contractor including amount of the Security Deposit and performance
guarantee in respect of this contract agreement.
ii) The contractor shall take instructions from the Engineer-In-Charge regarding
collection and stacking of materials at any place. No excavated earth or building
rubbish shall be stacked on areas where other buildings, roads, services and
compound walls are to be constructed.
iii) The Contractor shall take all care to prevent any water- logging at site. The waste
water, slush etc. shall not be allowed to be collected at site. For discharge into
public drainage system, necessary permission shall be obtained from relevant
authoritiesafter paying the necessary charges, if any, directly to the authorities. The
work shall be carried out in such a way that the area is kept clean and tidy. All
the fees/charges inthis regard shall be borne by the Contractor. Nothing extra shall
be payable on this account.
1.44. INSPECTION OF WORK
i) Officers of CPWD, Central Ministry / Department, & RBI shall be inspecting the on-
going work at site at any time with or without prior intimation. The contractor shall,
therefore,keep updated the following requirements and detailing.
a) Display Board showing detail of work, weekly progress achieved with respect to
targets, reason of shortfall, status of manpower, wages being paid for different
99
categories of workers.
b) Entrance and area surrounding to be kept cleaned.
c) Display layout plan key plan, building drawings including plans, elevations and
sections.
d) Upto date displays of Bar chart, CPM and PERT etc.
e) Keep details of quantities executed, balance quantities, deviations, possible
Extra item, substituted Item etc.
f) Keep plastic / cloth mounted one sets of building drawings.
g) Set of Helmets and safety shoes for exclusive use for officers/dignitaries visiting
at site.
1.45. FINAL TESTING OF THE INSTALLATION AND HANDING OVER

a) The Contractor shall demonstrate trouble free functioning of all the Civil and E & M
installations and services. The Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representatives
shall carry out final inspection of the various Civil and E & M services and installations.
Any defect(s) noticed during demonstration shall be rectified by the Contractor at his
own cost to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. Nothing extra shall be
b) The contractor shall handover the building to CPWD/RBI by performing deep cleaning
of all buildings area, façade etc. by deploying the specialized agency. The building
handed over shall be free from stains, paint splashes, etc. Nothing extra shall be
c) The contractor shall submit as built drawing for plumbing, rainwater harvesting,
stormwater, sewer line drain, MEP services and any other drawings asked by the E IN
C during the completion. The agency shall submit standardized measurement book for
each block for various items directed by E IN C. Penalty @ 0.1% (as described in
Schedule F ) shall be imposed for non-submission of said works.
1.46. DEFECT LIABILITY PERIOD (REFUND OF SECURITY DEPOSIT)
The clause 17 of the General Conditions of Contract CPWD works shall be applied.
The defect liability / maintenance period shall start after the date of issue of completion
certificate. Besides observing other formalities prescribed in the General Conditions of the
Contract, for release of security deposit, the contractor shall have to produce a certificate
stating that no defects are pending for rectification from the competent authority of RBI.
1.47. DEALING WITH INCONSISTENT RATES
i) The Contractors shall quote same rates for the identical items which may
inadvertently appear in more than one place. If different rates are quoted by the
tenderers for such identical items, the same shall be rationalized by considering the
lowest quoted rate forsuch items, for evaluation and acceptance of tender.
ii) Wherever any reference to any Indian Standards occurs in the documents relating
to this contract, the same shall be inclusive of all amendments issued thereto or
revisions thereof, if any, up to the date of receipt of tenders.
iii) Unless otherwise specified in the schedule of quantities, the rates for all items of
work shall be considered, as inclusive of pumping out or bailing out water, if
required throughout the construction period for which no extra payment shall be
made. This shall also include water encountered from any sources such as rains,
100
floods, sub soil water table being high and/or due to any other cause whatsoever.
iv) The rates for all items of work, shall unless clearly specified otherwise, include
cost of all operations and all inputs of labour, material, T & P, scaffolding, wastages,
watch and ward, other inputs, all incidental charges, all taxes, cess, VAT, duties,
levies etc. required for execution of the work.
v) Unless otherwise provided in the Schedule of Quantities, the rates quoted by the
Contractor for the various items shall be inclusive of carrying out the works at and
/ or up to all heights, lifts, leads and depths.
vi) Unless otherwise specified in the Schedule of Quantities, the rates quoted by the
Contractor for the various items shall be inclusive of carrying out the work in
curvilinear portions of the building in plan and elevation as per the architectural
drawings. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
1.48. INSURANCE POLICIES

(i) Before commencing the execution of work, the Contractor shall, without in any way
limiting his obligations and liabilities, insure at his own cost and expense against
any damage or loss or injury, which may be caused to any person or property, at
site of work. The Contractor shall obtain and submit to the Engineer-in-Charge
proper Contractor All Risk Insurance Policy for an amount 1.25 times the contract
amount for this work, with Engineer-in-Charge as the first beneficiary. The
insurance shall be obtained in joint names of Engineer-in-Charge and the
Contractor (who shall be second beneficiary). Also, he shall indemnify the
Department from any liability during the execution of the work. Further, he shall
obtain and submit to the Engineer-in-Charge, a third-party insurance policy for
maximum Rs.10 lakh for each accident, with the Engineer-in-Charge as the first
beneficiary. The insurance shall be obtained in joint names of Engineer-in-Charge
and the Contractor (who shall be second beneficiary).
(ii) The Contractor shall, from time to time, provide documentary evidence as regards
payment of premium for all the Insurance Policies for keeping them valid till the
completion of the work. The Contractor shall ensure that Insurance Policies are
also taken for the workers of his Sub-Contractors / specialized agencies also.
Without prejudice to any of its obligations and responsibilities specified above, the
Contractor shall within 10 days from the date of letter of acceptance of the tender
and thereafter at the end of each quarter submit a report to the Department giving
details of the Insurance Policies along with Certificate of these insurance policies
being valid, along with documentary evidences as required by the Engineer-in-
Charge. No work shall be commenced by the Contractor unless he obtains the
Insurance Policies as mentioned above. Also, no payment shall be made to the
Contractor on expiry of insurance policies unless renewed by the Contractor.
Nothing extra shall be payable on this account. No claim of hindrance (or any other
claim) shall be entertained from the contractor on these accounts.
1.49. The Contractor shall at all reasonable times provide access to the Engineer-in-Charge or
his authorized representative to the workshops, factories or other places where materials
101
are stored, for inspection and/or collection of samples. Nothing extra shall be payable on
this account.
1.50. PREPARATION OF MOCKUPS AND SAMPLE UNITS
i) The contractor shall prepare & display mock-ups in actual position of each and every
item and obtain approval of Engineer-in-charge before execution en masse. The mockup
shall be preserved for the purpose of reference till completion of the item represented by
the mockup. Similarly, the contractor shall prepare two sample toilet blocks for each
building comprising of all finishes and fittings included in the scope of this contract.
Approval of Engineer-in-charge shall be obtained before taking up finishing works in
mass. The work executed in approved mock ups / sample units in actual position forming
part of the main work shall be measured and paid to the contractor under the respective
items of the contract. However, any mockup/sample not approved shall not be measured
and paid. Also, the contractor shall have to dismantle and remove the same from the site of
work at his cost. However, those mockup/ samples not prepared in actual position and not
forming the part of main work shall not be paid.
1.51. Appointment of independent external monitors for monitoring of integrity pact

In order to achieve high standards of Integrity monitoring of the integrity pact,
Independent External Monitors (IEMs) has been appointed by the Department for
monitoring of integrity pact as per guidelines of CVC. The contractor shall extend full
cooperation to the IEMs in sharing of information and facilitating in the process of
monitoring the implementation of integrity pact. The Particulars of IEMs appointed
by CVC are given Schedule F.
1.52. Maintenance of Register

1. All test registers, MAS registers and Cement, Steel, Paint, Chemical etc. registers Site
Order Book, Inspection Register, and Hindrance records are to be maintained at site.
All test registers, site order book, MAS registers and Cement, Steel, Paint, Chemical etc.
registers issued by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be maintained by the contractor
which will be reviewed by the officers of CPWD at regular intervals.
2. Maintenance of Register of Tests –

(i) All the registers of tests carried out at Construction Site or in outside laboratories
shall be maintained by the contractor which shall be issued to the contractor by
Engineer-in-Charge.
(ii) All Samples of materials including Cement Concrete Cubes shall be taken jointly
with Contractor by JE/AE and out of this at least 50% samples shall be taken in
presence of AE in charge. If there is no JE, all Samples of materials including
Cement Concrete Cubes shall be taken by AE jointly with Contractor. All the
necessary arrangement shall be provided by the contractor. Cost of sample
materials is to be borne by the contractor and he shall be responsible for safe
custody of samples to be tested at site/lab.
(iii) All the test in field lab setup at Construction Site shall be carried out by the
Engineering Staff deployed by the contractor which shall be 100% witnessed
by JE/AE. At least 10% of the tests are to be witnessed by the Executive
Engineer.
102
(iv) Minimum 10% test should be conducted in outside approved lab as directed by
Engineer-in- Charge. Nothing extra will be paid on this account.
(v) All the entries in the registers will be made by the designated Engineering Staff
of the contractor and same should be regularly reviewed by JE/AE/AEE/EE.
(vi) Contractor shall be responsible for safe custody of all the test registers.
(vii) Submission of statement of all test conducted at site/lab, material at Site Register
along with each Running Account Bill and Final Bill shall be mandatory.
3. Maintenance of Material at Site (MAS) Register –

(i) All the MAS Registers including Cement and Steel Registers shall be maintained by
Contractor which shall be issued to the contractor by Engineer-in-Charge in the
same manner as being issued to CPWD field staff. Authenticated copies of bills /
vouchers of materials which have to be entered in the MAS register are to be submitted by
the contractor to CPWD before making payments.
(ii) Each of the entry of receipt of material at site shall be 100% test checked by JEor
by AE/AEE if there is no JE.
(iii) Each MAS Register shall be checked by JE at least twice a week and at least
once a week by AE/AEE. If there is no JE then MAS registers will be checked by AE
at least twice a week.
(iv) Cement Register shall be reviewed by EE at least once in a month.
(v) It will be deemed that work so measured, checked and paid is of the required
quality and standard, both in respect of ingredients as well as the intended
functions it is supposed to perform. In other words, the work would not only meet
the required specifications but also the workmanship as per sound engineering
practices.
(vi) The CE cum ED shall also have to check and sign the registers at suitable intervals
in token of his ensuring compliance of the ‘Quality Assurance Plan’ for the work.
(vii) Copies of bills: Agency will provide authenticated copies of itemize bills of
materials which has to be entered in the MAS Register viz steel, cement, bitumen,
paint, water proofing or any other item suggested by the Engineer-in- Charge.
1.53. THIRD PARTY QUALITY ASSURANCE

1. In order to achieve high standards of materials, workmanship and overall quality of the
execution, an agency engaged by cpwd to carry out third party inspections as part of ‘third
party quality assurance’. this agency will carry out the checks of the quality assurance
procedures followed at site, take samples of the materials for independent testing and
check the workmanship of the works carried out. the contractor shall extend full
cooperation to the TPQA agency in facilitating the inspections and collection of samples
and regulate the execution stages with regards to the hold and witness points which shall
be strictly adhered to by the contractor. the next stage work shall not be undertaken at
the hold point stage and work shall be done in presence of the tpqa representative at the
witness stage. the contractor shall be required to cooperate with agency in carrying out
various activities including documentation at no extra timeand cost to the owner. in case
of any adverse findings by the tpqa agency, the contractor shall do the needful
rectifications to the entire satisfaction of the tpqa agency and engineer-in- charge. if
contractor fails to rectify the defects of the serious nature within a reasonable time frame
103
no further payment shall be made. if work is stopped due to non- rectification of defects
and delay occurs on this account, no relief in completion of mile stone by way of grant of
eot or any other relaxation be given.
2. TPQA will conduct the quality control test as per tpqa cpwd circular listed in handbook on
total quality management 2019 and carry out tests on input materials and construction
activity as per guidelines on quality control systems for building code and cpwd
specification. random sampling of materials for testing will be done by tpq agency in such
a way that a minimum of 10% of all mandatory test recommended as per cpwd
specifications/ contracts specifications are covered and it represents the whole work. the
samples shall be collected in presence of representatives of construction agency.
3. The TPQA shall be engaged by the department and consultation fess shall be paid by the
department to tpqa directly.
1.54. LOCAL BODY PERMISSION
1.54.1 OBTAINING PLINTH LEVEL COMPLETION CERTIFICATE

1. The contractor shall submit the proposal to local body for obtaining plinth level
permission from local body CIDCO/NMMC/BMC/PMC or as required.
2. The contractor shall coordinate and facilitate for obtaining certificate from local bodies
including getting the required site visits conducted by such authorities with a view to
obtain the same. The contractor shall also be responsible for liasoning work required,
if any, in this regard with the local bodies. Nothing extra shall be payable on this
account. Statutory charges, fees etc. required to be paid to the local bodies in this
connection shall be paid bythe contractor and shall be reimbursed by the Department
to the contractor on production of proof of actual payment by him. It is clarified that
the contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all the NO OBJECTION CERTIFICATES
(NOCs) required for obtaining the plinth level completion.
1.54.2 OBTAINING BUILDING USE PERMISSION

1. The Contractor shall submit required sets of “AS BUILT” drawings for submitting the
same to the Municipal Corporation / Local bodies etc. for obtaining various service
connections, revised commencement certificate if required, completion certificate. The
Contractor shall submit to the Department, 2 sets of “AS BUILT” drawings and also in
soft copy (CD – 2 sets) in one of the standard software packages. Nothing extra shall be
2. The contractor shall coordinate and facilitate for obtaining certificate from local bodies
obtain the same. The contractor shall also be responsible for liasoning work required,
if any, in this regard with the local bodies. Nothing extra shall be payable on this
account. Statutory charges, fees etc. required to be paid to the local bodies in this
connection shall be paid by the contractor and shall be reimbursed by the Department
to the contractor on production of proof of actual payment by him.
3. It is clarified that the contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all the NO
OBJECTION CERTIFICATES (NOCs), lift clearance, Fire clearance, and the completion
104
certificates (building use permission) for the various works (covered under the scope
of this tender) required for obtaining completion certificate (building use permission).
4. However, only Three (3) month after the date of completion shall be allowed for
obtaining various NOCs and completion certificate (building use permission). An
amount of 0.25% of work done shall be withheld from each RA bills of the Contractor
towards the same. The contractor may however submit an irrevocable Bank Guarantee
or e-bank guarantee in favour of Engineer-in-charge towards the same, to avoid
withholding of amount of RA bills. A portion of this amount withheld shall be forfeited
for non-performance, for every month delay in obtaining various NOCs and building
use permission submitting the same to the Engineer- in-charge, in a manner as given
below.
a. No amount shall be forfeited if the NOCs and completion certificate (building use
permission) are obtained and submitted within three (3) months after date of
completion of the work.
b. If NOCs and level completion certificate (building use permission) are submitted
after three (3) months of the date of completion of work, the amount forfeited
shall be 10% of the withheld amount. The amount to be forfeited shall be
calculated on daily basis.
c. If NOCs and completion certificate (building use permission) are submitted after
four (4) months of the date of completion of work, the amount forfeited shall be
30% of the withheld amount (i.e., 10% for one month and 20% for second
month delay).
d. If NOCs and completion certificate (building use permission) are submitted after
Five (5) of the date of completion of work, the amount forfeited shall be 60%
of the withheld amount. (i.e., 10% for one month and 20% for second month
delay and 30% for the 3rd month delay).
e. If NOCs and completion certificate (building use permission) are submitted after
six (6) months of the date of completion of work, the amount forfeited shall be
100% of the withheld amount. ((i.e. 10% for one month and 20% for second
month delay,30% for the 3rd month delay and 40% for the fourth month delay).
f. The contractor shall submit all the NOCs and completion certificate (building
use permission) simultaneously and no consideration shall be given for
obtaining and submitting some (and not all) NOCs and completion certificate
(building use permission) while forfeiting the amounts as mentioned above.
g. If the contractor fails to obtain the NOCs and completion certificate (building use
permission) up to six months from the date of completion of the work, the defect
liability period shall get extended by the same period as delay (in obtaining
NOCs and completion certificate (building use permission)) beyond the six (6)
months after the date of the completion of the work. No claim of any kind shall
be entertained from the contractor on these accounts.
1.55. FACILITIES FOR THE DEPARTMENT

The Contractor shall provide, construct and maintain at all times during execution
and till the completion of work, a temporary site office for exclusively for the use by
105
the Department with adequate electric light fittings, A.C., fans, electric/ power
points, switches etc. for use of the Engineer-in-Charge and his authorized
representatives. Area of such office shall be approximately 160 sqm and 1
conference room (shall be aesthetically pleasing) for 25 persons along with
conference table, executive table, main chairs and visitors’ chairs shall be provided
with suitable partitions, doors, windows, locking arrangement etc. all as per the
architectural drawings to be approved by E IN C, for exclusive use of the Department.
Adequate toilet facilities for exclusively for the use by the Department (2 no. W.C
,4nos. urinals, wash basin) connected to a temporary septic tank / soak pit, drinking
water purifier and water cooler shall also be provided exclusively for the use by the
Department. All the water and electricity charges (for running these fittings and
equipment’s as per the requirement including for the equipment’s provided by the
Department), shall be borne by the contractor. The entire site office and its
surroundings shall be maintained in a neat and clean condition by the Contractor for
the entire duration of the construction. The premises / facilities provided by the
contractor shall be owned and thus demolished / dismantled / disconnected and
material carted away by him at its own cost after the completion of work or as
directed by Engineer-in-Charge. The rates quoted by the Contractor shall be inclusive
of providing and maintaining such facilities and nothing extra shall be payable on
this account.
The contractor shall make arrangement for Helmets and safety shoes (meant of
construction work at sites) for all field staff of the department during the entire
period of construction for safety reasons. One helmet and two pairs of shoes per staff
member (maximum ten members) of the departments per year shall be arranged by
the contractor. The Contractor shall arrange for 6 number computers (4 computors
plus 2 laptops with latest configuration) along with printer, necessary peripherals
and including broadband connection with two number computer operator at the
disposal of Engineer-in-charge. The computer shall be provided with MS- project &
the computer operator shall be fully conversant with MS-word, Excel, Power- point,
Auto CAD & MS-Project. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account. The Contractor
shall give the Engineer-in-charge on the 4th day of each month, a progress report
along with pictorial photographs (softcopies) of the work done during the previous
month. The progress of work will be reviewed periodically by the Engineer-in charge
with the contractor and short falls, if any, sorted out. The contractor shall there upon
take such action as may be necessary to bring back his work to schedule without
additional cost to the department.
Note 1: The special conditions detailed above are in addition to general/ other/
additional conditions as specified elsewhere in tender document.
Note 2: Nothing extra shall be paid on the account of these special conditions.
106
SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR CEMENT AND STEEL

REINFORCEMENT BARS
1. Special conditions for Reinforcement Bars:

1.1. The contractor shall procure TMT bars of Fe500D/Fe550D grade from SAIL, Tata
Steel Ltd., RINL, Jindal Steel & Power Ltd. and JSW Steel Ltd. The contractor may also
procure IS marked TMT bars of various grades from the steel manufactures or their
authorized dealers (as per following selection criteria) have valid BIS license for IS:
1786-2008 (Amendment -1 November 2012) from the producers fulfilling the
following criteria.
1.2. The procured steel should have following qualities: -
i) Excellent ductility, bend ability and elongation of finished product due to possible
refining technology.
ii) Consumption of steel should be accurate as per design.
iii) Steel should have no brittleness problem in finished product.
iv) Steel should carry the quality of corrosion and earthquake resistance.
v) Quality steel with achievement of proper level of Sulphur and phosphorus as per IS:
1786-2008.
1.3. Selection criteria of steel manufacturers

Have following selection criteria of steel manufactures: -
Steel producers of any capacity using iron ore/ processed iron ore as the basisraw
material adopting advance refining technologies as given hereunder,
(i) DRI-EAF = Direct Reduced Iron – Electric arc furnace.
(ii) BF-BOF = Blast furnace – Basic oxygen furnace
(iii) CORES-BOF = COREX - Basic oxygen furnace
For production of liquid steel to finish product at single/multiple locations with NABL or
any other similarly placed accrediting Government body which operates in accordance with
ISO/IEC 17011 and accredits labs as per ISO/IEC 17025 conforming to IS: 1786-2008
(Amendment -1 November 2012). Following is the check lists for incorporation any quality
steel producer for technical assessment.
Sl. Item Checkpoint Remarks
Steel producer a. Factory address and
having b. Certificate of manufacturing
manufacturing c. Refining process of steel
c.1 BF-BOF route
1 facilities at Plant
c.2 Corex-BOF route
c.3 DRI-EAF route
With documentary evidence either
d. Steel plant having infrastructure for
producing sponge iron, billete and
TMTRebars
e. Production and Quality Flow

107
f. Plant Evaluation and Process

g. List of Plant & Machinery
Document verification for :
a. Govt./PSU Approvals
b. Supply orders of TMT Re – bars
2 Established in Govt. Projects (Minimum – 5
years)
c. Verification of direct supply
orders to any State/Central
Govt. Department
d. User Certificate issued by any
Govt. Department directly
Documents evidence like:
a. Certificate of Incorporation
b. Memorandum of Articles of
c. Credit rating of the
3 Indigenous companyfrom
CARE/CRISIL/ICRA should
not be C/D grade
(minimum last 3 year)
Reliable a. Test Results from Govt./NABL
accredited laboratories
b. In – house testing facility for
physical/chemical tests (NABL
4 accredited)
d. Calibration certificates
e. List of lab Equipments:
e.1 Spectrometer
e.2 Computerized UTM
5. Use of Iron – Verification of Iron –Ore/ Process
Ore/ iron ore invoices
Processes
Iron
6. In house Plant verification to identify in
rolling facility house rolling facilities, production
a. ISO 9001:2008 Certification
b. ISO 14001:2004 Certification
7. Licences c. OHSAS 18001:2007
and d. IS 1786:2008 (TMT Re- bars
Certificates e. IS 2830:1992 (Billets)
TMT Re – bars FE
CRS (Corrosion Resistant) & EQR
8. Product Range (Earthquake Resistant) TMT Re-
bars Size 8 to 36 mm dia
Note:
DRI-EAF-> Direct Reduce Iron-Electric ARC Furnace
BF-BOF-> Blast Furnace-Basic Oxygen Furnace
COREX BOF-> COREX Furnace-Basic Oxygen Furnace.
108
The Chief Engineer, CSQ (Civil) unit, Directorate of CPWD shall approve
the steel manufacturers.
1.4. The contractor shall have to obtain and furnish test certificates to the Engineer-in-
charge in respect of all supplies of steel brought by him to the site of work.
1.5. Samples shall also be taken and got tested by the Engineer-in-charge as per the
provisions in this regard in relevant BIS codes. In case the test results indicate that
the steel arranged by the contractor does not conform to the specifications, the
same shall stand rejected, and it shall be removed from the site of work by the
contractor at his cost within a week time on written orders from the Engineer-in-
charge to do so.
1.6. The steel reinforcement bars shall be brought to the site in bulk supply of 10
tonnes or more, as decided by the Engineer-in-charge.
1.7. The steel reinforcement bars shall be stored by the contractor at site of work in
such a way as to prevent their distortion and corrosion, and nothing extra shall be
paid on this account. Bars of different sizes and lengths shall be stored separately to
facilitate easy counting and checking.
1.8. For checking nominal mass, tensile strength, bend test, re-bend test etc. specimens
of sufficient length shall be cut from each size of the bar at random, ant at frequency
not less than that specified below:
Size of bar For consignment For consignment
below 100 tonnes above 100 tonnes
Under 10 mm dia One sample for One sample for

bars each 25 tonnes or each 40 tonnes or
part thereof part thereof
10 mm to 16 mm dia One sample for One sample for
bars each 35 tonnes or each 45 tonnes or
Over 16 mm dia bars One sample for One sample for
each 45 tonnes or each 50 tonnes or
1.9. The contractor shall supply free of charge the steel required for testing including its
transportation to testing laboratories. The cost of tests shall be borne by the
contractor.
1.10. The actual issue and consumption of steel on work shall be regulated and proper
accounts maintained as provided in clause 10 of the contract. The theoretical
consumption of steel shall be worked out as per procedure prescribed in clause 42
109
of the contract and shall be governed by conditions laid therein. In case the
consumption is less than theoretical consumption including permissible variations
recovery at the rate so prescribed shall be made. In case of excess consumption, no
adjustment needs to be made.
1.11. The steel brought to site and the steel remaining unused shall not be removed from
site without the written permission of the Engineer-in-charge.
1.12. For the purpose of payment, the actual weight of reinforcement steel shall be
worked out as below:
1.13. To arrive at unit weight for the purpose of payment three random samples each of 1
meter length shall be collected for each diameter of re-bar from every consignment
received at site. Actual weight of three specimens for each diameter shall be taken
and average weight calculated and recorded. The average weight so arrived at shall
be compared with the theoretical weight of that particular diameter of rebar. Actual
or theoretical weight whichever is less shall be considered for making payment for
that consignment. However final payment shall be made on the basis of weighted
average of all theconsignment. The decision of the Engineer-in-charge as regards the
random samples and average weight shall be final and binding on the contractor and
no claim of any kind shall be entertained in this regard.
2. CONDITIONS WHERE CEMENT IS TO BE PROCURED BY THE CONTRACTOR
2.1. The contractor shall procure 43/ 53 grade ordinary Portland cement conforming
to IS 8112/Portland Pozzolana Cement conforming to IS: 1489 (Part-I) as required
in the work, from reputed manufacturers of cement such as ACC, Ultratech, Vikram,
Shree Cement, Ambuja, Jaypee Cement, Century Cement & J.K. Cement or from any
other reputed cement Manufacturer having a production capacity not less
than one million tonnes per annumas approved by ADG for that sub region.
2.2. The cement shall be brought at site in bulk supply of approximately 50 tonnes or as
decided by the Engineer- in- charge.The cement godown of the capacity to store a
minimum of 2000 bags of cement or as decided by the Engineer- in- charge shall be
constructed by the contractor at site of work for which no extra payment shall be
made.
2.3. Double lock provision shall be made to the door of the cement godown. The keys of
one lock shall remain with the Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative
and the keys of the other lock shall remain with the contractor. The contractor shall
be responsible for the watch and ward and safety of the cement godown. The
contractor shall facilitate the inspection of the cement godown by the Engineer-in-
Charge at any time.
110
2.4. The cement shall be got tested by the Engineer-in-charge and shall be used on the
work only after satisfactory test results have been received. The contractor shall
supply free of charge the cement required for testing including its transportation
cost to testing laboratories. The cost of tests shall be borne by the contractor in the
manner indicated below:
2.5. The actual issue and consumption of cement on work shall be regulated and
proper accounts maintained as provided in clause 10 of the contract. The
theoretical consumption of cement shall be worked out as per procedure
prescribed in clause 42 of the contract and shall be governed by conditions laid
therein. In case the cement consumption is less than the theoretical requirement
including permissible variation, recovery at the rate prescribed in Schedule F shall
be made. In case of excess consumption, no adjustment shall be made.
2.6. Cement brought to site and cement remaining unused after completion of work
shall not be removed from site without written permission of the Engineer-in-
Charge.
2.7. Damaged cement, noticed if any shall be removed from the site immediately by the
contractor on receipt of a notice from the Engineer-in Charge. In the absence of
compliance within 3 days of receipt of such notice, the Engineer- in-charge shall be
at liberty to get the same removed from the site at the costof the contractor.
111
SPECIAL CONDITION FOR COMPLIANCE OF GREEN BUILDING
1. It is envisaged to obtain 5-star GRIHA rating from TERI for building to be constructed under
this contract. The contractor shall strictly adhere to the following conditions as part of his
contractual obligation. Rate quoted by the agency deemed to be inclusive of expenditure on
this account and nothing extra shall be paid for this compliance.
2. The contractor is to go through all conditions of the GRIHA rating stipulations. Failure to
adhere to any of the above-mentioned items, without approval of the Engineer in Charge, shall
be deemed as a violation of contract and the contractor shall be held liable for penalty as per
terms of the agreement.
3. In case any penalty is imposed by any Hon’ble Court, NGT or any other authority due to non-
compliance of any statutory order, or law or guidelines or pollution control or environmental
norms, the same will be borne by the contractor.
4. All paper works, compliance, photography etc. with reference to the 5-star GRIHA rating
from TERI for building shall be maintained/borne by the Contractor.
5. Air and soil Pollution control Measures (Criterion 4 of GRIHA)

5.1. Contractor shall submit site management plan (.dwg format) highlighting the locations of
strategies implemented on site to minimize air and soil pollution during construction and
soil erosion channels connected to a sedimentation tank demonstrating compliance of
GRIHA criteria.
5.2. The contractor shall provide 3 m high continuous barricading along the site boundary,
shall be paid in relevant agreement item.
5.3. The contractor shall provide dust screens, sheeting or netting to scaffold along the
perimeter of the building.
5.4. The contractor shall provide wheel washing facility /Gravel bed shall be provided at all
vehicular entrances and exits at site.
5.5. The diseal generators, if used during construction by contractor shall be in compliance
with CPCB norms and have an exhaust with stack height of at least 2 m from the top of
the generator with cap. The agency shall submit test reports of smoke released from the
exhaust of all the DG sets on site (minimum threereports to be shared over the entire
period of construction) indicating that emission parameters are within permissible
limits, as prescribed by the CPCB, demonstrating compliance with GRIHA criteria.
5.6. The contractor shall prepare and submit spill prevention and control plans before the
start of construction, clearly stating measures to stop the source of the spill, to contain
the spill, to dispose the contaminated material and hazardous wastes, and stating
designation of personnel trained to prevent and control spills. Hazardous wastes include
pesticides, paints, cleaners, and petroleum products.
5.7. Spills of dirt or dusty materials will be cleaned up promptly so the spilled material does not
112
become a source of fugitive dust and also to prevent of seepage of pollutant laden water into
the ground aquifers. When cleaning up the spill, ensure that the clean-up process does not
generate additional dust. Similarly, spilled concrete slurries or liquid wastes should be
contained / leaned up immediately before they can infiltrate into the soil / ground or runoff
in nearby areas.
5.8. The contractor shall ensure that no construction leachate (e.g. cement slurry etc.), is allowed
to percolate into the ground. Adequate precautions are to be taken to safeguard against this
including, reduction of wasteful curing processes, collection, basic filtering and reuse. The
contractor shall follow requisite measures for collecting drainage water run-off from
construction areas and material storage sites and diverting water flow away from such
polluted areas. Temporary drainage channels, perimeter dike/swale, etc. shall be
constructed to carry the pollutant-laden water directly to the treatment device or facility
(municipal sewer line).
5.9. The contractor shall ensure that fine aggregate, excavated earth and any other construction
material with tendency to get airborne are covered or sprinklered regularly with non
potable STP water.
5.10. Cover dusty load on vehicles by impervious sheeting before they leave the site. Contractor
shall reduce pollution and land development impacts from automobiles use during
construction.
5.11. All the building material responsible for pollution shall be brought at site from sources
covered by tarpaulin and shall take all precautionary measure to ensure that no dust
particles are permitted to pollute the air quality, failure of which Agency shall be liable to
pay damages as decided by Engineer-in-Charge to minimum of Rs 1000/truck. The decision
of Engineer-in-Charge shall be final & binding.
5.12. Agency/contractor shall not dump the construction material on the metal road and shall
keep the construction material on the physically demarcated space by the Engineer-in-
Charge and shall cover with traupalin.
5.13. The contractor shall ensure sprinkling of water on unpaved pathways on the site with non
potable water in order to mitigate air pollution.
5.14. Water spraying shall be done on:

• Any dusty materials before transferring, loading and unloading
• Area where demolition work is being carried out
• Any un-paved main haul road (as per GRIHA criteria 4.1.1)
• Areas where excavation or earth moving activities are to be carried out
5.15. The contractor shall identify roads on-site that would be used for vehicular traffic. Upgrade
vehicular roads (if these are unpaved) by increasing the surface strength by improving
particle size, shape and mineral types that make up the surface and base. Add surface gravel
to reduce source of dust emission. Limit amount of fine particles (smaller than 0.075mm) to
10–20%.
113
5.16. The contractor shall water spray, through a simple hose for small projects, to keep dust
under control. Fine mists should be used to control fine particulate. However, this should be
done with care so as not to waste water. Heavy watering can also create mud, which when
tracked onto paved public roadways, must be promptly removed. Also, there must be an
adequate supply of clean water nearby to ensure that spray nozzles don’t get plugged.
5.17. The contractor shall ensure that the speed of vehicles within the site is limited to10km/hr.
The contractor shall display necessary display boards at various locations.
5.18. The contractor shall ensure that adequate measures are taken for the prevention of erosion
of the top soil during the construction phase. The contractor shall submit the Erosion and
Sedimentation Control Plan (ESCP) for approval of engineer in charge. The contractor shall
obtain the Erosion and Sedimentation Control Plan (ESCP) Guidelines from the Engineer in
Charge and then prepare working plan for the following month activities as a CAD drawing
showing the construction management, staging & ESCP. At no time soil should be allowed to
erode away from the site and sediments should be trapped where necessary. The contractor
shall ensure that the soil erosion channels are constructed and they are connected to a
sedimentation tank in order to reduce movement of soil outside the site throughout the
construction phase of project. (As per GRIHA criteria 4.1.2)
5.19. Sedimentation & erosion control system shall be provided by Construction of temporary
sedimentation tank at the lowest level of site. (Dimensions- 2m X 2m X 0.6m or as per
calculation) along with wire mesh filter at the outlet. The contractor shall submit calculations
indicating that the sedimentation tank is of sufficient capacity to manage storm water runoff
for demonstrating compliance. Once the sediments in Water settle down, the water can be
pumped into the city storm-water drains. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
5.20. The contractor shall not change the natural gradient of the ground unless specifically
instructed by the Engineer-in-Charge. This shall cover all-natural features like water bodies,
drainage gullies, slopes, mounds, depressions, etc. Existing drainage patterns through or into
any preservation area shall not be modified unless specifically directed by the Engineer-in-
Charge.
5.21. Submit a short video (duration of at least 2 minutes) indicating the functioning of soil
erosion channels and sedimentation tank during the monsoon period every year,
demonstratingcompliance with GRIHA criteria.
5.22. The contractor shall submit various photographs, documents as required to achieve GRIHA
compliance and having carried out the above activities.
6. Topsoil preservation (Criterion 5 of GRIHA)
6.1. The contractor shall submit the site plan (.dwg format) highlighting the areas of
excavation and preservation of top soil.
6.2. The contractor shall ensure that 90% of fertile topsoil from disturbed area (including
building footprint vehicular pathways and material storage areas) is preserved.
114
Additionally, maintain its fertility, stabilize it, and make it fit for use at landscaping
activity post construction.
6.3. The contractor shall carry out Soil fertility test of top soil by any ICAR accrediated
laboratory and submit the report. Nothing shall be paid extra for testing.
6.4. The contractor shall ensure that all the top soil excavated during construction works is
neatly stacked and is not mixed with other excavated earth. The contractors shall take the
clearance of the Engineer- in-Charge before any excavation. Top soil should be stripped to a
depth of 20 cm from the areas to be disturbed, for example proposed area for buildings,
roads, paved areas, external services and area required for construction activities etc. It
shall be stacked only to a maximum height of 40 cm at designated areas, covered or
stabilized with temporary seeding for erosion prevention and shall be reapplied to site
during plantation, landscaping etc. of the proposed vegetation. Top soil shall be separated
from subsoil, debris and stones larger than 50 mm diameter. The stored top soil may be
used as finished grade for planting areas.
6.5. The contractor shall submit various photographs, documents as required to achieve
GRIHA compliance and having carried out the above activities
7. Construction management Practices (Criterion No 6 of GRIHA)
7.1. The contractor shall adopt construction management practices and ensure safe disposal of
waste generated during construction.
7.2. The Contractor shall submit site management plan (.dwg format) highlighting the location of
storage areas for various construction materials such as steel, building blocks, or stone, and
for waste generated such as empty cement bags, packaging waste, or
construction/demolition debris to demonstrate compliance of above point.
7.3. The contractor shall submit copies of log sheets, challans for the total quantity of waste
generated, reused and/or sold to recyclers on site, demonstrating compliance in following
format.
S. NSso.S. Types of Waste Quanity of Quantity of Recycle/
SNoSS generated waste generated waste sold Reuse/
Landfill
1 Steel
2 Stone
3 Wood
4 C&D waste
5 Packaging waste
6 Empty cement bags
7 Drums
8 Paint buckets
9 Pipes
10 Others
7.4. The contractor shall minimize water consumption during the construction phase by
115
adopting following methods.
7.4.1. Contractor should spray curing water on concrete structure and shall not allow free flow of
water. Concrete structures should be kept covered with thick cloth/gunny bags and water
should be sprayed on them. Contractor shall do water ponding on all sunken slabs using
cement and sand mortar bunds.
7.4.2. The contractor shall use treated wastewater and/or captured storm water during
construction.
7.4.3. The contractor shall use water-reducing admixture in concrete mix.
7.4.4. The contractor shall maintain a daily log for source of water used in construction activities
and submit to the Engineer –in-charge as per format given below.
7.4.5. The contractor shall provide the meter and monitor the consumption of water used. The
contractor shall install meter on all sources of water such as tube well, municipal supply
and /or any other source to monitor the consumption of water.
7.4.6. The contractor shall ensure that the water and electricity is not wasted during construction.
The Engineer in Charge can bring to the attention any such wastage and the contractor will
have to ensure that such bad practices are corrected.
7.4.7. The contractor shall install necessary meters and measuring devices to record the
consumption of water, electricity and diesel on a monthly basis for the entire tenure of the
project.
7.4.8. Contractor shall also submit the various stratergies adopted to reduce the water
consumption.
Sources of Water
1 Tanker (Fill in Logbook 1)
2 Borewell (Fill in Logbook 2)
3 If any other, please specify
Logbook 1
S. No. Date Quantity of Water
Purchased
1
2
Logbook 2
Energy Consumed in Capacity of Water Duration of Yield of Total Water
21 Months Pumps Operation Borewell Consumed
A B C=A÷B D D × C ÷ 1000
116
8. Indoor Air quality (Criterion No 12 of GRIHA)
8.1. All interior wall, ceiling finishes such as primers, paints putty etc shall have low VOC content
and shall be lead free.
8.2. The paint finishes used shall satisfy following criteria .
8.3. The sealeants and adhesive used any where in the work shall have low VOC content as
specified below. Further all interior composite wood product shall not have urea–
formaldhyde as a bonding agent.
8.4. The contractor shall maintain all records and documentation for said purpose.
Table for VOC limits for paints
Paint Application Type of Finish VOC Limit (g/L)

Interior coatings Flat < 50
Non-flat < 150
Exterior coatings Flat < 200
Non-flat < 100
Anti-corrosive Gloss/semi- < 250
gloss/flat
Table for VOC limits for Adhesive to be used
Architectural Adhesive Application VOC Limit

(g/L)
Wood flooring 100
Industrial/rubber flooring 60
Ceramic tiles 65
Structural glazing 100
Multi-purpose construction 70
Sub-floor 50
Wall boards/panels 50
PVC welding 285
Adhesive primer for plastic 250
Structural wood member 140
Sub-specific use metal to metal 30
Wood 30
Fibreglass 80
Plastic foam/porous materials (except wood) 50
Table for VOC limits for sealeants to be used

117
Sealant Application VOC Limit

(g/L)
Architectural/roadways 250
Single-ply roof material installation/repair 450
Other 420
Sealant primer application architectural non-porous 250
Sealant primer application architectural porous 775
Other sealant primer applications architectural 750
9. Water Demand reduction (Criterion No 13 of GRIHA)
9.1. All Santitary and Water supply fixture shall be as per GRIHA confirming compliance and
shall reduce the water reduction from GRIHA base case by more than 20%, so that target of
2 points is achieved for GRIHA criterion 13.1.
9.2. The contractor shall submit design calculation of reduction in water demand by use of such
sanitary and water supply fixtures. Nothing shall be paid extra for this.
10. Utilization of alternative materials in building (Criterion No 19 of GRIHA)

10.1. The Concrete and design mix concrete used at site shall have minimum replacement of OPC
with BIS recommended waste material (such as Flyash, Slag etc) of more than 30% by
weight of cement. (As per GRIHA criterion 19.1.1).
10.2. The contractor shall ensure that 5% replacement of natural aggregate with RCA/RA by
weight of that category in structural concrete / design mix concrete ((As per GRIHA
criterion 19.1.2).
10.3. The Ready-Mix plaster shall have minimum 30% replacement of OPC with BIS
recommended waste by weight of cement. The agency shall submit the third-party test
report for the same. (As per GRIHA criterion 19.1.4).
11. Alternative materials for external site development (Criterion No 21 of GRIHA)

11.1. The Paver block shall contain minimum 10% C& D waste content by weight of block. The
agency shall submit relevant documents as per GRIHA confirming the compliance.
11.2. Kerb stone used at site shall have concrete used with minimum 30% fly ash content by
weight of total cementitious material. The agency shall submit relevant documents as per
GRIHA confirming the compliance.
11.3. The concrete used in development works shall have with minimum 30% fly ash content by
GRIHA confirming the compliance.
11.4. Concrete blocks wherever used at site shall have minimum 40% fly ash content by weight of
block.
12. Safety and sanitation for Construction workers (Criterion No 23 of GRIHA)
12.1. The contractor shall ensure safety, hygiene and living conditions for the construction
workers involved in the project as per CPWD provisioning, contractors labour regulation
118
and model rules and NBC 2016.

12.2. The contractor shall provide at least minimum level of sanitation and all safety facilities for
the workers at their camp/labor site and at work sites. The contractor shall ensure
cleanliness of workplace with regard to the disposal of waste and effluent; provide clean
drinking water, water closets and urinals as per applicable standard. Adequate toilet
facilities with signage shall be provided for the workmen within easy access of their place of
work. The total numbers to be provided shall not be less than 1 per 25 employees in any one
shift. Separate toilet facilities for ladies (staff and workers) are to be provided. Toilet
connected with Septic tank facilities shall be provided from the start of building operations.
Connection to a sewer line shall be made as soon as practicable. Every toilet shall be so
constructed that the occupant is sheltered from view and protected from the weather and
falling objects. Toilet facilities shall be maintained in a good sanitary condition. A sufficient
quantity of disinfectant shall be provided. Natural or artificial illumination shall be
provided.
12.3. The contractor shall provide clean drinking water for all workers. Adequate measures for
welfare of workers, staff and their children are to be taken. At camp /labor hut site,
shelters/crèches shall be made with adequate facilities light, drinking water, teaching
facilities for children. Adequate shelters for labor shall be also constructed at site of work as
per direction of Engineer-in-Charge. (23.1.1).
12.4. Provide minimum level of sanitation/safety facilities for construction workers: The agency
shall ensure compliance with the NBC (latest revision) safety norms for providing the
necessary safety equipment and measures for construction workers. Provisions for drinking
water, healthy and clean-living conditions and sanitation facilities shall be provided for the
workers. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
12.5. The contractor shall provide creche facility for children of construction workers in case the
families are allowed to work / live at construction site.
12.6. The contractor shall provide a grocery store/canteen within site premises.
12.7. The contractor shall arrange at least two events during the entire construction phase to
create environmental awareness among the construction workers.
12.8. The contractor shall comply with the safety procedures, norms and guidelines (as
applicable) as outlined in the document Part 7, Constructional practices and safety, National
Building code of India 2016 Vol-2, Bureau of Indian Standards. A copy of all pertinent
regulations and notices concerning accidents, injury and first-aid shall be prominently
exhibited at the work site. Depending upon the scope & nature of work, a person qualified in
first-aid shall be available at work site to render and direct first- aid to causalities. A
telephone may be provided to first-aid assistant with telephone numbers of the hospitals
displayed. Complete reports of all accidents and action taken thereon shall be forwarded to
the competent authorities.
12.9. All workers of contractor and associate agencies, invariably and at all the times, must follow
all safety norms, adopt safe construction practices and use all required safety gadgets in
their working throughout the project duration.
12.10. The contractor shall issue Photo Identity Cards with unique numbers containing salient
information of workers. Further the contractor shall establish a Office at the entry to
demarcated area of site. The Office shall maintain a computerized/biometric record of all
119
the workers allowed entry / working inside the demarcated area. This shall enable to
exactly keep a record of persons at site at a given point of time. The fortnightly labour
report submitted as per 19D of general condition of contractor shall be based on
biometric attendeance.
12.11. Formation of Safety Monitoring Committee: The contractor within 15 days of start of work
shall submit the names of Safety Engineer/Safety Manager and Safety Supervisors to the
CPWD, who shall notify a monitoring committee consisting of authorized representatives of
the main working mandate of this monitoring committee will be to monitor and achieve the
objectives of construction safety continuously, progressively and through affirmative action
and to inculcate the safety culture among all stake holders. This committee will oversee
implementation of safety program over the entire construction period.
12.12. The contractor shall be providing all documents, photographs and records as specified in
GRIHA manual for confirmance of above criterion
13. Training and Awareness:
Training: The training shall be in two phases – first induction training and then periodic
training / refresher workshop.
(i) Induction Training: All the workers shall have to undergo a training program of 16 hrs. (8
hrs. for 2 days) and to be declared satisfactorily trained by the Safety Manager before
they are allowed to work onsite.
(ii) Orientation Program: An orientation program shall be arranged for all people (other than
workers) who normally work at or visit the site.
(iii) Workshops: Refresher workshops shall be arranged in every three months for all the
workers onsite.
(iv) Advance Training: For workers involved in high-risk activities (to be identified by the
Safety Monitoring Committee) an intensive training shall be kept once in a month.
The training modules shall be designed by the Safety Manager and approved by the Safety
monitoring committee.
Training Methodology: The training methodology shall include both classroom and practical
demonstration with audio-visual techniques. For greater impact, demonstration with dummies
will be done to highlight hazards of not following safe practices. The training shall be imparted
in vernacular language and may include means such as songs, theatre, puppetry etc. for better
appreciation and assimilation by workers.
Implementation:
(I) The basic responsibility of implementation of safe practices shall be that of the safety
manager and safety supervisors of the contractor at the first level and project team
CPWD on second level. The basic approach of implementation should be towards
voluntary acceptability of safe practices by all stakeholders.
(II) The safety arrangement made by the contractor shall be open to inspection by the
safety officer or any other representative appointed by the CPWD and the observation
made by him shall be complied by the contractor.
120
All workmen are checked for their suitability before development by the respective Safety
Manager and each Safety Supervisor. Workers physical fitness knowledge about the activity
and his previous experience are checked before deployed. Workmen involved in physical
activity (such as driver, operators, Height workers, Food handlers at Canteen and Pantries,
welders) shall be subjected to pre-employment medical check-up; those who do not clear the
medical examination shall not be employed.
Adequate number of safeties equipments and personals protective equipments (PPE) as per
Indian Standards will be planned and procured. Recommendations as per following
table/Matrix should be followed:
ACTIVITY WORKMEN CATEGORY PPEs RECOMMENDED
General – Entry into All Employees Safety Helmet, Safety
work premises Shoes& Reflective Jacket
Signaling Security / marshal Reflective Jacket
Working at Height – All Full body harness Double
More than 1.8 meters lanyard
Involved with cement All Gum Boots & Rubber Hand
&Concrete Handling Gloves
Breaking of ceramics & Chippers Eye protection – Clear Goggles
Agglomerate materials
Welding & Gas Cutting Welders & Cutters Leather gloves, Safety shoe,
Welding Shield with proper
number
Working with slush Un skilled & Excavation Gum boots
gang
Forming and Carpenters and Wood Face shield & Nose Mask
Making workers
shuttering materials
Rebar’s handling & Bar benders Cotton hand Gloves
Working
Scaffolding Scaffolders Cotton hand gloves
Painting Painters Clear, Goggles, Nose mask
DG Operators & Other Operators Ear Muff, Rubber Hand
Noise prone areas Gloves (Electrical Grade)
Electrical Maintenance Electricians HV Rubber hand gloves
&Repairs
Concrete Batching Plant Operators & Loaders Nose Mask
Color Coding of Helmets:
Grey All Staff of Contractor/other Respective Person
Green Safety Inspectors
Red Electricians & Signal men
Blue Supervisors
Yellow Workmen
121
Orange New Workmen (for one month)

Purple Visitor
White CPWD/client
Enforcement:
The safety team of the contractor and project team of CPWD are entrusted with enforcement of
safe practices. If safety program is not followed (as assessed by either CPWD) then recovery as
below shall be made:
(I) If the contractor does not employ and / or submit the names of Safety Manager and
Safety Supervisors of specified numbers with appropriate qualification and or
experience then a recovery of Rs. 2000 per day and Rs. 1000 per day shall be
affected for Safety Manager and Safety Supervisor respectively.
(II) Contractor will ensure that no person shall be allowed to enter the demarcated area
without adequate safety gadgets (as per occupation / purpose of visit).
(III) Inside the work area it is the responsibility of the contractor to make sure all people
will follow the safety instructions as per agreement.
(IV) In case of default from workers their employer (hiring agency) will have to pay a penalty
of Rs100 per offense.
(V) These fines will be collected into workers welfare fund. Money thus collected will be
utilized for supporting welfare programs for workers and their families.
(VI) In case the contractor / subcontractor do not impart training the same shall be
provided by CPWD through an accredited agency. Thrice the amount of fee for such
training shall be deducted from the contractor.
(VII) A display board shall be kept at site which would list the names of workers / teams and
agencies following safety program in the best manner. This would be updated weekly.
(VIII) During training and workshops, the names of persons / teams / agencies that are best
following safety program shall be announced and they shall be felicitated.
(IX) On completion of the work, shields for best person / team / agencies following safety
program in different categories shall be awarded.
(X) A biometric system/record of attendance will be put in place by the Contractor as per
the direction of Engineer- in-Charge and the Safety Manager and all the Safety
Supervisors will record their presence in the system. Recovery as suggested will be
made for failure to record such presence / non availability of safety personals.
The contractor shall ensure the following activities for construction workers safety, among other
measures:
(i) Precautionary signs for working on machinery.
(ii) Maintaining hoists and lifts, lifting machines, chains, ropes, and other lifting tackles
ingood condition.
(iii) Durable and reusable formwork system store place timber formwork and ensure
that formwork where used is properly maintained.
122
(iv) Ensuring that walking surfaces or boards at height are of sound construction and
are provided with safety rails or belts.
(v) Provide protective equipment; helmets etc.
(vi) Provide measures to prevent fires. Fire extinguishers and buckets of sand to
be provided in the fire-prone area and elsewhere.
(vii) Provide sufficient and suitable light for working during nighttime.
14. Positive Social Impact (Criterion 26 of GRIHA)
i. The contractor shall adopt one measaure on site to create the environmental awareness
amongst site staff, workers, users and visitors.
ii. The contractor adopts one measure on site to create environmental awareness among the
the general masses.
iii. The contractor to ensure that tobacco smoking is prohibited on site during entire
construction phase. Necessary signages to be installed in the project building at various
places/common areas. Penalty clause to be included in the signages. The contractor shall
submit necessary documents and photographs for confirmation of same.
15. DOCUMENTATION
a) The contractor shall, during the entire tenure of the construction phase, submit the
following records to the Engineer-in-Charge on a monthly basis:
i) Water consumption in liters.
ii) Electricity consumption in kwh units
iii) Diesel consumption in litersQuantum of waste (volumetric/weight basis)
generated at site and the segregated waste types divided into inert, chemical
and hazardous wastes.
iv) Digital photo documentation to demonstrate compliance of safety guidelines.
b) The contractor shall, during the entire tenure of the construction phase, submit the
following records to the Engineer-in-Charge on daily basis:
i) Quantities of material brought into the site, including the material issued to
the contractor by the Engineer-in-Charge.
ii) FIND Inventories of materials used in the work i/e. fly-ash, fly-ash bricks, AAC
Block etc.
iii) Quantities of construction debris (if at all) taken out of the site
iv) Digital photographs of the works at site, the workers facilities, the waste and
other material storage yards, pre-fabrication and block making works, etc. has
guided by the Engineer-in-Charge.
v) No. of different categories of labors deployed at site for work (shift wise).
c) The contractor shall submit a document after construction of the buildings, a brief
description along with photographic records to show that other areas have not
been disturbed during construction. The document should also include brief
explanation and photographic records to show erosion and sedimentation control
123
measures adopted. (Document CAD drawing showing site plan details of existing
vegetation, existing buildings, existing slopes and site drainage pattern, staging and
spill prevention measures, erosion and sedimentation control measures and
measures adopted for top soil preservation during construction.
d) The contractor shall submit to the Engineer-in-Charge after construction of the
buildings, a detailed as built quantification of the following:
i) Total materials used,
ii) Total top soil stacked and total reused,
iii) Total earth excavated
iv) Total waste generated,
v) Total waste reused,
vi) Total water used,
vii) Total electricity, and
viii) Total diesel consumed.
e) The contractor shall submit to the Engineer in Charge, before the start of
construction, a site plan along with a narrative to demarcate areas on site from
which top soil has to be gathered, designate area where it will be stored, measures
adopted for top soil preservation and indicate areas where it will be reapplied after
construction is complete.
f) The contractor shall submit to the Engineer in Charge, a detailed narrative (not
more than250 words) on provision for safe drinking water and sanitation facility
for construction workers and site personnel.
g) Provide supporting document from the manufacturer of the cement specifying the
fly ash content in PPC used in reinforced concrete.
h) The contractor shall submit the following information to the Engineer-in-Charge at

the end of construction, for all material brought to site for construction purposes,
including manufacturer’s certifications, verifying information, and test data, where
Specifications sections require data relating to environmental issues including but
not limited to:
i) Source of products: Supplier details and location of the supplier.
ii) Project Recyclability: Submit information to assist Owner and Contractor in
recycling materials involved in shipping, handling, and delivery, and for
temporary materials necessary for installation of products.
iii) Recycled Content: Submit information regarding product post-industrial
recycled and post- consumer recycled content, Use the Recycled Content
Certification Form, to be provided by the Commissioning Authority appointed
for the Project.
iv) Product Recyclability: Submit information regarding product and products
component’s recyclability including potential sources accepting recyclable
materials where ever applicable.
• Provide final certification of well-managed forest of origin to provide final
124
documentation of certified sustainably harvested status: Acceptable wood,

certified sustainably harvested, certifications shall include: clean tech:
Provide pollution clearance certificates from all manufacturers of Materials
• Indoor Air quality and Environmental Issues: Submit emission test data,
sourced from the manufacturers, produced by acceptable testing laboratory
listed in Quality Assurance Article for materials as required in each specific
Specification section.
v) Certifications from manufacturers of Low VOC paints, adhesives, sealant and
polishes used at this particular project site.
vi) Certification from manufacturers of composite wood products/agro fiber

products on the absence of added urea formaldehyde resin in the products
supplied to them to this particular site.
vii) Submit environmental and pollution clearance certificates for all diesel
generators installed as part of this project. Provide total support to Engineer in
Charge and Green Building Consultants appointed for the work in completing
all Green Building Rating related formalities, including signing of forms,
providing signed letters in the contractor’s letterhead whenever required.
16. EQUIPMENT to be used during construction:
i. To ensure energy efficiency during construction all pumps, motors and engines used
during construction or installed, shall be subject to approval of the Engineer- in-Charge.
ii. All lighting installed by the contractor around the site and at the labor quarters during
construction shall be LED bulbs of the appropriate illumination levels. This conditions a
must, unless specifically prescribed.
17. SPECIAL CONDITION FOR ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

a. The solid waste generated should be properly collected and segregated. Dry/inert
solid waste should be disposed of to the approved sites for land filling after
recovering recyclable material.
b. Disposal of muck, Construction spoils, including bituminous material during

construction phase should not create any adverse effect on the neighboring
communities and be disposed taking the necessary precautions for general safety
and health aspects of people, only in the approved sites with the approval of
competent authority.
c. Any hazardous waste generated during construction phase should be disposed of

as per applicable rules and norms with necessary approvals of the Maharashtra
Pollution Control Board.
d. Adequate drinking water and sanitary facilities should be provided for

construction workers at the site. Provision should be made for mobile toilets. The
safe disposal of wastewater and solid wastes generated during the construction
125
phase should be ensured.
e. Arrangement shall be made that waste water and storm water do not get mixed.
f. Water demand during construction should be reduced by use of pre-mixed

concrete, curing agents and other best practices.
g. The ground water level and its quality should be monitored regularly consultation
with Ground Water Authority.
h. VPermission to draw ground water for construction of basement if any shall be

obtained from the competent Authority prior to construction/operation of the
project.
i. Fixtures for showers, toilet flushing and drinking should be of low flow either by
use of aerators or pressure reducing devices or sensor-based control.
j. The Energy Conservation Building code shall be strictly adhered to.

k. All the topsil executed during constructions activity should be stored for use in
horticultural/landscape development within the project site.
l. Additional soil for levelling of the proposed site shall be generated within the sites
(to the extent possible) so that natural drainage system of the area is protected
and improved.
m. Soil and ground water samples will be tested to ascertain that there is no threat to
ground water quality by leaching of heavy metals and other toxic contaminants.
n. Contractor to strictly adhere to all the conditions mentioned in Maharashtra

(Urban Areas) Protection and Preservation of Trees Act, 1975 as amended during
the validity of Environment Clearance.
o. The diesel generator sets to be used during construction phase should be low
Sulphur diesel type and should conform to Environments (Protection) Rules
prescribed for air and noise emission standards.
p. Contractor to strictly adhere to all the conditions mentioned in Maharashtra

(Urban Areas) Protection and Preservation of Trees Act, 1975 as amended during
the validity of Environment Clearance.
q. Vehicles hired for transportation of Raw material shall strictly comply the
emission norms prescribed by Ministry of Road Transport & Highways
Department. The vehicle shall be adequately covered to avoid spillage/leakages.
r. Ambient noise levels should conform to residential standards both during day and
night. Incremental pollution loads on the ambient air and noise quality should be
closely monitored during construction phase. Adequate measures should be made
to reduce ambient air and noise level during construction phase, so as to conform
to the stipulated standards by CPCB/MPCB.
s. Diesel power generating sets proposed as source of backup power for elevators
126
and common area illumination during construction phase should be of enclosed

type and conform to rules made under the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986.
The height of stack of DG sets should be equal to the height needed for the
combined capacity of all proposed DG sets. Use low Sulphur diesel is preferred.
The location of the DG sets may be decided with in consultation with Maharashtra
Pollution Control Board.
t. Regular supervision of the above and other measures for monitoring should be in
place all through the construction phase, so as to avoid disturbance to the
surroundings by a separate environment cell /designated person.
***************
127
Particular Specification for Civil Component
1. Particular specification for Earthwork
1.1. Earthwork in excavation, in general, shall be carried out as per the CPWD
Specifications.
1.2. The excavation shall be carried out at the site, where there existed the buildings,
which were demolished. The excavation shall in this subhead shall be inclusive of
malba or demolished remaining’s of the structure and nothing shall be paid extra for
this.
1.3. The earthwork in excavation, wherever required, shall be carried out in slushy
position. Rates for earthwork shall include cost of the element for working in or under
water / liquid mud including pumping of water / liquid mud. Nothing extra shall be
payable on this account. Therefore, the Contractor shall quote his rates after studying
the site conditions.
1.4. De-watering shall be carried out by suitable means with adequate stand-by
arrangements of pumps etc. And it shall be ensured that its disposal is carried out as
per the regulations of the local bodies. The agencies are, therefore, advised to inspect
and acquaint themselves of the site and location of disposal point(s) of water / slush
and satisfy themselves as regards method of pumping and disposal required to be
adopted. Any default or failure on the part of the Contractor to acquaint him with the
aforesaid aspect of work shall not absolve him from his responsibility for the
execution / performance of this contract. Also, all permissions in this regard, to be
taken from local authorities, shall be obtained by the Contractor. Nothing extra shall
be payable on these accounts.
1.5. In trenches where surface water is likely to get into cut / trench during monsoons, a
ring bund of puddle clay or by any other means shall be formed outside, to the
required height, and maintained by the Contractor. Also, suitable steps shall be taken
by the Contractor to prevent back flow of pumped water into the trench. Nothing
1.6. The cost of de watering or working under water and / or liquid mud for execution of
all the items for the work is deemed to be included in quoted rates of the respective
items and shall not be measured separately for payment. Nothing extra shall be
payable for de watering in this work, irrespective of whether specified or not, in the
item descriptions or in the specifications / conditions in this contract agreement.
1.7. This shall also include water encountered from any sources such as rains, floods, sub
soil water table being high and/or due to any other cause whatsoever.
128
2. Particular specification for Anti termite treatment :

2.1. The anti-termite work shall be got executed through one of the specialized agencies as
per the list of approved agencies attached with the tender. The approved agency shall
be authorized applicator of the manufacturer of the chemical used for anti-termite.
The Anti termite agency shall carry out work with one of the approved chemicals
mentioned in the tender. If so, specifically requested by the contractor, he will be
allowed to use other chemical compound, as per IS 6313 part 2, meeting various
technical parameters, subject to prior approval of Engineer-in-Charge.
2.2. The work under this sub-head in general shall be carried out as per the CPWD
specifications, as per the manufacturer’s specifications, as per architectural drawings
and as per directions of Engineer-in-Charge.
2.3. Ten years guarantee in prescribed proforma attached shall be given by the contractor
for the Anti termite treatment. In addition, 10% (ten percent) of the cost of these
items of anti-termite shall be retained as guarantee amount to watch the
performance of the work executed. However, half of this amount (withheld) would be
released after five years from the date of completion of the work, if the performance
of the anti-termite work is satisfactory. The remaining withheld amount shall be
released after completion of ten years from the date of completion of work, if the
performance of the work is satisfactory. If any defect is noticed during the guarantee
period, it should be rectified by the contractor within seven days of issuing of notice
by the Engineer-in-Charge / RBI and, if not attended to, the same shall be got done by
Engineer-in-Charge / RBI through other agency at the risk and cost of the contractor
and recovery shall be affected from the amount retained towards guarantee. The
guarantee amount can be released in full, if bank guarantee or e-bank guarantee of
equivalent amount, valid for the duration of guarantee period, is produced and
deposited with the Department.
2.4. A guarantee bond on appropriate stamp paper (shall be duly signed in triparty,
contractor, specialized agency/manufacturer of chemicals) shall be given by the
contractor to the client in the manner form prescribed in Annexure A, below.
2.5. Execution of anti-termite treatment:

2.5.1. Chemical preparation of Suspension Concentrate preparation with Imidacloprid:10.5
ml of Imidacloprid 30.5 SC (Suspension Concentrate) shall be diluted with 5 liters of
water to get 1 percent suspension in accordance with IS 6313(Part-II) – 2013.
2.6. Precautionary Measures:

2.6.1. Application shall be done only by the trained operators in accordance with the
manufacturer specifications.
2.6.2. Health and safety precautions recommended by the manufacturer shall be strictly
followed during application.
2.6.3. Soil treatment should not be carried out when it is raining or when the soil is wet with
129
rain or sub soil water.
2.6.4. In the event of water logging, application shall be done only after pumping out the
water or allowing sufficient time for the water level to subside.
2.6.5. Surfaces not intended to have the treatment shall be protected well.
2.6.6. Graduated containers shall be used during the preparation as well as application of
emulsion.
2.6.7. Pressure pump of adequate capacity along with hand / power operated compressed
air sprayer shall be used for application.
2.6.8. Chemical shall be directed towards the surface during the application.
2.6.9. Treated soil barriers should not be disturbed. If by chance treated soil barriers are
disturbed, steps shall be taken to restore the continuity or completeness of the barrier
system.
2.6.10. Applications shall be done uniformly at the prescribed rate in all stages of treatment.
The material brought at site shall be entered in MAS register and shall be issued by
department as and when required by the contractor. The theoretical consumption of
chemical shall not be in any case less than the actual requirement as per item
nomenclature.
2.7. Treatment for RCC Foundations

Treatment of RCC Foundations (Buildings without Basements):
2.7.1. Treatment shall start at a depth of 500 mm below the ground level. If the ground level
is raised or lowered either by filling or cutting after the foundations have been cast,
then the above-mentioned depth of 500 mm shall be determined from the new soil
level resulting from the filling or cutting. Dosage for treatment shall be at the rate of
7.5 litres per sq. Metre.
2.8. Treatment of Top surface of Plinth Filling
2.8.1. Treatment top surface of the consolidated earth fill within plinth walls shall be
treated by surface application with chemical emulsion at the rate of 5 litres per Sqm
of the surface before laying the sub grade.
2.8.2. In case of very well compacted filled earth, where surface does not permit the
emulsion to seep through, then holes with 12 mm die mild steel rod with depth
varying from 50 to 75 mm shall be made at 150 mm centres both ways for dosing the
chemical thereby ensuring better saturation. The horizontal distance between hole
and the wall shall be as minimum as possible. After application, holes shall be filled
with soil once again.
2.9. Treatment at Junction of Wall and Floor:

130
2.9.1. Special care shall be taken to establish continuity of the vertical chemical barrier on
inner wall surfaces from ground level (where it had stopped with the treatment
described in “Treatment to Vertical Backfilled Soil along Masonry
Foundation/Retaining Wall”) up to the level of the filled earth surface.
2.9.2. To achieve this, a channel of size 30mm (wide) x 30 mm (deep) shall be made at all
the junctions of walls/columns with the floor (before laying the subgrade). Channel
shall be parallel to wall/column and the horizontal gap between channel and wall
shall be as minimum as possible. Rod holes shall be made in the channel at 150mm.
Centres and the iron rod moved backward and forward to break up the earth. Depth
of Rodding shall be in such a manner that the continuity of the chemical barrier below
is maintained.
2.9.3. The chemical shall be poured into the channel at the rate of 7.5 litres per sq. of the
vertical surface and allowed to soak through the holes fully so that the soil is in
contact with the chemical. The channel and Rod holes shall be back filled with soil
once again and compacted well after completing the operation.
2.10. Precautionary Measures
2.10.1. After the building is completely constructed, the earth along the external perimeter of
the building should be rodded at intervals of 150 mm (parallel to the wall) and to a
depth of 300 mm. The horizontal distance between the hole and the wall shall be as
minimum as possible. The depth of 300 mm mentioned shall be increased if required
so that the continuity of the chemical barrier created below is maintained.
2.10.2. Chemical shall be poured on the holes at the rate of 7.5 litres per square metre of
vertical surface and rodding shall be done simultaneously (on the holes) by moving
the rod backward and forward.
2.10.3. After the treatment, rod holes shall be back filled with soil once again and compacted
well.
2.10.4. When the earth outside the building is graded on completion of the building, this
treatment should be carried out on completion of such grading.
2.11. Treatment of soil surrounding pipes, Wastes and Conduits:

2.11.1. This is applicable for the pipes, waste or conduit which enters basement only.
a) At the point of entry of the foundation area, the soil surrounding the point of entry
shall be loosened around for a distance of 150mm, i.e., Diameter of loosening shall be
outer diameter of pipe plus 150mm on both sides of the outer diameter. Depth of
loosening shall be 75mm (min).
b) At the point of entry of the basement wall, diameter of loosening shall be outer
diameter of pipe plus 300mm on both sides. Depth of loosening in this case shall also
be 75mm (min).
131
c) Dosage shall be 7.5 litres per square metres of the developed surface of the loosened
soil.
3. For pipes, wastes, conduits which does not enter the building and which runs parallel
to the building (without entering) at a clear distance of 75mm (min) or more, this
treatment shall be excluded only after getting approval from Engineer in charge.
4. Particular specification for Concrete and RCC Work
4.1. General:
i. The work in general shall be carried out as per the CPWD specifications.
ii. All nominal concrete used at site shall be machine mixed at site.
iii. Design mix concrete from fully automatic computerised concrete batching and mixing
plant.
iv. The Concrete and design mix concrete used at site shall have minimum replacement
of OPC with BIS recommended waste material (such as Flyash, Slag etc) of more than
30% by weight of cement. (As per GRIHA criterion 19.1.1)
v. The contractor shall ensure that 5% replacement of natural aggregate with RCA/RA
by weight of that category in structural concrete / design mix concrete ((As per
GRIHA criterion 19.1.2)
4.2. Proportioning Concrete

4.2.1. In proportioning cement concrete, the quantity of both cement and aggregates shall
be determined by weight. The cement shall be weighed separately from the
aggregates. Water shall either be measured by volume in calibrated tanks or weighed.
All measuring equipment shall be maintained in a clean and serviceable condition.
The amount of mixing water shall be adjusted to compensate for moisture content in
both coarse and fine aggregates. The moisture content of aggregates shall be
determined in accordance with IS: 2386 (Part III). Suitable adjustments shall also be
made in the weights of aggregates to allow for the variation in weight of aggregates
due to variation in moisture content.
4.3. Production of Concrete
4.3.1. The concrete shall be produced in a central batching and mixing plant with,
computerized printing for contents and admixture dosage. The batching plant shall be
fully automatic. Automatic batcher shall be charged by devices which, when actuated
by a Single starter switch will automatically start the weighing operation of each
material and stop automatically, when the designated weight of each material has
been reached. The batching plant shall have automatic arrangement for dispensing
the admixture and shall also be capable of discharging water in more than one
stage. A print out from the batching plant for every lot shall be submitted. A
batching plant essentially shall consist of the following components:
a. Separate storage bins for different sizes of aggregates, silo for cement; and water
storage tank.
b. Batching equipment
c. Mixers
d. Control panels
132
e. Mechanical material feeding and elevating arrangements

f. Dust collector
4.3.2. The compartments of storage bins for aggregates shall be approximately of equal size.
The cement compartment shall be centrally located in the batching plant. It shall be
watertight and provided with necessary air vent, aeration fittings for proper flow of
cement & emergency cement cut off gate. The aggregate and sand shall be charged by
power operated centrally revolving chute. The entire plant from mixer floor upward
shall be enclosed and insulated. The batch bins shall be constructed so as to by self-
cleansing during drawdown. The batch bins shall in general conform to therequirements of IS:
4925.
4.3.3. WATER: a) Water to be used in manufacturing and curing of Concrete shall be tested
before use. All such tests shall be submitted to the Engineer in charge for his approval
before water is used in work.
4.3.4. Contractor shall identify the location of source of water intended to be used. Each
such source of water shall be separately tested. In the event of a change in source of
water all tests specified herein shall have to be repeated.
4.3.5. In the event of water is drawn from tube wells or open wells, water samples shall be
for seasonal fluctuations in water table or at intervals to be directed by the Engineer
in charge.
Water samples from each source shall be tested as under:
Test Number of tests for each source
Acidity 3
Alkalinity 3
Presence of Solids 3
4.3.6. Mean values of the above tests shall be taken as the representative value and the
acceptance criteria shall be based on these test results. All testing procedure and
computation of test results shall conform to IS: 3025.
4.3.7. Approved quality water shall be collected and stored in the Under Ground
sumps/elevated tanks for the day-to-day requirement of work and same shall be used
for all cement works and also for curing. Due care shall be taken in this regard.
4.3.8. If Government source of supply is nearby and made available to the contractor; the
contractor may use that water and accordingly, charges of metered water
consumption at the rate decided by the Engineer-in-Charge will be deducted from the
bills payable to him. However, testing procedure & frequency & storage modalities
will remain same. Whatever may be the source of water, adequate capacity for storage
shall be made. If required, RO PLANTS of sufficient capacity shall be established at his
own cost.
4.3.9. The batching equipment shall be capable of determining and controlling the
133
prescribed amounts of various constituent materials for concrete accurately i.e.,

Water, cement, sand, individual size of coarse aggregates etc. The accuracy of the
measuring devices shall fall within the following limits.
Measurement of Cement ±2% of the quantity of cement in each batch

Measurement of Mineral ±2% of the quantity of cement in each batch
Admixture
Measurement of Water ±3% of the quantity of water in each batch
Measurement of Aggregate ±3% of the quantity of aggregate in each
Batch
Measurement of Admixture ±3% of the quantity of admixture in each
Batch
In a batching plant, the concrete production equipment shall be calibrated initially at

the time of installation or reconditioning of the equipment and subsequently at the
following intervals-
Mechanical/knife edge system: At least once in every two months.
Electrical or load cell system: At least once in every three months.
NOTE:
i. All ingredients of concrete shall be used by mass except water and
admixtures which may be by volume.
4.3.10. It is important to maintain the water-cement ratio constant at its correct value. To
this end, determination of moisture contents in both fine and coarse aggregates shall
be made as frequently as possible, the frequency for a given job being determined by
the engineer-in- charge according to weather conditions. The amount of the added
water shall be adjusted to compensate for any observed variations in the moisture
contents. For the determination of moisture content in the aggregates, IS 2386 (Part
3) may be referred to. Where batching plants are used, it is recommended to
determine moisture content by moisture probes fitted to the batching plants. To allow
for the variation in mass of aggregate due to variation in their moisture content,
suitable adjustments in the masses of aggregates shall also be made.
4.4. Mixing Concrete

The mixer in the batching plant shall be so arranged that mixing action in the mixers
can be observed from the operator's station. The mixer shall be equipped with a
mechanically or electrically operated timing, signalling and metering device which
will indicate and assure completion of the required mixing period. The mixer shall
have all other components as specified in IS: 4925.
4.5. Transportation, Placing and Compaction of Concrete
Mixed concrete from the batching plant shall be transported to the point of placement
by transit mixers or through concrete pumps or steel closed bottom buckets capable
of carrying 0.6 cum concrete. In case the concrete is proposed to be transported by
transit mixer, the mixer speed shall not be less than 4 rev/ min. Of the drum nor
134
greater than a speed resulting in a peripheral velocity of the drum as 70 m / minute at

its largest diameter. The agitating speed of the agitator shall be not less than 2 rev /
min. Nor more than 6 rev / min. Of the drum. The number of revolutions of the mixing
drum or blades at mixing speed shall be between 70 to 100 revolutions for a uniform
mix, after all ingredients, have been charged into the drum. Unless tempering water is
added, all rotation after 100 revolutions shall be at agitating speed of 2 to 6 rev / min.
And the number of such rotations shall not exceed 250. The general construction of
transit mixer and other requirements shall conform to IS: 5892.
In case concrete is to be transported by pumping, the conduit shall be primed by
pumping a batch of mortar / thick cement slurry through the line to lubricate it. Once
the pumping is started, it shall not be interrupted (if at all possible) as concrete
standing idle in the line is liable to cause a plug. The operator shall ensure that some
concrete is always there in the pump-receiving hopper during operation. The lines
shall always be maintained clean and shall be free of dents.
Materials for pumped concrete shall be batched consistently and uniformly. Maximum
size of aggregate shall not exceed one-third of the internal diameter of the pipe.
Grading of aggregate shall be continuous and shall have sufficient ultra-fine materials
(materials finer than 0.25mm). Proportion of fine aggregates passing through 0.25mm
shall be between 15 & 30% and that passing through 0.125 mm sieve shall not be less
than 5% of the total volume of aggregate. Suitability of concrete shall be through
pumping shall be verified by trial mixes and by performing pumping tests.
4.6. PREPARATION OF MIXES AS PER APPROVED DESIGN MIX AND CONDUCTING

CONFIRMATORY TEST AT FIELD LAB.
The contractor shall make the cubes of trial mixes as per approved Mix design at site
laboratory for all grades, in presence of Engineer in charge using sample of approved
materials proposed to be used in the work prior to commencement of concreting and
get them tested in his presence to his entire satisfaction for 7 days and 28 days. Test
cubes shall be taken from trial mixes as follows.
For each mix, a set of six cubes shall be made from each of the three consecutive
batches. Three cubes from each set of six shall be tested at age of 7 days and
remaining three cubes at age of 28 days. The cubes shall be made, cured, transported
and tested strictly in accordance with specifications. The average strength of nine
cubes at age of 28 days shall exceed the specified target mean strength for which
design mix has been approved, the evaluation of test results will be done as per IS:
456-2000.
4.7. Ultrasonic Pulse Velocity Method of Test for RCC
The underlying principle of assessing the quality of concrete is that comparatively
higher velocities are obtained when the quality of concrete in terms of density,
homogeneity and uniformly is good. The consistency of the concrete as regards its
general quality gets established. In case of poorer quality lower velocities are
obtained. If there are cracks, voids or flaws inside the concrete which come in the
way of transmission of pulse, lower velocities are obtained.
The quality of concrete in terms of uniformity, incidence or absence of internal
135
flaws, cracks and segregation etc. Indicative of the level of workmanship

employed, can thus be assessed using the guidance given in table below, which
have been evolved for characterizing the quality concrete in structure in term of
the ultrasonic pulse velocity.
Velocity criterion for Concrete Quality Grading.

Sl. No. Pulse velocity by Cross Probing Concrete Quality
(km/sec) Grading
1 Above 4.5 Excellent
2 4.5 to 3.5 Good
3 3.5 to 3.0 Medium
4 Below 3.0 Doubtful
Note: In Case of “doubtful” quality it may be necessary to carry further tests.
Pulse velocity method of test of concrete is to be conducted as a routine test. The

acceptance criteria as per the above table will be applicable which is as per IS 13311
(part-1): 1992. From the above “Good” and “Excellent” grading are acceptable and
below these grading the concrete will not be acceptable.
All RCC Columns and 5% of the other of RCC members in each category i.e., Beam,
column, slab and footing may be tested by UPV test method for establishing quality of
concrete. It is suggested that test be conducted on RCC beam near joint with column,
on RCC column near joint with beam, on RCC footings and rafts. On RCC rafts a
suitable grid can be worked out for determining number of tests. In addition, doubtful
areas such as honeycombed locations, locations, where continuous seepage is
observed, construction joints and visible loose pockets will also be tested.
The test results are to be examined in view of the above acceptance criteria “Good”
and “Excellent” and wherever concrete is found with less than required quality as per
acceptance criteria, repairs to concrete will be made. Honeycombed areas and loose
pockets will be repaired by grouting using Portland Cement Mortar/Polymer Modifies
Cement Mortar /Epoxy Mortar, etc. After chipping loose concrete in appropriate
manner. In areas where concrete is found below acceptance criteria and defects are
not apparently visible on surface, injecting approved grout in appropriate proportion
using epoxy grout /acrylic Polymer modified cements slurry made with shrinkage
compensating cement / plain cement slurry etc. will be resorted to for repairs.
Repairs to concrete will be done till satisfactory results are obtained as per the
acceptance criteria by retesting of the repaired area. If satisfactory results are not
obtained dismantling and relaying of concrete will be done.
4.8. SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR DESIGN MIX CONCRETE FOR BATCHING PLANT.
4.8.1. The term machine batched, machine mixed and machine vibrated design mix cement
concrete used in the document shall mean the concrete produced at site in fully
automatic concrete batching & mixing plant (IS 4925), placed in position by the
concrete pump and vibrated by surface vibrator/ needle vibrator/ plate vibrator, as
the case may be to achieve required strength and durability. (However, for small
elements like lintels, hajjes, shelves etc., the requirement of pumping would be
dispensed with as per direction of Engineer – in – charge and placement would be
done through alternative means).
136
4.8.2. Approved admixtures conforming to IS-9103 shall be permitted to be used. The

chloride content in the admixture shall satisfy the requirement of BIS 5075. The total
amount of chloride content in the admixture mixed concrete shall satisfy the
requirement of IS 456-2000.
4.8.3. The concrete mix design with and without admixture will be carried out by the
contractor through the laboratory to be approved by the Engineer-in- Charge.
4.8.4. The various ingredients for mix design/ laboratory tests shall be sent to the lab/test
houses through the Engineer-in-Charge and the samples of such ingredients sent shall
be preserved at site till completion of work or change in Design Mix whichever is
earlier. The sample shall be taken from the approved materials, which are proposed
to be used in the work.
4.8.5. The contractor shall submit the mix design report from approved laboratories or
government engineering college for approval of Engineer-in-charge within 30 days
from the date of issue of letter of acceptance of the tender. No concreting shall be
done until the mix design is approved.
4.8.6. The contractor shall make cubes of trial mixes as per approved mix design at site
laboratory for all grades of concrete in presence of the Engineer-in-charge using same
ingredients as adopted for design mix, prior to commencement of concreting and get
them tested in presence of Engineer- in – Charge for 7 days and 28 days. For each
design mix, a set of six cubes shall be prepared from each of the three consecutive
batches. Three cubes from each set shall be tested at the age of 7 days and three cubes
at the age of 28 days. The cubes shall be made, cured, transported and tested strictly
in accordance with CPWD specification. The average strength of nine cubes at the age
of 28 days shall exceed the specified target mean strength for which design mix has
been approved. Tests shall be done at the laboratory as approved by the Engineer-in-
charge.
4.8.7. For each change of source or quality / characteristic properties of the ingredients
during the work, from that approved & used in the concrete mix a fresh mix design
shall be got done by the contractor. Revised trial mix test shall be conducted and shall
be submitted by the contractor as per the direction of the Engineer-in-charge.
4.8.8. The cost of packaging, scaling, transportation, loading, unloading cost of samples and
the testing charges for mix design in all cases shall be borne by the contractor.
4.8.9. The mix design shall be done considering the degree of quality control as ‘very good’
in all cases.
4.8.10. The rate quoted by the agency for the mix design items shall be net & nothing extra
shall be payable on account of change in quantities of concrete ingredients like sand,
aggregates and admixtures etc. As per the approved mix design until unless specified
elsewhere in the Notice Inviting Tender Documents.
137
4.9. Establishment of Batching Plant at the approved site:

4.9.1. The contractor is required to establish batching plant at the site. If it is not possible to
establish it captive in site, it may be established as near to site as possible. However,
the contractor is required to obtain permission to establish batching plant from
theconcerned local bodies and from the pollution control Board as well. Moreover, as the
project is planned to obtain 5 Star rating of GRIHA, the contractor is required to strictly
adhere to the norms of GRIHA, any special equipment if required shall be installed for which
nothing shall be paid extra.
4.9.2. Dust from cement, sand and aggregate is a pollutant. Fine dust particles can enter
neighbouring premises and adversely affect amenity. Dust must be controlled so there
are no significant emissions from the plant.
The following are some of the prevention measures to be taken by the Contractor
during the operation to reduce concrete batching plant pollution so the people living
around the batching plant areas are not affected by any negligence that might turn to
be environmental hazard. The following guidelines must be adhered by the
contractor for which nothing shall be paid extra.
4.9.3. Maintenance and general site operations:

Maintain all the equipment including dust collection equipment to prevent any leaks.
Identify a buffer zone that surrounds your operations in which you are planning to
contain dust generating activities.
Provide safety, quality and environments management system for the site and plant
operations, as well as the delivery system.
4.9.4. Fabric Filter Dust Collector (FFDC):

The FFDC should be sized so that the dust collector bags are not subject to clogging.
Install an appropriately sized multi bag pulse jet filter in the silo, which is fitted and
used in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
The FFDC should be completely protected from the weather.
The FFDC needs to be made of a material which can withstand continuous exposure to
cement –such as polyester and polypropylene.
The filter elements should be cleaned automatically at the end of the silo filling cycle.
The FFDC should be able to withstand the maximum pressure differential which may
be encountered. A differential pressure indicator should be fitted to an alarm to
indicate bag filter pressure in excess of 1.0 Kpa.
Silos should be protected against internal pressures exceeding the design pressure.
Positive type relief valves set at appropriate pressures should be installed. The relief
valve should be ducted to a container on the ground, able to collect dust particles.
The exhaust air from the silo filters should be ducted to a dust collection container on
the ground. Connected to the automatic silo overfill protection circuit to stop the flow
of cement if a filter bag bursts. The FFDC should be inspected at least once a week and
any necessary repairs carried out immediately.
Use dust suppression system to reduce suspended particulate matter in the air to a
minimum. Wherever possible, keep the sand and aggregates under cover so that is not
138
blown away by wind. Use the enclosed batch mixer feed as dust prevention and
visible emissions. Use the spray device to prevent dust emissions. Conduct all the
mixing operations from an enclosed building to help prevent emission of dust.
4.9.5. Conveyors:
To prevent dust emissions, the belt conveyors should be enclosed with metal board
on top and on the two sides.
Fitting the flexible seals to prevent dust should enclose all conveyor transfer points.
The turning point of all the conveyors should be provided with scrappers to prevent
dust collection on the surface belt.
4.9.6. Mixing and loading operations:

Loading concrete trucks should be in such a way that minimizes dust emissions.
All the air borne dust emission generated by material loading and mixing operations
should be vented to fabric filtering system.
The concrete mixers and other vehicles should be cleaned off after the loading and
mixing operations to wash off the mud, dust deposited on the wheels and body.
4.9.7. Fugitive dust:

Use water sprays or dust suppression agents to reduce dust.
An air extraction and filtration system for collecting the generated dust should be
installed.
The roof should be extended at least 6 feet beyond the load areas.
4.9.8. Waste water:

Waste and contaminated water should be directed to onsite settling ponds and it can
be reused later in for dust control, rinsing trucks exteriors.
In any circumstance Waste water should not be allowed to go in contact with any
fresh water bodies.
4.9.9. COVER BLOCKS:

Contractor shall use factory made cover blocks of approved shape and strength for all
RCC works to avoid displacement of bars in any direction and to ensure proper cover.
Alternatively, the contractor may manufacture the cover blocks as per approved
methodology by Engineer-In-charge. The grade of concrete shall be same grade as of
Concrete in which they will be used. The concrete shall be fibre reinforced concrete
with 6mm downgraded aggregate. Shape & size shall be as decided by Engineer-In-
charge. For horizontal surfaces, fibre concrete cover blocks may be used and vertical
surfaces plastic circular spacers may be used, viz: Conbextra as manufactured by M/S
Fosroc Chemicals India Ltd. Or approved equivalent)
5. Particular Specifications for AAC block masonry
5.1. The AAC blocks and concrete blocks used at site shall have minimum 40% fly ash content
by weight ((As per GRIHA criterion 19.1.3)
139
5.2. The work in general shall be carried out as per the CPWD specifications.
5.3. The AAC blocks shall conform to Grade I of IS: 2185 (Part 3)–1984 and shall be procured
from the approved manufactures only.
5.4. The material received at site shall be fully cured and shall have attained the required
strength before delivery to the site. The material shall be free of cracks.
5.5. The AAC blocks shall be supplied in the required sizes as approved by the Engineer-in-
charge.
5.6. The samples of AAC blocks (each sample consisting of 6 specimen) shall be collected
randomly from the lot procured and tested for various parameters specified below. One
sample shall be tested for every 100 cum or part thereof. However, minimum one sample
shall be tested from each lot received at site if the quantity procured in the lot is less than
100 cum. If required, Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative shall inspect the
factory during production of the material for this work and also collect samples (of
materials used for making AAC blocks) from the factory itself.
5.7. AAC blocks shall be got tested for following parameters from any accredited laboratory
approved by the Engineer-in-Charge:
5.7.1. Compressive strength.
5.7.2. Oven Dry Density.
5.7.3. Thermal conductivity.
5.7.4. Drying shrinkage.
5.7.5. Dimensional Tolerances
5.8. The AAC blocks shall meet following parameters:
5.8.1. Compressive strength shall not be less than 4 N/sq. Mm.
5.8.2. Oven Dry Density shall not be more than 650 kg/cum.
5.8.3. Thermal conductivity shall not be more than 0.24 W / m.k
5.8.4. Drying shrinkage shall not be more than 0.05%
5.8.5. Dimensional Tolerances in the size shall not be more than ± 5mm for length
and ± 3mm for height and width.
5.9. AAC masonry work shall be executed as per the specifications and instructions of the
Engineer-in-Charge.
5.10. The scope of work also includes chasing the AAC block masonry work for embedding pipes,
laying conduits etc. And also making good the same by filling cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement:
4 coarse sand) for which nothing extra shall be payable. The chasing shall, however, be
carried out using machine cutters in a workman like manner, so as not to disturb the joints
in the masonry and without any cracks being developed in the AAC blocks and the masonry.
Such defective work shall be replaced free of cost by the contractor.
5.11. Mode of measurement shall be same as of brick masonry work of CPWD Specifications.
6. Particular specification for wood work General

6.1. Wood work
6.1.1. The work in general shall be carried out as per the CPWD specifications.
6.1.2. The wood shall be selected best quality second-class teak wood.
6.1.3. The work shall be carried out in accordance with the architectural drawings issued by
the department. The architectural drawings shall at all times be properly correlated
140
and architectural requirements have to be fully satisfied.

6.1.4. All the wood used for the manufacturing of the door shutters including the door
frames, internal & external lipping, beading for fixing glazing etc. Shall be seasoned as
per the requirements of the CPWD Specifications.
6.1.5. All the screws used for woodwork shall be fully threaded, counter sunk stainless steel
screws, grade 304 and they shall be suitably concealed or plugged.
6.1.6. The glue / wooden adhesive to be used for this sub-head shall be pvac based
adhesive, of approved make (Fevicol of Pidilite Industries Ltd. Or Korlok of
National).
6.2. Factory made doors
6.2.1. The work shall be carried out as per the CPWD specifications.
6.2.2. The laminate/venner fixing on door shall be done at the factory with pressing machine.
In no case laminate of doors shall be manually fixed.
6.3. Decorative high-pressure laminate
6.3.1. The work in general shall be carried out as per CPWD specifications.
6.3.2. The contractor shall procure and submit to the Engineer-in-Charge, samples of
laminate for approval. After approval of the samples, the contractor shall prepare a
mock up for approval. The material shall be procured and the mass work taken up only
after the approval of the mock up by the Engineer-in-Charge.
6.3.3. Each type of laminate shall be obtained from only one of the approved manufacturers
as specified and in one lot. Adequate spare quantity shall be ordered to cover for any
damaged sheet and for replacement by the Contractor till the completion of the work.
6.3.4. The Contractor shall ensure that the edges of the laminates do not come out or chip /
peel off during cutting and fixing of the laminates. Defective work on this account shall
not be accepted and shall be redone by the contractor at his own cost.
6.4. Wooden Fire-Resistant Door (FRD) frames and shutters
6.4.1. The fire-resistant flush doors along with the frames shall be procured as a set from one
of the approved manufacturers and shall be as per the specifications, as per description
of the item and the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. The door shutters shall be
entirely symmetrical on both faces. The complete door assembly shall have the
required stability and shall satisfy performance required for integrity & insulation as
per BS 476: Part 20 & 22 applicable for 2 hours fire rating. Besides, it shall conform to
all the requirements for Flush door shutters as per the relevant IS codes and CPWD
Specifications.
6.4.2. The gap between the shutter and frame, between shutters in case of double leaf shutter
should not be more than 2mm. Similar care shall be taken for making rebates for fixing
hinges and other hard wares. The workmanship required is of superior class for achieving the
desired results.
6.4.3. Graphite based Intumescent strip seal of required size as per manufacturer’s
141
specifications shall be provided and fixed in the grooves on the door shutters all
around the periphery except on the bottom to prevent penetration of smoke and fire.
The shutters shall not be worked upon at site to prevent damage to the intumescent
strip. In case of double leaf shutters, Intumescent strips, of required size as per
manufacturer’s specifications shall be fixed in the rebate portion of meeting styles of
each leaf of the shutter.
6.4.4. All the FRD shutters shall be provided with 2nd class teak wood external lipping all
around the shutter as per manufacturer’s specifications. The grooves of required size
and shape shall be made in the external wooden lipping for fixing intumescent seal. All
the external visible surfaces of lipping will be finished with 3 coats of melamine polish.
6.4.5. The hinges to be used for fixing the door shutters shall be fire rated stainless steel ball
bearing hinges of grade 304 fixed with stain steel screws of grade 304. While testing
for fire resistance, the whole assembly shall be tested along with the door shutter, door
frame, beadings, hinges, etc.
6.4.6. All the shutters shall be treated for anti-termite treatment, against woodborer, fungus,
pests etc. Therefore, it shall be provided with the preservative treatment based on
Boron & Fluoride and as per CPWD Specifications. Nothing extra shall be payable on
this account.
6.4.7. The calcium silicate boards to be used for manufacturing fire rated door shutters shall
be from one of the approved brands. It shall be non-combustible and shall conform to
BS 476 part 4 and to class 1 of BS476 part 7 for surface spread of flame.
6.4.8. The contractor shall submit manufacturer’s test certificate for specified fire rating for
integrity and insulation criteria, required as per the item nomenclature and the
specifications. The Contractor shall also co-ordinate and facilitate with the office of the
Fire Officer for obtaining clearance for the FRD shutters along with frames including
getting the required site visits conducted by such authorities with a view to obtain Fire
NOC. The Contractor shall also be responsible for liaising work required, if any, in this
regard. Statutory charges / fees etc. Required to be paid to the concerned authorities in
this connection shall only be paid by the Department or shall be reimbursable to the
Contractor on production of proof of actual payment by him.
6.4.9. Destructive Testing for fire resistance of the door shutter along with door frame shall
be done in a laboratory approved by Engineer-in-Charge. The complete door assembly
should be able to resist thermal stresses and should not fail on account of shrinkage,
cracking or distortion or any other reason, during testing for the duration for which it is fire
rated. The cost of sample of door shutter along with the frame (including cost of laminates,
beadings, intumescent strips, hinges, screws etc. But excluding painting, polishing etc.),
packaging, sealing and transportation of sample to the approved laboratory etc., shall be borne
by the Contractor. At least one finished sample (door shutter fixed to the door frame with
hinges etc.) For two-hour fire rating shall be tested.
6.4.10. The sample shall be randomly chosen by the Engineer-in-Charge, from the lot (of
142
shutter along with frame) procured and brought to the site of work for fixing. If the
shutter fails to satisfy the test requirements, the entire lot shall be rejected and
replaced by the Contractor at his own cost. Nothing extra shall be payable on this
account and no delay shall be accepted on this account.
6.4.11. Testing charges shall be borne by the contractor
6.4.12. Measurement - For the purpose of payment, the area shall be measured from outer
frame to outer frame above the finished floor level excluding the portion embedded
inside floors, wall cladding. The door frame shall not be measured separately for
payment. No deduction shall be made for making vision panel, if any.
7. Metal Fire Resistant Door (FRD) frames and shutters:
7.1. The fire-resistant metal flush doors along with the frames shall be procured as a set
from one of the approved manufacturers and shall be as per the specifications, as per
description of the item and the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. The metal door
shutters shall be entirely symmetrical on both faces. The complete door assembly shall
have the required stability and shall satisfy performance required for both stability &
integrity as per BS 476: Part 20 & 22 and IS 3614 Part -2 applicable for 2 hours fire
rating. Besides, it shall conform to all the requirements of fire rated flush door shutters
as per the relevant IS codes and CPWD Specifications.
7.2. The gap between the shutter and frame, between shutters in case of double leaf
shutter should not be more than 3mm. Similar care shall be taken for making rebates
for fixing hinges and other hard wares. The workmanship required is of superior class
for achieving the desired results.
7.3. The hinges to be used for fixing the door shutters shall be fire rated stainless steel ball
bearing hinges of grade 304 fixed with stain steel screws. While testing for fire
resistance, the whole assembly shall be tested along with the door shutter, door frame,
beadings, hinges, vision panels etc.
7.4. Honey comb paper or fire metal ceramic wool of 96 kg/M3 should be used for
manufacturing the metal fire doors. The wool or honey comb paper shall be snugly fit
in the internal frame work of the door shutter.
7.5. The contractor shall submit through the proposed manufacturer prior test certificates
for the specified 2 hours fire rating for stability and integrity criteria for both single
leaf and double leaf doors required as per the item nomenclature and the
specifications. The test certificates shall clearly show that doors have been tested with
vision panels and approved hardware to establish the technical credentials of the
proposed manufacturer. The Contractor shall also co-ordinate and facilitate with the
office of the Fire Officer for obtaining clearance for the FRD shutters along with frames
obtain Fire NOC. The Contractor shall also be responsible for liaising work required, if
any, in this regard. Statutory charges / fees etc. required to be paid to the concerned
authorities in this connection shall only be paid by the Department or shall be
reimbursable to the Contractor on production of proof of actual payment by him.
7.6. Destructive Testing for fire resistance of the door shutter along with door frame shall
be done in a laboratory approved by Engineer-in-Charge. The complete door assembly
143
should be able to resist thermal stresses and should not fail on account of shrinkage,
cracking or distortion or any other reason, during testing for the duration for which it
is fire rated. The cost of sample of door shutter along with the frame (including cost of
intumescent strips, hinges, screws etc. but excluding painting, polishing etc.),
packaging, sealing and transportation of sample to the approved laboratory etc., shall
be borne by the Contractor. At least one finished sample (door shutter fixed to the door
frame with hinges etc.) for two-hour fire rating shall be tested.
7.7. The sample shall be randomly chosen by the Engineer-in-Charge, from the lot (of
shutter along with frame, vision panels and the proposed hardware) procured and
brought to the site of work for fixing. If the shutter fails to satisfy the test requirements,
the entire lot shall be rejected and replaced by the Contractor at his own cost. Nothing
extra shall be payable on this account and no delay shall be accepted on this account.
7.8. Testing charges shall be borne by the Department provided that the door assembly
fulfills the requirements of relevant specifications. If the door assembly fails to fulfill
the requirements, testing charges shall be borne by the Contractor.
7.9. Measurement - For the purpose of payment, the area shall be measured from outer
frame to outer frame above the finished floor level excluding the portion embedded
inside floors, wall cladding. The door frame shall not be measured separately for
payment. No deduction shall be made for making vision panel, if any.
8. Particular specifications for door hardware and fittings
8.1. General
8.1.1. The contractor shall procure and submit samples of various hardware’s and fittings for
approval, of the Engineer-in-Charge. The material shall be procured and the mass work
shall be taken up only after the approval of the samples by the Engineer-in-Charge.
8.1.2. All the hardware and fittings shall be supplied with the required spindles, pivots, stud,
connecting bolts, screws, grub screws, nuts, bolts, connecting pin / bolt (including
stainless steel washers / shims, PVC washers, PVC buffers etc.) And of the material as
per the manufacturer’s specifications. Their cost is deemed to be included in the cost of
the hardware and fittings to be supplied and these accessories shall not be measured
separately for payment. If any of the accessories get damaged during fixing of the
hardware and fittings, additional numbers as required shall be supplied by the
Contractor at his own cost.
8.1.3. The size for the hardware and fittings shall be as specified in the item description in
the schedule of quantities and the particular specifications. Wherever the size is not
mentioned in the item nomenclature and particular specifications, it shall be as per the
manufacturer’s specifications or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The shape has
been specified as per the model number mentioned in the manufacturer’s product
catalogue / information.
8.1.4. If the model number for an item is changed or modified or the item itself is changed /
modified, during execution and / or during the defect liability period /
guaranteeperiod, the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge as to the equivalence of the item
provided in the schedule of quantities shall be final and binding on the Contractor and no claim
of any kind shall be entertained from the Contractor on this account. Nothing extra shall be
144
8.1.5. The Contractor shall be permitted to supply items superior than the item in the
schedule of quantities, but only with specific written approval of the Engineer-in-
Charge , provided they are aesthetically similar and nothing extra shall be payable on
this account. That the product proposed to be supplied by the Contractor is superior
than that provided in the schedule of quantities / product supplied, shall be the sole
discretion of the Engineer-in-Charge and his decision shall be final and binding on the
Contractor and no claim of any kind shall be entertained from the Contractor on this
account.
8.1.6. The entire supply for each type of hardware and fittings shall be made, preferably, in
one lot to keep variations in finishes to the minimum.
8.1.7. Three samples from each lot of each hardware shall be tested for conformity to the
required grade. Samples shall be supplied by the agency free of cost. Testing charges
shall be borne by the contractor.
8.2. Handles
8.2.1. All the Door handles shall be of the same type (model and finish) and make unless
specifically permitted in writing by the Engineer-in-Charge.
8.2.2. The handles shall be of stainless-steel grade as specified under item description.
8.2.3. The handles shall be supplied in required finish as directed by Engineer-in-Charge for
which nothing extra shall be paid.
8.3. Mortise latch, mortise dead bolt, mortise latch cum lock, lock with keys,
escutcheon
8.3.1. The mortise latch, mortise dead bolt, mortise latch cum lock, lock with keys and
escutcheon shall be of approved same make.
8.3.2. The locks and accessories shall be supplied as per item description.
8.3.3. The strike plate and for end plate shall be brush finish stainless steel of grade SS 304.
Nothing extra shall be payable for supplying stainless steel grade SS 316 instead of SS
304 specified.
8.3.4. The cylinder escutcheons (key hole covers) shall be of stainless steel grade SS 304.
These shall be supplied along with the key cylinder lock and shall not be measured
separately for payment. Nothing extra shall be payable for supplying stainless steel
grade SS 316 instead of SS 304 specified.
8.3.5. The inner part of the lock shall be made up of brass and not of zinic.
8.3.6. The lock shall be supplied with a set of three keys.
8.4. Floor spring: The floor spring of approved make shall conform to the following
parameters:
145
S.No. Attributes Range

1 Mechanism As per manufacturer’s specifications
2 Maximum door width ≤1100 mm
3 Maximum door weight Minimum 120 kg
4 Spring strength (EN) 1-4
5 Back check Mechanical
6 Closing speed Two Independent Speed Adjustment
Valves - (175 – 15) and (15- 0)
7 Hold open Function feature At 90
8 Internal components of floor Stainless steel precision manufactured
Spring
9 Cover plate Stainless steel SS grade 304, secured to
the floor spring body using stainless steel
screws of SS 304 grade.
10 Non handed Should be suitable for single and double
action doors
8.5. Surface door closer : The surface door closer of approved make shall conform to the
following parameters:
8.5.1. Surface door closer -
S. No. Attributes Range

1 Mechanism As per manufacturer’s specifications
2 Maximum door width 1100 mm
3 Closing force as per EN 2–4
4 Non-handed Feature needed
5 Two Independent Speed Two Independent Speed Adjustments,
Adjustment for variable closing (180 – 15) and speed (15- 0).
and latching speed
9. Modular cubicles
9.1. The contractor shall procure the modular cubicles from one of the approved
manufacturers / authorized dealers as mentioned in the list of approved makes for
thisitem.
9.2. Samples of the modular cubicles, along with two sample toilets, shall be prepared
comprising of partitions with intermediate panels, pilaster, door, all accessories and
hardware as specified below, for the approval of the Engineer-in-charge before taking
up mass work.
9.3. Each of the modular cubicle shall be as under:
9.3.1. Size of cubicle -As per specified by Engineer-in-charge. The overall height of the cubicle
shall vary depending upon the site condition and as directed by Engineer-in-charge.
146
9.3.2. Door size – suitable (width) x height to suit the overall height of the cubicle.
9.3.3. All the partition of cubicle toilet such as intermediate panel, pilaster and door shall be
made minimum 12mm thick solid compact laminate (Phenolic Core Board) of specified
thickness by Engineer-in-charge conforming to IS: 2046 with chamfered edges. Top
surface on both sides shall be Melamine coated.
9.3.4. Solid compact laminate shall be made by thermosetting resins homogeneously

reinforced with cellulose fibers. Total volatile organic content (toc) of Compact
laminate shall be less than 0.25mg /m3 and it shall conform to BS: 476 class I test for
Fire.
9.3.5. Intermediate panel shall be continuous panel without any joint.
9.4. Each cubicle partition shall comprise of following accessories / hardware:
9.4.1. SS 304 grade “U” Channel for fixing intermediate panels with wall.
9.4.2. SS 304 grade “Top Rail” to be provided at the top of pilasters.
9.4.3. SS 316 grade adjustable foot at bottom. The height and number of adjustable foot shall
be as per manufacturer’s specifications and as per the directions of Engineer-in-
Charge.
9.4.4. 1 no. SS 304 grade Coat Hook.
9.4.5. 1 no. Alloy Privacy Thumb turn with Occupancy Indicator
9.4.6. 3 no. (min.) SS 304 Gravity hinges with cover plate for each shutter. Size of hinges to be
as per manufacturer’s specifications.
9.4.7. Rubber lining for groove as per manufacturer’s specifications.
9.4.8. SS 304 grade Door Knobs of required size and numbers as manufacturer specifications.
9.4.9. S. S. Screws of grade 304 & P.V.C Wall Plugs, as per requirement of the work and as per
manufacturer’s specifications.
9.4.10. Any other accessories to complete the work in all respects as per manufacturer’s
specifications.
9.5. The Contractor shall obtain and submit to the Department the manufacturer’s test
certificate for compliance of various parameters for the material as per the
manufacturer’s specifications, with each lot of material received at site.
147
9.6. For the purpose of measurement, number of modular cubicles of specified dimensions
shall be enumerated.
10. Particular Specifications for Stainless Steel Works
10.1. Stainless steel work
10.1.1. The work under this sub-head in general shall be carried out as per the CPWD
Specifications.
10.1.2. The scope of the work includes preparation of the shop drawings (based on the
architectural drawings), fabrication, supply, installation and protection of the stainless
steel work till completion and handing over of the work.
10.1.3. The stainless-steel pipes (minimum thickness 1.2 mm), channels, plates etc. Shall be of
grade 304 and procured from the manufacturers per list of preferred makes given in
this tender document. It shall be pre straightened without any dents, waviness,
scratches, stains etc. And shall confirm the relevant clauses associated with this grade
of steel.
10.1.4. Based on the samples approved by the Engineer-in-Charge, the contractor shall
prepare mock up (one no.) At site of work, for approval of quality of workmanship. If
the quality of the workmanship and the material is as per the required standards and
approved by the Engineer-in- Charge, the mock up shall be allowed as part of the work
and measured for payment. Otherwise, it shall be dismantled by the contractor and
taken away from the site of the work at his own cost. The mock up(s) so made shall be
kept till completion of respective works for reference. Nothing extra shall be payable
on this account.
10.1.5. One test (three specimens) for each lot shall be conducted for the stainless steel sheet
in the approved laboratory. Therefore, the material shall preferably be procured in one
lot from one manufacturer. If the test fails, the entire lot of material shall be rejected
and shall be replaced by the Contractor at his own cost. The cost of the sample shall be
borne by the Contractor.
10.1.6. The finished surface shall be free of any defects like dents, waviness, scratches, stains
etc. And shall have uniform finish as directed by Engineer-in-Charge. Any defective
work shall be rejected and redone by the contractor at his own cost. The finished
surface shall therefore be protected using protective tape which shall be removed at
the time of completion of the work. The surface shall then be suitably cleaned using
non-abrasive approved cleaner for the material. Nothing extra shall be payable on this
account.
148
11. Particular Specifications for Flooring & Dado / Cladding
11.1. General (applicable for all kinds of flooring and dado / cladding works under this sub-
head):
Specifications, as per the architectural drawings and as per the direction of Engineer-
in-Charge.
11.1.2. The Engineer-in-Charge or his representative may, if required, visit the source of
supply of the various stones to assess the quality as well as availability of the material
in the required quantities. The Department shall bear the cost of such visits of the
officers of the Department.
11.1.3. Based on the samples approved by the Engineer-in-Charge for various flooring and
dado / cladding materials as specified hereinafter, the contractor shall prepare mock
up(s) at site of work as specified under relevant flooring and dado / cladding items, for
approval of quality of workmanship and material specified. If the quality of the
workmanship and the material is as per the required standards and approved by the
Engineer-in- Charge, the mock up shall be allowed as part of the work and measured
for payment. Otherwise, it shall be dismantled by the contractor as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge and taken away from the site of the work at his own cost. The mock
up(s) so made shall be kept till completion of respective works for reference. Nothing
11.1.4. The stones / tiles shall be transported to site well packed in boxes or otherwise. These
shall be handled carefully to prevent any damage. The various types of stones and tiles,
procured shall be free of any surface defect or any edge damage. The damaged stones
and tiles shall not be allowed to be used in the work. So, the contactor shall procure
additional quantity of the stone and tiles to cover such contingencies. However,
nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
11.1.5. For the enclosures with circular or curved profile, only the actual area of the flooring
shall be measured for payment and nothing extra shall be payable for labour, material,
wastages and any other incidental charges.
11.1.6. For the skirting in the enclosures with curvilinear profiles, the tiles / stones shall be
cut to the required size and the shape to match the profile and/ or the joints as per the
architectural drawings. Similarly, the skirting shall be fixed in a manner as to flush or
project from the finished face of the wall as per the architectural drawings and as
directed by the Engineer – in – Charge. Any chasing of the C.C masonry blocks required
for such fixing is deemed to be included in the cost of masonry. Nothing extra shall be
11.1.7. For flooring work, the joints between the different types of flooring shall be located as
per the architectural drawings and the measurement shall be done as per item
description. Also, the Contractor shall maintain the uniform level of the finished
149
flooring of the different types unless specifically mentioned on the architectural

drawings. Nothing extra shall be payable on these accounts.
11.1.8. All the flooring works specified under this sub-head shall be adequately protected by a
layer of plaster of is which shall be laid over a 400 micron PVC film. The protective
layer shall be maintained throughout the execution of works and removed just before
handing over of the site for which nothing extra shall be payable.
11.1.9. At the time of handing over, flooring & dado / cladding shall be free of any scratches,
stains etc. The flooring & dado / cladding shall be properly cleaned before handing
over. However, abrasive cleaners shall not be used to clean the marks and other
scratches.
11.2. Kota stone work
11.2.1. The Contractor shall procure and submit the samples of the kota stone for flooring as
well as risers and treads in the staircase, for the approval of the Engineer-in-charge
prior to the execution of the item.
11.2.2. Mock up (one no.) Shall be prepared for staircase (tread as well as riser).
11.2.3. All the Kota stones shall have uniform colour and shade. So, the entire quantity shall be
obtained, preferably, in one lot from one location (in one quarry) to keep variation to
the minimum. The Contractor shall also sort, segregate and use the stone slabs,
according to colour, shade, etc. At any one location to keep variation in the colour,
shade etc. In stones used to the minimum. Any stone slab with a variation, not
acceptable to the Engineer-in-Charge, shall not be used in the work and shall be
removed and replaced by the Contractor at his own cost. Nothing extra shall be payable
on these accounts. Also, no claim of any kind shall be entertained from the Contractor
on this account.
11.2.4. The exposed cut edges of the Kota Stone slab in risers and treads along its width (sides
of the risers and treads of the steps i.e. Along the shorter dimensions of the kota stone
slab for the risers and treads) shall be polished in a workmanlike manner. The top
exposed edge of the kota stone skirting shall also be polished in a workmanlike
manner. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
11.2.5. Nosing / edge moulding shall be provided to the front edge of the Kota stone slab
treads along its length i.e. Along the longer dimensions of the kota stone slab, as per the
architectural drawings. The payment of the same shall be made separately under
relevant item.
11.3. Granite stone work:

150
11.3.1. The Contractor shall procure and submit the samples of different types of granite
stones, for the approval of the Engineer-in-charge prior to the execution of the item.
11.3.2. The mock up (one each) shall be prepared in staircase, amphitheatre, stilt of academic
block, dining area, etc.
11.3.3. The entire supply for each type of granite stone slab shall be procured from one
location (in one quarry), and supplied preferably, in one lot to keep variations to the
minimum. The Contractor shall also segregate and sort the slabs according to colour,
shade, texture and size of grains etc. To keep variation(s) in stones used at any one
location to the minimum. Any slab with variation in the colour, shade, texture and size
of grains etc., not acceptable to the Engineer-in-Charge, shall not be used in the work
and shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor. Nothing extra shall be payable
on these accounts. Also, no claim of any kind shall be entertained from the Contractor
on this account.
11.3.4. Granite stone slabs shall be pre polished (mirror polished) or given any other surface
treatment as specified in the item nomenclature, as per the Architectural drawings and
as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
11.3.5. Machine polishing and cutting to required size shall be done with water (as lubricant)
only. Sawing shall also be done preferably with water as lubricant but as a special case,
the Engineer-in-Charge may permit, at his discretion, oil or kerosene as lubricant
subject to all kerosene or oil in the body and surface of tiles / slabs being thoroughly
dried in ovens. Tiles / slabs with stains or patches due to the use of oil or otherwise,
either before or after installation, shall be rejected and shall be replaced by the
Contractor at his own cost. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
11.3.6. The stone work may be required to be carried out in patterns, design and / or in
combination with granite stones of different colour and shade with or without borders
and in combination of different stone slabs / tiles for which nothing extra shall be
payable. The stones shall be provided in sizes and shapes as per the architectural
drawings and wastages and incidental costs, if any, shall be deemed to be covered in
the cost of the relevant items. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
11.3.7. For the flooring portions curved in plan, the stone slabs (at the edge) shall be cut to the
required profile and shape as per the architectural drawings. Nothing extra shall be
payable on this account and any consequent wastages and incidental charges on such
accounts shall be deemed to be included in the cost of such items. For the purpose of
payment, the actual area of granite stone shall be measured separately as specified
under the relevant items.
151
11.3.8. The granite slabs used for providing and fixing in the sills, soffits and jambs of doors,
windows, ventilators and similar locations shall be in single piece unless otherwise
directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. Wherever stone slab other than in single piece is
allowed to be fixed, the joints shall be provided as per the architectural drawings and
as per the directions of the Engineer-in-Charge. In the cabin areas, the joints in sills
shall preferably be provided in line with the partition wall. Depending on the number
of joints, as far as possible, the stone slabs shall be procured and fixed in slabs of equal
lengths as per the architectural drawings and as directed by Engineer-in-Charge.
11.3.9. The specifications for dressing, laying, curing, finishing, measurements, rate etc. For
the granite stone flooring shall be same as that of works for the Marble flooring,
skirting and risers of steps under Flooring Sub Head of the CPWD Specifications. The
wall lining / veneer work with granite stone shall be as per the CPWD Specifications
for Marble work Sub Head.
11.4. Vitrified and ceramic tiles work
11.4.1. The contractor shall procure and submit the samples of approved make, shade and
thickness of different types of vitrified and ceramic tiles, for the approval of the
Engineer-in-charge prior to the execution of the item.
11.4.2. The mock up (one each) shall be prepared for flooring and dado, for vitrified tiles etc.
11.4.3. The entire supply for each type of tiles shall be procured from one manufacturer /
authorized dealer, preferably, in one lot to keep variations to the minimum.
11.4.4. The tiling work may be required to be carried out in patterns, design and / or in
combination with tiles of different colour and shade and in combination of different
stone slabs / tiles for which nothing extra shall be payable. The tiles shall be provided
as per the architectural drawings and wastages and incidental costs, if any, shall be
deemed to be covered in the cost of the relevant items. Nothing extra shall be payable
on this account.
11.4.5. For the flooring portions curved in plan, the tiles (at the edge) shall be cut to the
required profile and shape as per the architectural drawings. Nothing extra shall be
payable on this account and any consequent wastages and incidental charges on such
accounts shall be deemed to be included in the cost of such items.
11.4.6. The Contractor shall obtain and submit to the Department the manufacturer’s test
152
11.4.7. The flooring and dado / cladding should be set out such that the perimeter/ corner
tiles are in excess of half a tile so that the edge panels on both the sides are of equal
sizes, as far as possible. The tiles shall be cut to required size and shape in a workman
like manner but with all precautions, as per the manufacturer’s specifications.
11.4.8. For dado / cladding / skirting work, the tiles shall be chamfered at the meeting edges
on the corners in a manner that butt edges are not visible. It shall be ensured that the
edges shall be ground / filed to chamfer the edges so that the glazing layer at the edges
of the tiles is not chipped off otherwise the work shall be rejected and redone by the
11.5. PVC sports flooring
11.5.1. The Contractor shall procure and submit the samples of approved make, shade and
thickness of PVC sports flooring material along with accessories and adhesives
proposed to be used as per the manufacturer’s recommendations, for the approval of
the Engineer-in-charge prior to execution of the item.
11.5.2. Once the material is approved, the entire material for PVC sports flooring shall be
procured from one of the approved manufacturers / authorized dealers preferably, in
one lot to keep variations to the minimum. The contractor shall also procure various
accessories and adhesive required for satisfactory installation of PVC sports flooring.
11.5.3. The work shall be carried out as per the architectural drawings, as per site conditions
and as per the directions of the Engineer-in- Charge. The work shall be carried out in
design and pattern including in combination with PVC sheets / tiles of different colours
and shade in linear as well as curvilinear portions of the building, as per the
architectural drawings. The joints shall be kept as minimum as possible.
11.5.4. The work shall be carried out as per the manufacturer’s specifications. The work shall
be got executed through an experienced agency executing similar works.
11.5.5. Before fixing the PVC sports flooring, it shall be ensured that the sub floor on which the
PVC sports flooring is being laid is smooth, flat, hard & free from moisture, grease, etc.
In case of uneven sub floor, the same shall be levelled by self-levelling compound at no
extra cost to the Department. The PVC sports flooring shall have perfect level after
laying and no undulations from the sub-base shall be visible (reflected) on the surface.
Also, there shall not be any air bubbles or de-lamination of the flooring, otherwise the
work shall be rejected and redone by the Contractor at his own cost.
11.5.6. Care shall also be taken to ensure that sub floor is dry at the time of installation.
11.5.7. The composite thickness of the PVC flooring sheet shall be as per item description.
153
11.5.8. All the joints shall be sealed by hot welding as recommended by the manufacturer to
make the floor seamless and safe.
certificate for compliance of various parameters for the material as per relevant EN
standards, with each lot of material received at site.
11.5.10. For the purpose of measurement, the actual area of PVC sports flooring including
skirting provided and fixed in position shall be considered.
11.6. Glass mosaic work in flooring and dado: -

thickness of different types of glass mosaic tiles, for the approval of the Engineer-in-
charge prior to the execution of the item.
11.6.2. The mock up (one each) shall be prepared for swimming pool and water body.
11.6.3. The entire supply for each type of glass mosaic tiles shall be procured from one
manufacturer / authorized dealer, preferably, in one lot to keep variations to the
minimum.
11.6.4. The work shall be carried out in patterns and designs in combination of tiles of
different colours and shades, fixed in linear as well as curvilinear profile, as per the
architectural drawings, as per the site conditions and as per the directions of Engineer–
in–Charge.
11.6.5. Before fixing the glass mosaic tiles on the surface, the surface shall be cleaned
properly. Thereafter, the glass mosaic tiles shall be fixed with adhesive of approved
make as per manufacturer’s specifications including grouting the joints with adhesive
of required colour and shade. The tiles in the required pattern shall be laid with
random mix of tiles of approved make and series, as per the architectural drawings and
as per the directions of Engineer-in-charge.
11.6.8. For the purpose of payment, actual area of the glass mosaic tiles work shall be
measured in sqm correct to two decimal places. No deduction shall be made for joint
width between the adjacent tiles.
11.7. Crazy ceramic ( China mosaic) tile flooring):

154
11.7.1. The materials to be used shall be broken glazed ceramic tile pieces. These shall be
obtained from broken glazed tiles of uniform thickness and of approved shade and
manufacture and conforming to I.S. 13753. The tile pieces shall be hard, sound, dense
and glossy in texture. These shall be of required colour and shade and free from stains,
cracks, decay and weathering.
11.7.2. The work shall be carried out as per the architectural drawings in design (geometric,
abstract etc.) And in linear and / or curvilinear pattern and in combination with tile
pieces of different colour and shade
11.7.3. Before laying tile flooring on RCC slabs / PCC base, the laitance shall be removed and
the surface shall be roughened. A coat of cement slurry @ 2.2 kg of cement per sqm
shall be applied over the base surface for bonding between RCC slab / PCC and mortar
bedding of tile flooring. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
11.7.4. Pieces of ceramic glazed shall be brought to required size & shape to achieve the
required design/ pattern. The shade of the tiles shall also be selected depending upon
the pattern/ design. Tiles shall be thoroughly cleaned and soaked in water before
fixing. Cement grout of desired consistency admixed with approved water-proofing
compound and synthetic polyester fibre shall be spread over the mortar bedding when
the mortar is still plastic. Pieces of glazed tile shall be pressed piece by piece in the
required pattern in the cement float. The fixing shall be done by keeping the joints
between the pieces as thin as possible but not exceeding 5mm. The work shall be
carried out to correct level and slopes and compacted by striking the surface with hand
thappies and straight screed tamper. The grout shall cream up to the surface. The
junctions of the flooring and the parapet wall shall be rounded and the flooring shall be
extended upto the wall for 15cm or as specified. After the flooring has been laid or the
day’s fixing work is completed, surplus cement grout that may have come out of the
joints on compacting shall be cleaned off. The flooring laid shall be kept moist and
allowed to mature undisturbed for 10 days to allow the bedding and flooring to set
properly.
11.7.5. Once the floor has set, it shall be carefully washed clean and dried. When dry, the floor
shall be covered with oil free dry saw dust which shall be removed only after the
construction work is completed.
11.7.6. The Contractor shall ensure that the China Mosaic work provides waterproofing
treatment and shall not allow penetration of water. The guarantee for the water
proofing work at the terrace shall also include restoration of the China Mosaic work
after rectification, if any to the integral cement based waterproofing treatment to the
terrace. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
155
11.7.7. For the purpose of payment, actual area of the China Mosaic tile work shall be
measured in sqm correct to two decimal places. No deduction shall be made for joint
width between the adjacent tile pieces.
11.8. Composite marble:
11.8.1. The Contractor shall procure and submit samples of approved make, shade and
thickness of composite marble slab, for the approval of the Engineer-in-charge prior to
the execution of the work.
11.8.2. The mock up (one each) shall be prepared for flooring and dado / cladding work
11.8.3. The entire supply of composite marble shall be procured from one supplier/
manufacturer only, preferably, in one lot to keep variations to the minimum.
11.8.4. The size of the stones shall be as per the architectural drawings.
11.8.5. The composite marble used in the sills, soffits and jambs of doors, windows, ventilators
and similar locations shall be in single piece unless otherwise directed by the Engineer-
in-Charge. Wherever slab other than in single piece is allowed to be fixed, the joints
shall be provided as per the architectural drawings and as per the directions of the
Engineer-in-Charge. Depending on the number of joints, as far as possible, the slabs
shall be procured and fixed in slabs of equal lengths as per the architectural drawings
and as directed by Engineer-in-Charge.
11.8.6. One sample shall be tested for every 500 sqm or part thereof. However, minimum one
sample shall be tested from each lot received at site even if the quantity procured in
the lot is less than 500 sqm. If required, the Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized
representative shall inspect the factory during production and also collect samples
from the factory itself. The contractor shall consider this contingency while placing the
order with one of the approved firms. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account
11.8.8. In addition, the samples of composite marble slabs shall be collected randomly from
the lot procured and tested for various parameters specified below from any
accredited laboratory as approved by the Engineer-in-charge. The composite marble
shall conform to the technical specifications given below:
156
List of Tests
S. No. Test Standard of Standard of Passing
Test Measurement Criteria
4.8.1. Water Absorption EN99 % Less than 0.3
4.8.2. Surface Hardness EN 101 Mohs Scale 3-4
4.8.3. Density ASTM C 97 Kg/Cum >2200
4.8.4. Compressive Strength ASTM C 170 Mpa >100
4.8.5. Flexural Strength/ EN100 Kg/cm² >250
Modulus of Rupture
11.8.9. The work shall generally conform to relevant CPWD specifications. Following
additional precautions shall be taken during execution of work for composite marble
flooring/ platforms / dado / cladding etc.
11.8.10. A gap of 8-10mm shall be left between masonry wall & stone slab in flooring below
skirting to take care of thermal expansion.
11.8.11. Only epoxy mixed with matching pigment shall be used for filling of joints of slabs in
flooring / platforms / dado / cladding and other locations.
11.8.12. The final surface shall be polished to give uniform joint free mirror finish.
11.8.13. All the joints shall be protected with masking tape & left open for a period of 7-10 days
for evaporation of excess moisture. The joints shall be properly cleaned before filling
with epoxy grout.
11.8.14. For the purpose of measurement, CPWD Specifications shall be referred for respective
items of marble work.
11.9. Wooden laminate flooring:
thickness of laminate wooden flooring along with accessories, for the approval of the
Engineer-in-charge prior to the execution of the item.
11.9.2. The flooring material shall be of class 23 / 32 HPL laminate flooring, intended for
general commercial use. The composition of laminate wooden flooring shall be as
under:
• Surface layer – high pressure laminate (HPL)
• Core material – high density fibre board (HDF)
11.9.3. The mock up (one no.) Shall be prepared for flooring in the academic block.
11.9.4. The entire supply for laminate wooden flooring shall be procured from one
manufacturer / authorized dealer, preferably, in one lot to keep variations to the
minimum. The contractor shall also procure various fittings and accessories like
beading, flat profile, skirting, end profile, transition profile, reducer profile, stair
157
nosing, T profile etc. All complete required for satisfactory installation of the wooden
laminate flooring.
manufacturer’s specifications, with each lot of material received at site. The laminate
wooden flooring material shall meet the following parameters:
S. No. Test Standard of Test Passing Criteria

7.5.1 Abrasion resistance EN 13329 Annex E AC 4 or above
7.5.2 Impact resistance EN 13329 Annex F IC 2
7.5.3 Resistance to cigarette EN 438 Class 4
Burns
7.5.4 Effect of a furniture leg EN 424 Foot type 0 no change or
Damage
7.5.5 Effect of a castor chair EN 425 25,000 revs soft wheels –
no change or damage
7.5.6 Thickness swelling EN 13329 – Annex G ≤18%
7.5.7 Dimension stability EN 13329 – Annex C ≤0.9%
7.5.8 Surface soundness EN 13329 – Annex D ≥1
7.5.9 Static indentation EN 433 ≤0.01mm
11.9.6. The work shall be carried out in patterns and designs in combination of different
colours and shades, fixed in linear as well as curvilinear profile, as per the architectural
drawings, as per the site conditions and as per the directions of Engineer – in – Charge.
11.9.8. Before fixing the laminate wooden flooring, it shall be ensured that the sub floor on
which the laminate wooden flooring is being laid is smooth, flat, hard & free from
moisture, grease, etc. In case of uneven sub floor, the same shall be leveled by self-
leveling compound at no extra cost to the Department. The laminate wooden flooring
shall have perfect level after laying and no undulations from the sub-base shall be
visible (reflected) on the surface. Also, there shall not be any air bubbles or
delamination of the flooring, otherwise the work shall be rejected and redone by the
11.9.9. Care shall also be taken to ensure that sub floor is dry at the time of installation.
11.9.10. For the purpose of measurement, the actual area of laminate wooden flooring including
skirting provided and fixed in position shall be considered.
158
11.10. EPDM flooring: manufacturer:
11.10.1. Polyurethane binder shall be mixed throughout the entire thickness.
11.10.2. Bevel is installed at the perimeter of the installation running from the thickness of the
surface down to the base. The outside line of the bevel must be clear and follow the
designed edge of the installation.
11.10.3. IMPORTANT NOTICE

It should be noted that EPDM coloured surface will appear to have a yellow tinge to the
finish after installation. This is caused by the reaction urethane resin coating on the
rubber granules when in contact with Ultra Violet light. This is a short-term reaction
until the natural effects of fading occur as the curing process proceeds. This process of
"burning back" to the natural colour occurs more quickly with outdoor surfaces. Taking
approximately 14 days with direct sunlight.
11.10.4. QUALITY ASSURANCE
Installer shall have at least Five (5) years proven experience in the industry and
approved by product manufacturer. Submit product samples in specific colour and
specified thickness.
11.10.5. COLOURS:
FORTKOTE COLOURS (UV –Stable EPDM);Blue, Forest Green, Red, Beign, Yellow,
Brown, Purple, Emerald Green, Teal and Black.
12. Factory made Stainless-Steel Railings

12.1. The work shall be carried out as per approved architectural drawings. The contractor
shall arrange all materials, labour, tools, ladders, scaffolding and other equipment’s
necessary for the completion and protection of all stainless-steel work.
12.2. MATERIAL
The stainless-steel pipes (minimum thickness 1.2 mm), channels, plates etc. Shall be of
grade 304 and procured from the manufacturers per list of preferred makes given in
this tender document. It shall be pre straightened without any dents, waviness,
scratches, stains etc. And shall confirm the relevant clauses associated with this grade
of steel.
12.3. Factory made Stainless Steel (grade 304) Knock Down railing system comprising
Handrail containing high-grade Stainless-Steel Bushings at every Bend Joint of Railing
to provide extra strength fixed by T- Bracket AISI 304 grade Stainless Steel Round
baluster with the help of Handrail Clamping Screws. The baluster should be concealed
by glossy finished cover cap Round Baluster with casted Base Plate Secured by Anchor
Fasteners on Concrete Surface Floor and concealed with AISI 304 grade cover Gap.
Hand rail, baluster and in-fill members should be of Satin/Matt finish of 320 grit done
with minimum 3 time finishing process in automatic polishing machine to achieve
smooth and long-lasting hairline finish. If any welding must be done at factory by
159
automatic welding machine in MIG or any approved process welding process with
accurate precision so as no welding marks burrs are visible on products. Wall thickness
of all pipes shall be taken as 1.2 mm.
12.4. The Contractor shall prepare the mock-up at site for approval of material and quality of
workmanship by the Engineer-in-Charge. Only after the approval of Mock-up, the
Contractor shall start the mass work. If the quality of the workmanship and the
material is as per the required standards and approved by the Engineer-in- Charge, the
mock up shall be allowed as part of the work. Otherwise, it shall be dismantled by the
contractor and taken away from the site of the work at his own cost.
12.5. Any incidental additional requirements for execution of this item to the satisfaction of
Engineer-in-Charge shall also be deemed to be included in the item and shown in
attached drawing and nothing extra will be paid for such extra work.
13. Particular Specifications for Monolithic Aluminium formwork shuttering:
13.1. Aluminium formwork should be designed and customized as per requirement of

architectural/structural /services drawings.
13.2. The Contractor shall submit the good for construction drawing and MEP drawing to the
manufacturer. The contractor /manufacturer shall then prepare the shop drawing
based on architectural and MEP drawing for approval of Engineer in charge. The
contractor /manufacturer shall also submit the method statement for carrying out the
work in concurrence with the milestones defined in the agreement. Based on the
approval contractor shall immediately procure minimum quantity of shuttering given
elsewhere in the NIT. The minimum quantity (i.e12895) given is indicative as a
guideline, contractor if desired may procure additional shuttering material for
completing the project on time, for which nothing shall be paid extra.
13.3. The Agency/manufacturer of aluminium form work shall submit 3d modelling and
virtual reality model of one sample flat, if demanded by E IN C.
13.4. The contractor in coordination with the aluminium form work shuttering
manufacturer shall submit the method statement for safety work working at higher
floors for approval of Engineer in charge.
13.5. The contractor shall provide vertical dense safety net and horizontal safety net with
necessary bracing and framework to support the safety net.
13.6. The aluminium form work shall confirm to IS:14687-1999 and execution shall be as
per CPWD specification.
160
13.7. Material
13.7.1. Aluminium panel sheet shall be minimum 4mm thick using grade of 5052.
13.7.2. Aluminium for extrusion section shall be of grade 6061 (type 6).
13.7.3. Pin and wedges shall be of high-grade mild steel.
13.8. Contractors must order sufficient quantity of form work, its accessories, hardware and
related items as mentioned in NIT to complete the project in time. It is advisable to
order extra accessories and hardware to avoid site delays.A mock-up of Aluminium
form work shall be examined by the Engineer-in-charge at the factory location, if
required. Contractor in coordination with manufacturer shall provide assistance for
visit.
13.9. Lubricants for the form work shall be got approved from E IN C and must be applied as
per manufacturer guidelines.
13.10. De-shuttering and stocking for form work must be done as per manufacturer
guidelines.
13.11. Manufacturer of aluminium formwork will provide minimum two

Supervisors/Shuttering Experts to execute the work under their supervision, provide
training and assistance to workers for entire period of RCC casting. These Supervisors
will provide training to workers in regard of erection of shuttering, conduiting,
plumbing, casting of RCC, de-shuttering, stacking of shuttering material, oiling,
lubricating etc.
13.12. Since the finishing of concrete has the biggest role in the final finished product, it is
mandatory to achieve the finish up to the satisfaction of the Architect/ Engineer-in-
charge.
13.13. For core cutting /sealing of joint/the gap left out between pipes, conduits and concrete
surface shall be filled with approved material (non-shrink grout) for taking out of
sanitary/ water supply/ firefighting cables, pipes etc. If any nothing extra shall be paid.
13.14. Aluminium formwork should be handled carefully by trained labour of manufacturer

or contractor.
13.15. Manufacturer of Aluminium formwork will submit certificate in every six months
through contractor to Engineer-in-charge ensuring that formwork is fit for achieving
good quality concrete work in all respect. Agency has to remove defective aluminium
formwork from site promptly.
161
13.16. Holes made for fixing arrangement of formwork shall, brackets shall be sealed with
non-shrink grout of approved make by contractor without any additional cost.
13.17. Tolerance: - Tolerance in finished panel shall be (- 1 mm).
13.18. The undulation at joints of panels in the finished surface of concrete shall be grinded to
the flush with adjacent panel, before finishing is taken up. Nothing Shall be paid extra
on account of same.
13.19. The safety precaution required at periphery of the building and brackets to used at the
periphery of the building for working at periphery should be sturdy and is included in
the cost of the aluminium shuttering work. Nothing shall be paid to the contractor on
this account.
14. Particular Specifications – Finishing
14.1. General (applicable for all items under this sub-head)
The work shall in general be carried out as per the CPWD specifications and the
manufacturer’s specifications (where CPWD specifications are not available).
The theoretical consumptions of the various materials like plaster, primer, paint, etc.
Shall be as per the CPWD specifications and the various coefficients specified herein.
Wherever coefficients are not mentioned in CPWD specifications, the same shall be as
specified under relevant items. Nothing extra shall be payable on account of actual
consumption exceeding the theoretical consumption. However, in exceptional cases, if
the actual consumption is lesser than the theoretical consumption, cost adjustment
shall be made for lesser consumption of material at the prevailing market rate.
14.2. The concrete surface on which ready mix plaster, gypsum, putty, texture plaster is to
be applied shall be properly hacked or the bonding coat of approved make shall be
applied to the concrete surface for which nothing shall be paid extra.
14.3. Ready Mixed Cement Plaster
14.3.1. General
a. The Ready-Mix plaster shall have minimum 30% replacement of OPC with BIS
recommended waste by weight of cement. The agency shall submit the third-party test
report for the same. (As per GRIHA criterion 19.1.4).
b. The quantity of plaster required as per the theoretical consumption including wastages, if
any, shall be procured from one of the approved manufacturers or his authorized dealers.
c. The plaster shall be obtained in packing (40 Kg or 50 Kg, as per manufacturer) as far as
possible.
d. The name of the manufacturer, manufacturer’s product identification, and manufacturer’s

162
mixing instructions, warnings and instructions for handling and application, date of
manufacturing and shelf life shall be clearly and legibly mentioned on the labels of each
bag. These details shall be kept in record. The material shall be consumed in the order of
material brought to site, first come first consume basis. The Contractor shall obtain and
submit to the Department the manufacturer’s test certificate for compliance of various
parameters for the material as per the manufacturer’s specifications, with each lot of
material received at site.
e. The method of storage of material shall be same as applicable for cement specifications.
The material older than 6 months from the date of manufacturing shall not be allowed to
be used in the work.
14.3.2. Surface preparation- The base surface shall be cured properly prior to the application
of plaster. It shall be cleaned thoroughly, with no loose particles or dust. The surface
shall be structurally sound, clean and free from dirt, oil, grease, efflorescence or any
other contaminant that could impair the natural bond. Surface defects such as cracks,
holes or voids shall be repaired prior to application. The base surface shall also be in-
line & leveled before the application of plaster.
14.3.3. Pre-wetting of the substrate- The surface shall be wet properly before application of
plaster.
14.3.4. Mixing:
i. Plaster shall be thoroughly mixed with water before use in a mechanical stirrer for
uniform and through mixing to ensure proper workability
ii. Mixing ratio of clean potable water to the weight of the powder shall be as per
manufacturer’s specifications, depending upon the thickness of the plaster to be
applied.
iii. The entire plaster proposed to be used in specific work shall be mixed thoroughly and
uniformly with water. No plaster shall be left unmixed in the container.
iv. In exceptional cases, manual mixing shall be allowed with prior approval of Engineer –
in-Charge. However, it shall be ensured that the plaster is mixed uniformly during
manual mixing.
v. All arrangements for measuring, dosing etc. At site shall be made by the Contractor.
14.3.5. Application:
i. Plaster shall be applied on the surface manually with a trowel.

ii. The first coat of mixed plaster will be applied on the moistened wall surface uniformly,
going upward from the bottom.
iii. The thickness of the coating to be applied shall be as per the manufacturer’s
specifications.
iv. The first coat of the plastered surface shall be allowed to dry as per manufacturer’s
163
specifications before applying second coat. The surface after second coat shall be
allowed to dry completely and same process shall be followed for subsequent coats.
v. The curing shall be done as per manufacturer’s specifications.
vi. The entire quantity of plaster shall be used within 2 to 3 hours or as per
manufacturer’s specifications, after mixing with water. No extra water shall be added
in the mixture made.
vii. For application in exterior surfaces, necessary measures like covering the surface with
net and water curing as per manufacturer’s specification shall be undertaken.
14.3.6. Coverage:
i. The coverage for 12 mm thick plaster shall be 29 Kg per sqm or as per manufacturers
specification.
ii. The coverage for 6 mm thick plaster shall be 14.5Kg per sqm or as per manufacturers
specification.
iii. The coverage for 18 mm thick plaster shall be 43.5 Kg per sqm. or as per manufacturers
specification.
iv. The coverage for 15 mm thick plaster shall be 36.25 Kg per sqm. or as per manufacturers
specification.
The contractor shall maintain proper records for receipt and consumption of the
plaster for verification of Engineer-in – Charge.
14.3.7. Measurement- The mode of measurement shall be as per cement plaster items of
respective thicknesses as per CPWD specifications 2021.
14.4. Paint/ primer/putty/ sealeants
14.4.1. All interior wall, ceiling finishes such as primers, paints putty etc shall have low VOC
content and shall be lead free (GRIHA criterion 12.1.4)
14.4.2. All paints used shall satisfy below mentioned VOC limits
Paint Application Type of Finish VOC Limit (g/L)
Interior coatings Flat < 50
Non-flat < 150
Exterior coatings Flat < 200
Non-flat < 100
Anti-corrosive Gloss/semi- < 250
gloss/flat
14.5. Acrylic texture plaster
14.5.1. The Contractor shall procure and submit the samples of approved make and shade
along with catalogue, for the approval of the Engineer-in-charge prior to execution of
the item.
14.5.2. Based on the samples approved by the Engineer-in-Charge, the contractor shall
164
prepare the mock-up at site for approval of material and quality of workmanship by
the Engineer-in-Charge. Only after the approval of mock-up, the contractor shall start
the mass work. The mock-up shall not form part of the work. The mock up(s) so made
shall be kept till completion of respective works for reference. Nothing extra shall be
14.5.3. Once the material and mock up are approved, the entire quantity of various materials
shall be procured from the approved manufacturer or its authorized dealer, preferably,
in one lot to keep variations to the minimum.
14.5.4. The work shall be carried out as per the manufacturer’s specifications.
The contractor shall obtain and submit to the Department the manufacturer’s test
certificate / report for compliance of the material to the relevant standards alongwith
each lot of material supplied for the work.
14.5.5. The material shall consist of two parts: Scratch-plaster and Terra-coat.
i. Scratch-plaster - It shall have two components which comes in liquid & powder form.
These shall be mixed at site before application in the ratio 25kg. Powder in 1.0 litre of
liquid. Powder shall be made-up of Acrylic powder polymer , inert filler material in
powder form, finally graded silica (450 micron to 1.00mm graded) particles, Anti-
fungal agents, Emulsifying agent (Extender) to prevent lumping of powder during
mixing, Titanium di-oxide pigments for making it water-proof from exterior while
allowing trapped water vapour breathability & Thixotropic agent for maintaining
consistency of mix. & to prevent flowing of mix during application. The surface to be
covered shall be pre-cured & shall be applied with surface stabilization primer before
application of Scratch-plaster.
ii. Terra-coat - It shall be made-up of Acrylic Co-polymer emulsion, crushed & precisely
graded silica particles ( 500 micron & down size), high quality rutile (Purest form)
grade Titanium di-oxide, fungicide, plasticizers & anti-corrosive agent This shall be
applied over scratch-plaster in two or more coats to get approved shade & pattern.
15. Particular Specifications – Road work
15.1. General (applicable for all items under this sub-head)

The work under this sub-head in general shall be carried out as per the CPWD
specifications, as per architectural drawings and as per directions of Engineer-in-
Charge.
15.2. Tiles, paver block and kerb stone
15.2.1. The Paver block shall contain minimum 10% C& D waste content by weight of block.
The agency shall submit relevant documents as per GRIHA confirming the compliance. (As per
GRIHA criterion 21.1.1).
165
15.2.2. Kerb stone used at site shall have concrete used with minimum 30% fly ash content by
GRIHA confirming the compliance (As per GRIHA criterion 21.1.2).
thickness of various materials (tiles and paver blocks etc.) Along with catalogue, for the
approval of the Engineer-in-charge prior to execution of the item.
15.2.5. Based on the samples approved by the Engineer-in-Charge for various tiles and paver
blocks etc. the contractor shall prepare the mock-up at site for approval of material and
quality of workmanship by the Engineer-in-Charge. Only after the approval of mock-up,
the contractor shall start the mass work. If the quality of the workmanship and the
material is as per the required standards and approved by the Engineer-in- Charge, the
mock up shall be allowed as part of the work and measured for payment. Otherwise, it
shall be dismantled by the contractor as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge and taken
away from the site of the work at his own cost. The mock up(s) so made shall be kept
till completion of respective works for reference. Nothing extra shall be payable on this
account.
15.2.6. Once the material and mock up are approved, the entire quantity of various materials
shall be procured from the approved manufacturer or its authorized dealer, preferably,
in one lot to keep variations to the minimum.
15.2.7. The material (tile and paver blocks etc.) Shall be supplied at site only after attainment
of required strength at the factory itself.
15.2.8. The Engineer-in-Charge or his representative may, if required, shall inspect the factory
during production of various tiles to assess the quality of the material and also collect
samples from the factory itself. The Department shall bear the cost of such visits of the
officers of the Department.
15.2.9. The material shall be transported to site well packed. These shall be handled carefully
to prevent any damages. The material procured shall be free of any surface defect, edge
damage and any other such defects. The defective / damaged material shall not be
allowed to be used in the work. So, the contactor shall procure additional quantity of
material to cover such contingencies. However, nothing extra shall be payable on this
account.
15.2.10. Adequate care for various materials shall be taken before fixing as well as afterwards
till completion of the work. It shall be protected from rains, excessive humidity,
166
chemical fumes, vibrations, dust etc. The contractor shall ensure careful handling and
storage and prevent any rough handling, to prevent any edge damage or breakage. Any
material (tiles and paver blocks etc.) With edge damaged or crack etc. Shall not be
allowed to be used in the work and shall be replaced by the contractor at his own cost.
Similarly, adequate care shall be taken by the contractor while placing or removing and
handling the material so as not to cause any damage. The finished work shall be
cleaned as per manufacturer’s specifications. Abrasive cleaners shall not be used to
clean the marks.
15.2.11. The work shall be carried out as per the manufacturer’s specifications.
The tiles and paver blocks shall be fixed in required pattern and design in combination
with tiles / paver blocks of different colours and shades in linear or curvilinear pattern
as per the architectural drawings and the site conditions.
i. The contractor shall obtain and submit to the Department the manufacturer’s test
certificate / report for compliance of the material to the relevant standards alongwith
each lot of material supplied for the work.
ii. For the enclosures with circular or curved profile, only the actual area of the respective
works shall be measured under relevant sub-heads for payment and nothing extra
shall be payable for labour, material, wastages and any other incidental charges.
iii. For tiling and paver work, the joints between the different types of tiles and pavers
shall be located as per the architectural drawings and the measurement shall be done
as per item description.
iv. The Contractor shall maintain the uniform level of the finished flooring of the different
types unless specifically mentioned on the architectural drawings.
v. At the time of handing over, the finished areas (tiles and paver blocks etc.) shall be free
of any scratches, stains etc. These areas shall be properly cleaned before handing over.
However, abrasive cleaners shall not be used to clean the marks and other scratches.
16. Particular specifications for sanitary installations, water supply & drainage
16.1. General (applicable for items under this sub-head):
i. The work under this sub-head in general shall be carried out as per the CPWD
specifications, as per architectural drawings and as per directions of Engineer-in-
Charge.
ii. All Santitary and Water supply fixture shall be as per GRIHA confirming compliance
and shall reduce the water reduction from GRIHA base case by more than 20%, so that
target of 2 points is achieved for GRIHA criterion 13.1. In doing so contractor may
require to provide same model with added feature of GRIHA, in which model no may
167
change post suffix of G, GA, GB, GC, GD, GE etc. for which nothing shall be paid
separately.
iii. The contractor shall submit design calculation of reduction in water demand by use of
all such sanitary and water supply fixtures by more than 20% from GRIHA base case.
The final procurement shall be done only after the confirmation that the products are
reducing the water demand by more than 20% from GRIHA base case. Nothing shall be
paid extra for this.
iv. Before taking up the work, the contractor shall prepare integrated shop drawings
showing details of various pipe lines running horizontally and vertically and obtain
approval of Engineer-in-Charge. Integrated services drawings shall conform to local
byelaws. The work shall be carried out as per approved integrated shop drawings for
sanitary installations, water supply, rain water and drainage pipes.
v. Samples of all the pipes, fittings, fixtures etc., of make as per the list of approved
materials shall be brought to site, well in advance, prior to start of any of the works and
got approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
vi. Two sample toilets with all the pipelines, fittings and fixtures shall be prepared and
tested for proper functioning of the system and got approved from the Engineer-in-
charge before taking up mass work. The sample toilet(s) shall form part of the main
work if the performance is found satisfactory; otherwise, the same shall be dismantled
and redone by the contractor at his cost.
vii. The chasing, cutting and making holes in the masonry and / or cement concrete and /
or RCC works shall be done carefully without causing any damage to the structure. As
far as possible, mechanical cutters & core cutting machines shall be used in a workman
like manner, for concealing the pipelines and fittings. The chases / holes, so made,
shall be made good with non-shrink grout after testing of the pipe lines for leakage.
The cost of cutting cores in RCC, cutting holes in masonry & making good the same
shall be inclusive in the respective item of drainage/water supply lines.
viii. All vertical sanitary & GI pipes shall be fixed to hot dipped galvanized M.S supporting
frame with “U” shaped G.I bolts, threaded at both ends, as specified, with GI nuts, GI
washers, GI cleats etc. As approved by the Engineer-in-charge. Supporting frame shall
be fixed with approved anchor fasteners as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. In all
cases, pipelines shall be fixed, minimum 50 mm away from the finished wall face and
shall not be fixed directly to the walls. The cost of providing and fixing GI supporting
frame shall be paid for separately under relevant items.
ix. All horizontal pipes shall be fixed to the soffit of beams / slabs etc. With G.I. hanger
rods & G.I. frame work as per the approved shop drawings and as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge. The pipelines shall be clamped to the structural steel frame work
with “U” bolts and nuts, washers, cleats etc., of length and diameter as required and as
specified. The G.I. frame work shall be paid for separately under relevant items.
168
x. The contractor shall sequence the activities for external drainage and other pipe lines
work in such a way that no hindrance is caused to other activities like laying of external
electrical cable, development, landscape and road work etc.
17. Particular specifications – Aluminium work
i. The material for the work shall be procured from the approved manufacturer as per
the list attached with the tender documents. The Contractor shall procure and submit
samples of various materials to be used in the work for the approval of Engineer-in-
Charge and no work shall commence before such samples are approved. Samples of un-
anodized as well as anodized aluminium sections, neoprene gaskets, glass, stainless
steel screws, anchor fasteners, hardware and any other material or components requiring
approval of samples, in opinion of Engineer-in-Charge, shall be submitted for the approval as
mentioned above. The above samples shall be retained as standards of materials and
workmanship.
ii. The Contractor shall prepare the shop drawings for the aluminium windows giving
details of the various aluminium sections, neoprene gaskets, cleats, anchor fasteners,
hardware, sealants, glass etc. And submit the same for the approval of Engineer-in-
Charge.
iii. Only after the approval of the samples and the shop drawings by the Engineer-in-
Charge, the Contractor shall procure the material for the work. All materials brought
to the site by the Contractor, for use in the work, as well as fabricated components shall
be subject to inspection and approval by Engineer-in-Charge. The Contractor shall
produce manufacturer’s test certificates for any material or particular batch of
materials supplied by him.
iv. The Contractor shall prepare a finished sample of the aluminium window along with
glazing panel and fittings etc. For approval of workmanship and material. Nothing
v. Aluminium sections to be used for various works shall be appropriate to meet
technical, structural, functional and aesthetic considerations. The anodizing shall be
carried out in an approved factory / workshop as specified in the tender documents.
17.1. Fabrication
17.1.1. All joints shall be accurately fabricated and be hairline in appearance. The finished
surface shall be free from visible defects.
17.1.2. All hardware used shall conform to the relevant specifications and as per samples
approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. Design, quality, type, number and fixing of
hardware shall be generally in accordance with architectural drawings and as
approved by the Engineer-in-Charge before use.
17.1.3. All doors, windows, ventilators and glazing etc. Shall be made water tight with
neoprene gaskets and weather silicone sealants to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-
Charge, for which nothing extra shall be payable.
169
17.1.4. The frames shall be strictly as per Architectural drawings, the corners of the frame
being fabricated to the true right angles. Both the fixed frames and openable shutter
frames shall be fabricated out of sections cut to required length, metered and
mechanically jointed for satisfactory performance. All members shall be accurately
machine milled and fitted to form hairline joints. The jointing accessories such as
aluminium cleats, stainless steel screws etc. Shall not to cause any bi-metallic reaction
by providing separators, wherever required.
17.1.5. Vertical members of the aluminium frame work shall be embedded in the floors,
wherever required, by cutting and making good of the floor.
17.2. FIXING OF ALUMINIUM FRAME WORK
17.2.1. The anchor fastener/dash fastener and Screws used for fixing fixed aluminium frames
of the aluminium windows to masonry walls / RCC members and aluminium members
to other aluminium members respectively shall be of stainless steel of approved make
and quality and of stainless-steel grade 304. Threads of machine screws used shall
conform to requirement of I.S. 4218.
17.2.2. For the aluminium windows, the gap between the aluminium frames and the R.C.C /
Masonry and also any gaps in the various sections shall be filled with weather silicone
sealant DC 795 of Dow Corning or equivalent in the required bite size, to ensure water
tightness including providing and fixing backer rod, wherever required. The weather
silicone sealant shall be of such approved colour and composition that it would not
stain or streak the masonry / R.C.C. work. It should not sag or flow and shall not set
hard or dry out under any conditions of weather and shall be tooled properly. The
weather silicone sealant shall be used as per the manufacturer’s specifications and
shall be of approved colour and shade. Any excess sealant shall be removed / cleared.
Nothing extra shall be payable for the above.
17.2.3. Fixing of glass panes shall be designed in such a way that replacing damaged / broken
glass panes is easily possible without having to remove or damage any members or
interior finishing materials.
17.3. ANODIZING
17.3.1. Aluminium sections shall be anodized as per I.S. 7088 – 1973. Anodizing to be as per
grade AC 20 and not less than 20 microns thick when measured as per I.S. 6012, in
colour and shade as approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
17.3.2. The anodic coating shall be properly sealed by steam or dipping in de-ionized water as
per I.S. 1868-1982 and / or I.S. 6057. Sealing quality shall be tested in accordance with
the relevant standards. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
17.3.3. The Contractor shall satisfy himself by checking in the factory that the thickness of the
anodic coating is found to be minimum 20 microns and sealing quality is appropriate
everywhere. The testing shall be done in an approved laboratory by EDDY CURRENT
170
METHOD as per I.S. 6012 for thickness. For testing the thickness of anodic coating of
the anodized aluminium sections, the calibration shall be done on bare (un-anodized)
aluminium sections of same type. If any material is found sub-standard, it shall be
rejected.
17.3.4. All anodized aluminium works shall conform to relevant I.S. Codes relating to
materials, workmanship, fabrications, finishing, erection, installations etc. In this
connection I.S. Codes including I.S. 1868 – 1982, I.S. 733 – 1983, I.S. 1948-1961, I.S.
7088-1973, I.S. 6012-1970, I.S. 1285 – 1975, I.S. 740-1975 are considered relevant and
applicable.
17.3.5. The exposed surface of the aluminium sections shall be protected against surface
damage, dents, scratches etc. It shall, therefore, be provided with protective tape. After
fixing and assuring of proper functioning of doors, windows, frame work for partitions
/ false ceiling etc. Such protective tape shall be cleaned out / removed as per the
directions of Engineer-in-Charge. Nothing extra shall be payable for above.
17.4. Glazing
17.4.1. All glass panes shall be retained within aluminium framing by use of exterior grade
neoprene gaskets. Use of glazing or caulking compounds around the perimeter of glass
will not be permitted. There shall be no whistling or rattling. Before installation of
glass, Contractor shall ensure the following:
17.4.2. All glazing rebates shall be square, to plumb, true to plane, dry and free from dust.
17.4.3. Glass edge shall be clean and cut to exact size and grounded
17.4.4. Annealed float glass in doors, windows, ventilators and fixed glazing etc. Shall be of
approved make and standard quality conforming to C.P.W.D. Specifications.
17.4.5. 4 mm thick glass panes shall be provided for openings not exceeding 0.5 sqm. For
openings exceeding 0.5 sqm in area, 5.0 mm thick glass panes shall be provided unless
specified otherwise.
17.5. PROTECTIONS AND CLEANING:
17.5.1. All glass panes shall be retained within aluminium framing by use of exterior grade
neoprene gaskets. Use of glazing or caulking compounds around the perimeter of glass
will not be permitted. There shall be no whistling or rattling. Before installation of
glass, Contractor shall ensure the following:
17.5.2. All glazing rebates shall be square, to plumb, true to plane, dry and free from dust.
17.5.3. Glass edge shall be clean and cut to exact size and grounded
17.5.4. Annealed float glass in doors, windows, ventilators and fixed glazing etc. Shall be of
approved make and standard quality conforming to C.P.W.D. Specifications.
17.5.5. 4 mm thick glass panes shall be provided for openings not exceeding 0.5 sqm. For
openings exceeding 0.5 sqm in area, 5.0 mm thick glass panes shall be provided unless
171
specified otherwise.
17.6. MEASUREMENT AND RATES:
17.6.1. Aluminium frame work shall be measured as per CPWD specifications.

17.6.2. For glazing, the actual area of the glass panels excluding the portion in the beading
shall be measured in sqm upto two decimal places, for payment.
17.6.3. Stainless steel adjustable friction hinges and the aluminium handles for the openable
side-hung windows shall be of as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. Minimum2 nos.
Friction hinges shall be provided per shutter.
17.6.4. The cost of designing and preparation of shop drawings, all the samples, mock-up of
window etc. Is deemed to be included in the cost of the relevant items. Nothing extra
shall be payable on this account.
17.6.5. The item for aluminium for fixed portions for aluminium windows and frame work for
partitions shall include cost of all inputs of labour, material (anodized aluminium
sections, including cleats, other fixtures, weather silicone sealants, stainless steel
screws, nuts, bolts, rawl plugs, backer rods, polyethylene tapes etc. Which shall be
required for fabrication and erection of aluminium work) T & P, all incidental charges,
wastages etc. Involved in the work. However, for the purpose of payment, the weight of
aluminium sections for the fixed window frame and frame work for partitions, shall be
measured in Kg. The aluminium cleats, stainless steel screws, nuts, bolts, separators
etc. Shall not be measured separately for payment and their cost is deemed to be
included in the cost of this item. The item for aluminium for frame work for fixed
partitions shall also include cost of providing and fixing stainless steel anchor fasteners
as required.
17.6.6. The item of aluminium for the openable aluminium shutters for windows and doors
etc., shall include cost of all inputs of labour, material (anodized aluminium sections,
including such as cleats / angles, other fixtures, stainless steel screws nuts, bolts,
stainless steel hinges, weather silicone sealant etc. Which shall be required for
fabrication of aluminium work) T & P, all incidental charges, wastages etc. Involved in
the work. However, for the purpose of payment, the weight of aluminium sections for
the window shutter (sash frame) shall be measured in Kg. The aluminium cleats,
stainless steel anchor fasteners, screws, nuts, bolts, separators, stainless steel hinges,
etc. Shall not be measured separately for payment and their cost is deemed to be
included in the cost of this item(except dash fastener used for fixing with RCC
members) . The anodized aluminium snap beading for fixing glass panels in the
openable shutters of the windows shall be measured separately (on weight basis) and
paid under this item of aluminium frame work for window shutters.
17.6.7. The glass shall be paid for separately under relevant item. The cost providing and
fixing neoprene gasket, felt etc. Is included in the cost of this item and shall not be
measured separately for payment.
17.6.8. The item for the aluminium frame work includes cost of making provision for fixing
fittings, wherever required, as per the item description (The cost for providing fitting
(handle, lock and buffer) shall be paid for separately).
172
18. Particular specifications for waterproofing treatment
18.1. All the water proofing treatment shall be got executed through one of the specialized
agencies as per the list of approved agencies attached with the tender. The water
proofing agency shall carry out water proofing work with one of the approved water
proofing compounds mentioned in the tender. If so specifically requested by the
contractor, he will be allowed to use other water proofing compound meeting various
technical parameters, subject to prior approval of Engineer-in-Charge.
18.2. The work under this sub-head in general shall be carried out as per the CPWD
18.3. Ten years guarantee in prescribed proforma attached shall be given by the contractor
for the water proofing treatment. In addition, 10% (ten percent) of the cost of these
items of water proofing under this sub head shall be retained as guarantee amount to
watch the performance of the work executed. However, half of this amount (withheld)
would be released after five years from the date of completion of the work, if the
performance of the waterproofing works is satisfactory. The remaining withheld
amount shall be released after completion of ten years from the date of completion of
work, if the performance of the waterproofing work is satisfactory. If any defect is
noticed during the guarantee period, it should be rectified by the contractor within
seven days of issuing of notice by the Engineer-in-Charge / RBI and, if not attended to,
the same shall be got done by Engineer-in-Charge / RBI through other agency at the
risk and cost of the contractor and recovery shall be effected from the amount retained
towards guarantee. The guarantee amount can be released in full, if bank guarantee or
e-bank guarantee of equivalent amount, valid for the duration of guarantee period, is
produced and deposited with the Department.
18.4. Waterproofing Treatment for PODIUM for grade A,B/C and Grade D towers
18.4.1. Surface Preparation:
1) Careful surface preparation is essential for optimum finish and durability. The surface
needs to be made clean, dry and sound, free of any contamination by wire brushing,
which may harmfully affect the adhesion of the membrane. Maximum moisture content
should not exceed 8%. Substrate compressive strength should be at least 25 Mpa,
cohesive bond strength at least 1.5 MPa.
2) New concrete structures need to dry for at least 28 days. Possible surface irregularities
need to be smoothened. Any loose surface pieces and grinding dust need to be
thoroughly removed. All potholes shall be repaired with Polymer modified mortar
made by adding Dr. Fixit URP @ 10% or Equivalent in BASF/Fosroc/Tikadine by
weight of cement.
173
3) Cleaning of wall and floor junctions with compressed air and make angle fillet / watta
of 50mm X 50mm with PMM made by adding Dr. Fixit URP @ 10% or Equivalent in
BASF/Fosroc/Tikadine by weight of cement at the junction of wall and floor, followed
by laying of 40 GSM geo textile sandwiched with Hybrid polyurea / Polyurethan
waterproof coating.
4) Construction Joint treatment: a) Cleaning and making necessary surface preparation to

remove any dust and laitance etc., chasing open the construction joints and sealing the
same to form a U - shaped groove of approx. 20mm width and 10mm depth, using Dr.
Fixit PU Sealant or Equivalent in BASF/Fosroc/Tikadine.
5) Pipe outlet / bore packing treatment - all locations in superstructure:

• The gap between the pipes / sleeves / bore and RCC shall be free from dust,
laitance, oil and water using compressed air or by mechanical measures. All Pipes
to be placed/inserted in the core cut areas shall be aligned properly prior to bore
packing.
• Cleaning / Roughening the inside surface of the bore hole.
• Pipes to be inserted in the core cut areas with effective leak-free shuttering system.
• The pipe to be inserted, appropriately roughening with hacksaw-blade, applying a
coat of Dr. Fixit Pidicrete URP or Equivalent in BASF/Fosroc/Tikadine and over
this, sprinkling sand to receive non-shrink grout.
• Filling the gap between PVC pipe and core cut with Dr. Fixit Pidigrout 10M / Dr.
Fixit Micro Concrete or Equivalent in BASF/Fosroc/Tikadine including shuttering
the gap bottom with backer rod or with suitable material.
18.4.2. Application Waterproofing:

i. Priming the surface with single coat of Dr. Fixit Cipoxy 16 D or Equivalent in
BASF/Fosroc/Tikadine with roller/ airless spray applied with a total consumption of
250gms/Sqm or as per manufacturer’s specification. Coating shall be allowed to touch-
dry condition.
ii. Porous substrates may require a second coat to ensure the surface is fully sealed.
iii. If the time is lapsed for more than 24 hours, abrade the primed surface to have a
mechanical key or apply another thin coat of primer Dr. Fixit Cipoxy 16 D (Equivalent
in BASF/Fosroc/Tikadine).
iv. Anti slip grains of 200-300 micron (dried sand) on wet primer at coverage of 1.5 - 2.5
kg/m2 and allow to come to touch dry condition. Remove unstuck or loose grains by
air blower.
v. Over the primed surface, applying two component spray applied hybrid Polyurea
waterproofing coating, using plural component Graco machine, with a total
consumption of as per manufacturer specification to achieve a DFT of 1.5mm.
vi. The coating shall be done on the entire horizontal area and shall be continued to
vertical areas up to 300mm above the FFL.
vii. Allow the coating to completely cure for 7 days @20°C
174
18.4.3. Pond test:

Ponding of the slab shall be carried out to check the efficacy of waterproof coating by
filling water to 50mm depth for minimum 96 Hrs.
18.4.4. Protection & Slope over the waterproof membrane (Horizontal Areas):
Lay minimum 100 GSM geotextile membranes over the waterproofing membrane to
create a separation layer as well a protection layer from concrete screed. The
geotextile layer shall have 100 mm overlap and spot bonded and shall be extended at
the wall up to 100mm above the slab floor. b) Lay Concrete screed of M20 grade
concrete (RMC) (to be paid as separately under relevant items) over the geotextile
membrane admixed with polypropylene fibre at 0.9Kg/cum in site mix to minimize
shrinkage cracks in the screed and to provide slope of 1:100. towards the drain outlets
for effective and efficient draining of water, including making of angle fillet along with
concrete screed and within 24-36 hours of screed laying, saw-cutting panels of 3m x
4m (approx. 6mmWx 10mm D) and filling the grooves with PU/PS Sealant of Dr. Fixit
or Equivalent in BASF/Fosroc/Tikadine.
18.4.5. Protection over the waterproof membrane (Vertical Areas):

I. Over the waterproofing membrane apply 2 coats of Dr. Fixit Epoxy Bonding Agent or
Equivalent in BASF/Fosroc/Tikadine.
II. Sprinkle sand over the primed surface at 2 – 3Kg/sqm when the bonding agent is wet.
Allow it to dry to form firm key for the plaster.
III. Lay 15mm thick plaster in two coats over the prepared surface of cement sand mortar
admixed with integral waterproof compound conforming to IS 2645-2003, Dr. Fixit
Pidiproof LW+. or Equivalent in BASF/Fosroc/Tikadine (to be paid as separately under
relevant items)
IV. The surface brooming, curing of the surface by water sprinkling shall be done for 7
days.
V. The Rolled matrix Drainage layer with filter medium as specified by Landscape
architect / engineer shall be laid over the protection screed before soil filling. For
Planter Boxes: Separate Anti-Root Treatment above the Screed (Trees above 2MTR
Height (to be paid as separately under relevant items, if required):
VI. Prime the surface with solvent based bituminous primer. (To be paid as separately
under relevant items, if required)
VII. Stick peel and Lay SBS modified cold applied preformed Anti-root membrane SAM AR
over the primer. The overlaps shall be minimum 50mm selvedge and self-sticking. (To
be paid as separately under relevant items, if required)
175
VIII. The Rolled matrix Drainage layer with filter medium as specified by Landscape
architect / engineer shall be laid over the protection screed before soil filling (To be
paid as separately under relevant items, if required).
18.5. Waterproofing Treatment for bathroom/UG tank/STP/ Retention Tank? OHT?

Swimming Pool
18.5.1. Surface Preparation:

1. Proper and careful surface preparation will lead to complete adhesion of membrane
with the substrate.
2. Concrete surfaces should be fully cured (minimum 28 days) prior to application.
3. All Pipe inserts Treatment: Wrap the PVC pipes with non-reinforced twin-sided self-
adhesive bituminous membrane Dr. Fixit Bath Seal Tape or Equivalent in
BASF/Fosroc/Tikadine. and then fill the gaps around pipes with cementitious free flow
expanding grouts Dr. Fixit Pidigrout 10 M or Equivalent in BASF/Fosroc/Tikadine. All
concealed plumbing ducts must be sealed with Dr. Fixit URP modified Polymer
modified mortar or Equivalent in BASF/Fosroc/Tikadine.
4. Angle Fillets/Vata/Coving: Providing 50 x 50 mm Angle fillet on all vertical up-stands &

junctions /corners with sand -cement Polymer modified mortar all around the
periphery of the of the bathroom sunken portion.
5. Apply coating in SSD condition. All surface excess water shall be removed to achieve
fully saturated substrate with dry surface condition.
6. It is mandatory that all works of plumbing and sanitation must be complete before
taking up application of Dr. Fixit Fastflex or Equivalent in BASF/Fosroc/Tikadine.
18.5.2. Repair of Cracks:

1. Wet the concrete surface with potable water and make sure that the surface is kept
moist so that the water cement ratio in the polymer modified mortar is maintained
during the application.
2. Surfaces containing large blow holes cracks and surface defects must be repaired with
polymer modified mortar (PMM), mix in the proportion of (1: 5:15) Dr. Fixit Pidicrete
URP (or Equivalent in BASF/Fosroc/Tikadine): Cement: Fine Sand: by weight. The
surface must be kept moist followed by application of 1 bond coat of Dr. Fixit Pidicrete
URP or Equivalent in BASF/Fosroc/Tikadine.
18.5.3. Waterproofing Coating:

i. Use slow speed mechanical mixer, add powder component slowly to the polymer in a
clean container. Stir till smooth and homogeneous slurry, without any lumps, is
176
achieved.
ii. Allow the mixed slurry to stand for 2-3 minutes for releasing entrapped air during.
iii. The surface of application must be pre-wetted thoroughly with water & brought to a
touch dry state. Take up the first coat application of Dr. Fixit Fastflex or Equivalent in
BASF/Fosroc/Tikadine with a stiff nylon brush. Work well into the substrate, to ensure
that all small undulations are completely filled with the coating.
iv. Provide and lay 45 gsm glass fibre mesh over the angle fillet when the first coat in still
wet. After completion of first coat, take up second coat application in a direction
perpendicular to the first coverage at the rate 0.42 - 0.50 M2 / Kg / 2 coats or as per
manufacturer specification in a span of 4-6 hours with a roller / brush on the prepared
concrete substrate.
v. Coating should be extended to 1 m height to all walls and width of wall area, including
shower area, splash zone to ensure complete waterproofing.
vi. For vertical surface sprinkle fine sand / silica sand over the second coat of Dr. Fixit
Fastflex or Equivalent in BASF/Fosroc/Tikadine when it is wet stage and allow it to dry
to form firm key to the plaster.
vii. Air cure the coating for 96 Hrs.
18.5.4. Pond Test:

Ponding of the slab shall be carried out to check the efficacy of waterproof coating by
filling water to 50mm depth for 48 Hrs.
19. Particular specifications for curtain glazing
19.1. Scope of work

19.1.1. The scope of work under this sub-head includes design, supply, fabrication,
installation, aligning, fixing, protection and testing of the curtain glazing. For executing
the work under this sub-head, the contractor shall associate with one of the agencies
mentioned in the list of the specialized agencies.
19.1.2. The work under this sub head includes cost of all inputs of labour, materials including
wastages, T &P, equipment’s , other enabling temporary structures and services and all
other incidental charges, if any, not specifically mentioned here, but as required for
complete design, engineering, fabrication, assembling, delivery, anchorage, installation,
protection of curtain glazing, And making the system water tight (wherever specified),
all complete, all in accordance with the true intent and meaning of the specifications
and the drawings taken together, regardless of whether the same may or may not be
particularly shown on the drawings and / or described in the specifications , provided
that the same can be reasonably inferred there from. The curtain glazing shall have
framing which shall be structurally and mechanically designed to achieve the
177
architectural elevations as well as performance parameters specified herein.

Anchorage shall include all supporting brackets & anchor fasteners, as required to
rigidly secure the structural framing to the RCC / Masonry / structural steel members
of the building.
19.1.3. The curtain glazing work shall include but will not necessarily be limited to the
following:
19.1.3.1. Frames, fixed glazed / vision panels, spandrels, hard wares, open able
panels, as in the drawings inclusive of all accessories and fittings. Glass
wool Insulation panel (shadow box), fire stop(barrier) - cum - smoke
seals, splice plates, connectors, sleeves, anti- buckling clips etc.
19.1.3.2. Anodized aluminium work for framing of curtain glazing as well as

wherever indicated in the schedule of quantities and drawings, Glazed
doors.
19.1.3.3. Structural, weather and other silicone sealants within and all-round the
perimeter of all the work under this sub head for fabricating igus,holding
the glass to the aluminium & glass to glass and to provide water tightness
to the curtain glazing.
19.1.3.4. EPDM / silicone gaskets, trims, shims, setting blocks, double sided spacer
tape, spacer blocks, weathering strips etc
19.1.3.5. All sealing and flashings including sealing at junctions with the building
members.
19.1.3.6. All brackets, anchor fasteners, screws, inserts, nuts, bolts & washers, and
attachments required for complete installation and fixing to the RCC,
masonry and / or the structural steel members of the building.
19.1.3.7. All accessories, fasteners, screws, nuts and bolts, toggles, rivets etc. And
other items implied in the drawings and the specifications though are not
specifically indicated or mentioned here.
19.1.3.8. Isolation of all dissimilar metal surfaces as well as moving surfaces by use
of TEFLON (PTFE) separators.
19.1.3.9. Engineering proposals, design, drawings and Architectural data.
19.1.3.10. Shop drawings, engineering data and structural calculations (analysis &
design) of all systems including aluminium structural framing, fasteners,
sealants etc.
178
19.2. Scheduling and monitoring of the work.

19.2.1. Cost of all samples of the individual components, mock-ups at site and field tests.
19.2.2. Coordination with work of other agencies / contractors employed on site.
19.2.3. Protection during storage and construction until handing over the building for
occupation etc.
19.2.4. All final exterior and interior cleaning of the curtain glazing, before handing over the
building for occupation.
19.2.5. Hoisting, staging, scaffolding and temporary enabling structural work/ services, cranes
and cradles etc.
19.2.6. Specified tests, inclusive of necessary records, reports, logbook etc.
19.2.7. Design and performance guarantee in the enclosed format.
19.2.8. Construction monitoring for regular quality control and technical inspection to ensure
the work conforms to the approved shop drawings and details (including any
modifications made after field testing) and acceptable standards of quality including
monitoring the progress of the work.
19.3. Standards
In general, the Contractor shall follow either of the latest Indian/ International
Standards as applicable for this sub head.
19.4. Contractor’s responsibility for design

1) Architectural drawings and specifications only indicate the required basic dimensions,
and performance criteria.
2) The contractor shall be solely and fully responsible for proper structural analysis and
design for various load cases and their combination. This shall include designing and
proper sizing of all sections meeting structural and architectural requirements. The
anchor assemblies shall meet the performance and design requirements including
installation of all inserts, fasteners, clips, bracing and framework as required for the
proper anchorage to the structure, unless otherwise specified.
3) Design of the curtain glazing system shall comply with all Government codes and
regulations. The Contractor shall design the entire curtain glazing system for dead
loads, wind loads, seismic loads, storm, air pollution, thermal stresses, building
movements and consequent deflections without compromising the performance
characteristic. Further, the individual members of the structural framing shall not
179
deflect beyond permissible limits as specified. The design shall comply with the
requirements of the relevant National Building Code and Indian Standard Code/
International Standards, unless specified otherwise.
4) The curtain glazing system and its elements shall not sustain permanent deformation
or failure under loading equivalent to 1.5 times the design wind pressure.
5) The specified deflections must be reduced if they are in any way detrimental to curtain
glazing system and building.
6) The approval of the structural design and shop drawings by the Engineer-in-Charge
shall not relieve the contractor from his responsibility for the structural design.
7) The Contractor shall ensure that the elevations are strictly as per the architectural
drawings and that the intent of the architectural design is retained. Visual appearance
shall be a key consideration for acceptance of work.
19.5. Shop drawings

1. Submittals:
The contractor shall prepare shop drawings based on approved design and submit the
same to the Engineer –in-charge for approval.
1.1. The review of the shop drawings by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be limited to their
conformity to the architectural and structural design concept & specifications.
However, the approval of the shop drawings by the Engineer-in-Charge shall not
relieve the contractor from any of his responsibilities and requirements as specified
herein.
1.2. No fabrication shall be taken up until the shop drawings and all other related
submittals, documentation, certification, samples and the mock-up for that work have
been reviewed and approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
1.3. After approval by the Engineer-in-Charge, the Contractor shall submit 6 sets of the
approved shop drawings to the Engineer-in-Charge within three weeks. After the
completion of work, two (2) sets and two (2) CD’s each of the final approved shop
drawings incorporating all the approved modifications, if any as per the site
requirements, shall be submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge within two months failing
which the final payment shall not be released to the contractor.
2. Scope of shop drawings
2.1. Shop drawings shall incorporate scaled and dimensioned plans, elevations, sections
and complete size details for all the works.
180
2.2. The shop drawings shall indicate the required dimensional profiles and modules,
function, design and performance standards and in general cover all dimensions and
details required to fabricate and install the curtain glazing system.
2.3. The contractor shall verify and co-ordinate the shop drawings with all applicable and
interrelated trades, drawings and specifications.
2.4. All dimensions / modules, etc., shall be field checked and the drawings shall be
modified, if required, based on actual measurements at site.
2.5. Details shall show and specify all metal sections, types of finishes, areas to be sealed
and sealant materials, gaskets, applicable construction materials including fasteners
and welds, all anchorage assemblies and components, fabrication and erection
tolerances for the work.
2.6. All details shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge, after
incorporating all the modifications suggested by the Engineer-in-Charge.
3. Section profiles
3.1. Profile adjustments, if required as per the site conditions may be allowed by the
Engineer-in- Charge subject to meeting the architectural / performance requirements.
However, this shall be carried out only with the written approval of the Engineer-in-
charge provided that the general design and intent of the drawings and specifications
are also maintained. Also, if any new / non-standard aluminium extruded section is
required as per the site requirement and / or the architectural drawings for functional
and / or aesthetic reasons, the contractor shall procure the same from the approved
manufacturers for the aluminium sections, even if it entails preparing new die, etc.
Nothing extra shall be payable to the contractor on this account.
4. Documentation and certification

4.1. The contractor shall obtain and submit to the Engineer-in-Charge the manufacturer’s
certificate for compliance of the various components/ materials for the works (under
this sub head) as per the manufacturer’s specifications for the various characteristics.
A copy of the manufacturer’s test report for each lot of material procured and supplied
for the work shall also be obtained from the respective manufacturers and submitted
to the Engineer-in-Charge for the record.
5. Glass and glazing documentation

5.1. Before taking up the work, the glass manufacturer / processor shall submit written
certification for the review of the Engineer-in-Charge and record , stating that all glass
(properties as specified such as U value, shading coefficient, light transmission, solar
factor, relative heat gain etc.) And glazing requirements (including heat strengthening/
toughening, reflective soft coating, low E coating, lamination, fabrication of igus
including sealants) as per the shop drawings are recommended by them for use related
to their specific applications and design parameters and that they are in conformity
181
with the specifications.
5.2. Tests shall be carried out for glass, including properties after processing, for each lot
supplied, by the glass manufacturer / processor in his factory / laboratory or any other
accredited laboratory and the copies of the test results shall be obtained by the
contractor and submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge for the record.
6. Sealant Documentation
6.1. All sealant applications must be clearly designated on shop drawings.
7. Quality control documentation

7.1. The contractor shall submit the methodology and quality assurance statement for
quality control procedures for the review and approval of the Engineer-in-Charge
before taking up the work to ensure the design integrity and performance of the
curtain glazing, aluminium composite panel cladding and aluminium work (PVDF
coated).
7.2. The Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representatives may visit the plant /
workshop / factory to inspect material, fabrication and quality assurance procedures.
8. Samples and mock-up at site

8.1. The samples of the following materials together with detailed technical data /
catalogues shall be submitted for review and approval of the Engineer-in-Charge along
with the shop drawings. Any omission of an item, or items which require the
Contractor’s compliance shall not relieve him from responsibility.
Aluminium extrusions Each section: 500mm long.

Glass Each type 600 mm x 600 mm.
Gaskets, separators, glass Each section or unit, backer rods, 300mm long or
setting blocks / spacer unit
tape, etc
Bracket, fasteners and Each type and size
Connecting devices
Finish samples After approval of the final finish coating, the
Engineer-in-Charge shall be provided with three
(3) approved samples.
Ironmongery and accessories, as applicable.

Finished flashing samples
Finished samples of shadow boxes, fire stop (barrier)-cum smoke seals
Structural and weather silicone sealant
9. Mock-up at site
9.1. Before the fabrication and site installation is taken up and after the approval of shop
182
drawings by the Engineer-in-Charge, the Contractor shall prepare a mock-up, of his

proposed curtain glazing system for a size of panel not exceeding 6 sqm. The mock-up
shall be essentially put up at site for final approval of all materials and installation
details by the Engineer-in-Charge. The mock up shall not form part of the work and
shall not be paid for. It shall be dismantled and taken away by the contractor at his own
cost, with the prior permission of the Engineer-in- Charge. Nothing extra shall be
10. Storage, protection and programme

10.1. The contractor shall submit a schedule of procedure for inspection during installation
so as to control and assure quality on the job site.
10.2. The Contractor shall submit a detailed method statement for the protection of the
surface of the curtain glazing, aluminium composite panel cladding and aluminium
work (PVDF coated), etc during delivery and erection, with description as to when the
protection can be removed. The protection paper shall be kept for a period as
recommended by Engineer-in-Charge and shall be replaced with the fresh protection
paper, if so required. Further, it shall not have acid content, which in any manner may
affect the substrate.
10.3. Delivery and Storage of Materials: All materials delivered to site shall be stored in
allocated spaces where the stored materials shall not get exposed to rainwater,
moisture or damage, and shall permit easy access to and handling of the materials.
Materials shall be stored neatly and properly stacked.
10.4. Factory made glazing units and/or their components shall be transported, handled and
stored in a manner to preclude damage of any nature.
10.5. Accessory materials, required for erection at the site shall be delivered in labeled
containers by the manufacturer / supplier.
10.6. All units or components, which are cracked, bent, chipped, scratched or otherwise
defective and unsuitable for installation shall be removed and replaced by the
contractor. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
11. Performance requirements

11.1. All components, assemblies and completed work shall conform to the various
performance standards as applicable in respect of thermal movement of the curtain
glazing, allowance for vertical and horizontal expansion and building movement and
related building tolerance etc. The design and installation of the curtain glazing system
shall accommodate all inherent building movements and deflections and the
fabrication and installation tolerances of all related work not involved in this section
without the loss of, or any detrimental effect to, the performance requirements herein
specified. The contractor shall verify and coordinate all such movements and
tolerances with the Engineer-in-Charge before designing the components of the curtain
glazing system so that movements and deflections in the structure do not at any time
183
affect the integrity and safety of curtain glazing system and vice versa.
12. Thermal property

12.1. All insulation materials, fire-stops (barriers)-cum-smoke seal shall comply with the
current requirements of the Fire Officer, MIDC and other authorities.
13. Structural properties

13.1. The curtain glazing system shall be anchored to the R.C.C floor through serrated Hot
Dipped Galvanized M.S brackets. As far as possible, the contractor shall take all
precautions to avoid cutting through any reinforcement bars while fixing the brackets.
The contractor may at his own cost provide sleeves/ leave slots at appropriate
locations during casting of the concrete itself for making provision for fixing brackets
for the curtain glazing system and to avoid chipping/ dismantling of concrete. The slot
shall be filled up with concrete of the same grade in a workman like manner, after
fixing the brackets. Any defect in alignment/ plumb in the building face shall be
rectified by chipping/ dismantling of the concrete/ masonry and repairing the same as
specified to achieve the required alignment of the curtain wall as specified. Any change
in lengths of bracket/s required on this account and the consequent requirement of
their sections and sizes shall be carried out by the contactor at his own cost. Nothing
13.2. No holes shall be burned, filed or drilled in any structural steel/ RCC members unless
expressly approved by the Engineer – in – Charge.
13.3. Member shapes and/or profiles if schematically shown on the Architectural drawings
are not necessarily the exact shapes required or best suited for the particular
conditions. Final shapes and locations shall be as designed by the contractor and are
subject to the review and approval of the Engineer – in – Charge.
13.4. All framing members shall be shop fabricated and finished as specified.
14. Concrete tolerances

14.1. The contractor shall take all precautions to construct the buildings within specified
tolerances in concrete and masonry faces. Any defects beyond the permissible
tolerances shall be rectified by the contractor at his own cost to the entire satisfaction
of the Engineer – in – Charge. While fixing the brackets for curtain glazing system, the
contractor shall take into account the variation in the concrete and the masonry faces
to which the structural framework of the curtain glazing system is to be fixed and such
variations shall be adjusted in the lengths of brackets to align them in perfect plumb.
The bracket shall be designed accordingly. Nothing extra shall be payable on this
account.
15. Fire stops (barriers)-cum-smoke seal and interface with building (No separate
item is payable, cost is deemed to be included in the various item of glazing)
184
15.1. Gaps between the building face and the curtain glazing system at soffit level between
the successive floors shall be closed as specified with fire-stops (barriers)-cum-smoke
seal. It shall have the required fire resistance to be approved by Fire Officer, of local
body. Suitable gap for accommodating deflections of the aluminium framing of curtain
glazing system as per the approved shop drawings shall be maintained between the
fire-stops (barriers)-cum-smoke seal and the curtain glazing system. This smoke seal
shall however be provided using backer rod and weather silicone sealant as specified
and as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
15.2. The fire-stops (barriers)-cum-smoke seal shall consist of 1 mm thick plain G.I. sheet
tray with 100 mm thick layer of non-inflammable heat insulating material, rock wool,
having density of minimum 64 Kg. Per Cum. Of the make as approved by the Engineer-
in-Charge. The rock wool layer shall be attached to G.I sheet using stainless steel
rivets/ nuts, bolts and washers. The tray shall be fixed to the RCC / Masonry surface by
using stainless steel screws dipped in weather silicone sealant as per the
approvedshop drawings. Screws with plastic sleeves shall not be allowed to be used for the
above fixing.
15.3. The contractor shall provide an aluminium flashing of 1.0 mm thick transparent
anodized (10-micron thickness) solid aluminium sheet of the approved design and
profile at the window sill level and also fill the gap between the aluminium flashing and
the curtain glazing using weather silicone sealant as specified and as approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge. Also, the fasteners/ screws to be used for fixing flashing shall be
dipped in weather silicone sealant before using.
16. Acoustics
16.1. Gaps between the mullions and the partitions of the cabins shall be suitably closed by
double skin partition as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge including allowing for
permissible deflections of mullions as per design requirements but without affecting
the partitions and the curtain glazing system. The payment for this partition work shall
be made under relevant item.
16.2. Provisions shall also be made to prevent metal to metal rubbing, any rattling, noise due
to thermal changes and wind pressure by using Teflon separators and shims.
17. Visual appearance

17.1. The Contractor shall ensure that the elevations are strictly as per the Architectural
drawings and that the intent of the architectural design is retained. Visual appearance
shall be a key consideration for acceptance of work.
18. Materials (General)

18.1. Materials and components used shall be of the first / superior quality and suitable for
the purpose.
18.2. All materials shall be free from any defects that may impair the strength, functioning/
performance or appearance of the curtain wall or adjacent construction.
185
19. Fasteners
19.1. The type, size, alloy, quantity and spacing of all anchor fasteners and/or anchorage
devices shall be as required for the specified performance standards.
19.2. Bolts, anchors and other fastening devices like screws, nuts, washers etc. Shall be of
approved types as required for the strength of the connections, shall be self- locking,
unless otherwise specified. These shall be of austenitic stainless steel of specified grade
and shall be torque tightened, wherever required, to achieve the maximum torque
tension relationship in the fasteners. Washers, nuts and all accessory items shall be of
the same material as fasteners. The rivets/ nuts, bolts and washers for fixing insulation
layer to the shadow box or with fire-stops (barriers)-cum-smoke seal shall be stainless
steel of approved grade.
The anchor fasteners shall not be provided using PVC sleeves. Only expandable type
self-locking fasteners shall be provided.
Types of fasteners Grade of stainless steel

Anchor fasteners Stainless steel grade 316
(Hilti/Fischer/Wurth)
Screws, Nuts, Bolts, Washers Stainless steel grade 304
R, toggles and the like Stainless steel grade 304
186
20. Aluminium extrusions

20.1. In general aluminium alloy for extrusions shall be 6063 T5 or T6 grade as per B.S.1474.
However, the grade and tempering specifications shall be as recommended by the
supplier for each application.
20.2. All extruded aluminum sections shall be anodized in approved colour to a minimum
thickness of 20 microns. The colour and the finish shall be uniform and free of streaks.
The aluminium sections, before coating, shall be suitably cleaned, rinsed, buffed
properly and sealed and protected after anodizing, till the completion of the work.
20.3. All surfaces of the aluminium sections designed to receive the sealants shall be finished
properly to match the finish of the parent section as used for initial testing of sealant
and aluminium surface adhesion. Further, it shall be ensured that the entire aluminium
surface has adequate sealant contact and adhesion.
20.4. Sill sheets, plates and extrusions shall be visually flat under all lighting conditions.
20.5. The members of aluminium extruded sections for mullions, transoms, members of sub
frames & sash frames shall be in single piece and not be splice jointed in the panel
length and height.
21. Aluminium flashing

21.1. All flashings shall be made from 1.0 mm thick solid aluminium sheet transparent
anodized to a minimum thickness of 10 microns. It shall be fixed using stainless steel
screws dipped in weather silicone sealant.
22. Brackets
22.1. The brackets shall be fixed with high degree of accuracy to achieve the elevation as per
the architectural drawing. The brackets shall have suitable lengths and sections to
align curtain glazing in one face, as required as per the architectural drawings. Nothing
extra shall be payable on this account. The brackets shall be fabricated from M.S rolled
sections / plates to have the design strength. The quality of the weld shall also be
ensured as per the standards. These shall be provided corrosion protection treatment
by Hot Dipped Galvanizing. The mass of the zinc coating to be not less than 610 gm. Per
sqm of steel area to be galvanized. Slots of elliptical or circular shape in the brackets
shall be pre-drilled / machine punched and not flame-cut and it shall be done before
galvanizing. The surface of the brackets shall be serrated for additional grip before
galvanizing. Washers made of serrated plates of the corresponding material shall also
be provided for additional grip. The directions of the serration and the slot shall be
such that they allow movements as per the design requirement and at the same time
prevent any movement in the other direction. Each bracket shall be fixed to the R.C.C
using anchor fasteners of suitable capacities and in numbers as required as per the
design requirements. The brackets shall be fixed to the structural steel members of the
building using stainless steel bolts & nuts / fasteners of required capacity and in
numbers as per the design requirement. The holes of the required sizes shall be pre-
187
drilled in RCC/ structural steel for fixing anchor fasteners/ bolts etc. Nothing extra
shall be payable on this account.
23. Fittings
23.1. All hardware and fittings such as patch fittings, handles, locks, stay-arms, floor springs,
friction stays etc. For doors, windows and open able panels shall be heavy duty and of
approved make as specified.
23.2. Hinges for open able panels shall be heavy duty top hung stainless steel friction hinges
selected for specified wind load and dead loads.
23.3. All fittings and locks shall be as specified.
23.4. Each open able panel of the Curtain glazing shall be provided with the fittings as
specified in item nomenclature.
24. Sealants & gaskets

24.1. Selection of sealants
i. The compatibility and sequence of installation for all sealants must be carefully
considered in all proposals in order to ensure the required curing and performance.
ii. Sealants must not degrade and / or fail under any or all design conditions including
wind, thermal and seismic movements, exposure to water and humidity, ultraviolet
exposure and / or other adverse environmental conditions.
iii. The designations of sealant types specified herein are intended for general design
guidance only. The contractor shall however use sealant equivalent to or superior than
that specified herein. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
iv. Final selection by the contractor for the sealant types shall be based on their
conformity with the Performance Requirements specified herein and as per the
recommendations of the sealant manufacturer. The contractor may use sealant of
equivalent grade and characteristics, manufactured by the manufacturer other than
those specified herein, based on recommendations of those sealant manufacturers for
specified use but with the prior approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor
shall submit the documentary evidence in this regard.
v. All precautions shall be taken during design of structural silicone bite and also during
fabrication of the curtain glazing system to prevent failure of sealant during the
guarantee period of 10 years after the date of completion of work and even beyond,
upto the expected service life of the curtain wall. Sealants and gaskets shall not leach,
discolour, stain or dry.
188
24.2. Structural silicone sealant

i. The sealant manufacturer shall design the silicone bite for the design loads as
specified and likely to come during the life of the curtain glazing system for arriving
at bite size of the structural silicone sealant.
ii. The structural silicone sealant bite as designed by the sealant manufacturer and as
per the approved shop drawings shall be provided. If the contractor provides larger
bite than that specified, nothing extra shall be payable.
iii. The Structural sealant shall be two-part pump-filled Silicone sealant DC 983 of Dow
Corning or equivalent recommended by manufacturer and approved by the Engineer-
in-Charge. The weather silicone sealant shall be one-part Silicone sealant DC 795 of
Dow Corning or equivalent of other approved brand as per the list of approved
materials.
iv. The structural sealant to be used as specified for all exposed and concealed metal to
metal (including tight or butt type metal to metal assembly prior to assembly) or
glass to glass shall be 2-part silicone sealant, conforming to the manufacturer’s
recommendations for the specific uses and performance criteria. The sealant shall be
applied using two-part pump for the same. All the sealing shall be done in a clean and
controlled environment as specified by the silicone sealant manufacturer.
v. In unavoidable circumstances, where it is required to provide structural silicone

sealant in - situ, 1-part structural silicon sealant – 995 of Dow Corning or equivalent
of other approved brand shall be used with prior approval from the Engineer-in-
charge. Mechanical supports shall be provided, if required, till the final curing of the
structural silicone. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
vi. The contractor of the curtain glazing system may at their own cost provide
structural silicone sealant – DC 995 / DC 983 of Dow Corning or equivalent as
weather silicone sealant as well for water tightness also, apart for structural
requirements, instead of weather sealant - 795 of Dow Corning or equivalent as
required and as specified. However, nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
24.3. Weather silicone sealant

The grade of weather silicone sealants wherever required like for concealed metal to
metal, metal to glass and metal to concrete/ masonry such as embedment and lapping
of flashings etc. Where elements are to be installed or embedded, the weather sealant
shall be of grade 795 of Dow Corning or equivalent for the other approved brand, as
per the recommendations of the sealant manufacturers. Also, the gap between the
aluminium sections and the glass, if so required, shall be filled with weather sealant as
specified above including providing and fixing backer rod wherever required as per the
approved shop drawings. The weather silicone sealant shall be of approved colour and
shade. The weather silicone sealant for fixing the butt jointed glass for the fixed
partitions shall be transparent in colour DC 791 of Dow Corning or equivalent of other
approved brands.
189
24.4. Compatibility
All sealants must be non-staining and compatible with adjoining sealants, backup
materials, substrate materials and their respective finishes and/or applied colour
coatings. Care shall be taken to ensure that two different types of sealant should not
come in contact with each other unless compatibility is satisfied as per manufacturer’s
specifications.
24.5. Caulking compound

Dow Corning weather silicone sealant – 795 or equivalent as approved by the
Engineer-in- Charge, (of approved colour and shade to match adjacent material
wherever exposed and visible) for use around frame/ flashings or between frame/
flashing and RCC/ masonry surface.
24.6. Gaskets
Gaskets and seals shall be of approved quality compatible with substrates, finishes and
other components they are in contact with. All gaskets exposed directly on the exterior
face shall be silicon gaskets, which are UV resistant. They shall not degenerate,
discolour or leach on exposure to solar radiations/ rains/ pollutants etc.
Manufacturers’ test Certificate shall be submitted as specified.
25. Glass
25.1. General
i. All glass and glazing materials shall be as specified.
ii. Vision and spandrel glass shall have characteristics as specified. THE PERFORMANCE
CHARACTERISTICS OF GLASS PANELS, have to be ensured by the contractor within the
constraints of aesthetic requirements like colour, shade, reflectivity etc. And
performance requirements like light transmission, U value, shading coefficient, relative
heat gain etc. As specified. Minor variations in the characteristics of glass on superior
side may be allowed, if required by the contractor with the approval of Engineer-in-
Charge, but without any extra cost to the Department on this account.
25.2. Installation
i. The Contractor shall procure and install glass panels and carry out glazing work as
indicated on the drawings and as specified herein.
ii. All glass panels shall be of accurate sizes as required.
iii. All glass panels shall have clear undamaged edges and surfaces, which are not
disfigured.
iv. Any glass panel that does not fit in the curtain glazing system shall be rejected and
replaced by the Contractor at his own cost. Therefore, all care and precautions shall be
taken by the contractor while procuring the glass panels from the manufacturer /
190
processors of the glass.

v. No claims of any kind or any hindrance shall be entertained from the contractor on this
account.
vi. Glass panels shall not be in direct contact with the aluminum framework.
25.3. Identification
i. Permanent identification marking on glass shall be accomplished by a technique
selected by the manufacturer. The location of the marking shall be proposed by the
Manufacturer and approved by the Engineer – in - Charge. All glass shall be delivered
to site with the manufacturer’s / processor’s label of identification attached.
25.4. Breakage
i. All glass with any breakage, any damage to the coatings or any other defects caused
due to the negligence of the contractor or caused by the installation of faulty work by
him shall be rejected. Such defects shall be rectified and /or glass shall be replaced by
the Contractor at his own expense to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer – in –
Charge. No delay or claim whatsoever of any kind shall be entertained from the
contractor on this account.
25.5. Selection of Glass
i. Each type of glass shall be obtained from only one manufacturer and preferably in one
lot.
ii. Insulated Glazed Units (igus) in the vision panels.
iii. Insulated glazed units shall be obtained only from approved manufacturers/
processors as per the approved list.
iv. Insulated units shall be factory assembled, with multiple panes, hermetically sealed,
separated by and sealed to spacer tubes perforated on inner exposed face forming
airtight dehydrated airspace inside the insulated units. The igus shall be assembled
(prepared) by the manufacturer/ processor of the glass as per the approved list, in
their dedicated workshops/ factory.
25.6. Laminating units
i. The glasses shall be laminated with interlayer of Polyvinyl butyral (PVB) sheet of
specified thickness
ii. The interlayer material (PVB) shall be clear or as specified with no tendency to bubble,
discolour or lose physical and mechanical properties after laminating glasses.
iii. The laminated panels shall be free of foreign substances, air or glass pockets and shall
not delaminate at edges.
25.7. Precaution in storing and handling glasses.
i. The glass manufacturer/ processor shall take necessary precautions as stated below
besides any other precautions not specifically mentioned herein:
ii. The reflective/ low E coating on the glass shall be protected against scratches, surface
corrosion, staining and/ or any other abrasion.
iii. The glasses shall not be stored without a clean inter-leaving material. Also they should
not slide against each other.
iv. The glass shall be protected from weld or grinding splatter.
v. The reflective/ low E coating shall be protected against contact with acids or strong
alkalies. The cleaners to be used for cleaning the surface shall be as per the
manufacturer’s recommendations. The glass shall be protected against moisture from
191
humidity, which can stain glass as well as coating.

vi. Reflective/ low E coating shall also be protected against splashes from paints etc.
25.8. Metal coatings
i. Anodizing
ii. Aluminum extruded sections shall be satin finish colour anodized to minimum 20
microns thickness, as per the approved colour and shade or PVDF coil / spray coated to
approved metallic colour and shade to minimum 35 microns thickness.
25.9. Galvanizing
i. The brackets for the curtain glazing system shall be hot dipped galvanized. The mass of
the zinc coating to be not less than 610 gm. Per sqm of steel area to be galvanized.
25.10. Samples
i. The Contractor shall prepare three samples, which shall define the colour and gloss of
anodizing and submit them for approval of the Engineer – in – Charge.
25.11. Matching of finish
i. Wherever the same colour finish is specified for extruded aluminium sections and
composite aluminium sheets, the Contractor shall ensure that the colour of both is
matched as closely as possible to the satisfaction of the Engineer – in – Charge.
25.12. Curtain glazing
General:
i. Movement of building components to which the curtain glazing system is attached
including long term and short-term movements due to thermal effect, structural effect,
wind pressure,
ii. Seismic forces, erection or dead loads, creep, column shortening, deflection, torsion
and vibrations etc shall be free and noiseless. This shall be achieved without any strain
or stress being transferred to the glass, without buckling of any components, without
excessive stress to any members or assemblies and without compromising on any of
the performance requirement of the curtain wall.
25.13. Waterproofing
i. Following precautions shall be taken by the contractor to ensure that the curtain
glazing system is completely water tight during its guarantee period as well as
expected service life besides any other precautions not specifically mentioned herein:
ii. A drainage system must be incorporated into the curtain glazing system. The curtain
glazing system shall have provision for air pressure equalization (all the internal
spaces shall be vented by acceptable means to ensure air pressure equalization) so that
water leakage and condensation, if any shall be drained or discharged to exterior face
of the curtain glazing.
iii. Care should be taken that the sections of the aluminum extrusions used for structural
framing of curtain glazing provide for proper drainage of water that in- filters into the
system by gravity and for this the section should have proper slope and weep holes as
required. These shall be clearly indicated on the shop drawings.
iv. Movement of water on exposed faces must be controlled to ensure that water is not
retained and that elements will not be damaged or corroded by water and to minimize
the potential for algae and fungal growth as a result of standing or trapped water.
v. EPDM gaskets of the quality as specified and of required size and thickness shall be
provided at all required locations to prevent ingress of water or moisture. The same
shall be indicated on the shop drawings also.
192
vi. EPDM gaskets of the quality as specified and of required size and thickness shall be
provided at all required locations to prevent ingress of water or moisture. The same
shall be indicated on the shop drawings also.
vii. Aluminum sheet flashing using 1.0mm thick transparent anodized (10 microns)
aluminium sheet wherever required shall be provided including sealing the gap
between the flashing and the other material like RCC, masonry, aluminum etc. By using
weather silicone sealant as specified.
25.14. Mullions and transoms
i. The sections of mullions and transoms shall be designed to restrict deflection under
dead loads, wind load, seismic loads etc. As specified and shall be rigid and stable
enough to support and retain the in-fill panels in position under all conditions. The
mullions and transoms shall
ii. Also be designed for additional horizontal loads from the cleaning equipment and
process besides horizontal live loads as specified.
25.15. Spandrel units
i. Spandrel shall be of glass having same colour matching with vision areas after using a
shadow box as specified.
ii. Structural spandrel wall, fins, slab or beam, aluminium frame work, anchor fasteners,
brackets, shadow boxes, fire stop(barrier)-cum-smoke seals and other construction
shall not be visible through the glass in the spandrel portion of the curtain glazing from
the exterior and shall be fully concealed behind the shadow box.
iii. A shadow box shall be provided at a distance of minimum 50 mm behind the spandrel
glass panel to ensure that the insulation panel material does not come in contact with
the soft coating of the spandrel glass to prevent any damage to the coating on account
of any chemical reaction or otherwise. It shall consist of an approved black fibre glass
non-woven tissue stuck on surface #1of 50 mm thick semi-rigid fibre glass wool
insulation panel of minimum density of 48 kg per cum., and 1.5 mm thick transparent
anodized (10 microns) solid aluminum sheet tray, on surface #2 by using suitable
stainless steel rivets/ nuts, bolts and washers to hold the insulation panel in position.
The periphery shall be properly sealed. Surface #1 shall be adequately protected
against damage until spandrel glazing is done. Further, care shall be taken that the
aluminum sheet backing of the shadow box does not heave or warp due to thermal
stresses and/or its self-weight. Proper gaps at the edges of the tray shall be provided to
accommodate movements on account of thermal stresses besides making elliptical
slots if required to facilitate movements. The shadow box shall be fixed to the
structural framing of the curtain glazing by using stainless steel screws. The fixing
arrangement shall be as per the approved shop drawings.
25.16. Ventilators, open able windows and doors
i. Ventilators, open able windows and doors shall be provided at positions as shown on
the architectural drawings. The open able panels when in closed position shall remain
watertight under all weather conditions and pass the water tightness tests as specified.
Besides, the open able panels shall appear similar to the fixed ones from outside.
ii. All hardware and accessories shall be provided and fixed by the contractor and shall be
as specified.
193
25.17. Coping and soffit trimmer.

i. All coping and soffit panels shall have aluminium structural frame fixed rigidly to the
structure.
ii. Effective drainage system shall be provided to drain out the water that may penetrate
through the joints, on to the exterior face of the curtain glazing.
iii. Coping and soffits shall be visibly flat in all lighting conditions.
25.18. FABRICATION
1. General
All assemblies shall be fabricated and assembled in accordance with the architectural/
approved shop drawings and as specified. Deviations of any nature shall not be
permitted, without the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
2. Workmanship
i. All work shall be performed by skilled workmen, specially trained and experienced
in the applicable trades and in full conformity with the specifications and approved
shop drawings.
ii. All work shall be carefully fabricated and assembled with proper and approved
provisions for thermal expansion and contraction, other building movements,
fabrication and installation tolerances and design criteria etc.
iii. All forming and welding operations shall be done prior to finishing, unless
otherwise noted.
iv. All work shall be true to detail with sharp, clean profiles, straight and free from
defects, dents, marks, waves or flaws of any nature impairing strength or
appearance; fitted with proper joints and intersections and with specified finishes.
3. Shop assembly
i. As far as practicable, all fitting and fabrication work shall be done in the factory/
workshop.
ii. Work that cannot be factory/ workshop assembled shall be temporarily assembled
in the factory/ workshop and marked for convenience of assembly at site. The
units shall then be disassembled and assembled properly later in the building.
iii. All glazing shall be done in the factory/ workshop.
iv. Gaskets shall be pre-positioned in the factory/ workshop as far as possible.
v. Site work shall be kept to a minimum required.
4. Sleeves
i. Unless otherwise specified, all aluminium sleeves shall be extruded sections
minimum 1.5 mm thick transparent anodized (10 microns) 200 mm long and
width compatible with the section. It shall be provided on the junction of mullion
and transoms and designed to accurately interlock with adjacent sections and
incorporate serrated surfaces for the secure bedding of sealant between the parent
metal and the sleeve wherever required as per the approved shop drawings.
5. Anchor fasteners
194
i. All anchor fasteners shall be of stainless steel ( grade 316) with self locking
devices, unless otherwise specified, and of sufficient size and strength to withstand
the applicable design loads/ forces with factor of safety as specified for the various
materials and of approved make as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The
spacing and quantities of fasteners shall be as required as per the approved shop
drawings to secure or support the framing. Washers and/ or other accessory items
shall be of the same material as the fasteners. All assembly fasteners shall be
torque tightened to achieve the maximum torque tension in the fasteners.
ii. All fasteners shall be concealed unless otherwise shown or approved. Exposed
fasteners shall be finished to match surrounding metal finish.
iii. All fasteners including washers and accessory items shall be scheduled and
designated on the shop drawings showing designation, type, size including
diameter and length, material, numbers and spacing etc.
6. Protection of metals
i. Protection against bimetallic corrosion shall be provided wherever dissimilar metals
are in contact by using PTFE (Teflon) separators 0.80 mm thick.
ii. Extruded aluminium section of the structural framing of the curtain glazing system
which is to be in contact with concrete, masonry, mortar or plaster shall have the
contact surfaces protected by use of suitable separators wherever crevices between
the contact surfaces may entrap moisture and corrosive elements. All metals, except
stainless steel and aluminium, which are to be in contact with concrete, masonry,
mortar or plaster, shall have the contact surfaces protected with epoxy paint.
iii. The Contractor shall furnish a schedule of all protective coatings and related items
along with the shop drawings, including the designation of area and/or specific
locations, materials used, special instruction, specification data sheets, etc.
7. Welding
i. All welding in mild steel work shall be done by the inert gas shielded arc or fluxless
resistant techniques and with electrodes and/ or by methods recommended by the
suppliers of the metals being welded. Type, size and spacing of welds, shall be as
shown on approved shop drawings.
ii. Welds behind finished mild steel surfaces shall be so done as to eliminate distortion
and/ or discoloration on the finished side. Weld spatter and welding oxides on finished
surfaces shall be removed by descaling and/ or grinding. Low heat filled welds using
chill bar on finished side shall be used to eliminate dimpling, distortion and/ or
discoloration on the finished or exposed surface. Plug, puddle or spot welding shall not
be permitted. If weld beads are visible on exposed finished surfaces, the surfaces shall
be ground and polished to match and blend with finish on adjacent parent metal.
iii. Structural welds shall be made by certified welders and shall conform to the general
recommendations and regulations of AWS Specification D1.0-46.
iv. Dirt grease, lubricant, or other organic material shall be removed by vapour degreasing
or suitable solvent.
v. Joints rejected because of welding defects may be repaired only by re welding.
Defective welds shall be removed by chipping or machining. Flame cutting shall not be
allowed.
195
vi. Where ever welding is done in proximity to glass or finished surfaces, such surfaces
shall be protected from damage due to weld sparks, spatter or tramp metal.
vii. All welds shall be scheduled and designated on the approved shop drawings showing
designation, type, size, spacing etc.
8. Soldering
i. Soldering and/or brazing, wherever required shall be done as recommended by the
suppliers of the metals involved.
9. Execution
General
i. The architectural drawings supplied by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be considered
essentially schematic, except for profiles of exposed surfaces which shall be as
indicated. If in exceptional cases, in the opinion of the contractor, a change of
architectural profile is required in order to meet the specifications/ structural design
requirement of the curtain wall, he shall submit a proposal for change with specific
reasons for consideration and approval of the Engineer – in – Charge. No deviations
from the architectural profiles of the building shall be permitted without prior
approval by the Engineer – in – Charge. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
ii. The method of assembling, reinforcing and anchorage of the aluminium structural
framing of the curtain glazing system, wherever indicated is schematic. Location and
method of providing the same shall be responsibility of the Contractor, who shall
design, assemble, reinforce and anchor to suit each specified condition in an acceptable
manner, suiting main building structure.
iii. All parts shall be secured by concealed means. Screws/ fasteners exposed to view shall
in general not be allowed unless otherwise approved on the shop drawings.
iv. All components shall be assembled, secured, anchored, reinforced, sealed and made
weather tight in the manner as specified and as per the approved shop drawings. The
structural framing shall not restrict movements within the curtain glazing system and
also relative to building. The design should be such that it is able to absorb such
movements without compromising the performance requirements of the curtain
glazing system. Wherever possible, sealants shall be concealed.
v. Free and noiseless movement of all components of the curtain glazing system due to
thermal, structural, seismic loads, wind load, or dead loads etc. Shall be achieved
without strain to glass, without buckling of any components and without excessive
stress to any members or assemblies.
vi. The entire curtain glazing system shall be assembled and installed so that there is no
leakage into the building. All leakage, penetration of moisture into the system, and
condensation shall be drained and discharged to the exterior face of the curtain glazing
system. For this, effective air pressure equalization shall have to be designed and
ensured while executing the curtain wall system.
vii. Movement of water within and on exposed surfaces shall be controlled to ensure that
water is not retained and that elements will not be damaged or corroded by water and
to minimize the potential for algae and fungal growth as a result of standing or
trapping water.
10. Dimensions
i. The dimensions given on Architectural drawings are indicative to enable the contractor
196
for preparing his shop drawings. However, these drawings may require modifications
based actual measurements on site. The contractor shall revise the drawings
accordingly and submit the same for approval of the Engineer – in – Charge in case of
any discrepancy between measurements on site and in drawings. Nothing extra shall
be payable on this account.
11. Performance testing
i. General: The contractor shall obtain and submit to the Department the manufacturer’s
test certificate for various materials for compliance as per the manufacturer’s
specifications.
12. Site tests
i. The Contractor shall carry out site tests at his own cost to determine resistance to
water leakage as per recommendations given in AAMA 501 for “Field Check of Metal
Storefronts, Curtain Walls and Sloped Glazing Systems for Water Leakage.”
ii. The test areas shall be selected by the Engineer – in - Charge at random in typical and
non- typical locations, one for every 500 sqm. Approx. Of installed curtain glazing. In
case of any test failing, more tests shall be conducted by the contractor at his own cost
as per the directions of the Engineer – in - Charge. The work carried out under the test
area which fails in site testing, shall be rejected and redone or remedial action shall be
taken by the contractor to rectify the defects, whatever the case may be at his own cost,
to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer- in-Charge.
iii. Each test area shall be approx. 25 sq.m. Or less depending upon the size of the glazing
panels provided in the building for which test is being conducted. The test area shall
include vision (fixed and open able) and spandrel panels.
13. Installation
i. Workmanship: All work shall be performed by skilled workmen, especially trained and
experienced in the applicable trades employed and in full conformity with
specifications and approved shop drawings to execute the work in workman like
manner.
14. Setting out
i. Bench marks for elevations and building line offset marks for alignment shall be
established on each floor level by the contractor. Should any error be found in the
alignment, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer – in - Charge in writing and
installation work shall not proceed in the affected area until the errors have been
corrected.
15. Prior inspection of the structure
i. After the setting out has been established and before beginning installation in any area,
the Contractor shall examine all parts of the structure on which the curtain glazing
system is to be placed. Should any conditions be found which, in his opinion, will
prevent the proper execution of his work or endanger its permanency, he shall report
such conditions in writing to the Engineer – in - Charge. Installation work shall not
proceed in that area until such conditions are corrected or adjusted to the satisfaction
of the Engineer – in - Charge. Nothing extra shall be payable in this account.
16. Workmanship
i. All parts of the curtain glazing system shall be erected true to plumb and in proper
alignment and relation to established setting out, as shown on approved shop
drawings.
197
17. Installation within and/or adjacent to concrete

i. Where work is to be installed within and/or adjacent to concrete, no component of the
curtain glazing system other than built in anchor devices shall be put in place until the
concrete work is completed and finished.
18. Anchorage
i. Anchorage of the curtain glazing system to the structure shall be by approved methods
and in strict accordance with approved shop drawings. After the curtain glazing system
is properly positioned and aligned, all connections so designated on approved shop
drawings shall be rigidly fixed by welding or other positive means in addition to
serrated brackets and washers.
ii. All components of the curtain glazing system including anchorage assemblies, shall
receive a 100% inspection by the contractor. A check list shall be prepared and
maintained by the contractor for entire execution of curtain glazing system work and
submitted to the Engineer- in-Charge after the completion of the work. It shall also be
made available for inspection during the execution of the work.
19. Welding
i. All welding shall be done by skilled mechanics qualified or licensed in accordance with
local building regulations. Welds and adjoining burnt areas in prime coated surfaces
shall be thoroughly cleaned and painted with one coat of primer. Welds in galvanized
steel shall be coated with two coats of zinc rich paint. Special care shall be taken to
protect glass and other furnished surfaces from flame and welding spatter and to
prevent fires.
20. Use of sealing materials
i. Sealing materials shall be used in strict accordance with the Manufacturer’s printed
instructions/ specifications and shall be applied only by workmen specially trained or
experienced in their use. Before applying sealants, all mortar, dirt, dust, moisture and
other foreign matters shall be completely removed from surfaces, it will contact.
Adjoining surfaces shall be masked when required to maintain a clean and neat
appearance. Sealing compounds shall be tooled to fill the joint and provide a smooth
finished surface.
ii. The manufacturer(s) of the applicable materials shall, when required, render, technical
assistance prior to the application of any sealant and witness the first application as
well as periodic site inspections thereafter. The Contractor shall witness and document
all inspections performed by the sealant manufacturer and provide close supervision
of all workmen used to apply the sealant. The record so maintained shall be made
available for the inspection of the Engineer-in-Charge during execution of the work.
21. Tensioning of bolts
i. All bolts/ fasteners shall be correctly fixed /tensioned. The tension shall be specified
on shop drawings. 100% of fasteners/ bolts shall be mechanically checked for correct
tension by the contractor and the contractor shall maintain a check list in this regard
which shall be made available for the inspection of the Engineer-in-Charge during
execution of the work.
22. Protection and cleaning

198
i. The Contractor shall adequately protect all aluminium sections, glazing, cladding
sheets, components and accessories from damage during shipment, storage, erection
and till the date of completion of the work and handing over the building to the
Department by use of protective coverings of approved non-staining quality.
ii. At such time as may be directed by the Engineer – in - Charge, the Contractor shall
remove all protective coverings and clean the surfaces. All cleaning agents to be used
shall not cause any damage to the aluminium, glass, aluminum composite panel and
coatings etc. Any defective material shall be replaced by the contractor at his own cost.
23. Performance guarantee
i. The contractor shall be solely responsible for the design including shop drawings and
performance of the installed curtain glazing, aluminium composite panel cladding and
aluminium work (PVDF coated), etc. The installations shall be guaranteed by the
contractor during the guarantee period, against defective materials, workmanship,
water tightness (wherever specified), structural design, performance requirements
and other requirements as given in the specifications. The contractor shall submit in
the enclosed format a written guarantee for the same for a period of 10 years after the
date of completion of the work.
ii. The Contractor shall indemnify the Department against all claims of whatsoever nature
due to defective designing or non-performance during the 10 years Guarantee period.
The provisions of this clause shall not in any way limit the rights of the Engineer-in-
Charge to take action under other clauses of the contract agreement.
iii. 1% (one percent) of the cost of the items under this sub-head shall be withheld from
the bills towards guarantee as specified above. However, half of this amount (withheld)
would be released after five years after the date of completion of the work, if the
performance is satisfactory. The remaining withheld amount shall be released after 10
years after the date of completion of work, if the performance is satisfactory. If any
defect is noticed during the guarantee period, it shall be rectified by the contractor
within seven days of notice to the contractor, at least temporarily to the satisfaction of
the Engineer-in-Charge / authorized representative of RBI, till the permanent
rectification of the defects / replacement of defective materials are carried out by the
contractor in maximum period of four months. If not attended to, the same shall be got
done by the Engineer-in-Charge / authorized representative of RBI through other
agency at the risk and cost of the contractor. However, the amount withheld as
guarantee can be released in full, if irrevocable bank guarantee or e-bank guarantee
from Schedule / Nationalised Banks, of same amount, for ten years is submitted by the
contractor to the Engineer-in-Charge. The defects, if any, shall be rectified in a
workmanlike manner, retaining the same aesthetics and other functional parameters of
the original work.
199
Approved Make List

(Approved make shall fulfill the public procurement policy of Make in India)
1) The contractor shall obtain prior approval from the Engineer-in-Charge before placing
order for any specific material or engaging any of the specialized agencies. The
contractor shall make a detailed submittal with catalogues and highlighted proposed
specifications, as well as full details of the works executed by the specialized agency, as
specified.
2) Wherever applicable, the Engineer-in-Charge may approve any material equivalent to
that specified in the tender subject to proof being offered by the contractor for
equivalence to his satisfaction.
3) Unless otherwise specified, the brand / make of the material as specified in the item
nomenclature, in the particular specifications and in the list of preferred materials
attached in the tender, shall be used in the work.
4) In case the make of any material is not mentioned in this list, the decision of Engineer-in
-charge shall be final and binding.
5) In case of non-availability of the brand specified in the contract the contractor shall be
allowed to use alternate equivalent brand of the material subject to submission of
documentary evidence of non availability of the specified brand.
6) Sample of all the materials will be used only after approval of the Engineer- in-charge.
ACC, ULTRA TECH, SHREE CEMENT, BIRLA, JK

1 CEMENT LAKSHMI, JK CEMENT, JSW, AMBUJA
2 WHITE CEMENT/ PUTTY J.K., BIRLA, SAINT GOBAIN (WEBER)
READY MIX CONCRETE (In case of A.C.C., ULTRA TECH, PRISM JOHNSON RMC,
3 Batch Mix plant not installed at site) GODREJ, JSW, NUVOCO (LAFARGE)
5 WATERPROOFING PIDILITE, BASF, FOSROC, SIKKA,CICO,

COMPOUND/SUPERPLASTICER/ KRYTON, ASIAN LABORATORIES, MC
ADMIXTURE BAUCHEMIE
SAIL, TATA STEEL, RINL, JINDAL STEEL &
POWER LTD, JSW STEEL LTD., MAKES
6 REINFORCEMENT STEEL CONFORMING TO CRITERIA MENTIONED IN
TENDER DOCUMENT (APPROVED BY THE
CHIEF ENGINER, CSQCIVIL) UNIT,
DIRECTORATE OF CPWD).
MECHANICAL SPLICING SYSTEM SPLICETEK INDIA, DEXTRA INDIA
7 WITHCOUPLER ISHITA ENTERPRISES, SPLICEMAN
8 STRUCTURAL STEEL TATA STEEL, SAIL, RINL, VIZAG, JINDAL,

APOLLO
200
CONWOOD, GURJARI, HINDUSTAN, LOK

9 CONCRETE BLOCKS GROUP,SAI BLOCK, VED PMC LTD.
AEROCON, SIPOREX, ULTRA TECH, ECOLITE,
10 AAC BLOCKS GODREJ
KENWOOD, ANCHOR, KUTTY,

11 WOODEN FLUSH DOORS GREENPLY,ORIENT
HIGH PRESSURELAMINATES, AICA(SUNMICA), MERINO, GREENLAM,

12 VENEERS, CENTURY,ROYAL TOUCH, DURIAN, ANCHOR
FRD WOODEN/ METAL FRAME &

13 SHUTTERS SUKRITI, PROMAT, KUTTY, SIGNUM,
KENWOOD, SHAKTI HORMAN
PILKINGTON, SCHOTT, FERILITE, SAINT
14 FIRE RATED GLASS GOABIN,PYROGAURD
DORMA, INGERSOLL RAND, MARSHALL,

16 HARDWARE FOR FIRE RATED OZONE,GEZE, ASSA ABLOY, HAFFLE
DOORS
17 INTUMESCENT STRIPS PROMAT, PEMKO, INTUMEX, ASTROFLAME
OZONE, GEZE, DORMA, ASSA ABLOY,

18 DOOR SS HARDWARE HAFFLE
19 PLYWOOD, MDF, PARTICLE BOARD ANCHOR, ARCHID, KITPLY, GREEN PLY,

CENTURY,NOVOPAN
20 BLOCK BOARD CENTURY, GREEN PLY, ANCHOR, ARCHID,
NOVOPAN
21 STAINLESS STEEL JINDAL, SAIL, SALEM STEEL OR EQUIVALENT
22 KAJARIA, H & R JOHNSON, SOMANY,

VITRIFIED TILES/ CEREMIC TILES NITCO,ORIENT BELL, ASIAN,
23 POLYMER MODIFIED ARDEX ENDURA, LATICRETE, BAL ENDURA,

CEMENTITIOUSGROUT / FERROUSCRETE, BASF, ROFF, KERKOLL,
POLYMER MODIFIED SOUNDBUILD CARE, SAINT GOBAIN
CEMENTITIOUS MORTAR / (WEBER)
CEMENT ADHESIVE / EPOXY GROUT
24 POLYMER MODIFIED ADHESIVE WALPLAST, ULTRA TECH, SOUND BUILD CARE
MORTAR FOR AAC BLOCKS LTD, ECOLITE, SAINT GOBAIN (WEBER)
25 WALPLAST, ULTRA TECH, MADRAS CEMENT

READY MIXED CEMENT PLASTER LTD,SOUND BUILD CARE LTD, SAINT
GOBAIN(WEBER),
26 GYPSUM LIGHT WEIGHT PLASTER GYPROC, ULTRTECH, JK
27 ARMSTRONG, HUNTER DOUGLAS,GYPROC,

METAL FALSE CEILING ANUTONE
201
28 PAINTS ICI, ASIAN PAINTS, BERGER PAINTS, NEROLAC
29 ALUMINIUM EXTRUSION SECTIONS JINDAL, HINDALCO,NALCO,INDIAN

ALUMINIUM CO,MAAN ALUMINIUM, GLOBAL
ALUMINIUM,PARAGAON AUMINIUM
30 ASIAN PAINTS, SPECTRUM PAINTS,
ACRYLIC TEXTURE PLASTER HERITAGE,DULUX, BERGER PAINTS,NEROLAC
31 PAVER BLOCKS/ GRASS PAVERS/ VYARA, BASANT BETONS, SUPER, HINDUSTAN

KERBSTONE VED PMC,NITCO, JOHNSON
32 JAQUAR, PARRYWARE, HINDWARE,

SANITARY WARES/ C. P. FITTINGS KOHLER,CERA
33 S. S. SINK NIRALI, DEEPALI, FUTURA, HAFFLE
34 C. I. PIPES & FITTINGS NECO, KAPILANSH, SKF, HEPCO, RPMF
35 G.I. PIPES TATA, JINDAL, PRAKASH SURYA
36 G. I. FITTINGS UNIK, R-BRAND, ZOLOTO
37 JAIN SPUN PIPE, K. K. SPUN PIPE, THE

NP2 CLASS, R.C.C. PIPES INDIANHUME PIPE CO. LTD., PATEL HUME
PIPES, ISI Marked ( to be approved by E INC )
38 JINDAL, HINDALCO, NALCO, INDIAN
ALUMINIUM EXTRUSION SECTIONS ALUMINIUMCO.,
39 SAINT GOBAIN, ASAHI GLASS, EMIRATES

FLOAT CLEAR GLASS/ COATED GLASS, GUARDIAN GLASS (SUNGUARD), MODI
GLASS GUARD, FG GLASS, PILKINGTON
40 CALCIUM SILICATE BOARD STARPAN, HILUX, AEROLITE, PROMAT
41 UPVC PIPES AND FITTINGS ASTRAL, FINOLEX, SUPREME, PRINCE
CPVC PIPES AND FITTINGS ASTRAL, SUPREME, FINOLEX, PRINCE

42
FLOOR SPRINGS /DOOR OZONE, GEZE, DORMA, ASSA ABLOY,,
43 CLOSERS/PATCH FITTINGS HAFFLE
S. S. GRATINGS/ COCKROach Jali CHILLY, CAMRY, KICH, VIKING

44
45 FLOAT GLASS MIRROR MODIGUARD, SAINT GOBAIN, ASHAHI
46 STAINLESS STEEL ANCHOR

FASTENERS HILTI, FISCHER, WURTH
47 AMEE RUBBER INDUSTRIES PVT. LTD,

EPDM BOHRARUBBER
202
48 ALL TYPES OF SILICONE DOW CORNING, GE
SPACER TAPE / BACKER ROD NORTON, BOW

49
50 COTSWOLD, ALUALPHA, OZONE, ,GEZE,
FRICTION HINGES AND LOCKS DORMA, ASSA ABLOY, HAFFLE,
STARLOCK,GODREJ
51 ALUDECOR, EUROBOND, ALSTRONG,
ALUMINIUM COMPOSITE PANEL ALUCOBOND
52 FROSTED GLASS FILM GARWARE, LLUMAR, LG
53 RESPONSIVE, TARKETT, POLYFLOR, GRABO

VINYL FLOORING GERFLOOR, EBCO, AMSTRONG, MONDO
54 STARPAN, HILUX, AEROLITE, PROMAT,
CALCIUM SILICATE BOARD VISHAKHA,
55 POLYCORBONATE ROOFING GE, SABIC LEXAN, PALRAM, DANPALON

56 COMPOSITE MARBLE NITCO, CLASSIC MARBLE, H R JOHNSON,
ASIAN, ORIENT BELL.
203
A. SPECIALISED AGENCIES:
A. NAYAK CONSTRUCTIONS PVT. LTD., LIKPROOF

INDIA PVT. LTD., MODERN WATERPROOFING CO,
INDIA WATERPROOFING CO., OVERSEAS
1 WATERPROOFING WORK WATERPROOFING CORP. OR ANY OTHER AGENCY
FULFILLING THE CRITERIA AS GIVEN ELSEWHERE IN
THE AGREEMENT.
GLAZE TECNO INDIA, AJIT INDIA PVT. LTD.,
INNOVATORS FACADE SYSTEMS PVT. LTD.,
ALUMAYER INDIA PVT. LTD., STEEL ARTS OR ANY
2 CURTAIN GLAZING
OTHER AGENCY FULFILLING THE CRITERIA AS GIVEN
ELSEWHERE IN THE AGREEMENT
ASAHI GLASS, SEJAL, GLASSTECH, FG, GSC, IMPECT
3 GLASS PROCESSER
SAFETY
4. Powder Coating/ PVDF AURA ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS, M. J. COATERS PVT.
coating LTD., S P ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS PVT LTD.,
AMECO, RADIANT ANODISERS PVT. LTD.
204
FORM FOR GUARANTEE BONDS
GUARANTEE BOND FOR REMOVAL OF DEFECTS OF WATER PROOFING

WORKS.
This Agreement made this _____day of _________________two thousand and _______

between _______________________ (Name of the contractor, hereinafter called the Guarantor on
the one part) and President of India (hereinafter called the Government on the other part).
WHEREAS this agreement is supplementary to a contract (hereinafter called the contract)
dated_________ and made between the GUARANTOR on the one part and the Government on
the other part for construction _________________ (Name of the work) where by the
GUARANTOR, inter alia, undertook to render the buildings and structures in the said
contract recited completely water and leak proof.
AND WHEREAS THE GUARANTOR agreed to give a guarantee to the effect that the said
structures will remain water and leak proof for ten years from the date of completion of
the work.
NOW THE GUARANTOR hereby guarantees that water proofing treatment given by him
will render the structures completely leak proof and the minimum life of such water
proofing treatment shall be ten years to be reckoned from the date of completion of the
work as a whole.
Provided that the GUARANTOR will not be responsible for leakage caused by earthquake
or structural defects or misuse of roof or alteration and for such purpose.
(a) Misuse of roof shall mean any operation which will damage water proofing treatment, like
chopping of firewood and things of the same nature which might cause damage to the
roof;
(b) Alteration shall mean construction of an additional storey or a part of the roof or
construction adjoining to existing roof whereby water proofing treatment is removed in
parts;
(c) The decision of the Engineer – in - Charge with regard to cause of leakage shall be final.
During this period of guarantee, the GUARANTOR shall make good all defects and
in case of any defects being found, render the building water-proof at his cost to the
satisfaction of the Engineer – in – Charge / authorized representative of RBI, and shall
commence the work for such rectification within seven days from the date of issue of the
notice from Engineer – in – Charge / authorized representative of RBI calling upon him to
rectify the defects, failing which the work shall be got done by Department / RBI through
some other Contractor at the GUARANTOR’S cost and risk. The decision of the Engineer –
in – Charge / authorized representative of RBI as to the cost, payable by the Guarantor
shall be final and binding.
That if the GUARANTOR fails to execute the necessary rectification of water

proofing or commits breach there under, then the Guarantor will indemnify RBI and his
successors against all loss, damage, cost expense or otherwise which may be incurred by
him by reasons of any default on the part of GUARANTOR in performance and observance
of this supplementary agreement. As to the amount of loss and / or damage and / or cost
205
incurred by the Government / RBI, the decision of the Engineer – in – Charge / RBI will be
final and binding on the parties.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF these presents has been executed by the Obligator

____________________________________and by _____________________________and for an on behalf of the
President of India on the day, month and year first above written.
Signed, sealed and delivered by OBLIGATOR in the presence of:
1.
2.
SIGNED FOR AND ON BEHALF OF PRESIDENT OF INDIA BY ……... in the presence of:
1.
2.
206
GUARANTEE BOND FOR REMOVAL OF DEFECTS IN CURTAIN GLAZING & OTHER

RELATED WORKS.
This Agreement made this _____day of _________________two thousand and _______

between_______________________ (Name of the contractor, hereinafter called the Guarantor on the
one part) and the President of India (hereinafter called the Government on the other part).
WHEREAS this agreement is supplementary to a contract (hereinafter called the contract)

dated_________ and made between the GUARANTOR on the one part and the Government on
the other part for construction _________________(Name of the work) where by the
GUARANTOR, inter alia, undertook to carry out structural analysis and design, preparation of
shop drawings, setting out, design, supply, fabrication, installation, aligning, fixing, protection
and testing of the curtain glazing and other related works, all as specified and set out in the
contract and as per the correct international / national standards.
AND WHEREAS THE GUARANTOR agreed to give a guarantee (for all works as stated above)
for the following:
1. System
1.1 Structural design has been carried out for design loads, as specified, thermal
stresses, building movements and the consequent deflections without
compromising the performance characteristics.
1.2 That deflections in the framing members shall be within permissible limits as
specified.
1.3 Structural stability, safety, integrity and required performances of the work for all
design works and building movements as specified.
2. Material
2.1 Glass (single, laminated or DGUs) – Substrate, coatings, lamination of laminated
glass, insulation of DGUs
2.2 Sealant – Material used, performance of sealant used, usage as per the requirement
of structural design and functional requirement, compatibility with different
substance and sealants, bite size, quality assurance during sealing of DGUs and
fixing glass to glass and glass to the aluminium frame, etc.
2.3 EPDM / Silicone gaskets – for ozone resistance and other properties as specified
etc.
2.4 Aluminium – material quality, tempering requirement, suitability of aluminium
grade and anodizing etc.
2.5 Anchor fasteners – suitability and strength requirements as per manufacturers’
specifications etc.
3. Performance
3.1 Water tightness, wherever specified in the Contract.
3.2 Workmanship
3.3 Integrity of system during movements within and relative to the building structure.
3.4 Indemnify the Department against all claims of whatsoever nature due to defective
designing by the contractor, material & workmanship etc. and /or non-
performance of the work during the guarantee period.
207
NOW THE GUARANTOR hereby guarantees that the work executed by him shall perform to
the specified standards of quality and workmanship during the guarantee period of ten years
to be reckoned from the date of completion of work.
During this period of guarantee, the guarantor shall make good all defects and if any defect is
noticed during the guarantee period, it shall be rectified by the contractor within seven days
of issue of notice to the contractor, at least temporarily, to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-
Charge, till the permanent rectification of the defects / replacement of defective materials is
carried out by the contractor, in maximum four months period, retaining same aesthetic and
other functional parameters of the original work. If not attended to, the same shall be got
done by the Department / RBI through other agency at the risk and cost of the contractor
which shall be final and binding on the contractor.
That if the Guarantor fails to execute the necessary rectification or commits breach there
under, then the Guarantor will indemnify RBI and his successors against all loss, damage,
cost expense or otherwise which may be incurred by him by reasons of any default on the
part of GUARANTOR in performance and observance of this supplementary agreement. As to
the amount of loss and / or damage and / or cost incurred by the Government, the decision of
the Engineer-in-Charge will be final and binding on the parties.
IN WITNESS WHERE OF these presents has been executed by the OBLIGATOR

________________________________________________and by _____________________________and for and on
behalf of the PRESIDENT OF INDIA on the day month and year first above written.
SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED by OBLIGATOR in the presence of:
1.
2.
SIGNED FOR AND ON BEHALF OF THE PRESIDENT OF INDIA BY________________________ in the

presence of:
1.
2.
208
GUARANTEE BOND FOR REMOVAL OF DEFECTS OF ANTI TERMITE
Name of the Firm/Company and its address.

.....................................,
Dear Sirs,
Pest Control Pre-Construction Anti-Termite Treatment Guarantee regarding.
We hereby certify that the foundation(s) and Structure(s) of the premises of the
....................................... Described in the schedule below, have been pre-treated by us against
subterranean termite infestation in accordance with our procedure for pre- treatment set
out in our letter(s) dated ......... And in accordance with the terms and conditions under
which the said work has been awarded to us.
We hereby guarantee that the foundation(s) and structure(s) of the said premises of the
.............................................. Shall be safe against subterranean termite attack or infestation
for a period of TEN YEARS from ………............................................. To. .....................................
In the event of the said structure(s) and foundation(s) of the premises of the.
............................................... Being or becoming subject to subterranean termite attack or
infestation at any time during the guaranteed period of Ten years, we agree to carry out as
often as it becomes necessary, at our cost and expense, all and every treatment that may
be necessary to render the said foundations and structures free from such subterranean
termite attack or infestation.
The question whether the foundation(s) and structure(s) of the premises are or become
subject to subterranean termite attack or infestation and whether any anti- termite
treatment is or has become necessary shall be decided by the ......................................... and we
agree that their decision in this regard shall be final and binding on us.
Yours faithfully
Signature:
Name of the Company:
Address:
Seal:
209
Part- C
Minor Component
(E & M Works)
210
PROFORMA OF SCHEDULES
Schedule of Financial quote for quoting

SCHEDULE ‘A’ combined percentage for Civil Works,
Electrical works & Horticulture works (As per
Part ‘A’ of NIT)
SCHEDULE 'B'
Schedule of material to be issued to As per Part ‘A’ of NIT
the agency.
SCHEDULE 'C'
Tools and Plants to be hired to the As per Part ‘A’ of NIT
agency.
a) Special conditions of contract

SCHEDULE 'D'
b) Additional Conditions & Particular
Extra schedule for specific
Specification.
requirements/ document for the
c) Forms of Guarantee Bonds.
work, if any.
d) Additional Specifications etc.,
SCHEDULE 'E' General Conditions of Contract 2020 for

Reference to General Conditions Construction works in CPWD as amended /
of Contract modified up to the last date of submission of Bid.
Name of Work: Construction of 354 nos. staff

Quarters Hostel Building Academic Block, for
Reserve Bank of India at Plot No. 1, Sector 7, CBD
Belapur (Kharghar), Navi Mumbai. Package 1:- C/o
1 No Grade D tower(19 quarters, G+10), 4 Nos
Grade B/C tower (quarters 159 G+10) 4 Nos
Grade A tower(176 quarters,G+11), ZTC Hostel
Building (82Rooms,G+8), Academic Block (G+2),
Name of Work Club House With Swimming Pool, Caretaker,
Security Including Internal Water Supply and
Sanitary Installations, Drainage, Internal Electrical
Installations, Lifts, Fire-Fighting and Fire-Fighting
Alarms, D.G Sets, STP, Substation and Pump
House, Rainwater Harvesting System, and
development work for Reserve Bank of India at
Plot No. 1, Sector 7, CBD Belapur (Kharghar), Navi
Mumbai.
Estimated cost of work As per Part ‘A’ of NIT
Earnest money As per Part ‘A’ of NIT

211
Performance guarantee As per Part ‘A’ of NIT
Security deposit As per Part ‘A’ of NIT
SCHEDULE 'F'
GENERAL RULES & DIRECTIONS:

Officer inviting tender
Definitions:
Engineer-in-Charge (for E&M Executive Engineer and Senior Manager

components) (E), under CE&ED, Mumbai, CPWD or his successor.
Accepting Authority As per Part ‘A’ of NIT
Percentage on cost of materials

and labour to cover all overheads As per Part ‘A’ of NIT
and profits:
Standard Schedule of Rates As per Part ‘A’ of NIT
Department As per Part ‘A’ of NIT
Standard CPWD Contract Form As per Part ‘A’ of NIT
Clause 1
(i)Time allowed for submission of

Performance Guarantee, Program
chart (time and progress) and
applicable labour licenses,
registration with EPFO, ESIC and
BOCW Welfare Board or
As per Part ‘A’ of NIT
proof of applying thereof from
the date of issue of letter of
acceptance.
(ii) Maximum allowable extension

with late fee at 0.1% per day of
performance guarantee amount As per Part ‘A’ of NIT
beyond the period provided in (i)
above
Clause 2
Authority for fixing

compensation under clause 2
212
Clause 5
Number of days from the date of

issue of letter of acceptance for
reckoning date of start
Handing over of site
Time period for handing over

Part Portion of Site Description reckoned from date of issue of
letter of Acceptance
Portion without
Total As per Part ‘A’ of NIT
any Hindrance
Table of Milestones As per Table 1 ‘A’ & ‘B’
Schedule of rate of recovery for delay in submission of As per Part ‘A’ of NIT
the modified program in terms of delay days
Time allowed for execution of work from date of As per Part ‘A’ of NIT
start
Authority to decide:
(i) Extension of time As per Part ‘A’ of NIT
(ii) Rescheduling of milestones As per Part ‘A’ of NIT
(iii) Shifting of date of start in case of delay in handing As per Part ‘A’ of NIT
over of site
Clause 7
Gross work to be done together with net payment / 1,00,00,000/-

adjustment of advances for material collected, if any,
since the last such payment for being eligible to interim
payment
213
Clause 7A
Whether Clause 7A shall be applicable (No RA bill shall Applicable
be paid till submission of EPFO, ESIC and BOCW Welfare
Board)
Clause 8 A
Authority to decide compensation on account if As per Part ‘A’ of NIT
contractor fails to submit completion plans.
Recovery rate for not submission of As per Part ‘A’ of NIT

completion plans by the contractor
Clause 10A Lux meter, Earth tester, Megger,

tong tester, thermometer, conduit
bending machine, DB meter,
Vernier caliper, multi meter,
Anemometer, Rotameter.
Clause 10B As per Part ‘A’ of NIT
Clause 10CA Not Applicable
Clause 10CC Applicable
Clause 10CC to be applicable in contracts with stipulated 12 months

period of completion exceeding the period.
Schedule of component of other Materials, Labour, As below

POL etc. for price Escalation
Component of electrical (Except materials covered under 75%

clause 10 CA)
Component of labour expressed as percent of total value 25%

of work.
214
Clause 11 (1) CPWD General Specification For

electrical Works with correction
Specifications to be followed for execution of work
slips/ amendments up to last date
of submission of tender.
(i) Part I Internal 2013 with
correction slips up to last
date of submission of
tender.
(ii) Part II (External) 1995,
(iii) Part III – Lifts & Escalators)
– 2003
(iv) Part IV (Sub Station) 2013
(v) Part V (Wet Riser &
Sprinkler system) 2020
(vi) Part VI Fire Detection and
Alarm System 2018
(vii) Heating, Ventilation & Air
Conditioning (HVAC) – 2017
(viii) Part VII- DG Set-2013
(ix) Part VIII- Gas based Fire
extinguishing system-2013
(2) CPWD Green Rating Manual 2019.
(3) CPWD Handbook on Safety,
Health and Environment
(4) CPWD Manual on Accessible Built E
(5) NBC 2016 Vol 1 & 2
(6) ASHRAE handbook
Special conditions, Particular
specifications, Relevant BIS code
and if both are not applicable
manufacturer’s specifications.
Clause 12
Type of work Original Work
Deviation limit beyond which clauses 12.2 & 100 % (Hundred percent)
215
12.3 shall apply for building works
Clause 12.2 Applicable
Clause 16 As per Part ‘A’ of NIT

Competent authority for deciding reduced rates.

Contractor liable for damages, defects during defect
liability period
Clause 18 As per requirement of work
List of machinery, tools & plants to be deployed by the

contractor at site as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge.
Clause 19 Engineer-in-Charge (minor

component)
Authority to decide for each default
Clause 19 C As per Part ‘A’ of NIT
Clause 19 D As per Part ‘A’ of NIT
Clause 19 G As per Part ‘A’ of NIT
Clause 19 K As per Part ‘A’ of NIT

216
Table 1
A) Physical Milestone as per Table Given below
to be withheld for
tendered amount
completion from
achievement of
date of start in
% of accepted
mile stone.
Period for
months.
non-
S. No. Description of milestone (s) to be achieved
Group A - Residential towers Grade D, 2 towers of Grade B/C, 2 towers of Grade A & Hostel
Group B- Next 2 Residential towers of Grade B/C and Next 2 Residential Towers of Grade A
Group C - Club house, Academic block, Caretaker block, substation building
Submission of Programme chart in Primavera software for the
1 execution of E&M works, clearly showing all activities from the 1 Month 0.10%
start of work to completion.
Approval of associate agencies for all specialized works of E&M
2 2 Months 0.20%
component as per the eligibility criteria.
a) Submission of Electrical shop drawings for Group A & Group B
buildings with all required conduit layout including, IEI, fire alarm, 0.10%
LAN/Wi-fi, PA, Telephone, TV, Firefighting etc. for approval.
b) Submission of General Arrangement drawings of Group A &
3 Group B buildings for all E&M Services except DG Set, Substation, 3 Months 0.10%
HT/LT panel & STP for approval.
c) Approval of conduits, wiring, switches and other concealed E&M
items etc. for all Group A, B & C buildings. 0.10%
Completion of sample flat and corridor of minimum 5 Meter length

4 in all respects except light fittings, fans and exhaust fittings in 5 Months 0.10%
Grade D buildings.
Building upto 2nd storey structure completed for Group-A
buildings i/c all recessed conduit & GI box for E&M services such
as IEI, CCTV, PA, Fire alarm, telephone, TV, LAN/Wi-fi and 6.5 0.10%
5
arrangement for firefighting pipes, VRF pipes crossing the walls as Months
required.
Approval of Lift GA drawings for all Group A, B & C buildings. 0.05%
Completion of sample flat and corridor of minimum 5 Meter length
in all respects except light fittings, fans and exhaust fittings each in 0.10%
Grade A & B buildings and one sample room in hostel.
Submission of Electrical shop drawings for Group C buildings with
6 8 Months
all required conduit layout including, IEI, fire alarm, LAN/Wi-fi, 0.10%
PA, Telephone, TV, Firefighting etc. for approval.
Approval of firefighting & fire alarm equipments Group A, B & C
0.10%
buildings.
217
Building up to Terrace completed for Group-A buildings i/c all

recessed conduit & GI box for E&M services such as IEI, CCTV, PA,
0.10%
Fire alarm, telephone, TV, LAN/Wi-fi and arrangement for
firefighting pipes, as required.
Approval of internal light fittings, STP equipment’s design and
10.5 0.10%
7 flow diagram.
Months
Submission of Electrical shop drawings for LT panels for all blocks,
0.20%
external feeder pillars.
Supply of atleast 50% wiring for all the blocks & modular switches
for Group A buildings, atleast 1 lift in each block of Group A & B 0.05%
buildings, firefighting & fire alarm materials for Group A buildings.
Building upto 5th storey structure completed for Group-B and
Group C buildings i/c all recessed conduit & GI box for E&M
services such as IEI, CCTV, PA, Fire alarm, telephone, TV, LAN/Wi- 0.10%
fi and arrangement for firefighting pipes, VRF pipes crossing the
walls as required
Approval of external lighting shop drawings, external light fittings,
poles etc. for podium of Grade D & common podium area, VRF 12 0.10%
8
scheme for Group C buildings. Months
Submission of technical data sheets of substation equipment, LAN
0.20%
equipments, DG sets etc.
Supply of Fire fighting materials & balance modular switches for
Group B & C buildings, balance wiring material atleast 50% of LT 0.05%
cables & all lifts for Group C buildings.
Building upto terrace completed for Group-B & C buildings i/c all
recessed conduit & GI box for E&M services such as IEI, CCTV, PA,
Fire alarm, telephone, TV, LAN/Wi-fi and arrangement for 0.10%
firefighting pipes, VRF pipes crossing the walls as required.
Approval of external lighting layout, earthing layout, CCTV layout
of complete campus. 0.05%
Completion of sample room in all respects for Grade A, B/C, D

Type quarter and Hostel Room. 15 0.05%
9
Complete wiring with switch fixing in Group A buildings, Fire Months
fighting and fire alarm installation in Group A buildings, atleast
50% Laying of pipes for LT cables and earthing, complete 0.15%
foundation works for transformers, LT panels, feeder pillars HT
panels as required.
Supply of all balance lifts, Fire fighting materials, atleast 50% of
light fittings, remaining LT cables, substation equipments LT 0.10%
panels & transformers.
Complete wiring in all the buildings with switches fixing, Fire
fighting and fire alarm installation in Group B & Group C buildings,
18
10 balance Laying of pipes for LT cables and earthing, installation of 0.10%
Months
50% of total light fittings. Complete installation of atleast 1 lift in
each block of Group A & B buildings.
218
Supply of earthing materials, pumps, LT panels & feeder pillars,

street light poles, VRF system units copper piping and associated
0.10%
ducting, HT panel, HT metering panel, DG set, STP E&M
equipments, remaining internal light fittings.
Remaining Laying of pipes, cable trays, casting of cable trench etc
as required for complete LT cable laying 0.20%
Installation of complete external lighting, installation of IEI works,

remaining 50% installation of internal light fittings, lifts in all the 0.20%
blocks in all Group A, B & C buildings. 21
11 Installation of all LT panels, feeder pillars, complete fire fighting & Months
fire alarm materials, earthing, VRF system, STP E&M equipments. 0.20%
Supply of all balance electrical materials 0.10%

Charging of substation, 100% installation of VRF system, IEI
24
12 works, Fire alarm system, PA system, Lifts, STP, LAN system, EV 0.30%
Months
charging stations
Completion of work in all respects with commissioning of E&M
26
13 equipments, including Fire NOC, CEA NOC and all local body 0.30%
Months
approvals
B) Financial Milestone as per Table Given below
Sr.No Time Allowed in days (From Date of Financial Progress Amount to be withheld in
start) case of non-achievement
of Financial Milestone (%
of Tendered Amount of
Civil Work)
1. 1/2th of time period (13 month) 1/8th of the tendered 0.25%
value
value
value
4. Full time period (26 months) Full 0.25%
219
Compliance
required
for
GRIHA
5 star
Rating
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
Specifications
of
Electrical
&
Mechanical
Works
246
Association of Other Agencies for Execution of Specialized

E&M Works by Main Contractor
1. If the main contractor does not fulfil the minimum eligibility criteria, the main
contractor has to enter into MoU with agencies contractor(s) associated by him who is
found eligible as per the eligibility criteria. Copy of such MoU shall be submitted to
EE& SM (E) in charge of each relevant component as well as to EE& SM (C)-I in charge
of major component. In case of change of associate contractor, the main contractor
has to enter into agreement with the new contractor associated by him.
2. In case the main contractor intends to change any of the above agency/agencies
during the operation of the contract, he shall obtain prior approval of Engineer-in-
charge of relevant specialized component(s). The new agency/agencies shall also
have to satisfy the laid down eligibility criteria. In case Engineer-in-charge is not
satisfied with the performance of any agency, he can direct the contractor to change
the agency executing such items of work and this shall be binding on the contractor.
3. The department reserves the right to allow the main firm to submit additional
Documents/additional names of the associates in case of the deficiencies in
documents or in case of no associate getting qualified in respect of certain subheads.
The same will have to be complied with the main contractor within the time allowed.
The decision of the department shall be firm & binding on the intending bidders.
4. The main firm should submit the willingness from eligible electrical/specialized
contractors to get associated with them for execution of the electrical component of
works in wholesome manner and as per the conditions set out in the MOU to be
entered into, between the one who is awarded the work and the associated eligible
electrical contractor.
5. In support of the eligibility conditions of the proposed associated electrical Agencies,
copy of their registration documents, Electrical Contractor’s License, GST documents,
eligibility documents, Experience Certificate by competent authority, shall have to be
submitted. Such associate electrical Agencies will certify that they are not debarred as
on the day of application by Central Govt /State Govt. Dept., Central/State Govt. PSU/
Autonomous Bodies.
6. In event of the concerned E&M agency not performing satisfactorily or failure of
associate/sub-contractor to complete the E&M work, the main contractor on the
written direction of the department, shall remove the Associate/sub-contractor
deployed on the work and shall submit name of new associate who fulfils the
conditions mentioned in NIT to execute the leftover work without any loss of time or
variation in cost to the department in this regard. Such associates shall also enter into
Agreement with the main tenderer and shall meet all the guarantee for the equipment
already supplied for which payment has been released by the department in part. If
any equipment supplied for the work, during the currency of the earlier
Associate/sub-contractor and paid partly by the department, becomes redundant
247
/not in a position to be installed and commissioned and put to beneficial use due to
change in agency for execution of E&M work, the main contractor shall be liable for
replacement of the equipment(S) at no cost to Department, No change of Electrical
Contractor will be allowed without prior approval of the PM/Engineer in Charge
CPWD.
7. Executive Engineer& Senior Manager (E) shall be the Engineer-in-charge for all E&M
Services.
8. The main contractor shall be responsible and liable for proper and complete
execution of all E&M Services, and ensure coordination and completion of both civil
and electrical works.
9. The main contractor has to enter into agreement with contractor(s) associated by him
for execution of E&M subheads. Copy of such agreement shall be submitted to EE& SM
(E) in charge of work as well as to EE& SM(C)-I. In case of change of associate
contractor, the main contractor has to enter into agreement with the new contractor
associated by him.
10. The associate or sub-contractor shall attend the inspection of the work by the
Engineer-in- charge of E&M works as and when required. The agencies executing the
electrical work should have valid license for LT/HT as applicable and as described in
eligibility criteria.
11. Verifiable completion certificates of the work eligibility documents as the case may
be, duly attested by the applicant shall be submitted. Valid Electrical Contractor’
license, as the case may be, duly countersigned by the applicant as well as signed by
the associate contractors shall also be submitted. Self-attested GST documents in
respect of the associated agencies as well as signed by associate firms shall be
submitted after the award of work.
12. For components of E&M works, the eligibility criteria for specialized agencies to be
associated by the main contractor after award of work will be as detailed below.
13. Class 1 Maharashtra Govt. Issued Electrical license is required to execute any HT
work. Class 2 Maharashtra Govt. Issued Electrical license is required to execute any LT
work. Main contractor/associate contractor shall submit the eligibility documents
accordingly.
14. For the different E&M subheads, the main contractor will have to engage the associate
electrical contractor/specialized agency in the field after award of work as per
following: -
(a) The main firm should either himself meet the eligibility conditions for the respective
E&M packages or otherwise he will have to associate an agency meeting the eligibility
requirements given below. They will have to submit willingness certificate for each of
the component of the Electrical work for Associate agencies by clearly indicating the
applicable component of the work.
248
(b) The firm should have successfully completed similar works during the last 7 years
ending up to previous day of last date of submission of tender for each sub heads:
The value of executed works shall be brought to current costing level by enhancing
the actual value of work at simple rate of 7% per annum, calculated from the date of
completion to the last date of submission of bid.
********
249
SUB-HEAD 1 : Internal Electrical Installations

ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR IEI WORKS
SCOPE OF WORK:
The scope of work includes supply, Installation, testing and commissioning of Internal and
External Electrical Installations, Power wiring, telephone/TV conduiting, LED light Fittings, call
bell, Exhaust fans, Ceiling/wall fans, Switch boards, switches, sockets, MCB’s, MCB DBs, Rising
Main, lighting & protection requirement, earthing, street lights, bollards, associated panels etc for
the building as per CPWD specifications and as per the approved drawings from Engineer-In-
charge as amended up to date as described in the details of specifications of this sub head.
Complete wiring in all the buildings for light, power, communication etc. shall be done in
appropriate size MS (mild steel) conduits.
The work shall be carried out strictly in the following order of preference.
a. CPWD General Specification for electrical work part I Internal 2013 as
amended up to date.
b. CPWD general specification for electrical work part II External 1994 as
amended up to date.
c. CPWD general specification for electrical work part IV Sub-Station 2013 as
amended up to date.
d. GRIHA 2019 Manual.
e. Indian Electricity Act 2003 amended up to date.
f. National Electrical Code. 2016 amended up to date.
g. Indian Electricity Rule 1956 amended up to date.
h. National Building Code 2016 as amended up to date
i. GREEN AND GHAR RATING.
j. As per instructions of the Engineer-in-Charge i/c as below.
The item selection shall be in accordance with the requirement of above-mentioned

documents subjecting to the requirement of GRIHA 2019 manual. In case of any
discrepancies the decision of Engineer-In-charge shall be final and binding.
General Conditions
1. The contractor has to submit MOU with associated contractor having valid electrical license
and as per the eligibility criteria (in case electrical contractor is associated), engineers name
credential email address & mobile no before start of work.
2. The contractor shall therefore employ Supervisory staff as per NIT provision who will be
constantly in touch with the department and will sign site order book.
3. All the material to be used on this work by the contractor shall be got approved from the
Engineer-in-Charge in advance before procurement of material.
4. Sound Engineering practice as approved by the Engineer – in – charge. Any additional item
of work, if taken up subsequently, shall also confirm to the relevant specifications
mentioned above.
250
5. All the equipments shall be delivered with (i) Manufacturer´s test certificate,
(ii)Manufacturer´s technical catalogues and Installation / Instruction (O&M) manuals and
shall be supplied only from the authorized vendors of OEM.
6. The work shall be carried out according to approved drawing/details which shall be
subsequently issued to the successfully qualified bided tenderer for execution, in stages as
per instruction of the Engineer-in-Charge who will have the right to change the layout as
per requirement of client or at site and the contractor shall not have any claim due to
change in layout.
7. All damages done to the building during the execution of electrical work shall be the
responsibility of the contractor and the same will be made good immediately at his own cost
to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. In case, the repair is not satisfactory, the
department will get it rectified &any expenditure incurred by the department in this
connection shall be recovered from the contractor and decision of the Engineer-in-charge
about recovery shall be final & binding on the contractor.
8. The bad workmanship will not be accepted and defects shall be rectified at contractor’s cost
to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. The program of electrical works shall be
coordinated in accordance with the building work.
9. All the debris of the electrical works should be removed and the site should be cleared by
the contractor immediately after the accruing of debris daily. Similarly rejected material if
any should be immediately cleared off from the site by the contractor.
10. Cement/mortar for this benefited work is to be arranged and used by the contractor himself
and nothing extra will be paid on this account.
11. The contractor or his engineer is bound to sign the site order book as and when required by
the Engineer-in-Charge and to comply with the remarks therein.
12. The size of MS conduit and wiring shall be in line with CPWD specifications and shall got
approved from the Engineer-in-Charge before the start of work.
13. The contractor shall make his own arrangement at his own cost for Electrical supply/ water
supply/ testing equipment / General tools and plants required for the work. In case, proper
tools are not available, the department will purchase the tools for Bonafede use of work at
the risk & cost of the contractor.
14. The contractor has to make his own arrangements for storage, watch and ward and no extra
claim for this will be entertained. Department shall not take any responsibility of associated
materials before the handing over of complete work.
15. The contractor shall make his own arrangements for electrical power supply and water
supply for the construction activities. All applicable water charges & electrical power supply
required for the execution of work and testing, commissioning purposes shall be arranged
by the contractor at prevailing charges payable to the local authorities including the cable
laying and terminations from the tap off point as provided by MSEB/local authorities. No
extra payments will be made for the same.
16. The wiring and conduit route shall be marked by the contractor in the drawing first, and
shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge.
17. Distribution boards and LT Panels: - The work shall be carried out according to the
drawing/details as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall have to get
251
the sample approved by Engineer In charge before the whole lot is brought to site. The
main board, distribution board shall be properly labelled with metal sticker embossed with
labels.
18. All DBs, all the LT panels shall be provided with properly laminated and suitable size Single
Line Diagram stick to the panels.
19. No tax shall be separately paid by the department separately on any accounts. The rates
tendered should be inclusive all taxes and duties. Statutory deductions at source shall be
made while releasing payment through running/final bills as applicable. A certificate
specifying the rate and amount of deduction shall however be issued by the department.
The entire installation shall be at the risk and responsibility of the contractor until these are
tested and handed over to the department. The watch & ward is the responsibility of the
contractor till handing over.
20. All items of interrelated works considered necessary to make the scope complete and
operative are deemed to be included, shall be provided by the contractor at no extra cost.
21. The connection inter connection, earthing and inter earthing shall be done by the contractor
wherever required as per the CPWD specifications subjecting to approval of Engineer In
Charge and nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
22. Nothing extra shall be paid for inter connections with thimbles/Wires/Tapes strips etc.
used on the work.
23. The contractor shall on demand by the Engineer-in-charge, furnish the proof to the
satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge regarding purchase of Wires, Modular switches &
accessories, MCBs MCBDB fan & fixture and accessories and other items, from the
manufactures authorized outlets.
24. All MS/PVC conduits accessories shall be of the same make as conduits and shall be ISI
marked. The conduits shall be terminated as switch boxes/metallic junction boxes with
suitable glands/check nuts.
25. Cutting of brick walls shall be done with due care. All repairs and patch works shall be
neatly carried out to match the original finish and to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer
in Charge. If the structures are monolithic, the MS (mild steel) conduit shall be casted in the
walls and ceilings as per approved layout drawings and points shall be provided in
accordance of the same.
26. All the sub main and circuits wiring includes loose wire for connections inside switch boxes
and MCB DBs. No payment for these loose wires shall be made.
27. To facilitate drawing of wires, 18 SWG GI fish wire shall be provided along with laying of
recessed conduit for which no extra payment shall be made. Conduits laid for other services,
like Fire alarm system, PA, etc., where wiring is not done along with IEI work, fish wire shall
be invariably drawn.
28. The connection between incoming switch/isolator and bus bar shall be made with suitable
size of thimble and cable at no extra cost.
29. Copper conductor of insulated cables of size 1.5 Sq.mm and above shall be stranded and
terminals provided with crimped lugs.
252
30. All hardware items such as screws, thimbles, GI wire etc. which are essentially required for
completing an item as per specification will be deemed to be included in the item even
when the same have not been specifically mentioned.
31. All hardware items such as nuts/bolts/screws/washers etc. to be used in work shall be
zinc/cadmium plated iron.
32. While laying conduit, suitable size junction boxes shall be provided for pulling the wire as
per the decision of the E-in-C.
33. Materials to be used in work are to be ISI marked. The make of the materials have been
indicated in the list of preferred makes. No other makes will be acceptable without the prior
approval from the competent authority. The materials to be used in the work shall be got
approved by the Engineer in Charge/his representative before its use at site. The E-in-C
shall reserve the right to instruct the contractor to remove the material which, in his
opinion, is not acceptable.
34. All the individual power points 5 Amps and 16 Amps shall have separate circuit wiring with
4.0 sqmm wire subjecting to CPWD specifications.
35. Switches with indicator for geyser point shall be provided outside the toilet & socket inside
the toilet near geyser location both shall be of minimum 25 Amps rating.
36. 1 nos. call bell point shall be provided in all specially-abled toilets.
37. All the meters required for billing purposes shall be provided with RS 485/RS 232/NO
NC/Potential free contact complied with the requirements of MESB. The metering
arrangement shall be suitable for providing Energy Management System in later stages.
38. HT Panel/RMU and HT & LT metering panels shall be as per MESB requirement and from
OEM only.
39. The materials used in the work shall be of make as per List of preferred makes and shall be
approved by E-In-charge before execution.
40. The contractor shall have to work as per the convenience of the concerned Department.
41. The firm should submit the warranty on the name of client against any defect for a period of
5 years from the date of completion of work for LED fittings and products from the
manufacturer/OEM.
42. The buildings shall be provided with LED type aviation obstructing light fixture having a
total lumen output of not less than 3000 lumen with step-up transformer including suitable
mounts, brackets, extension rod, hardware etc. The light shall be installed at the highest
point of the building and point wiring for the same shall be taken care of.
43. In the preferred makes of fitting model No. of one of the preferred makes has been
mentioned for guidance. However, the contractor is free to supply any of the makes with
prior approval, provided the parameters of the fittings match with the fitting model No.
mentioned in NIT. The decision of Engineer-in-charge shall be final in this regard.
44. The design, supply, installation, testing and commissioning of lightning protection of each
building is in the scope of contractor. The design shall be done as per NBC-2016, by
rolling sphere method and CPWD specifications.
45. LED fittings as a whole including driver shall be guaranteed for 5 years. All the LED fittings
shall be suitably engraved/ stickered inside, with for date of handing over.
253
46. The guarantee for LED fittings shall be submitted from the manufacturer in addition to the
guarantee from the contractor. The manufacturer shall give undertaking that in case of
discontinuation of model and non-availability of spares, they have to replace the fittings
with equivalent/ high end model in case of manufacturing defect during the warranty
period of 5 years.
47. The agency shall stand guarantee for at least 5 years of all the LED fittings and
provide certificate from the manufacturer to attend the complaints for repairing /
replacement directly from RBI office of all LED fittings on the basis of complaints of
defective LED fittings.
48. Defect Liability Period: All the installations other than LED fittings shall be guaranteed for
a period of 12 months from the date of completion unless specified separately. LED fittings
shall be guaranteed for at least 5 years. Warranty on BLDC fan shall be minimum of 5
years. Any defective materials and equipment shall be replaced free of cost at the
direction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
49. Before completion of defect liability period of one year, the main contractor has to
submit security deposit (in addition to 2.5%) of 5% of 80% of the price of LED fittings
(based on invoices) for the remaining 4 years warranty period for LED fittings in
acceptable form i.e. FDR/ Bank guarantee, to concerned Executive Engineer & Senior
Manager (E). The Security Deposit deducted from the bills of contractor shall be refunded
to the main contractor only after submission of above security deposit for LED fittings by
main contractor, failing which this LED security deposit shall be deducted from Security
Deposit deducted for total work and balance amount only will be refunded after completion
of defect liability period. The LED Security Deposit will be released after completion of
warranty period of 5 years to the main contractor.
50. Agency shall submit the DIALUX analysis of complete site before the submission of data
sheets of LED fittings.
NOTE:
All the items of internal electrical installations switches, modular plates, LED
fittings shall be provided with 5% of total quantity (i.e., not less than 1 No) as
spares shall be supplied at site as a part of inventory and handing over.
51. The powder coating provided for LT panels/HT panel/ feeder pillars shall be guaranteed for
minimum 5 years from the date of handing over.
52. All materials proposed by the agency shall have valid ROHS compliance, wherever
applicable.
53. All DOL and Star Delta starters must be proposed as per the Type 2 coordination chart as
per the applicable rating and contactors should be of utilization category 3E complied.
Technical specifications
1. Wiring for all E & M services shall be done in MS conduit or done by PVC insulated
armoured FRLS cable based on requirement.
2. Control wiring in all electrical panels shall be done with minimum 2.5 sq mm
FRLS copper conductor cables.
254
3. Wiring for Intercom / Telephone shall be terminated in suitable size of G.I. Junction
box and RJ-11 socket (for analogue phone) & RJ45 socket (for IP phone). All the other
end of wiring shall be terminated in krone box at each floor and in the EPABX room.
The wiring shall be suitably tagged/marked mentioning the location of each point.
Wiring for both analogue & IP phone shall be done with cat-6A armoured UTP 4 pair
cable.
4. All switches, sockets, Telephone socket, Data sockets, stepped type electronic fan
regulators, bell push and accessories along with matching mounting boxes shall be
of modular type and same shall be of one make.
5. There shall be separate shafts for Electrical works, LV (CCTV, LAN, TV, Telephone, Fire
alarm, PA etc), Chilled water shaft in AHUs, Firefighting works etc.
6. Required illumination level for general lighting shall be achieved as per CPWD
General specification for Electrical part-I -2013/NBC-2016/IS guidelines. Wherever
range of illumination for space is mentioned, higher side of Lux level shall be taken for
design purpose and decision of Engineer-in-Charge is final in that regard
7. Lighting inside the building shall be arranged in such a way that the required average
illumination level is available in each of the areas as given in the relevant sections of
National Building Code – 2016 (NBC)
8. For all the works mentioned in the chapter, the Agency shall also follow the provisions
as per NBC 2016 and provisions which are more stringent shall be followed for Design
consideration.
9. The minimum scale of amenities/inventory (electrical) to be provided in each of the
buildings shall be as given below. These are only indicative, minimum and not
exhaustive. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to provide the required number of
fixtures, fittings and equipment to cater to the intended requirement of a particular
building and as per direction of Engineer-in-charge (E-in-C).
10. Agency shall interconnect all the vertical shafts at each floor slab using 32 mm dia MS
conduit.
11. Each Call bell Push button shall be provided with indicator.
LED Luminaire Specifications
S.No Criteria Specification

1 Luminaries configuration / As per the description mentioned in BOQ
technical requirement
2 Housing / body of fitting CRCA/ Extruded Aluminium/ Pressure Die cast
Aluminium
3 Cover / Diffuser Poly carbonate/ Acrylic UV protected/ PMMA for
indoor and Toughened glass / PMMA for outdoor.
4 Finish Aesthetically designed housing with corrosion
resistant powder coating.
5 Protection (Minimum) IP 20 for indoor & IP 65 for outdoor
255
6 Operating Voltage 150V to 270V universal electronic driver with

internal surge protection.
7 Frequency 50 Hz
8 Fixture Ambient + 40 deg. centigrade
9 Operating temperature Range 0 to +55 deg. centigrade
10 Power factor >0.9
11 Optical assembly Array of medium power LEDs/ COB
12 Luminous flux As per BOQ
13 Efficacy of luminaire (including >120 lumen per watt

power loss)
14 Efficacy of LED >150 lumen per watt
15 Co-related colour Temperature 4000 deg. Kelvin to 6500 deg. Kelvin
16 C.R.I. > 90%

17 Heat dissipation/ Heat sink Well designed thermal management system with
aluminium heat sink.
18 LED drive current Not more than 750 mA
19 Driver efficiency > 85%

20 Make of LED CREE/ Philips Lumileds/ Osram/ NICHIA
21 Surge protection Drive >2.5 KV
22 Certificates to be submitted LM 79 and LM 80

256
SUB-HEAD 2 : Wet riser and Sprinkler System.

1. The work shall be carried out as per CPWD General Specifications for Electrical
Works, Part-I Internal (2013), Part-II (External-1994), Part-V (Wet Riser &
Sprinkler System-2006). In case of any deviation between these additional
conditions and specifications and the provisions contained in CPWD General
Specifications, these additional specifications shall have precedence. Nothing
extra shall be paid for complying with these additional specifications which are
mandatory.
2. All materials used in the work as far as applicable shall comply with the relevant
Indian Standard specifications with all its up-to-date amendments. These
materials having ISI mark shall have precedence over the ones conforming to ISI
specifications. Details of applicable standard are given in APPENDIX-E of CPWD
General Specification for Electrical Works PART-V ( Wet Riser & Sprinkler
System-2006).
3. The contractor shall make his own arrangement for storage and watch and ward
of materials whether the same brought by him or supplied by the department. He
shall remain responsible for watch and ward of installation and other fittings till
these are commissioned and handed over to the department.
4. All metallic parts carrying current must be properly bonded to the earth. Earthing
lugs shall be provided to all copper earth wires and shall be fixed whenever
required by means of anodised bolts and nuts.
5. Any damage made to wall ceiling etc. of the building made by the contractor shall
have to be made good up to the original finish as per requirement within the
tendered amount. Nothing extra will be paid on this account.
6. The detailed working drawing shall be prepared by the contractor approved from
Engineer-in-charge.
7. The fabrication drawing shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge

before start of work.
8. All the items to be used in the work should be new and of good quality and will be
got approved from the Engineer-in-Charge before usage in work. The sample of
the item shall have to be submitted in advance for this purpose.
9. The contractor shall make his own arrangement for the safety of his workman.
Department shall not be responsible in case of any accident taking place during
the work.
257
10. The entire installation shall be in accordance with the requirements and
stipulations of the National Building Code, Provincial Fire NOC (Annexure-1) &
CPWD specifications.
11. Contractor has to make his own arrangement for power supply for execution of
work i/c welding works and testing of the fire fighting system. However the
power supply will be provided by the department for final testing of equipments.
12. Associate specialized agency shall be engaged for execution of minor component.
(fire fighting and wet riser Works)
13. All DOL and Star Delta starters must be proposed as per the Type 2 coordination
chart as per the applicable rating and contactors should be of utilization category
3E complied.
14. Acquiring of fire NOC from CFO/State Fire Department/ Local Body shall be
included in the scope of contractor. All activities like liaising, follow up,
getting the NOC after incorporating all corrections etc. with concerned
officials shall be included in quoted rates.
NOTE:
1. The work shall be executed as per the provisions given in NBC- 2016 & local
byelaws whichever is stringent.
2. The selection, installation and maintenance of Fire extinguishers shall be as per IS
2169:2010 up to the recent revisions/amendments if any. fire sand buckets shall
also be provided as per NBC 2016.
3. The Fire-extinguisher for substation shall be of ABC and CO2 type of required
capacity shall be provided with MS powder coated trolley.
4. K type fire extinguishers shall be provided in all the canteen and kitchen areas.
258
Sl. No. Fire extinguisher Specifications

2 Kg / 4 KG/ 6 KG Clean Agent FK5-1-12 (UL Listed) with
Zero Ozone Depletion Potential , EPA & SNAP
Valve : The valve DLP is nickel plated brass, equipped with
Power type 2KG / 4 KG a pressure gauge to monitor the system pressure,
1
/6 KG with a ball valve interfacing the tubing and the
cylinder,.
Referenced standard are EN 3-6 and EN ISO 10297
Specifications of Gas suppression system
Tube for automatic fire detection and suppression

system made by special modified Polyamide (PA),
Color Red RAL300, High grade quality, thickness 2 mm
1 Detection tube
suitable for Pressurisation with dry Nitrogen at 16 bar
pressure burst at approx. 100°C to 110°C, UL approved as
per UL 521 STANDARD
End of Line adapter shall be provided with Pressure gauge
for Automatic fire suppression tube used for fitting at
2 End of Line adapter
the end of the tube for pressurizing and repressurizing the
tube includes check Valve
Pressure Switch to monitor Pressure drop in the
3 Pressure Switch tube, switch point 5 Bars. Switch Type SPST,
Normally Open, Electric Rating : 120/240 VAC
259
SUB-HEAD – 3 Addressable Fire Alarm System

ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR AUTOMATIC FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
The work shall be executed as per CPWD General Specifications for Electrical Works Part
– I (Internal) 2013, Part – II (External) 1994, EN-54 or NFPA-72 or BS 5839-
6:2019+A1:2020 for domestic buildings and BS 5839-1:2017 for non-domestic premises
as amended up to date relevant I.E. Rules. BIS / IEC and NBC and as per directions of
Engineer-in-Charge. These additional specifications are to be read in conjunction with
above and in case of variations; specifications given in these Additional conditions shall
apply. However, nothing extra shall be paid on account of these additional specifications
& conditions as the same are to be read along with schedule of quantities for the work.
1. SCOPE OF WORK
1.1 These specifications shall cover the Supply, Erection, Testing, and
Commissioning of Intelligent Addressable Fire Alarm System.
1.2 Complete set of architectural and other Services drawings showing the general
character of Building construction and drawings showing the areas to be covered
by the Fire Alarm System with location of detectors and other components will
be submitted by Agency for the approval of the same.
1.3 The drawings indicate only the general scheme of requirement and the extent of
work covered in this contract. The equipment and their associated works such as
Cabling, etc. may be re-arranged in the space allotted subject to the approval of
Engineer-in-charge. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure that his work is
coordinated with the work of other agencies/client.
2. SCHEDULE OF REQUIREMENTS
2.1 Tenderers are advised that the location of detectors and other accessories etc. as
given in these drawings and specifications are indicative and for tenderers
guidance.
2.2 It is the intent of these specifications to define a state-of-art Fire Alarm System
integrated with PA system, repeater panel, BMS compatibility (using RS485, BAC
net card, MODBUS) inclusive of media/port convertors as required, which is user
friendly, modular, flexible, and expandable. The system is to be designed,
installed, customized, tested, commissioned, and supported by a local office or
agent of the manufacturer by Engineers skilled in providing functional and
efficient solutions to the needs of the Engineer in charge. For easy maintenance
of the system makes of all the components shall be preferably same.
2.3 The contractor or the manufacturer of major components shall have an in-place
support facility in Mumbai equipped with Competent Support Staff, Spare Parts
Inventory and all the necessary Test and Diagnostic Equipment to provide
support within 24 hours of any breakdowns.
260
2.4 The entire installation shall be in accordance with the requirements and
stipulations of the National Building Code, Provincial Fire NOC (Annexure-1) &
CPWD specifications. The drawing proposed by the contractor shall be as per the
requirements of NBC 2016 & CPWD specifications, even if the drawings are
approved by Engineer in charge it will be subjected to comments in provincial
Fire NOC.
2.5 All system components and sub-systems are to be fault tolerant and provide
satisfactory operation without damage at +/- 10% of the rated voltage and at +/-
3 Hz variation in line frequency.
2.6 Acquiring of fire NOC from CFO/State Fire Department/ Local Body shall be
included in the scope of contractor. All activities like Liaising, follow up etc.
with concerned officials shall be included in quoted rates.
3. TECHNICAL DATA
3.1 The Tenderer shall submit comprehensive technical information for all the
equipment and material.
3.2 Technical catalogues and performance Tables/ Curves of all equipment and
machines must be submitted with the offer.
3.2.1 Information given by the tenderer under chapter "SCHEDULE OF TECHNICAL

DATA" is meant for general information only. In case of discrepancies between
tender specifications and details given by the tenderer under chapter
"SCHEDULE OF TECHNICAL DATA", the decision of Engineer-in-charge will be
final and binding on Contractor unless departures are indicated by the Tenderer
under "SCHEUDLE OF DEPARTURE FROM SPECIFICATION” as mentioned here-
in-after.
4. PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE AND TESTING
4.1 The Contractor shall execute the work on the basis of indicative designs hereby
given and accepted by Him with or without modifications or new designs
submitted by him at the tender stage and accepted by Engineer in charge, as the
case may be. All Variations, i.e. additions, omissions or substitutions necessitated
at any time for any reason whatsoever, shall be deemed to have been accepted by
the Contractor as not vitiating the performance based nature of this contract. If
any such variations, irrespective of whether such variations are intended to be
executed by other agencies employed by the Engineer-in-charge, have any bearing
on the performance of this Contract, the same shall immediately be brought to the
notice of Engineer-in-charge by the Contractor in writing. In any case the
261
Contractor shall have to guarantee for due and proper performance of the works
agreed to be so erected.
4.2 The Fire Detection installation shall be designed and guaranteed to perform as
indicted in other parts of these specifications and drawings read in conjunction
with statutory requirements.
4.3 All equipment shall be tested at manufacturer's Works as per latest relevant
specifications or in the absence of specification approved testing methods shall
be followed and Test Certificates/Reports submitted to the Engineer-in-charge.
4.4 In addition to the above, all equipment and systems shall be tested after
installation as required by Various statutory authorities, certifying agencies and as
required by various sections of these specifications.
4.5 The Contractor shall take full responsibility for proper operation of the entire
system including debugging and proper calibration of each component and sub-
system.
4.6 The Contractor shall leave necessary provisions required for fixing instruments,
gauges, meters, etc. for testing the installation even if these are not shown on the
drawings. All such instruments, services etc. needed for the tests shall be arranged
by the Contractor at his own cost.
4.7 It is the sole responsibility of Contractor to obtain all the necessary approvals
from the statutory authorities, either prior to, during or after installation as
required. All tests specified herein-after and witnessed/ approved by Engineer-in-
charge, may be deemed to be invalid at the option of Engineer-in-charge, if the
requisite, final and unconditional approvals from the concerned statutory
authorities are not obtained by the Contractor.
4.8 The Contractor shall intimate in writing to Engineer-in-charge as and when

individual components of the installation are ready for tests required for further
progress of erection. All such tests shall be carried out as per these specifications
and/ or as directed by Engineer-in-charge and recorded in the presence of
Engineer-in-charge or his authorized representatives.
4.9 On completion of erection, the contractor shall thoroughly clean all the equipment,
inspect and check the entire installation for correctness and completeness and
furnish a detailed report on all components of the installation to Engineer-in-
charge.
4.10 The Contractor shall intimate in writing to Engineer-in-charge, the proposed date
of initial start-up.
262
4.11 The Contractor shall, on approval of Engineer-in-charge, proceed with necessary

pre-commissioning activities and tests and put the installation initial operation
and start-up during which preliminary adjustments and addressing shall be
carried out.
4.12 Based on preliminary observations during the initial operation described above,
necessary modifications/repairs/ replacements/ etc. if any shall be carried out by
the Contractor to the entire satisfaction of Engineering- charge. On successful
completion of initial operation, the Contractor shall proceed with trial runs.
4.13 Notwithstanding approval of tests or equipment or materials by Engineer-in-

charge etc., up to the tests in static state as described here-in above, the Contractor
shall be required to perform site tests to prove correctness of ratings and
performance of equipment and materials supplied and installed by him, in normal
operating condition.
4.14 All equipment shall be capable of performing the duties specified in these
specifications without damage, distortion or failure of any component.
4.15 The performance of various equipment individually shall not be less than quoted
ratings and consumption of power shall not exceed the ratings quoted by the
tendered, when tested in normal operating condition. Otherwise the equipment /
material are liable for rejection.
4.16 All test instruments shall be calibrated for accuracy prior to taking the
performance tests.
4.17 Failing satisfactory performance of equipment and/ or overall installation after

rectification etc. as stated above, the Engineer– in-Charge, at his sole discretion,
reserves the option of charging liquidated damages for such non-performance
or demand supply and installation of new installation all at no extra cost to
Engineer-in-Charge or demand for full refund of all "On Account" made to the
Contractor for that part of the work which has failed to perform, and the
Contractor shall be obliged to do so as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
5. CODES & STANDARDS
5.1 BS 5839-6:2019+A1:2020 for domestic buildings and BS 5839-1:2017 for non-

domestic premises as amended up to date relevant I.E. Rules. BIS / IEC and NBC
5.2 In general the system and all major components shall have EN/UL or VDS
Approval as mentioned against respective items in the BOQ.
263
6. INSTALLATION:
6.1 Installation shall be in accordance with the local and state codes, as shown on the
drawings, and as recommended by the equipment manufacturer.
6.2 All fire detection and alarm system devices, control panels and remote
annunciators shall be flush mounted or surface mounted as per instructions of the
Engineer-in-charge.
6.3 Manual call boxes shall be suitable for surface mounting or semi-flush mounting
and shall be installed at a height of not less than 1,000 mm, or more than 1200 mm
above the finished floor level.
6.4 At the final inspection, a factory-trained representative of the manufacturer of the

major equipment shall demonstrate that the system functions properly in every
respect.
7 DEMONSTRATION:
7.1 The Contractor shall completely check out, calibrate and test all connected
hardware and software to ensure that the system performs in accordance with the
approved specifications and sequences of operations submitted.
7.2 This demonstration shall consist of the following:
a) Display and demonstrate each type of data entry to show site specific
customizing capability.
b) Demonstrate parameter changes.
c) Demonstrate scan, update and alarm responsiveness.
8 MANUALS
The following manuals shall be provided at the time of Handing over:
8.1 An Operator’s Manual shall contain graphic explanations of keyboard use for all operator
functions specified under Operator Training.
8.2 Computerized printouts of all data file layouts including all point processing programming
details, flowcharts, etc.
8.3 On completion of works "As Built" drawings for completed installation shall be prepared
by the Contractor and 5 (Five) copies of the same will be supplied to the Engineer-in-
Charge. In addition, 5 (Five) sets of all Operation Manuals, Technical Literature for the
various components of equipment, Controls and Accessories installed, Recommended
Spares and Services Manuals will be supplied by the Contractor to the Engineer-in-charge.
264
9 TRAINING & HANDING OVER

9.1 All training by the Contractor shall utilize manuals and as-built documentation and the
on-line help utility.
9.2 Operator training shall include:
a) Sequence of Operation review
b) Sign ON - Sign OFF
c) Selection of all displays and reports
d) Commanding of points, keyboard
e) System initialization
f) Trouble shooting of sensors (determining bad sensors)
g) Password modification
9.3 Supervisor training shall include:

a) Password assignment/modification
b) Operator assignment/modification
c) Operator authority assignment/modification
d) Point disable/enable
e) Terminal and data segregation/modification.
10 GUARANTEE
10.1 The contractor shall guarantee the entire Intelligent Addressable Fire Alarm system
installation as per specifications both for components and for system as a whole. All
equipment shall be guaranteed for One year from the date of handing over to the
Department against unsatisfactory performance or breakdown due to defective design,
manufacture and/or installation. The installation shall be covered by the conditions that
the whole installation or any part thereof found defective within one years from the date
of completion shall be replaced or repaired by the contractor free of charge as decided by
the Engineer-in-Charge.
10.2 The guarantee shall cover the following: -
a) Quality, strength and performance of materials used.
b) Safe mechanical and electrical stress on all parts under all specified conditions of
Operation.
c) Satisfactory operation during the guarantee period.
d) Performance figures and other particulars as specified by the tenderer.
10.3 Labour to trouble shoot, repair, reprogram or replace system components shall be
furnished by the contractor at no charge to the Engineer-in-charge during the guarantee
period.
10.4 All corrective software modifications made during guarantee period shall be updated on
all user documentation.
11. MISCELLANEOUS:
265
11.1 The onus of incorporating the statutory requirements as per local rules and obtaining
necessary approval for the fire alarm systems shall rest fully with the Contractor.
11.2 The installation shall be carried out using new Equipment/ Materials complying with
applicable standards in a workmanship like manner. Engineer-in-charge reserves the
right to reject any part of installation having poor workmanship.
12. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
12.1 SCOPE OF WORK AND INCLUSIONS
The work shall comprise entire labour including supervision and all materials necessary
to make a complete installation to the entire satisfaction of the department. The term
complete installation shall mean, not only major items of equipment covered by these
specifications, but also incidental sundry components necessary for complete execution
and satisfactory performance of the installation, with all labour charges, whether or not
these have been mentioned in detail in the schedule of quantity. The work shall include
data entry, programming, start-up test and demonstration, training of personnel for
maintenance and operation, submission of construction and installation drawings and
wiring diagrams, as built documents and system guarantee.
12.1.1 The Contractor’s scope of work will include all items of work as per these
specifications, drawings, terms and conditions of contract etc. and briefly described
in schedule of quantities.
This shall include, but not be restricted to the following:-
a) Intelligent Addressable Smoke Detectors

b) Intelligent Addressable Thermal Detectors
c) Intelligent Addressable Optical /Thermal type Multi-sensor Detectors
d) Addressable Manual Call Points ( Resetting Type )
e) Microprocessor Based Modular Intelligent Addressable Main Fire Alarm Control Panel
for connecting and monitoring the Fire Detectors and other devices along with necessary
software for programming and configuring the system.
f) Low /High Intensity Hooters activated from the Panel.
g) Providing suitable compatibility in the Main Fire Alarm Control Panel for the Public
Address System, audio Amplifiers, speakers & required wiring.
h) All other works associated with above items as per specifications, drawings and
conditions of contract and the Mumbai Fire Brigade requirements except those
specifically excluded in Schedule of Quantities.
12.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF INTELLIGENT FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
12.2.1 The detectors shall be Addressable Intelligent optical/ Thermal / multi sensor
type as specified in the BOQ.
12.2.2 The number of detectors and location shall confirm to relevant standards.
Addressable intelligent multi-sensor(optical cum thermal) detectors shall be used
266
in the general areas / lobby. Addressable intelligent heat detectors in electrical

shafts. The detectors shall give the visual and audible alarm at the control Panel.
12.2.3 Addressable Control Modules shall be provided in suitable location for the
purpose of shutting off Fire Dampers/ AC indoor units on detection of smoke within
its zone and for switching-on exhaust / ventilation fans in the event of fire. The
design shall be done considering maximum 20 devices.
12.2.4 Monitoring modules shall be provided to monitor and address contact-type input
devices like flow switch.
12.2.5 The fire alarm panel shall operate on 240V+ 10% 50Hz. The FAS shall also be
provided with a dedicated stand by power supply system (battery and charger)
capable of maintaining the system for a period of not less than 24 hours after failure
of ac power supply after which sufficient battery shall remain to provide full load
operation for at least 30 minutes in line with IS 2189. Components like speaker,
hooter, strobe etc. shall be backed with the power supply given to the FACP.
12.2.6 The system should be able to detect any type of smoke, fire and heat in the
respective site area.
12.3 DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE SYSTEM COMPONENTS:
BASIS OF DESIGN: The Fire Alarm System shall have the following features Fire
Alarm System designed for this Building is “2-Wire Analog Addressable” type.
The communication between detectors and the FACP is by means of digital

communication over 2-wire, which further provides power to the detectors,
devices & Sounders. There shall be A/D and D/A conversion happening inside the
detectors and FACP.
All the detectors shall be incorporated with microprocessors and shall be

provided with Analog to Digital Converter (ADC), which enables the detector to
provide linear output corresponding to the quantity of smoke or fire, the detector
encounter.
All types of detectors offered will be of restorable type i.e. suitable for operating
afresh after each actuation on alarm without replacement or adjustment.
The sensitivity of each sensor shall be individually adjusted from the FACP to suit
the conditions of each location. Each detector shall have self-test facility, which is
monitored in the FACP. Each detector shall have drift compensation.
The FACP shall also check each sensor for contamination of dust/dirt and give
signal for “Service” in case of accumulation of dust/dirt reaches a pre-set limit.
267
The fire alarm system shall work without any problem both in networked mode
and in standalone mode.
The electronic circuit shall be of solid state and of failsafe design and virtually
hermetically sealed to have resistance to humidity and corrosion and to prevent
its operation from being impaired by dust and dirt.
The circuit shall be protected against usual electrical transients, electromagnetic

and electrostatic interference (EMI & RFI) present in the building.
12.3.1 An Intelligent Modular/ Expandable Fire Alarm System (IFAS) shall be provided to
effect total control over the life safety services required in the building.
12.3.2 The addressable and intelligent system shall be such that smoke sensors, thermal
sensors, manual call points, etc., can be identified with point address.
12.3.3 The FAS shall be able to recognize normal and alarm conditions, below normal
sensor values that reveal trouble condition, and above normal values that
indicate either an alarm condition or the need of maintenance.
12.3.4 Read-out or address an actual detector location. The operator shall also be able to
adjust alarm and alarm thresholds and other parameters for the smoke sensors.
12.3.5 Provide a maintenance/pre-alert/fault alarm capability at smoke sensors to

prevent the detectors from indicating a false alarm due to dust, dirt etc.
12.3.6 Provide alarm verification of individual smoke sensors. Systems that perform
alarm verification on a zone basis shall not be acceptable. Alarm verification shall
be printable on the printer to enhance system maintenance and identify possible
problem areas.
12.3.7 Provide local alpha-numeric point address of device and current condition of the
point.
12.3.8 Each detector shall use state-of-the-art Microprocessor Circuitry with error,
detector self-diagnostics and supervision programs.
12.3.9 Provide outputs that are addressable, i.e. outputs shall have point address. The
operator shall be able to command such points manually or assign the points to
Logical Point Groups (Software Zones) for pre-programmed operation.
12.3.10 In the event of a fire alarm, but not in a fault condition, the following action shall
be performed automatically.
a. The System Alarm LED on the main fire alarm control panel shall flash.
b. A local sounder shall be sounded.
268
c. The LCD display on the main fire alarm control panel shall indicate all
information associated with Fire Alarm condition including the type of alarm
point and its location within the premises.
d. History storage equipment shall log the information associated with the Fire
Alarm Control Panel condition, along with the time and date of occurrence.
e. All system output programs assigned via control-by-event programs that are
to be activated by a particular point in alarm shall be executed, and the
associated system outputs (alarm notification appliances and/or relays) shall
be activated.
12.4 FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL (FACP)
The Fire Alarm control panel shall have the following features: -
FACP shall have its own microprocessor, software and memory. The FACP shall
have a processor which shall be of at-least 32 bit, which shall be designed to
accept all the inputs and process the outputs within the time stipulated by the
standards.
In case of a Loop Card Failure, the FACP shall allow to replace the Loop card
without switching off the panel and reprogramming.
Each loop shall accommodate maximum 254 detectors and devices in any
combination with a loop length capable up to 1.5 kms with 2C x 1.5 sq mm cable.
Each FACP shall have inbuilt minimum 8 Inch LCD/LED colour touch screen
(320*240 pixels) to clearly indicate the location of fire, type of device activated
other indications like service requirement of a component, etc.
All the fire alarm modules (loop cards, networking cards, and communication card.
Etc.) should be hot pluggable and hot swappable to facilitate easy replacement of
faulty modules. All the electronic components shall be compatible to non-air-
conditioned environment for working satisfactorily.
12.4.1 The panel should be modular microprocessor based in nature and shall be of
loops as per BOQ.
12.4.2 FACP shall supervise detection circuits and shall generate an alarm in case of
abnormal conditions.
12.4.3 FACP shall provide general purpose inputs for monitoring such functions as low
battery or
AC power failure. FACP shall provide tamper protection and commendable
outputs, which can operate relays or logic level devices.
12.4.4 Smoke/ Heat detectors shall be powered using the FACP-based smoke/Heat
detection circuits. FACPs Shall provide for resetting smoke/heat detectors, fault-
isolation and sensor loop operation. It shall be possible to mix different fire
devices within the same FACP to optimize field wiring.
269
12.4.5 It shall be possible for the panel to have a loop length with different modules
offering 1500 mtr. Loop length of devices from the panel
12.4.6 FACPs shall provide monitoring and control of one floor or area or for multiple
floors or areas.
12.4.7 FACPs shall meet the following requirements to assure the integrity and reliability
of thE system :
The FACP shall be UL/FM /VdS listed independently as a fire alarm control panel.
a. The FACP should have integrated power distribution module and fixed cabling done
internally to guarantee a clear and tidy cable feed.
b. The panel should have a minimum 80 character display with white background lighting
and keypad. The display should enable a flexible design of the operating menu with
variable keys and message windows.
c. FACP should have menu Based operation.
d. All materials and components used in the panel are specified as per UL / VDS/FM or
higher.
e. The panel should have a 230V AC power supply unit in plug-in design with rack and panel
connector and a 24VDC/6A output power supply. The module should be protected against
overvoltage and reverse polarity. The output voltage is monitored and regulated
externally.
f. LED display at the FACP shall be provided to indicate point in alarm or trouble. In such
systems, means for manually scanning the points in trouble shall be provided and a
trouble and alarm LED shall be used to indicate that there are points in alarm/trouble.
The alarm/trouble LED shall only extinguish when all alarm/troubles are cleared from the
loop.
g. It shall be possible to command test, reset and alarm silence from the FACP. FACP should
have freely configurable detector zone displays.
12.4.8 FACP switches shall allow authorized personnel to accomplish the following:
a) Acknowledge a general alarm condition.
b) Silence the local audible alarm.
c) It shall be possible to Silence the alarm indicating devices (hooters).
d) Reset all zones (Logical Point Group) / points, after all initiating devices have
returned to normal.
e) Perform a complete operational test of the memory with a visual indication.
f) Test all panel LEDs for proper operation without causing a change in the
condition of any zone (Logical Point Group)
g) Walk Test
12.4.9 The FACP shall have Drift Compensation facility to compensate for environment.
12.4.10 FACP shall be backed up with its built-in UPS power.
270
12.4.11 FACP shall be provided with following features:

• System Status Reports
• Printer Interface System Point Report
12.4.12 The display on FACP shall provide indication for AC Power, System Alarm, System
Trouble/Security Alarm, Display Trouble and Signal Silence. This would mean that in the
event of change of any logic, detector /zone sequence alteration, the operator can initiate
these by use of the LCD touch pad & alpha-numeric keys on the FACP panel to
reconfigure the above parameters.
12.4.13 Power supply unit of FACP shall have following characters:

• The main power supply shall be 230 VAC±10%, 50 Hz±3% and shall in turn
provide all necessary power of the FACP.
• It shall provide a separate battery control module with charger.
• For ease of service, all wiring terminal blocks shall be plug-in type.
12.5 DETECTORS & ADDRESSABLE DEVICES
12.5.1 General features common to all detectors:

a) Built-in-response indicator: Each detector shall incorporate indicator “LED” at the
detector which shall blink in normal condition and glow steady on actuation of the
detector to locate the detector which is operated while on fire. The detector shall
not be affected by the failure of the response indicator lamp. The Led should be
visible from a 360 deg view.
b) Maintenance: All detectors shall be fitted either with plug-in system or bayonet
type connections only, from the maintenance and compatibility point of view.
c) Construction: The components of the detectors must not be damaged by static

over voltage.
12.5.2 Addressable Optical/Thermal Smoke Detectors

a) Smoke detectors shall be addressable devices, and shall connect with two wires to
one of the Fire Alarm Control Panel loops. The detectors shall be ceiling mounted
type.
b) The area covered by each smoke/heat detector shall be as per BS 5839-
6:2019+A1:2020 for domestic buildings and BS 5839-1:2017 for non-domestic
premises as amended up to date.
12.5.3 Addressable Thermal Detectors

a) Thermal detectors shall be intelligent and addressable devices, and shall connect
with two wires to one of the Fire Alarm Control Panel loops.
271
b) The detectors shall use an electronic detector to measure thermal conditions

caused by a fire and shall, on command from the control panel, send data to the
panel.
12.5.4 Addressable Manual Stations

a) Addressable manual stations shall be provided to connect to the Fire Alarm
Control Panel loops.
b) The manual stations shall on command from the Control Panel send data to the
panel representing the state of the manual station.
c) Stations shall be suitable for surface mounting or semi flush mounting.
12.5.5 Addressable Monitor Modules shall have the following features:

a) Programming of the input normal state "open" or "closed" independently
selectable for each input
b) Pulse contact monitoring for detection of high resistance contacts
c) Monitoring of contacts for "open" and "closed" states on lines
d) For flush/ surface mounting in standard electrical boxes
e) Addressing of interface either automatically or via code switch
(allowing unique assignment of Installation location to address)
12.5.6 Addressable Control Module shall have the following features:

a) Output should be electrically isolated from loop
b) Switching of currents and voltages up to Max of 6 A/30 V DC or 10 A at 120 V AC/
230V AC/ 24V DC
c) owner supply to interface via two-wire line (line supply)
d) Addressing of interface either automatically or via code switch (allowing unique
assignment of Installation location to address)
12.5.7 Addressable Sounder shall have the following features :

a) The Electronic Hooters shall be compatible with the Fire detection and alarm
panel offered.
b) It shall be roof mounted or wall mount type.
c) It shall be microprocessor based intelligent, addressable type.
d) It shall work at the same operating voltage of detectors.
e) It shall generate audio alarm on command from the fire detection and alarm panel.
f) It shall be able to carry out self-diagnosis and automatic device mapping.
g) It shall be able to withstand ambient temperature upto 50 deg.C.
h) It should be able to generate at least 3 different type of tones
12.5.8 Response Indicators

Remote Response Indicator shall be installed outside the areas normally kept
closed to identify the detectors response even if the room is locked. These
272
indicators shall be able to indicate the status of the corresponding detectors in

these areas.
12.5.9 Repeater Panel

The Microprocessor Based Fire Alarm Repeater Panel shall have the following
features.
a) It shall display events as in the main panel.
b) It shall have features for acknowledgement, silence, reset of alarm/trouble.
c) Navigational keys shall be available for scrolling and selecting required menu.
d) It shall have system status LEDs.
e) The repeater panel shall function by drawing its required power from the Main
Fire alarm control panel or it shall have its own separate power supply unit with
battery back-up.
12.5.10 PUBLIC ADDRESS CUM EMERGENCY VOICE EVACUATION SYSTEM

a) The PA controller capable of adding 12 zones in the system with full DSP
functionality. 8 audio inputs, 4 audio outputs, 4 channel output. Built in message
manager for minimum 50 emergency/business calls up to 80 minutes, with
Impedance measurement and Pilot Tone supervision for speaker line monitoring. .
Frequency response (ref. 1 kHz) 20 Hz to 20 kHz (-0.5 dB), Signal-to-noise ratio
(A weighted): Line in to line out: 102 dB typical, THD+N < 0.08%, Crosstalk (line
level) Line in to line out (0 dB gain): < 90 dB at 1 kHz, Sample rate 48 kHz, 48-bit
processing.
b) 2 x 500W (or 4 x 250W) Class D, high efficiency amplifier. 70/100V loudspeaker

output voltages, galvanically separated, 4 automatic selectable audio inputs on
RJ45, local input. THD ≤1%. Frequency response, ref. 1 kHz, rated load, -3 dB : 50
Hz to 25 kHz. Signal-to-noise ratio (A-weighted) > 104 dB, Output noise (A-
weighted) < -62 dB, Crosstalk, ref. 1 kHz < -85 dB. Audio input level limiter, RMS
output power limiter, high temperature, DC, short circuit, mains under voltage
protection, DC supply under voltage protection, inrush current limiter, ground fault.
c) Call Station should be with minimum 7-inch Multilanguage LCD display, gooseneck
microphone with supervised electrets microphone, pop shield and permanent monitoring,
integrated loudspeaker for system sounds. Five menu/function keys, 15 customizable
function and speed dial buttons. Possible to use keys (push buttons) for Zone select,
source select, level control, emergency on/off, message on/off, failure acknowledge/reset,
Switching output trigger on/off or 0 to 10V, select scheduled events, scheduled event
on/off. Call Station is completely supervised by system controller. Call station should
have provision of programming it as a Numeric Keypad.
12.5.11 FACP Software

A brief description of the Software is given below.
a) It shall display the alarm status of the detectors, manual call points
b) It shall check, display and log the health of different components in the system.
273
c) It shall be able to generate and print alarm status reports, fault status reports.
d) It shall have facility for alarm acknowledgement, reset and test functions.
e) It shall facilitate the programming of the fire detection and alarm panel and other
components.
f) It shall be possible to program and display different messages of normal, fault and
alarm conditions.
g) A back up pen drive with the FACP software and all the data in the system as per
final configuration/programming of the FACP panel and all system components
shall be provided to the department at the time of handing over.
12.6 Installation
• Installation shall be in accordance with the EN-54 / NFPA-72/ BS 5839-
6:2019+A1:2020 for domestic buildings and BS 5839-1:2017 for non-domestic
premises as amended up to date and IS guidelines, local and state codes, and as
recommended by the major equipment manufacturer.
• All fire detection and alarm system devices, control panels and remote
annunciators shall be flush mounted or surface mounted as per direction given by
E-in-C.
• Manual fire alarm boxes shall be suitable for surface mounting or semi-flush
mounting.
• Commissioning Procedure shall be carried out in a methodical sequence as follows
Start-up, Configuration, Operability adjustment, Stable operation, Final adjustment
• The Contractor shall finalize captured FDAS data to be recorded and the manner in
which the data is to be taken in association with CPWD.
12.7 Training
a) Training shall be provided as required for operating the system. Hands-on
demonstrations of the operation of all system components and the entire system
including program changes and functions shall be provided.
b) The contractor and/or the systems manufacturer's representatives shall provide

a typewritten "Sequence of Operation."
274
13.0 LIST OF APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS

13.1 The equipment and materials to be used in the execution of this contract shall be
selected from the list of preferred makes unless otherwise specifically agreed by
Engineer-in-charge.
13.2 The successful contractor shall prepare a list of equipment and materials selected
from the approved list, proposed to be used by him for execution of the contract.
Before placing orders on suppliers or delivering the equipment and materials to
site, the Contractor shall obtain approval from Engineer-in-charge, whose
decision shall be final and binding on the Contractor.
13.3 Any equipment of material not specified under here but required for execution of
the work shall be as per Technical Specification, of best quality, preferably with
ISI approval and from a reputed manufacturer for which the prior approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge is required.
14.0 Associate specialized agency shall be engaged for execution of minor

component.
(Addressable fire alarm system & Public Address System Works)
275
Annexure –I
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
SUB HEAD- 5- STP

Section 1- SYSTEM DESIGN DATA AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1 GENERAL
The Main Scope of work to be carried out under this contract shall comprise
design, engineering, supply, construction, fabrication, installation, testing and
commissioning of 660 KLD STP Sewage treatment plant based on Moving Bed Bio-
reactor Technology (MBBR) for RBI Campus at Kharghar
2 SCOPE OF WORK FOR THIS CONTRACT

2.1 The scope shall include providing labour, supervision, permanent material and
equipment, consumable materials, construction equipment, tools, temporary
facilities ware housing, insurance, taxes and duties, inspection & testing, and all
other things necessary to complete the works in accordance with Contract
Document for Construction of Sewage Treatment Plant (STP).
2.2 The Scope of work includes all other ancillary services required to obtain
approvals from concerned authorities if any required for the job. The system
installed at the site shall be capable of producing the treated water used for
gardening as per output water quality required norms. The detailed scope of work
is as follows.
i. Supply, design, Testing, Erection, Pre-Commissioning & commissioning of all
STP equipment.
ii. Submission of process design, design calculations, Process flow diagram,
Process & Instrumentation diagram, Plant layout & hydraulic flow
diagram
iii. Preparation & submission of detailed technical specifications for civil,
mechanical & electrical works, necessary drawings, backup calculations
iv. Mobilization of all equipment and machineries
v. Installation of all electromechanical items / machineries including all
cabling/ wiring (inside) etc
vi. All machineries, manpower, tools & tackles, consumables required for
successful completion of project.
vii. Satisfactory completion of the contract & handing over of the STP.
viii. The supply of material at site of all main equipment and items associated
with Sewage Treatment Plant system detailed under these technical
specifications.
2.3 To execute all incidental work at site including all material supply at site required
in the technical specifications. All electrical work connected with STP such as
cables, control panel, electric panels etc., erection at site for all manufactured
items at works and also items fabricated at site.
286
2.4 Routine testing, pressure testing of fabricated components, commissioning of

complete plant at site.
2.5 Performance testing at works of various equipment’s manufactured at works.
2.5.1 Performance testing at the site of complete STP system as per various technical
requirements.
2.6 In case the load of sewage is not ready by the time of complete execution, the test
run of STP using artificial cake shall be included in the scope of agency and
nothing extra shall be paid in these regards.
2. SYSTEM DESIGN:
A) DESIGN PARAMETERS:
In STP for the proposed buildings following design parameters have been assumed:
a) Raw sewage characteristics:

i. pH : 6.5 – 8
ii. BOD : 250-300 mg/lt.
iii. COD : 300-450 mg/ltr.
iv. T.S.S. : 200- 250 mg/ltr.
v. Oil and Grease : 20 mg/lit.
vi. Hardness : 100
b) Treated water characteristics required (Filter water quality after softening and Ultra
filtration):
i. pH : 6.5 – 7.5
ii. BOD : < 5 mg/lit.
iii. COD : < 20 mg/lit.
iv. T.S.S. : < 5 mg/lit.
v. Oil and Grease : < 1 mg/lit.
B) DESCRIPTION:
1. STP shall be Activated Sludge Type Sewage Treatment Plant incorporating MBBR /
INDION FMR media. This design of Sewage Treatment Plant shall be economical
and easy to maintain type.
The sewage will be treated through the following main processes.
1. Bar Screen to remove large size impurities.

2. Equalization and mixing of raw sewage by Coarse Bubble Aeration.
3. Anoxic system for nitrification & de nitrification to remove total nitrogen,
khjeldal nitrogen & phosphorous.
287
4. Activated sludge process through fine bubble Aeration & MBBR media.
5. Secondary Settling Tank with lamella plate settler sludge recycle (if
required) back to Aeration Tank & Anoxic tank.
6. Coagulation and Chlorination of supernatant clear water.
7. Settling Tank to remove all the suspended solids as far as possible.
8. Tertiary treatment through graded quartz Pressure Sand Filter and activated
carbon filter.
9. Collecting the excess sludge in a sludge pit for further disposal once in a
while or sludge thickening using centrifuge.
2. SELECTION OF EQUIPMENTS:
All equipment shall be selected as per 660 KLD STP Plant. Minimum requirement
of equipment are mentioned in technical specification and BOQ. Successful bidder
will submit a fresh technical submittal all equipment’s required to achieve final
out put water quality.
3. ITEMS TO BE PROVIDED BY OTHER AGENCIES / DEPARTMENT
The following items of works shall be provided by other agencies.
3.1 Provision of sewage water up to the bar screen of STP room.

following tanks suitable for 660 KLD STP in RCC construction as per STP design
of successful bidder.
a. Bar screen chamber.
b. Oil and Grease chamber.
c. Equalisation Tank.
d. MBBR with lamella settler zone (330 KLD X2 Nos Tank design )
e. Secondary settling Tank.
f. Treated water tank.
Based on STP design of successful bidder, department will provide above
mentioned Civil tank /work in RCC with necessary surface finish and water
proofing arrangement.
3.2 Provision of main 3 Ph. 50 Hz, 415 VOLTS, 4 wire A.C. main electric supply cables of
required size up to the STP room main panel.
3.3 Except for the works mentioned above which are in the scope of the CPWD, rest of all
works directly or indirectly associated with completion of STP are within the scope of
STP contractor and shall be assumed to have been included by STP contractor in his
tender.
3.4 In view of the above, STP contractor will not be allowed to put forth any claims for extra
charges after award of the contract over and above the total value of the contract. This
aspect should be kept in mind by the tenderer while submitting their rates.
3.5 After award of contract, STP contractor shall be solely responsible to provide all items at
site without any extra cost implication to the Department, as required to complete the
288
erection and commissioning of STP for safe, smooth and trouble free operation and fool
proof performance.
4. INCIDENTAL CIVIL ENGINEERING WORKS

4.1 Contractor's scope of work in respect of civil engineering works shall be as per
following which shall be done by the contractor within the quoted rates for each
item and without any extra charge to the Department.
4.2 Making opening in walls/floors/ceilings for taking out duct/cables /piping etc.,
and making them good.
4.3 Making openings in walls/floors/ceilings for grouting supports for
duct/cables/piping work and grouting of supports.
4.4 Designing and providing foundation for equipment like water pump sets, softener
tank, active carbon filter, panels etc. floating type foundation block (RCC pads) is
to be considered by the contractor.
4.5 Excavation and back filling of trenches for underground piping and cabling.
4.6 Protection coating for the embedded pipes for corrosion control.
5. TEST DATA
The plant as a whole system shall be tested for output quality for treated water as
per NIT .
6. TECHNICAL DATA
The contractor shall furnish complete "Technical Data" on the equipments

offered by him as required. However, schedule of technical particulars filled in
by the bidder now will not be binding on Department. The successful bidder has to
make fresh technical submittal for all the equipments offered by him fulfilling the
NIT conditions for approval of Engineer-in-Charge before placement of order.
7. REJECTION OF DEFECTIVE PLANT/EQUIPMENT
If the complete work/equipment or any portion thereof before it is taken over is

found defective or fails to full fill, the intent of the specifications, the contractor
shall, on receipt of a written notice from the CPWD forthwith make good the
defective work/equipment. Should the contractor fail to rectify the defects and/or
make good the defective work/equipment within a stipulated time mentioned in
the written notice, or replace the equipment at no extra cost to the Department,
the Department may make good work/equipment and/or replace at the risk and
expenses of the contractor the whole or any portion of the work/equipment which
is defective or fails to fulfil the requirement of the contract.
The CPWD shall have the right to operate all equipments in any operating
condition, whether or not such equipments have been accepted as complete and
satisfactory. Repairs and alterations shall be made at such times and as directed
by the Department.
289
8. CLEAN UP WORKS AT SITE
During erection, the contractor shall at all times keep the working and storage
areas free from waste or rubbish. On completion of erection, he shall remove all
temporary structures, debris and leave the premises clean to the full satisfaction
of the Department.
SECTION - 2 - SEWAGE WATER TREATMENT PLANT
A. GENERAL PROCESS OF SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT WITH MBBR

TECHNOLOGY:-
1. Incoming Wastewater from Last Manhole should be collected through raw
sewage transfer and cutter pump, transferred through pipe (approx. 200m away)
into the screen chamber. This manually cleaned screen should be provided to
remove floating and big size particles
2. "Manual cleaned bar screens will be installed to screen any large pieces. After
screening, the waste water should be allowed to pass through a oil & grease trap
to remove the grit material. The screens and grit chambers shall be accessible so
that they may be manually cleaned from time to time."
3. "The waste water from the OGT should then pass into the Equalization Tank. The
design of Equalization tank should cater for the condition that the waste water
generation may not be uniform and higher quantity may come out during peak
hours. There may be very low flow condition for few hours. The equalization tank
is provided to homogenize the waste water quality and also even out flow
fluctuations and feed waste water of uniform quality at constant rate to
subsequent treatment units. Air mixing should be provided to mix the contents of
the equalization tank. An aeration grid should be provided to mix the contents of
the equalization tank and also to avoid septic conditions in the tank. From the
equalization tank the wastewater will be pumped into MBBR Tank. Bypass line
shall be provided from the pumping system which shall only be provisional for
disposal of sewage to mobile sewage tanker for emergency purposes."
4. The MBBR process uses small plastic carrier elements to provide growth sites for
bacteria attachment in a suspended growth medium. The carrier elements shall
allow a higher biomass concentration to be maintained in the reactor. This shall
increase the biological treatment capacity for the given reactor volume.
5. "The carrier elements shall be continuously kept in suspension by the aeration
system. The agitation pattern in the reactor shall be designed to provide an
upward movement of the carriers across the surface of the retention screen
290
which creates a scrubbing effect to prevent clogging. Combination of fine & coarse
bubbles may be provided to provide oxygen as per detailing."
6. "From the MBBR tank mixed liquor shall flow by gravity into the secondary
settling tank. The solids will settle in the tank. The sludge that settles down shall
be transferred to sludge holding tank via sludge loading pumps, with provision of
sludge return to the bioreactor if necessary."
7. From the settling tank, treated wastewater will flow into clarified water tank.
8. Treated water after CWT shall be clear, odourless, low BOD, low suspended
solids. Disinfection is done in this tank using oxyline system.
9. The treated water from Clarified water tank is fed by means of filter feed pump
sets to pass through dual media filters, activated carbon filters and stored in the
treated water tanks. The activated carbon filters shall ensure removal of all
coloration and odours present in the treated effluent. Backwash of Filters and
shall be done intermittently as per requirements.
10. The treated water from Activated carbon filter will pass through ultrafiltration
system to achieve the parameters BOD & TSS Less than 5 mg/ L and COD less
than 30 mg/ L.
11. The filtered, clean and odourless water from treated water tank will be
discharged to municipal nallah towards city side of airport through suitable pipe.
12. Excess sludge from the settling tank will be taken periodically into sludge holding
tank/ launder. In sludge tank, sludge will be aerated for self-stabilization. Air will
be shut off periodically and superannuate water will be transferred to the
aeration tank creating stabilized sludge. The final sludge shall be de-watered
through a Filter Press mechanism.
B. DETAILS OF ULTRAFILTRAION SYSTEM-
Sr. No. Description Qnty Unit
UF Feed Pump
Capacity - 33 m3/hr @ 35 M head
1 Type - Horizontal Monobloc Centrifugal Pump 2 No
Operating Condition - (1W+1S)
Pump MOC: CI
Micron Filter
2 Housing MOC: Polyamide reinforced with fibre glass 1 No
Element: PP Element disc,100 Micron
UF Membrane,
Membrane type: Hollow Fibre
MOC - PVDF
Mode of Operation - Outside -In
3 1 Lot
Pore Size - 0.02 Micron
Membrane area - 55.7 m2
Membrane Recovery: 90%
Qnty:1 Lot
291
4 SS Skid for UF Membranes 1 Lot
UF CIP Pump
Capacity : 20 M³/Hr, Head - 30 m, Type -
5 2 No
Horizontal , Centrifugal , Monoblock Centrifugal pump,
MOC - CI
Electro magnetic type Flow Meter

6 2 No
Location - feed & backwash line
Pressure Gauge for Complete UF System,

7 1 Lot
Type - Liquid Filled SS bourdon type
Piping for Complete Plant
8 1 Lot
MOC: - MS
Level Switch
9 Type - Floaty 1 Lot
Location - Feed & Permeate Tank
10 Motorized Valve for Auto Operation of UF system. 1 Lot
CIP System for UF System

Capacity - 0-20 lph
MOC - PP
Type - Electronic Metering Pump
11 Make - E- Dose 3 Set
CIP Tank
MOC - HDPE
Capacity - 200 ltr
Backwash Pump
Horizontal Monobloc Centrifugal Pump
12 Capacity: 60 m3/hr @ 30 mtr head 2 No
Pump MOC: Cast Iron
Qnty:1W+1S
13 Auto Electrical Panel with Cabling 1 Set

292
PROCESS FLOW BLOCK DIAGRAM OF MBBR
MGF
(mul
ti
ACF ( Grad
Activa e
ted Filter
)
carbo
Sludge Holding Tank n
Filter)
TREATED
WATER
TANK
293
SUB-HEAD 6 Substation
Technical Specifications for Component of Substation
1.1. The work shall be carried out as per CPWD General Specifications for Electrical
Works Part IV Substation 2013 and as amended upto date.
1.2. The work shall be executed as per Schedule of Quantities, approved design and
drawings, particular specifications of each Sub Head, CPWD specifications,
special conditions, Specifications of Bureau of Indian Standards and
Specifications of International Bodies in that order. Where any of the aforesaid
provisions and conditions are silent, relevant specialized literature and
manufacturers specification shall be followed for execution of work. Where there
is ambiguity amongst the above referred documents / sources, the decision of the
Engineer-in-charge is final and binding.
1.3. The powder coating provided for LT panels/HT panel/ feeder pillars shall be
guaranteed for minimum 5 years from the date of handing over.
HT Panel:
This specification covers the requirements of supply, installation, testing,
commissioning of HT indoor metal clad cubicle switch gear having 11 kV Vacuum
Circuit Breakers. These are general requirements of switchgear panel.
1.1 Applicable Codes and Standards:

The switch gear panel and components mounted shall conform to the following
latest revisions of relevant Indian or equivalent British or International standards.
In case of any conflict between the BS/IS and this specification, the tendered shall
assume the more stringent of the two and furnish his rates accordingly.
IEC 62271- 100- for Vacuum Circuit Breaker & HT

switchgears
IEC 62271- 200- for HT Panels
IS: 2707 Current Transformers for controlling.
IS: 3156 Voltage Transformers for metering.
IS: 1248 Electrical Indicating Instruments.
IEC 60255 Electrical relays for power system protection.
IS: 9046 HT Vacuum contactors.
IS: 3427 Degree of protection provided for metal enclosed
switch gear and control gear.
1.2 CONSTRUCTIONAL FEATURES:
The panel board shall be compact integrated indoor, metal clad, floor mounted,
draw out, free standing, sheet steel enclosed as per specifications. The panel board
shall have compartmentalized design having separate compartment for Breaker,
294
Busbar, Cable & CT, Instrument & relay. Self-threading screws shall not be used in
the construction of switchboard.
The panel board shall be of totally enclosed design, dust tight and vermin proof
and extensible type. The degree of Protection shall be minimum IP42 as per IEC-
60529 or as specified in BOQ. If necessary, openings for natural ventilation
louvered with wire mesh shall be provided. For bus bar compartment wire mesh
shall be such as to protect against object of 1.0 mm size and above. Entire panel
should be suitable for extension on both side to connect additional VCB panel in
future. The equipment when assembled shall form a neat and compact unit and
shall be complete with all supporting frame work, mounting channels, foundation
bolts etc. and shall be designed so as to ensure complete inter-changeability of
components from one panel to another. (THE PANEL BOARD HAS TO BE
FABRICATED BY APPROVED OEM AT OWN HIS PREMISES ONLY).
Also the panel board shall be:
a) Provided with a metal steel frame made of structural steel channel section
properly drilled for mounting the switch gear along with necessary mounting
hardware (hardware shall be zinc plated and passivated ).
b) Provided with gaskets all round the perimeter of removable covers and
doors.
c) Provided with Copper busbar of adequate rating.
d) Provided with Base Channel of ISMC- 100
e) Provided with minimum Four Lifting Lugs for each shipping section.
1.3 SHEET METAL WORKS

The panel board shall be made from CRCA sheet steel 2mm thick and shall be
folded and braced as necessary to provide a rigid support for all components. All
panels and covers shall be properly fitted. All metal works shall be chemically
treated with 7-tank process for degreasing, de-rusting, phosphating and epoxy
powder coated for surface treatment before painting.
1.4 PAINTING
The panel board shall be painted with epoxy powder coated, of shade approved by
Engineer in Charge as per IS: 5 on interior and exterior side.
1.5 INTERLOCKS
Following minimum Interlocks shall be provided

• Breaker insertion / withdrawal is possible only when breaker is in “OFF”
position.
• Breaker closing is prevented in intermediate position between “Service”
and “Isolation”.
• Door padlocking Facility.
295
1.6 ACCESSIBILITY: (As per IEC standard)
Checking and removal of components shall be possible without disturbing adjacent

components. All components shall be easily accessible. It shall be possible to set all
`measuring' and `protective' relays without de- energizing the switchboard. All
mounted equipment shall have long lasting/engraved identification labels at the
front & rear also. In addition to that identification numbers shall be painted on the
panel wall to give permanent identification mark. Mounting of the relays for a
particular breaker panel shall be limited to that particular panel. Unused CT
secondary terminals must be short circuited and wired to the terminal block. All
terminals shall be shrouded with plastic covers to prevent accidental contact.
1.7 BUSBARS
a) Busbars shall be made of high conductivity, 99.9% purity, high strength

Copper of ETP grade.
b) Busbars shall be of rectangular cross sections suitable for full load current for
phase bus bars and half/ full rated current for neutral bus bar or as stipulated
in schedule of quantities. Busbar shall be suitable to withstand the stresses of
fault level as specified in schedule of quantities.
c) The bus bar system may comprise of a system of main horizontal bus bars and
auxiliary vertical busbars run in bus bar alloy on either side in which the
circuit could be arranged with front access for cable entrances.
d) The bus bars shall be supported on non-breakable, non-hygroscopic epoxy
resin or glass fiber reinforced polymer insulated supports able to withstand
operating temperature of 110° C at regular intervals, to withstand the forces
arising from a fault level as stipulated in schedule of quantities. The material
and the spacing of the Busbar supports should be same as per the type tested
assembly. All bus bar joints shall be shrouded with shrouds having sufficient
insulation level suitable for nominal system voltage.
e) Bus bars shall be sleeved with colour coded type sleeve having insulation level
suitable for nominal system voltage. If the insulating sleeve is not coloured bus
bar shall be colour coded with coloured bands at suitable intervals. All busbars
joints and bus tap joints shall be of the bolted type and shall be shrouded.
Spring washers shall be provided to ensure good contact at the joint locations
and suitable contact grease shall be applied just before making a joint as per
manufacturer design.
f) Auxiliary buses for control power supply, space heater power supply or any
other specified service shall be provided. These buses shall be insulated,
adequately supported and sized to suit specific requirement. The material for
auxiliary supply bus will be insulated electrolytic copper Wires. Clearances
between phases should be in line with IEC/IS/CPWD specifications for 11 KV 3
phase system.
296
1.8 LABELS AND NAMEPLATES
A nameplate with the switchgear designation at the top of the central panel and
separate nameplate giving feeder details shall be provided at front and rear side
of each panel. Name plates shall be provided for each equipment (Lamps, PBs,
Switches, Relays, Auxiliary contactors etc.) mounted on the switchboard. Special
warning plates shall be provided on all removable covers or doors giving access
to high voltage cables, busbars. Special warning label shall be provided inside the
switchboard also, wherever considered necessary. Identification tags shall be
provided inside the panels matching with those shown on the circuit diagram.
Engraved nameplates shall preferably be of 3-ply (Red-white- red or Black white-
Black limacodid sheets or anodized aluminium or back engraved Perspex sheet
nameplates shall be provided. Engraving shall be done with square groove
cutters. Hard paper nameplates will not be acceptable. Name plates shall be
fastened by Screws and not by adhesive.
1.9 SPACE HEATERS
Each vertical cubical shall be provided with space heater to prevent moisture
condensation and maintain required temperature. The space heaters shall be
located at the bottom of the switchboard and shall be controlled through a
thermostat with an adjustable setting with single pole MCB with overload and
short circuit release in the phase, link in the neutral. The thermostat shall
preferably be located in the metering/ relay chamber. Space heater shall be of
strip type rated for operation on a 230 V, single phase, 50 Hz., A.C. supply system.
1.10 VACUUM CIRCUIT BREAKER
a) The Vacuum circuit breaker shall be mounted on a separate carriage arranged for
horizontal isolation and horizontal withdrawal having SERVICE, TEST and
DISCONNECTED positions with positive indication for each position.
b) Circuit breaker shall have motor wound spring charged trip free mechanism with
antipumping-feature and shunt trip. In addition, facility for manual charging of
spring shall be provided. The spring charging handle shall be an integral part of
the Circuit Breaker.
c) For motor wound mechanism, spring charging shall take place automatically after
each breaker closing operation. One open-close-open operation of the circuit
breaker shall be possible after failure of power supply to the motor. Mechanical
safety interlock shall be provided to prevent:
i. The circuit breaker from being racked in or out of the service
position when the breaker is closed.
ii. Racking in the circuit breaker unless the control plug is fully
engaged.
297
d) Automatic safety shutters shall be provided to fully cover the female primary
disconnects when the breaker is withdrawn.
e) Each breaker shall be provided with an emergency manual trip, mechanical ON-
OFF indication, an operation counter and mechanism charge/discharge indicator.
The breaker shall also be provided with Mechanical anti-pumping feature.
f) The circuit breaker shall be provided with the necessary auxiliary contacts for
indication, control, and interlocking or other purposes. Excluding the contacts
already used for the circuits, four spare sets of contacts with three ‘NO’ and three
‘NC’ shall be left free in each unit. The Panel should have type test certificate to
withstand arc fault equal to VCB short circuit capacity as per IEC62271-200.
g) Spring charging motor shall be universal type.
1.11 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
a) Current transformers shall generally conform to IS: 2705. and of cast resin
type dual core dual ratio and shall be mounted on the switchgear stationary
part. The C.T. ratings shall be as shown in the Technical Data Sheet or
SLD/BOQ. For general guidance, the protective current transformers shall
have an accuracy class `5P' and an accuracy limit factor greater than `10'. Low
reactance C.T.s shall be used for protection.
b) All current transformers shall be earthed through a separate earth link.
c) The design and construction of CT shall be robust to withstand thermal and
dynamic stresses during short circuits.
1.12 VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
a) Voltage Transformer (VT) shall be cast resin, draw out type and shall have
an accuracy class of 0.2.Voltage transformer shall be withdrawable type
mounted in a separate compartment below the circuit breaker in the same
panel. The VT shall be mounted on the separate trolley and not on the
breaker trolley. Voltage transformer shall be accessible from front of panel
& shall be independent of breaker position/ operation. However, due to
design constraints if Line PT & Bus PT cannot be offered in separate
compartment in same panel, then separate Line PT & Bus PT panel shall be
offered by bidder.
b) High voltage windings of voltage transformer shall be protected by current
limiting fuses. The voltage transformer and fuses shall be completely
disconnected.
c) Low voltage winding of voltage transformer shall have MCB, installed in all
ungrounded secondary leads. MCBs shall be suitably located to permit easy
replacement while the switchgear is energized.
1.13 NUMERICAL TYPE RELAYS

298
The Numerical Relays in general shall comply with the following requirements:
a) The offered relays shall be completely numerical with Protection elements

realized using software algorithm. Hardware based measurement shall not be
acceptable.
b) All the Relays shall belong to a common platform and shall be of single make.
c) The relay shall be provided with at least 3 nos. digital inputs and 6 nos. output
contacts. The digital inputs and outputs shall be freely configurable.
d) Relays shall be suitable for flush mounting type and consisting of multifunctional
draw out type modules
e) It shall be possible to energies the relay from either AC or DC auxiliary supply.
f) Relay shall have configurable binary input, which can be used to develop
blocking-based scheme and 5 freely configurable output contacts. The Input shall
have galvanic isolation. The trip out put contact should be capable of controlling
the circuit breaker and shall be programmable for either hand reset or self-reset.
One relay should be permanently assigned for self-supervision system.
g) The relay enclosure shall be dust tight having degree of protection minimum as
IP5X.
h) The relay must have facility for local settings through front keypad from relay
itself. Relay should have facility of online relay setting i.e. it should be possible to
alter setting without switching off breaker or contactor.
i) The offered relay shall have LED / LCD display for settings, status, measurement
and fault data & indication. It shall have Fixed function LEDs (for fault trip, relay
healthy, control supply ON & Relay out of service).
j) Relay shall have comprehensive self-diagnostic feature with indication of relay
failure on relay front and alarm should be generated without tripping the feeder.
However, while diagnostic circuit runs, it must not interfere in the main
protective relay circuit and allow working of main protective circuit
continuously.
k) The relay should have a feature of circuit breaker failure protection, which
generates another trip signal if the breaker fails to trip on fault, which can be
wired to upstream breaker trip coil.
l) The relay shall have a front RS-485 communication port for connecting to a local
PC/Laptop for setting and viewing the data from the relay.
m) The relays shall have a RS-485 rear port for connecting many relay in multi drop
fashion to connect toa remote master (SCADA/DCS).
n) It shall be possible to provide the relay with at least two standard communication
protocols (viz,MODBUS & IEC-870-5-103) in addition to any proprietary
protocols.
o) The relays shall have the following tools for fault diagnostics.
i.Fault record – The relay shall have the facility to store at least 5 last fault
records with Information on cause of trip, date, time, trip values of
299
electrical parameters. Event record – The relay shall have the facility to
store at least 75 sequence of event records with 1ms resolution.
ii.Disturbance records – The relay shall have capacity to store at least 5
disturbance record waveforms with at least 3s duration each.
p) The offered relays shall have a battery backed real time clock for providing
accurate time reference.
q) The relay settings shall be provided with adequate password protection.
r) The relay shall have comprehensive self-diagnostic feature. This feature shall
continuously monitor the healthiness of all the hardware and software elements
of the relay. Any failure detected shall be annunciated through a output watchdog
contact. The fault diagnosis information shall be displayed on the LCD and also
through the communication port.
s) The Numerical Relays shall be provided with 1 Set of common support software
compatible with latest operating system which will allow easy settings of relays
in addition to uploading of event, fault, disturbance records and measurements.
The relay settings shall also be changed from local or remote using the same
software.
1.14 INDICATING INSTRUMENTS AND METERS
a. All measuring and recording instruments shall be of square pattern 144 mm x

144 mm flush mounted type or as per standard. It shall have heavy duty oil
tight push buttons for TRIP & CLOSE and necessary indicating lights on front
compartment.
b. Indicating lamps should be cluster LED type. Switchboard type low
consumption indicating lamps shall be used. Indicating lamps shall be
suitable for the voltage indicated in the Technical Data Sheet. Lamps shall be
supplied complete with the necessary current limiting resistor duly tested for
its rating. Aging test for the resistors shall have been carried out. Lamps shall
be provided with translucent lamp covers to diffuse light.
c. All control switches shall be rotary, back connected type having a cam
operated contact mechanism. Phosphor bronze contacts shall be used on the
control switches. Unless otherwise stated, circuit breaker control switches
shall be 3 position spring return to `neutral' from both ÒN' and ÒFF'
positions. They shall have `pistol grip' handle. Number of ways, locking
system, lost motion device if required etc. Two spare ways shall be provided
on these switched.
d. Ammeter and Voltmeter selector switches shall have ` make before break'
feature on its contacts. The selector switch shall generally have four positions,
three for reading three phase currents and phase to phase voltages
respectively and the fourth as off position.
1.15 CONTROL AND INDICATIONS

300
Breaker tripping and closing devices shall be operated on D.C. supply. The rated
D.C. voltage shall be as specified in the Technical Data Sheet. The supply for
breaker opening, closing and indication devices shall be provided as under:
a) One D.C. feeder shall be provided for each bus section. The Bus coupler
panel may be fed from any of the two supplies.
b) One separate 240 V AC supply shall be provided for space heater etc.
Mechanical indication for breaker positions such as ON, OFF, spring charged, test
position/Service position shall be provided. Various Electrical indications with
colours are indicated below shall be provided.
a) Breaker ÒN' - Red lamp
b) Breaker ÒFF' - Green Lamp
c) Breaker Àuto Trip' - White lamp
d) Trip circuit healthy - White lamp
e) DC fail - Blue lamp.
f) Red phase ON - Red
g) Yellow phase ON - Yellow
h) Blue phase ON – Blue
1.16 CABLE TERMINATIONS
1.16.1 HT TERMINATIONS
Suitable size indoor type Heat Shrinkable Kit shall be used for 11 KV HT termination.
1.16.2 INTERNAL WIRING
All wiring shall be done with 600/1100 V Grade single core, FRLS/HFFR insulated,
multi stranded copper conductor wires. Minimum size of conductor for power
circuits is 2.5 sq. mm. Not more than two connections shall be made on any one
terminal. The connections shall be properly crimped and shall have identification
labels at the ends.
1.17 EARTHING
a. Panel board shall be provided with a suitable size copper earth bus running
along the entire length of the board. At either end of the earth bus, one clamp
type terminal with nuts, bolts and washers shall be provided for bolting the
earthing conductor.
301
b. Earth bus bars shall be supported at suitable intervals. Positive connection

between all the frames of equipment mounted in the switchboard and earth
busbar shall be provided by using insulated copper wires/bare bus bars of
cross section equal to that of the busbar or equal to half the size of Circuit
load current carrying conductor, whichever is smaller.
c. All instrument cases shall be connected to the earth busbar using 660 V
grade, single core 2.5sq.mmFRLS/HFFR copper conductor cable.
d. All non-current carrying metal and hinged doors shall be earthed to the earth
bus bar.
1.18 CUBICLE LIGHTING

Each cubicle of switchgear shall be provided with interior lighting by means of a
20 W fluorescent tube lighting fixture with ON - OFF switch. The lighting fixture
shall be suitable for operation from a 240 V, single phase, 50 Hz, A.C. supply. A
240 V, single phase, 15 A A.C. plug point shall be provided in the interior of each
cubicle with an ON - OFF switch for connection of hand lamps.
1.19 POWER PACK

Suitable power pack of specified make as specified in Data Sheet shall be
provided with breaker panel. Rating of power pack should be suitable for
required nos of incoming and outgoing breakers. It should be suitable with
inbuilt storage for minimum two operation of each breaker in case of power
failure unless otherwise as specified in data sheet
.
1.20 ANNUNCIATOR
Annunciator shall be of the audio-visual type. Each alarm point of annunciator
shall have a translucent plastic window of 35mm x 50mm (min) size.
Annunciator for facia plates shall be engraved in block lettering with respective
alarm inscription, which will be furnished to successful vendor. Alarm
inscriptions shall be engraved on each window in not more than three lines and
size of the lettering shall be not less than 5 mm. The inscription shall be visible
only when the respective facia light is lighted. The annunciator shall be complete
with hooter, 3 push buttons for ‘Acknowledge’, ‘Reset’, and ‘Lamp Test’, Flasher
Relay, auxiliary relays etc. fully wired internally to the control terminals for
connecting the ‘NO’ fault contacts. The Annunciator shall be suitable for
operation on 24V DC supply.
1.21 TESTS
1.21.1 Type test Certificates for following tests shall be submitted for the Circuit breakers
a) Power Frequency voltage withstand test
b) Partial Discharge Test
c) Power frequency withstand test on auxiliary and control circuit
302
d) Short circuit tests
1.21.2 Panel shall be subjected to following tests at the manufacturer’s Works as per
relevant standards:
a. Mechanical operation test.

b. Power Frequency H. V. test for 1 minute.
c. Insulation resistance at 2500 V D.C. before/after 1 minute H.V. test.
d. Manual and electrical operation of CB/Relays shall be checked under the
worst conditions of auxiliary supply voltage.
e. Dry insulation test with power frequency voltage shall be conducted for the
main and auxiliary circuits.
f. Insulation resistance of the main and auxiliary circuits shall be checked.
g. Operation check shall be carried out for every control function as per the
approved schematic diagrams by manually stimulating the fault conditions
and operation of control switches/relays etc.
h. Relays shall be tested with secondary injection test equipment.
1.22 DRAWINGS
The manufacturer shall develop his own general arrangement and schematic
drawing adding necessary auxiliary devices, accessories, components particular to
supplied equipment’s etc. which are required for safe, convenient, efficient and
proper operation of the HT switchgear. Manufacturer shall submit the single line
diagrams, general arrangement drawings, control wiring, flooring and mounting
detail drawings and schematic diagrams for approval of Engineer in Charge in
quadruplicate prior to fabrication. The Engineer-in-Charge will return two sets of
approved drawings to the contractor. Full set of test results shall be provided to
the Engineer-in-Charge in quadruplicate prior to dispatch. The switchboard shall
be dispatched to project site after receiving written approval from the Engineer-in-
Charge.
1.23 BATTERY AND BATTERY CHARGER
Battery:
a. 24 V Maintenance Free (Sealed)Tubular type Lead Acid Battery Set of 180AH
capacity (12 nos 2 Volts 180 AH ) with 1 x 100% combined float cum boost
charger unit shall be provided.
b. The System D.C Voltage shall be 24 V DC.
c. Switched Mode Power Supply based battery chargers shall be provided for
both boost and float chargers.
d. The Battery Charging Equipment should be a Self-Contained Panel duly
painted with anti-rust primer and suitable for accommodating the Batteries
303
in the bottom compartment of the Charger Panel and shall comprise of a Float
cum Boost Charger, housed in a Sheet Steel cubicle, and constructed out of
suitable angle Iron structure and Sheet Steel of 2 mm thickness for the front
Panel and 1.6 mm thickness for all other panels. The cabinet shall have IP-42
degree of protection. The Cabinet shall be treated by adopting 7 tank Process
and shall be painted with colour and shade as approved by Engineer-in-
Charge by adopting Powder coating process.
e. The Battery Charging Equipment shall be suitable for a Single Phase AC Input
Supply of 230 V +10%, 50Hz.
1.24 Float cum Boost Charger:
The Battery Charging Equipment shall be float-cum-Boost type with facility to

supply the DC continuous load. During normal operation, the Battery is floated
across the Battery charger at 25V-28V (2.33 V maximum per cell) and should be
compatible for battery as per specification and also supplies the load current of
approx. 20A. Whenever the battery has run down, it needs to be boost charged
passing higher current into batteries for higher voltage up to 32 V (2.66V
maximum per cell). The charger shall provide this extra voltage for Boost charging.
During boost charging, voltage across the battery terminal will go higher at the
order of about 32 volts for which suitable Automatic solid state transistorized
dropping device shall be provided (maintain 24 Volts +2/- 0V volts across the load
terminal)
The Float cum Boost Charger shall be of DC rating and shall have Constant Voltage
Operation for Floating the Batteries and also for Boost Charging the Batteries. The
Float cum Boost Charger shall comprise of AC Input and DC Output, Miniature
Circuit Breakers (MCBs), DC Contactor, Main Transformer, SMPS ,Electronic
Controller for Constant Voltage operation in both Float and Boost modes,
Auto/Manual Switch, Auxiliary Contactor for Automatic Changeover between Float
and Boost modes with facility to override the Auto changeover, Front Panel
Potentiometers, DC Digital Ammeter and Digital Voltmeter of 72 Sq.mm., Load DC
under voltage and Overvoltage Relays, Audio Visual Alarm Annunciation Circuit for
the above stated Fault Conditions and other Components as required.
Battery Charger Components :

I. 1 No. : Double pole MCB for AC incoming.
II. 1 suitable size and nos. Feeder specific outgoing DP MCBs to cater DC load as and
when needed.
III. 1 No. : Pilot lamp (LED) to indicate AC mains ÒN' condition.
IV. 1 No. : Double wound high frequency Single phase Mains transformer with class-F
insulation and with primary taps at + 5% and+ 10% and without secondary taps
for output of 24 Volts.
304
V. 1 Set : Switch Mode Power Supply vi) 1 Set : Smoothing (filter) circuit comprising
of smoothing choke, and filter condenser to reduce ripple content in the DC output
of the Battery charger to less than 5% RMS.
VI. 1 Set : Electronic Controller to stabilize the DC output voltage within + 3% in Float
mode and Boost mode for AC input voltage fluctuation of + 10% from 230 V,
frequency variation of + 10 % from 50 Hz and simultaneous DC load variation
from 0 to 100%, with load limiting circuit and soft start feature.
VII. 1 Set : Manual firing facility to operate the Float cum Boost Charger in the Manual
mode, In case Auto firing fails.
VIII. 1 No : Auto/Manual Selector Switch for selecting mode of operation of the
Charger.
IX. 1 No. :Auxiliary Contactor / Relay for Automatic selection of Float or Boost
modes.
X. 1 No. : Single Pole Selector Switch to over ride Automatic Selection of Float/Boost
modes
XI. 3 Nos. : Potentiometers for Auto setting of values in
a. Float mode
b. Boost mode
c. Manual mode
XII. 1 No. : DC Digital Ammeter of 96 mm to read Charger output current.
XIII. 1 No. : DC Digital Voltmeter of 96 mm to read the DC output voltage of the Charger
and load.
XIV. 1 No. : AC Digital Voltmeter of 96 mm to read the Incoming Supply voltage.
XV. 1 No. : DC Digital Ammeter of 96 mm to read discharge/charge currents of Battery.
XVI. 1 No. : Pilot Lamp (LED) to indicate Charger DC On Condition.
XVII. 1 No : Solid State Sensing type Charge DC under voltage relay.
XVIII. 1 NO : Silicon Blocking Diode to prevent Battery Back feed for proper operation of
the above relay.
XIX. 1 No. : Double pole On/Off MCB for DC Output.
XX. 1 No : Solid-state current sensing relay with Milli Volt Amplifier to sense the
trickle charging current and to enable Automatic cutting-in of the Charger in Boost
mode and also to sense the falling of Charging Current in Boost mode. Through the
battery and to enable Automatic change-over of the Charger to Float mode Back.
xxii) 1 No. : Solid State Sensing type Load (Battery) DC Under voltage Relay.
XXI. 1 No : Solid State Sensing type Load DC Over voltage Relay.
XXII. 1 No: Auxiliary Contactor / Relay for AC Main failure Annunciation.
XXIII. 1 No: AUDIO – VISUAL ALARM ANNUNCIATION SCHEME with individual
Indicating Lamp and common audible alarm with ACCEPT/TEST/RESET push
bush buttons and with repetitive alarm feature in respect of following fault
conditions:
a. AC Mains failure
b. Charger DC Under Voltage
305
c. Load bus (Battery) DC Under Voltage

d. Load bus DC Over Voltage.
One potential free contact of each of the above fault conditions will be terminated
in a separate terminal block, for remote annunciation.
INDICATIONS
The Charger shall be provided with minimum following LED of reputed

make: Input Supply of power
• Charger on
• Charger on Float
• Charger on Boost
• Charger Fail
• Input AC supply fail
• Battery reverse polarity
• Input power supply fail
• Output DC over and under voltage
• Earth fault
• Load on Battery / Discharge
• Battery isolated / fuse blown LT Panels:
1.0 STANDARDS AND CODES

1.1 Updated and current Indian Standard Specifications and Codes of Practice will
apply to the equipment and the work covered by the scope of this contract.
i) Low Voltage switchgear Assemblies IS 8623 / IEC 61439-1 & 2
ii) Low Voltage switchgear & control gear IEC 60 947 / IS 13947: 1993
iii) Part I : General rules
iv) Part II : Circuit Breakers
v) Part III: Switches, disconnectors, switch disconnectors and fuse
combination units
vi) Part IV: Contactors and Motor starters
vii) Part V : Control circuit devices and switching elements
1.2 Degree of Protection of Enclosure for low voltage switchgear IEC 60529 / IS 2147 : 1962
1.3 Internal arc for all panel boards with busbar rating of 800
Amps and above: IEC 61641.
1.4 In TTA panels the agency has to submit the test reports for each capacity
switchgear, busbars, and other E&M equipment and the complete assembly
shall be signed and stamped by respective OEM for in-Panel rating.
1.5 The LT panel shall be naturally air cooled and forced cooling is not
acceptable.
306
1.6 The bus bar shall be of constant size, staggering of bus bars is not acceptable in
any kind of LT panel.
2.0 General
2.1 The switchboards and the associated equipment including switchgear, control
gear, Busbar supports, Busbar orientation, Busbar links etc. shall be identical in
construction to the assembly which has undergone the type test. The drawings
of the type-tested assemblies shall be made available for inspection.
2.2 The designs of the switchboards shall be with switchgear manufacturer, and all
the mechanical drawings shall be available in the factory beforehand.
2.3 Switchboards shall have a short circuit level withstand as per Schedule of
Quantities and drawings .
2.4 The enclosures shall be designed to take care of normal stress as well as
abnormal electro-mechanical stress due to short circuit conditions. All covers
and doors provided shall offer adequate safety to operating persons and provide
ingress protection of IP 42 for indoor and IP 54 for outdoor unless otherwise
stated. Ventilating openings and vent outlets, if provided, shall be arranged such
that same ingress protection is retained. Suitable pressure relief devices shall be
provided to minimize danger to operator during internal fault conditions for all
panel boards with busbar rating of 800 Amps and above.
2.5 LT Panel shall be ready with Ethernet (TCP/IP) communication i.e. Switchgears
(ACB & MCCB) status (On/Off & Trip) and Multi-function meters (MFM)
parameters shall be available on Ethernet communication inside the LT Panel)
ready monitoring at BMS/EMS level.
2.6 Panel builder shall include all necessary hardware in their scope to make LT
panel ethernet ready and submit communication test report during panel testing
at shop floor. Communication hardware shall be plug & play, non PLC type, with
no programming requirement, with built-in web pages, EMC/EMI certified to be
installed in electrical panels.
2.7 The switchboard along with ACBs and connections shall have a type tested
design at CPRI / equivalent international laboratories for short circuit,
temperature rise, protective earth short circuit test and dielectric tests of the
ratings required.
2.8 Panel shall be rated for Impulse withstand capability equal to or greater than the
switchgears inside the panel.
2.9 For operator safety IP2X (touch proof) protection to be available even after
opening the feeder compartment door. The compartmentalization to be achieved
by using metal separators, use of PVC sheet / phenolic laminated sheets shall not
be allowed.
2.10 Main switchboard shall be form 4B, the separation which shall be with metallic
covers. Phenolic laminated sheet / PVC sheets shall not be used. The remaining
panels shall be conform to a minimum of form 3B design.
307
1.2.3. Switchboard Configuration

1.2.3.1. The Switchboard shall be configured with Air Circuit Breakers, MCCB's, MCB’s
and other equipment as called for in the schedule of quantities.
1.2.3.2. The MCCBs shall be arranged in multi-tier formation whereas the Air Circuit
Breakers shall be arranged in Single or Double tier formation only to facilitate
operation and maintenance.
1.2.3.3. The Switchboards shall be of adequate size with a provision of spare space to
accommodate possible future additional switch gear.
1.2.3.4. OEM (Company name) & Partner’s name shall be mentioned on each of the
columns of switchboard. The OEM shall issue a certificate for each Panel board
stating that the Panel Design has been certified by the OEM.
1.2.4. Constructional Features
1.2.4.1. The Switchboards shall be metal clad totally enclosed, floor mounted free
standing type of modular extensible design suitable for indoor mounting.
1.2.4.2. Switchboards construction shall employ the principle of compartmentalized and
segregation for each circuit.
1.2.4.3. Incomer and bus section panels or sections shall be separate and independent
only for ACB Incomer and ACB bus section panels. However MCCB Incomer,
metering compartment, MCCB Bus couplers and MCCB outgoings in the panels
can be multi-tier in the same section as per OEM design. The incomer panel shall
be suitable for receiving bus trunking or MV cable of size specified.
1.2.4.4. Switchboards shall be made up of requisite vertical sections, which when
coupled together, shall form continuous dead front switchboards.
1.2.4.5. Switchboard shall be readily extensible on both sides by addition of vertical
sections after removal of the end covers.
1.2.4.6. The switchboards shall be designed for use in high ambient temperature and
normal tropical humid tropical conditions. Ease of inspection, cleaning and
repairs while maintaining continuity of operation shall be provided in the design.
1.2.4.7. Metal based neoprene gaskets between all adjacent units and beneath all covers
shall be provided to render the joints dust and vermin proof to provide a degree
of protection of IP 42/ IP 54 as stipulated in schedule of quantities. The unused
openings within the switchboards shall be closed using suitable grommets.
1.2.4.8. Effective earthing of the frame and doors of the switchboards shall be provided.
1.2.4.9. Each vertical section shall be provided with a rear or side cable chamber housing
the cable end connections and power/ control cable terminations. There shall be
generous availability of space for ease of installation and maintenance with
adequate safety for working in one vertical section without coming into contact
with any live parts. The design of the switchboard shall allow standard extension
chambers if required to accommodate cables.
308
1.2.4.10. Some switchboards may be required to be installed against the wall, for such
application-documented designs shall be available.
1.2.4.11. Switchboard panels and cubicles shall be fabricated with CRCA Sheet Steel of
thickness not less than 2.0 mm and shall be folded and braced as necessary to
provide a rigid support for all components. The doors and covers shall be
fabricated from CRCA sheet steel of thickness not less than 2 mm. Joints of any
kind in sheet metal shall be seam welded and all welding slag ground off and
welding pits wiped smooth with plumber metal. The thickness may also vary as
per the OEM design and in those cases the design shall be validated.
1.2.4.12. All panels and covers shall be properly fitted and square with the frame. The
holes in the panel shall be correctly positioned.
1.2.4.13. Switchboard shall be provided with “Danger Notice Plate” conforming to relevant
Indian Standards.
1.2.5. Switchboard Dimensional Limitations
1.2.5.1. The overall height of the switchboard shall be limited to 2400 mm for all the
Busbar ratings and type of switchboards excluding the base frame.
1.2.5.2. The height of the operating handle, push buttons etc. shall be restricted between
300 mm and 1800 mm from finished floor level.
1.2.5.3. Other dimensional limits if any shall be as per the Schedule of Quantities.
1.2.6. Switchboard Compartmentalization
1.2.6.1. For compartmentalized switchboards, separate totally enclosed compartments
shall be provided for horizontal busbars, vertical busbars, ACBs, MCCBs, and
cable alleys.
1.2.6.2. All ACBs and MCCB above 500 Amps shall be provided with LED lamp indicators
for ON/OFF and TRIP indications.
1.2.6.3. All the ACBs and MCCB above 500 Amps shall be BMS ready as per the BOQ,
including all necessary hardware, media convertors, potential free contacts as
required.
1.2.6.4. Earthed metal or insulated shutters shall be provided between drawout and fixed
portion of the switchgear such that no lives parts are accessible with equipment
drawn out. Degree of protection within compartments shall be at least IP 2X.
1.2.6.5. Sheet steel hinged lockable doors for each separate compartment shall be
provided and duly interlocked with the breaker in "ON" and "OFF" position.
1.2.6.6. For all Circuit Breakers separate and adequate compartments shall be provided
for accommodating instruments, indicating lamps, control contactors and control
MCB etc. These shall be accessible for testing and maintenance without any
danger of accidental contact with live parts of the circuit breaker, busbars and
connections.
309
1.2.6.7. Each switchgear cubicles shall be fitted with aluminium plate embossed labels in
front and back identifying the circuit, switchgear type, rating and duty and details
of incoming or outgoing cable / bus trunking including size, length, from feeder /
to source etc.. All operating devices shall be located in front of switchgear only.
1.2.6.8. A horizontal wire way with screwed cover shall be provided at the top to take
interconnecting control wiring between vertical sections.
1.2.6.9. Separate cable compartments running the height of the switchboard in the case
of front access boards shall be provided for incoming and outgoing cables.
1.2.6.10. Cable compartments shall be of adequate size for easy termination of all
incoming and outgoing cables entering from bottom or top. All cable
terminations shall be through gland plates. There shall be separate gland plate
for each cable entry so that there will not be dislocation of already wired circuits
when new feeders are added. Cable entry plates shall therefore be sectionalized.
The construction shall include necessary cable supports for clamping the cable in
the cable alley or rear cable chamber.
1.2.7. Switchboard Bus Bars
1.2.7.1. Busbars shall be made of high conductivity, 99.9% purity, high strength Copper
of ETP grade Busbars shall be of rectangular cross sections as per OEM design.
The neutral shall be the same size as the phase bus bar, i.e., 100% neutral shall be
provided. The busbar shall be rated for full load current for phase bus bars and
for neutral bus bar as stipulated in schedule of quantities. Busbar shall be
suitable to withstand the stresses of fault level as specified in schedule of
quantities.
1.2.7.2. Main Horizontal busbar and Neutral shall be in same compartment.
1.2.7.3. The bus bar system may comprise of a system of main horizontal bus bars and
auxiliary vertical bus bars run in bus bar alloy on either side in which the circuit
could be arranged with front access for cable entrances
1.2.7.4. The bus bars shall be supported on non-breakable, non-hygroscopic epoxy resin
or glass fibre reinforced polymer insulated supports at regular intervals and shall
be able to withstand operating temperature of 110 Deg C and withstand the
forces arising from a fault level as stipulated in schedule of quantities. The
material and the spacing of the Busbar supports shall be same as per the type
tested assembly
1.2.7.5. Auxiliary buses for control power supply, space heater power supply or any
other specified service shall be provided. These buses shall be insulated,
adequately supported and sized to suit specific requirement. The material for
auxiliary supply bus will be insulated electrolytic copper wires.
1.2.7.6. Clearances between phases shall be in line with BIS IEC standards.
310
1.2.8. Switchboard Interconnection

1.2.8.1. All connection and tap offs shall be through adequately sized connectors
appropriate for fault level at location. This shall include tap off to feeders and
instrument/control transformers.
1.2.8.2. For unit ratings upto 250 amps, PVC insulated copper conductor wires of
adequate size to carry full load current shall be used. The terminations of such
interconnections shall be crimped. Solid connections shall be used for all rating
of above 250 amps.
1.2.8.3. All connections, tappings, clamping, shall be made in an approved manner to
ensure minimum contact resistance. All connections shall be firmly bolted and
clamped with even tension. Before assembly joint surfaces shall be filed or
finished to remove burrs, dents and oxides and silvered to maintain good
continuity at all joints. All screws, bolts, washers shall be zinc plated.
1.2.9. Instrument Accommodation
1.2.9.1. All voltmeter and ammeter and other instruments shall be digital, flushed
mounted type of size 96 sq. mm conforming to class 1.5 to IS 1248 for accuracy.
All voltmeters shall be protected with MPCBs / MCBs as given in the Schedule of
Quantities.
1.2.9.2. Instruments and indicating lamps shall not be mounted on the Circuit Breaker
Compartment door for which a separate and adequate compartment shall be
provided and the instrumentation shall be accessible for testing and maintenance
without danger of accidental contact with live parts of the Switchboard.
1.2.9.3. For MCCBs, instruments and indicating lamps can be provided on the
compartment doors.
1.2.9.4. The current transformers for metering and for protection shall be mounted on
the solid copper/ aluminium busbars with proper supports.
1.2.9.5. On all the incomers of switch boards ON/OFF indicators lamps shall be provided
suitable for operation on AC 230 volts supply. All lamps shall be protected by
MCBs.
1.2.9.6. Panel shall be rated for Impulse withstand capability equal to or greater than the
switchgears inside the panel.
1.2.9.7. For Incomer and outgoing feeders comprehensive power meters shall be
provided which shall display A , V, pf , Hz , kW, kVA, kVAR, kWH , kVARH, average
and maximum values, demand values, THD on current and voltages and
harmonics. All such meters shall be with integrated / add-on ethernet modules
for seamless connectivity to the BMS/ SCADA system.
1.2.10. Wiring
All wiring for relays and meters shall be with PVC insulated copper conductor
wires. The wiring shall be coded and labelled with approved ferrules for
311
identification. The minimum size of copper conductor control wires shall be 2.5
sq. mm. Runs of wires shall be neatly bunched and suitably supported and
clamped. Means shall be provided for easy identification of wires. Identification
ferrules shall used at both end of wires. All control wires meant for external
connections shall be brought out on a terminal board. The cables and control
wires shall be suitable for withstanding 105 deg C.
1.2.11. Space Heaters
Anti- condensation heaters shall be fitted in each cubicle together with an
ON/OFF isolating switch suitable for electrical operation at 230 volts A.C 50 Hz
single phase of sufficient capacity to raise the internal ambient temperature by
5O C. The electrical apparatus so protected shall be designed so that the
maximum permitted rise in temperature is not exceeded if the heaters are
energized while the switchboard is in operation. As a general rule, the heaters
shall be placed at the bottom of the cubicle.
1.2.12. Ventilation Fans
The Switchboard shall be provided with panel mounting type ventilation fans in
each panel if so required as per the Schedule of Quantities. The fan shall be
interlocked with switchgear operation. The degree of enclosure protection shall
be maintained even with the fans.
1.2.13. Earthing
Continuous earth bus sized for prospective fault current shall be provided with
arrangement for connecting to station earth from at least two points. Hinged
doors / frames shall be connected to earth through adequately sized flexible
braids.
1.2.14. Sheet Steel Treatment And Painting
Sheet steel used in the fabrication of switchboards shall undergo a rigorous
cleaning and surface treatment seven tank process comprising of alkaline
degreasing, descaling in dilute sulphuric acid and a phosphating process after
which a coat of primer paint compactively with the final paint shall be applied
over the treated surface. Final paint coat of oven baked powder coating, of
minimum 60 micron thickness, of sheet approved by Engineer-in-Charge shall
then be provided. The final shade shall got approved from the Engineer-in-charge
1.2.15. Name Plates And Labels
Suitable engraved white on black name plates and identification labels of metal
for all Switchboards and Circuits shall be provided. For incoming the label shall
indicate the source, bur trunking / cable length and size. For outgoing feeders,
these shall indicate the feeder number, feeder designation, bus trunking / cable
size, length and the load.
312
1.2.16. Type test reports.

Switchboard configurations offered shall be CPRI / equivalent international test
house tested for all the tests as per IEC 61439 -1 & 2 and internal arc tests.
Copies of the test certificates shall be submitted with the drawings for approval.
1.2.17. Testing at Works

Copies of type test carried out at ACB/ MCCB manufacturers works and routine
tests carried out at the switchboard fabricators shop shall be furnished along
with the delivery of the switchboards. Engineer-in-Charge reserves the right to
get the switchboard inspected by their representative at fabricators works prior
to dispatch to site to witness the followings.
i) Physical variation and dimensional check
ii) Verification of bill of material
iii) Functional check
iv) HV test
v) IR test
APFC Panels:
All APFC panels shall be tested in accordance with IEC 61921 up to the latest
amendments and compliance of the same shall be submitted for approval from the
Engineer-In-charge along with the technical data sheets of the item.
313
SUB-HEAD – 7 Technical Specifications of Component of D.G Set
1.1. The work shall be carried out as per CPWD General Specifications for Electrical
Works Part IV Substation 2013 and as amended upto date.
1.2. The work shall be executed as per Schedule of Quantities, approved design and
drawings, particular specifications of each Sub Head, CPWD specifications, special
conditions, Specifications of Bureau of Indian Standards and Specifications of
International Bodies in that order. Where any of the aforesaid provisions and
conditions are silent, relevant specialized literature and manufacturers specification
shall be followed for execution of work. Where there is ambiguity amongst the above
referred documents / sources, the decision of the Engineer-in-charge is final and
binding.
1.3. The DG set and associated components shall be provided with foundation, the quoted
rates shall be inclusive of foundation cost what so ever, designed as per the
recommendations of OEM.
1.4. The Essential Panel and AMF Panel shall be as per Clause 5.3 (TTA Panels)
314
SUB-HEAD – 8 VRF system

ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR VRF SYSTEM
The work shall be executed as per CPWD General Specifications for Electrical Works Part
– I (Internal) 2013, Part – II (External) 1994. BIS / IEC and NBC and as per directions of
Engineer-in-Charge. These additional specifications are to be read in conjunction with
above and in case of variations; specifications given in these Additional conditions shall
apply. However, nothing extra shall be paid on account of these additional specifications
& conditions as the same are to be read along with schedule of quantities for the work.
1. SCOPE OF WORK
1.1 These specifications shall cover the Design, Supply, Erection, Testing, and
Commissioning of VRF System.
1.2 Complete set of architectural and other Services drawings showing the general
character of
Building construction and drawings showing the areas to be covered by the HVAC
System with location of Indoor VRF Unit like cassette, AHU and other components
will be submitted by Agency for the approval of the same.
1.3 The drawings indicate only the general scheme of requirement and the extent of
work covered in this contract. The equipment and their associated works such as
Cabling, ducting, piping etc. may be re-arranged in the space allotted subject to the
approval of Engineer-in-charge. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure that
his work is coordinated with the work of other agencies/client.
1.4 Agency shall submit the Heat load calculation of complete site before the
submission of data
sheets of VRF System.
2. SCHEDULE OF REQUIREMENTS
2.1 Tenderers are advised that the location of detectors and other accessories etc. as
given in these drawings and specifications are indicative and for tenderers
guidance.
2.2 It is the intent of these specifications to define a state-of-art HVAC, which is user
friendly, modular, flexible and expandable. The system is to be designed, installed,
customized, tested, commissioned, and supported by a local office or authorized
engineer of the manufacturer skilled in providing functional and efficient solutions
to the needs of the Engineer in charge. The work shall be carried out by the
associated agency which is authorized by the OEM of equipments.
2.3 The contractor or the manufacturer of major components shall have an in-place
support facility in Mumbai equipped with Competent Support Staff, Spare Parts
Inventory and all the necessary Test and Diagnostic Equipment to provide support
within 24 hours of any breakdowns.
315
2.4 The entire installation shall be in accordance with the requirements and
stipulations of the National Building Code & CPWD specifications.
2.5 All system components and sub-systems are to be fault tolerant and provide
satisfactory operation without damage at +/- 10% of the rated voltage and at +/- 3
Hz variation in line frequency.
3. TECHNICAL DATA
3.1 The Tenderer shall submit comprehensive technical information for all the
equipment and material.
3.2 Technical catalogues and performance Tables/ Curves of all equipment and
machines must be submitted with the offer.
3.2.1 Information given by the tenderer under chapter "SCHEDULE OF TECHNICAL

DATA" is meant for general information only. In case of discrepancies between
tender specifications and details given by the tenderer under chapter "SCHEDULE
OF TECHNICAL DATA", the decision of Engineer-in-charge will be final and
binding on Contractor unless departures are indicated by the Tenderer under
"SCHEUDLE OF DEPARTURE FROM SPECIFICATION” as mentioned here-in-after.
4. PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE AND TESTING
4.1 The Contractor shall execute the work on the basis of indicative designs hereby
given and accepted by Him with or without modifications or new designs
submitted by him at the tender stage and accepted by Engineer in charge, as the
case may be. All Variations, i.e. additions, omissions or substitutions necessitated
at any time for any reason whatsoever, shall be deemed to have been accepted by
the Contractor as not vitiating the performance based nature of this contract. If
any such variations, irrespective of whether such variations are intended to be
executed by other agencies employed by the Engineer-in-charge, have any bearing
on the performance of this Contract, the same shall immediately be brought to the
notice of Engineer-in-charge by the Contractor in writing. In any case the
Contractor shall have to guarantee for due and proper performance of the works
agreed to be so erected.
4.2 The HVAC installation shall be designed and guaranteed to perform as indicted in
other parts of these specifications and drawings read in conjunction with statutory
requirements.
4.3 All equipment shall be tested at manufacturer's Works as per latest relevant
specifications or in the absence of specification approved testing methods shall
be followed and Test Certificates/Reports submitted to the Engineer-in-charge.
316
4.4 In addition to the above, all equipment and systems shall be tested after
installation as required by various statutory authorities, certifying agencies and as
required by various sections of these specifications.
4.5 The Contractor shall take full responsibility for proper operation of the entire
system including debugging and proper calibration of each component and sub-
system.
4.6 The Contractor shall leave necessary provisions required for fixing instruments,
gauges, meters, etc. for testing the installation even if these are not shown on the
drawings. All such instruments, services etc. needed for the tests shall be arranged
by the Contractor at his own cost.
4.7 It is the sole responsibility of Contractor to obtain all the necessary approvals
from the statutory authorities, either prior to, during or after installation as
required. All tests specified herein-after and witnessed/ approved by Engineer-in-
charge, may be deemed to be invalid at the option of Engineer-in-charge, if the
requisite, final and unconditional approvals from the concerned statutory
authorities are not obtained by the Contractor.
4.8 The Contractor shall intimate in writing to Engineer-in-charge as and when

individual components of the installation are ready for tests required for further
progress of erection. All such tests shall be carried out as per these specifications
and/ or as directed by Engineer-in-charge and recorded in the presence of
Engineer-in-charge or his authorized representatives.
4.9 On completion of erection, the contractor shall thoroughly clean all the equipment,
inspect and check the entire installation for correctness and completeness and
furnish a detailed report on all components of the installation to Engineer-in-
charge.
4.10 The Contractor shall intimate in writing to Engineer-in-charge, the proposed date
of initial start-up.
4.11 The Contractor shall, on approval of Engineer-in-charge, proceed with necessary

pre-commissioning activities and tests and put the installation initial operation
and start-up during which preliminary adjustments and addressing shall be
carried out.
4.12 Based on preliminary observations during the initial operation described above,
necessary modifications/repairs/ replacements/ etc. if any shall be carried out by
the Contractor to the entire satisfaction of Engineering- charge. On successful
completion of initial operation, the Contractor shall proceed with trial runs.
4.13 Notwithstanding approval of tests or equipment or materials by Engineer-in-

charge etc., up to the tests in static state as described here-in above, the Contractor
shall be required to perform site tests to prove correctness of ratings and
317
performance of equipment and materials supplied and installed by him, in normal

operating condition.
4.14 All equipment shall be capable of performing the duties specified in these
specifications without damage, distortion or failure of any component.
4.15 The performance of various equipment individually shall not be less than quoted
ratings and consumption of power shall not exceed the ratings quoted by the
tendered, when tested in normal operating condition. Otherwise the equipment /
material are liable for rejection.
4.16 All test instruments shall be calibrated for accuracy prior to taking the
performance tests.
4.17 Failing satisfactory performance of equipment and/ or overall installation after

rectification etc. as stated above, the Engineer– in-Charge, at his sole discretion,
reserves the option of charging liquidated damages for such non-performance
or demand supply and installation of new installation all at no extra cost to
Engineer-in-Charge or demand for full refund of all "On Account" made to the
Contractor for that part of the work which has failed to perform, and the
Contractor shall be obliged to do so as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
5. CODES & STANDARDS
5.1 The HVAC system shall comply with latest requirements of National building code
and
CPWD Specification 2017.
5.2 In general the system and all major components shall have as per CPWD
specification.
6. INSTALLATION:
6.1 Installation shall be in accordance with the local and state codes, as shown on the
drawings, and as recommended by the equipment manufacturer.
6.2 All HVAC equipment shall be flush mounted or surface mounted as per
instructions of the Engineer-in-charge.
6.3 At the final inspection, a factory-trained representative of the manufacturer of the

major equipment shall demonstrate that the system functions properly in every
respect.
7 DEMONSTRATION :
318
7.1 The Contractor shall completely check out, calibrate and test all connected
hardware and software to ensure that the system performs in accordance with
the approved specifications and sequences of operations.
7.2 This demonstration shall consist of the following:

a) Display and demonstrate each type of HVAC equipment for their functioning.
b) Demonstrate parameter changes in respect of cooling/ heating requirement.
8 MANUALS
The following manuals shall be provided at the time of Handing over:
8.1 An Operation Manual of manufacture of equipment.
8.2 On completion of works "As Built" drawings for completed installation shall be
prepared by the Contractor and 5 (Five) copies of the same will be supplied to
the Engineer-in-Charge. In addition, 5 (Five) sets of all Operation Manuals,
Technical Literature for the various components of equipment, Controls and
Accessories installed, Recommended Spares and Services Manuals will be
supplied by the Contractor to the Engineer-in-charge.
9 TRAINING & HANDING OVER

9.1 All training by the Contractor shall utilize manuals and as-built documentation
and the on-line help utility.
9.2 Operator training shall include:
a) Sequence of Operation review
b) Sign ON - Sign OFF
c) Selection of all displays and reports
d) Commanding of points, keyboard
e) System initialization
f) Trouble shooting of HVAC equipments.
10 GUARANTEE
10.1 The contractor shall guarantee the entire HVAC system installation as per
specifications both for components and for system as a whole. All equipment shall
be guaranteed for One year from the date of handing over to the Department
against unsatisfactory performance or breakdown due to defective design,
manufacture and/or installation. The installation shall be covered by the
conditions that the whole installation or any part thereof found defective within
one years from the date of completion shall be replaced or repaired by the
contractor free of charge as decided by the Engineer-in-Charge.
10.2 The guarantee shall cover the following:-
a) Quality, strength and performance of materials used.
b) Safe mechanical and electrical stress on all parts under all specified conditions of
Operation.
c) Satisfactory operation during the guarantee period.
d) Performance figures and other particulars as specified by the tenderer.
319
10.3 Labour to trouble shoot, repair, reprogram or replace system components shall
be furnished by the contractor at no charge to the Engineer-in-charge during the
guarantee period.
10.4 All corrective software modifications made during guarantee period shall be
updated on all user documentation.
11. MISCELLANEOUS:
11.1 The onus of incorporating the statutory requirements as per local rules
and obtaining necessary approval for the HVAC systems shall rest
fully with the Contractor.
11.2 The installation shall be carried out using new Equipment/ Materials
complying with applicable standards in a workmanship like manner.
Engineer-in-charge reserves the right to reject any part of installation having
poor workmanship.
12. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
12.1 SCOPE OF WORK AND EXCLUSIONS

As per CPWD General specification of HVAC.
Unless otherwise indicated in Schedule of Quantities and drawings, the
Contractor's scope of work will exclude only the following items of work and
services, which will be arranged by the Engineer-in- charge
13. Associate specialized agency shall be engaged for execution of minor

component.
(HVAC System Works)
320
LIST OF PREFERRED MAKES
S. NO. ITEM PREFERRED MAKES
APC/ SIEMENS/ ABB/ LEGRAND/ VERTIV/

1 ACTIVE HARMONIC FILTER:
SOCOMEC
2 BATTERIES & SMF BATTERIES EXIDE / HITACHI / Amaron /AMAR RAJA
LT BUS TRUNKING, RISING MAINS,

SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC/ LEGRAND/ ABB/
3 PLUG/ TAP OFF BOXES, END FEED
SIEMENS L&T
UNITS AND ACCESSORIES
4 1.1 KV GRADE XLPE POWER CABLE POLYCAB/ KEI/ HAVELLS/ UNIVERSAL/ LAPP
1.1 KV GRADE FIRE SURVIVAL HAVELLS / FINOLEX/ LAPP/ HENLAY/

5
CABLE BELDEN/ RAMCRO
11 KV/ 33 KV GRADE XLPE POWER

6 POLYCAB/ KEI/ HAVELLS/ UNIVERSAL/ LAPP
CABLE
CABLES (CONTROL, SIGNAL &

FINOLEX / HAVELLS/ POLYCAB/ LAPP/
7 COMMUNICATION, CO AXIAL, PA
BELDEN/ KEI
SYSTEM CABLE)
OBO BETTERMAN/ LEGRAND/ MK

8 GI RACEWAY & CABLE TRAY (Honeywell)/ SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC/
PROFAB
9 CAT – 6A OR CAT 6 UTP CABLE SIEMON/ SCHNEIDER / LEGRAND/

SYSTEMAX / COMMSCOPE
10 CAT 6A I/O SIEMON/ SCHNEIDER / LEGRAND/

SYSTEMAX/ COMMSCOPE
COMMET / GRIPWEL / DOWELL / RAYCHEM/

11 CABLE GLAND
BRACO
12 JOINTING KIT / TERMINATION RAYCHEM/ DENSONS/ MAHINDRA -3M/ABB

321
13 LUGS DOWELL / SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC / COMETT
LEGRAND/ SCHNEIDER / SIEMENS/ ABB/

14 MCB DB, MCB, ISOLATOR, RCBO
HAGER
FLOOR TRUNKING AND

SCHNEIDER/ LEGRAND/ OBO BETTERMAAN/
15 ACCESSORIES, PVC WALL
MK
TRUNKING
FRLS, PVC INSULATED COPPER

16 CONDUCTOR SINGLE CORE CABLE HAVELLS/ KEI/ LAPP/ POLYCAB/ RR KABEL
FOR WIRING
17 M.S. CONDUIT & ACCESSORIES AKG/SUDHAKAR /PRECISION/AVON PLAST
ABB (MNS) / L&T (TERA)/

18 TTA/ DESIGN VERIFIED PANELS
SCHNEIDER(BLOKSET)/ SEIMENS(SIVACON)
ABAK ELETROFAB ENGG PVT. LTD/

TRICOLITE ELECTRICAL INDUSTRIES
LT PANELS (OTHER THAN TTA
19 LIMITED/ADLEC POWER PVT. LTD /
PANELS)
ADVANCE PANELS & SWITCHGEARS PVT LTD.
/ Marine Electricals
PROTECTION RELAYS FOR 11 KV SIEMENS / GENERAL ELECTRIC/ ABB/

20
PANELS SCHNEIDER/ L&T
MODULAR SWITCH & SOCKET/ NORYSIS (CUBE)/ EQUIVALENT IN

INDUSTRIAL SOCKET/ FAN CRABTREE/ LEGRAND (ARTEOR) /
21 REGULATOR/ METAL BOXES, CALL SCHNEIDER (ZENCELO)
BELL, RJ 11, STANDALONE RJ 45,
TV OUTLET ETC.
MULTI-SENSOR DETECTORS,
ADDRESSABLE & REPEATER FIRE
ALARM CONTROL PANEL, GRAPHIC
SOFTWARE, RESPONSE
BOSCH (AVENAR - 8000) OR EQUIVALENT IN
22 INDICATOR, SOUNDER CONTROL
EDWARDS/ NOTIFIER / SIMPLEX / SIEMENS
MODULE/ MONITORING MODULE,
DUCT CASTING UNIT,
ADDRESSABLE MANUAL CALL
BOXES, INPUT / OUTPUT DEVICES,
322
ADDRESSABLE FAULT ISOLATOR
2-WAY/4-WAY FBC, AIR RELEASE

SAFEX/ NEWAGE(MUMBAI)/ GETECH/
23 VALVE, DOUBLE/SINGLE HEADED
VICTAULIC/ ZOLOTO
LANDING VALVE
DIESEL ENGINE FOR FIRE CUMMINS/ KIRLOSKAR / MATHERPLATT/

24
FIGHTING PUMP GREAVES/ XYLUM
25 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS CEASEFIRE/ MINIMAX /KANEX
STAINLESS STEEL SPRINKLER NEWAGE BOMBAY / EVERSAFE/ GETECH/

26
HEADS VIKING
FIRE BRIGADE INLETS/SUCTION SAFEX/ NEWAGE / FIREX/ GETECH/

27
COLLECTING HEAD CEASEFIRE/ PADMINI
FIRST AID HOSE REEL (DRUM AND

BRACKET)/ FIRE HOSE/ GUN SAFEX/ NEWAGE / FIREX/ GETECH/
28
METAL BRANCH PIPE/ FIREMAN CEASEFIRE / PADMINI
AXE/ RRL HOSE
INSTALLATION CONTROL VALVE/ HD FIRE/ NEWAGE/ TYCO/ VIKING/ SAFEX/

29
DELUGE VALVE VICTAULIC
SAFEX/ NEWAGE / FIREX/ GETECH/

30 AIR VESSEL
CEASEFIRE / PADMINI
SAFEX/ NEWAGE / FIREX/ GETECH/

31 WEATHERPROOF HOSE CABINET
CEASEFIRE/ PADMINI
ANTI-VIBRATION MOUNTING/
32 RUBBED PAD/DUCT SUPPORT DUNLOP/ RESISTOFLEX/ EWREN /GERB
ARRANGEMENT
33 G.I. SHEET FOR DUCTING TATA / SAIL / JINDAL (Hissar)/ VIZAG STEEL
SYSTEM AIR /CARRYAIRE/ AIRMASTER/

34 GRILL / DIFFUSER/FIRE DAMPER
TITUS/ AIR FLOW/ CONAIR/ DYNACRAFT
DANFOSS / HONEYWELL / JOHNSONS

35 MODULATING MOTOR
CONTROL / BELIMO/XYLUM
323
MOTORIZED FIRE DAMPER/ SYSTEM AIR /CARRYAIRE/ AIRMASTER/

36
VOLUME CONTROL DAMPER TITUS/ AIR FLOW/ CONAIR/ DYNACRAFT
37 PUF PIPE SUPPORT MALANPUR / LLOYD / BEST PUF
FRESH/ EXHAUST AIR LOUVER TITUS / SYSTEM AIR / CARRYAIRE / CONAIR /

38
(FOR AIR CONDITIONING) AIRFLOW
PREFABRICATED DUCT (WITH GI ZECO/ DUCTOFAB / ALPHADUCT/

39
SHEETS OF MAKES SPECIFIED) TECHNOFAB/ NU AIR(NUTECH)
INSULATION I/C PUF, FIBER GLASS,

UP TWIGA / LLOYD INSULATION/ OWENS
40 ROCK WOOL, GLASS WOOL,
CORNING/ KIMKO
PHENOLIC FOAM
PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM &

BOSCH (PAVERO) Or equivalent in EDWARDS/
41 COMPONENTS LIKE AMPLIFIERS,
NOTIFIER/ SIMPLEX / SIEMENS
MICROPHONE
ABB EMAX / SIEMENS -3 WL / SCHNEIDER

42 AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER ELECTRIC MASTERPACT NW/ LEGRAND
DMX3 / L&T (U-power)
ABB (T-MAX) / SIEMENS (VL) / SCHNEIDER

43 MCCB, MPCB
COMPACT NSX / LEGRAND (DPX3) .
44 EXHAUST FAN/ BLDC CEILING FAN ATOMBERG/ HAVELLS/ CROMPTON/
TRILUX/ LIGHTING TECHNOLOGIES/ REGENT

45 LED LIGHT FITTINGS/FIXTURES
lighting / Philips
SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC/ OBO BETTERMAN/

46 SURGE PROTECTION DEVICE
L&T/ LEGRAND
47 STREET LIGHT POLE BAJAJ/ K-LITE/ SINGH POLES
SFU/FSU/CHANGE OVER SIEMENS/ LEGRAND/ HPL/ SOCOMEC/

48
SWITCH/HRC FUSE ELECON
CURRENT TRANSFORMER &

49 BCH/ C&S/ AE/ KAPPA
POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER
324
MULTIFUNCTION METER, SCHNEIDER/ SIEMENS/ L&T

50 VOLTMETER, AMMETER FOR LT &
HT PANEL EL-MEASURE
EQUIPMENT MOUNTED PANEL FOR AS PER EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S

51
DG SET/TRANSFORMER PRACTICE
CONTACTORS/ SOFT STARTERS/

STARTERS/ MOTOR PROTECTION
RELAYS/RELAY / TIMER / SIEMENS / SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC / ABB /
52
INDICATORS/ PUSH BUTTONS LEGRAND
/CONTACTOR/ PANEL METERS/
OTHER ACCESSORIES
53 HT VCB PANEL SIEMENS / L&T/ ABB/ EATON
SIEMENS / SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC/ ABB/

54 LT CAPACITOR PANELS
EATON
55 SELECTOR SWITCH KAYCEE/ SALZER/ AE/ SIEMENS
56 GROOVED FITTINGS/COUPLINGS VICTAULIC/ TYCO GRINNEL/ RAPID DROP
57 DWC PIPE DURALINE/ SUDHAKAR / REX/ FINOLEX
58 FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTION RESITOFLEX / DUNLOP / EASYFLEX
PUMPS FOR FIREFIGHTING/

MATHER & PLATT/ FRANKLIN/ KSB/
59 DRINKING & DRAINAGE/ STP/ HOT
GRUNDFOS/ XYLEM
WATER CIRCULATING
CROMPTON GREEVES/ SEIMENS/ KIRLOSKAR

60 DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS
/ VOLTAMP/ ANDREW YULE & Co.
BALANCING VALVE/ BALL VALVE /

CI SLUICE VALVE / BUTTERFLY AUDCO/ ADVANCE/ KIRLOSKAR/ ZOLOTO/
61
VALVE / CHECK VALVE /NON- HONEYWELL
RETURN VALVE
CONTROL VALVE (PID) / 2 WAY, 3

DANFOSS / HONEYWELL / JOHNSONS
62 WAY VALVE WITH
CONTROL / BELIMO/ FLOWCON
PROPORTIONATE THERMOSTAT
325
DANFOSS / ABB/ SIEMENS/ HONEYWELL/

63 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE
EMERSON
BASED ON RECOMMENDATION OF OEM OF

64 DAY LIGHT/ OCCUPANCY SENSOR
LED FITTINGS.
OFC CABLE, 12 & 24 PORT LIU,

65 JACK PANEL, UTP PATCH CORD, SIEMON/ LEGRAND/ BELDEN/ COMMSCOPE
FACE PLATE,
66 ETP/ STP (MBBR) OXYBEE/ ION EXCHANGE/ WTE/Thermax
67 CHEMICAL DOSER ASIA LMI / PROMINENT/ E-DOSE
EVEREST/ BLOWVACC/ HYDROCON/ ATLAS

68 AIR BLOWER
COPCO/ GARDNER DENVER
69 FLOW METER ZEST/ ADEPT/ ASTER
70 OIL AND GREASE SKIMMER AKAR IMPEX/ W2P TEK/ VENZA
71 PH SENSOR W2P TEK/ ASTER/ VOLANT/ DIGITAL
72 FRP FILTERS AVENTURA/ AQUANOMICS/ PENTAIR
73 FILTER PRESS W2P TEK/ VENZA/ PHARMATEC/ REVA
74 SCREW PUMP ROTO/ ROTOMAC/ NETZSCH
75 DIFFUSER W2P TEK / VENZA/ REHAEU GERMANY
NOTIFIER / SIMPLEX/ EDWARDS / SIEMENS /

76 TALK BACK SYSTEM
Bosch
TWISTED PAIR SHIELDED CABLE HAVELLS / FINOLEX / PANASONIC /

77
(PA SYSTEM) BATRA HENLAY /POLYCAB
FIRE HYDRANT VALVES/

OMEX/ MINIMAX / NEWAGE (MUMBAI) /
78 LANDING VALVES/ORIFICE
GETECH / SAFEGUARD
PLATE
326
CUMMINS/ CATERPILLAR/ MITSUBISHI/

79 DIESEL ENGINE SET
PERKINS /
STAMFORD/ LEROY SOMER/ CUMMINS or AS

80 ALTERNATORS
PER recommendations of OEM OF DG SET
81 CUSHY FOOT GERB/ DUNLOP OR EQUIVALENT
82 AMF PANEL MANUFACTURED BY OEM/OEA
AS PER DG OM NO. DG/SE (E)-TAS/PPP-M/II

83 LIFT ORDER/22(H) DATED 28/09/2020 upto the
latest ammendments
HONEYWELL / PROFAB/ OBO BETTERMAN/

84 MS/GI HOT DIPPED CABLE TRAY
LEGRAND
HOT/COLD WATER PIPING

85 K-FLEX/ A FLEX/ ARMACELL
INSULATION
ACOUSTIC LINING (DUCTING/ UP TWIGA/ OWENS CORNING/ K

86
PLENUM) FLEX/ARMACELL
CLOSED CELL / OPEN CELL

87 ARMACELL / A FLEX / K FLEX/ ARMAFLEX
NITRILE RUBBER INSULATION
88 CONDENSATE DRAINPIPES ASTRAL/FINOLEX/SUPREME/ PRINCE
WALL / CEILING SPEAKER (PA

89 BOSE / EAW / GENELAC / MARTIN AUDIO
SYSTEM)
90 EQUIPMENT RACK VAL RACK / RITTAL / APW / NET RACK
91 MOTORS ABB / CROMPTON / KEC / SIEMENS
92 UPVC / CPVC PIPES ASTRAL / SUPREME/ FINOLEX
BELIMO / HONEYWELL / JOHNSON CONTROL

93 ACTUATORS
/ SIEMENS
327
HONEYWELL / TRANE / RADIX / SONTAY /

94 TEMPERATURE SENSORS
SIEMENS/ ACI/ DWYER/ GREYSTONE/ BEPL
HONEYWELL / TRANE / RADIX / SONTAY /

95 HUMIDITY SENSOR
SIEMENS
SCHENITECH / HONEYWELL / FORBES

96 FLOW METER
MARSHAL / ENH / SIEMENS
HONEYWELL / TRANE / RADIX / SONTAY/ ACI

97 PRESSURE SENSOR
DWYER/ KELE/ SEIMENS
VEKSLER / FILPRO / SONTAY / SIEMENS/

98 WATER LEVEL SWITCH
ACI/ DWYER/ KELE
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE HONEYWELL / TRANE / RADIX / SONTAY/

99
SWITCH SEIMENS/ ACI/ DWYER/ GREYSTONE
CO SENSOR, FLOW SWITCH, HONEYWELL / TRANE / RADIX / SONTAY /

100
PRESSURE TRANSMITTER SIEMENS
ZECO / EDGETECH / SYSTEMAIRE / NUTECH/

101 AIR HANDLING UNITS
YORK
102 VRF Indoor/Outdoor units Carrier/ Mitsubishi /Clivet/York/Trane
CENTRIFUGAL/AXIAL/VANE
KRUGER / GREENHECK/ AIRFLOW/
AXIAL/IN-LINE FANS FOR
103 COMEFRI/ NICOTRA (AMCA CERTIFICATION
VENTILATION, SMOKE EXHAUST,
OF FANS FOR PERFORMANCE AND NOISE)
PRESSURIZATION
104 M.S./ G.I. PIPE TATA/ JINDAL (HISSAR)/ SAIL/ VIZAG STEEL
105 PRE-INSULATED PIPE ZECO / SEVEN STAR / PERMA PIPE
106 EMERALD / RAPID COOL / KIRLOSKAR/

POT / Y STRAINERS
ANERGY/ AUDCO/ SPURION
107 GI SHEETS SAIL / TATA / JINDAL
108 ALUMINUM SHEET BALCO / HINDALCO / NALCO

328
109 FASTENERS. HILTI / FISCHER
110 STRAINER (FIRE FIGHTING) EMERALD / GRANDPRIX / LEADER/HAMMER
111 SPRINKLER HANGER SUPPORTS CHILLY / HITECH
112 INDICATING LAMPS L&T / SIEMENS / GE / AE / IMP
113 EMERGENCY LIGHTING SYSTEM

HOCHIKI/COOPER/TECKNOWARE/ ASM/ TM
AND COMPONENTS, FIXTURES
NOTE:
THE MENTIONING OF PARTICULAR MAKE UNDER PREFERRED MAKES DOES

NOT FULFIL AUTOMATICALLY FOR ACCEPTANCE. THE MAKE SHALL COMPLY
1 ALL THE PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS, ITEM OF WORK AND OTHER
CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
EITHER THE MODEL SHALL GET APPROVED OR SAMPLE SHALL BE SUBMITTED

2 FOR APPROVAL BY ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE BEFORE CONFIRMING ANY ORDER TO
SUPPLIER BY THE CONTRACTOR.
FOR ANY ITEM NOT COVERED IN THE ABOVE LIST, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL
3 SUBMIT THE MAKES AND SAMPLE FOR SEEKING APPROVAL FROM THE
ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE BEFORE SUPPLY THE MATERIAL.
329
Inventory
The tentative inventories required for E&M equipment is as follows:
1 Electrical Inventory
330
2. DB Details
3. Fire Alarm & PA inventory

331
332
Part- D
“Schedule
of
Quantity
for
Composite
works”
NAME OF WORK:-Construction of 354 nos. staff Quarters Hostel Building Academic Block, for Reserve Bank of India at Plot No. 1, Sector 7,
CBD Belapur (Kharghar), Navi Mumbai.
Package 1:- C/o 1 No Grade D tower(19 quarters, G+10), 4 Nos Grade B/C tower (quarters 159 G+10) 4 Nos Grade A tower(176 quarters,
G+11), ZTC Hostel Building(82Rooms,G+8), Academic Block (G+2), Club House With Swimming Pool, Caretaker, Security And commercial
building and Sanitary Installations, Drainage, Internal Electrical Installations, Lifts, Fire-Fighting and Fire-Fighting Alarms, D.G Sets, STP,
Substation and Pump House, Rainwater Harvesting System, and development work for Reserve Bank of India at Plot No. 1, Sector 7, CBD
SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES (CIVIL)

Item Description
Total Quantity Unit Rate Amount
No.
1.00 SUB HEAD-EARTH WORK
1.1 Disposal of excavated earth/ rock, moorum/ building
rubbish/ malba/ similar unserviceable, dismantled or waste
material by mechanical transport including loading,
transporting, unloading to approved municipal dumping
ground for lead upto 10 km for all lifts, complete as per
directions of Engineer-in-charge.
1808.60 Cu.m 491.45 888836.47
1.2 Earth work in excavation by mechanical means (Hydraulic
excavator)/manual means over areas (exceeding 30 cm in
depth, 1.5 m in width as well as 10 sqm on plan) including
getting out and disposal of excavated earth lead upto 50 m
and lift upto 1.5 m, as directed by Engineer-in-charge.
1.2.1 All kinds of soil 45651.90 Cu.m 245.50 11207541.45

excavator)/ manual means over areas (exceeding 30 cm in
depth, 1.5 m in width as well as 10 sqm on plan) including
getting out and disposal of excavated earth lead upto 50 m
and lift upto 1.5 m, as directed by Engineer-incharge.
1.3.1 Ordinary rock 14139.97 Cu.m 493.40 6976661.20

1.3.2 Hard rock (blasting prohibited) 95.00 Cu.m 1415.15 134439.25

excavator) / manual means in foundation trenches or drains
(not exceeding 1.5 m in width or 10 sqm on plan), including
dressing of sides and ramming of bottoms, lift upto 1.5 m,
including getting out the excavated soil and disposal of
surplus excavated soil as directed, within a lead of 50 m.
1.5 Excavating trenches of required width for pipes, cables, etc

including excavation for sockets, and dressing of sides,
ramming of bottoms, depth upto 1.5 m, including getting out
the excavated soil, and then returning the soil as required,
in layers not exceeding 20 cm in depth, including
consolidating each deposited layer by ramming, watering,
etc. and disposing of surplus excavated soil as directed,
within a lead of 50 m :
1.5.1 All kinds of soil

1.5.2 Pipes, cables etc. exceeding 80 mm dia. But not exceeding
300 mm dia 3950.00 Metre 498.70 1969865.00
1.5.3 Pipes, cables etc. exceeding 300 mm dia but not exceeding
600 mm 99.00 Metre 778.55 77076.45
1.6 Extra for excavating trenches for pipes, cables etc. in all
kinds of soil for depth exceeding 1.5 m, but not exceeding 3
m. (Rate is over corresponding basic item for depth upto 1.5
metre) 790.00 Metre 151.75 119882.50
333
Item Description
No.
1.7 Extra for excavating trenches for pipes, cables, etc, in all
kinds of soil for depth exceeding 3 m in depth, but not
exceeding 4.5 m. (Rate is over corresponding basic item for
depth upto 1.5 metre.) 395.00 Metre 376.35 148658.25
1.8 Filling available excavated earth (excluding rock) in

trenches, plinth, sides of foundations etc. in layers not
exceeding 20cm in depth, consolidating each deposited
layer by ramming and watering, lead up to 50 m and lift
upto 1.5 m. 32586.04 Cu.m 303.45 9888233.97
1.9 Extra for every additional lift of 1.5 m or part thereof in

excavation / banking excavated or stacked materials.

1.9.2 Ordinary or hard rock 27433.34 Cu.m 223.95 6143696.49
1.10 Supplying and filling in plinth with sand under floors,
including watering, ramming, consolidating and dressing
complete. 150.27 Cu.m 2582.50 388072.28
1.11 Supply and stacking of stone boulders at site in reqiured

size of stone soiling as per direction of Engineer-in-charge
240.00 Cu.m 1127.95 270708.00
1.12 Providing & laying available stone soling with stone

boulders including breaking to required size, transporting,
by hand packing and filling the gaps with smaller stone and
stone dust / grit, consolidation with watering and ramming
etc. complete as per the specifications and as directed by
Engineer-in-charge.
3913.16 Cu.m 1626.30 6363972.11
1.13 Providing and injecting Chemical emulsion for PRE
CONSTRUCTIONAL anti-termite treatment and creating a
chemical barrier on top surface of soil at level of plinth
filling, inside junction of wall and floor, treatment for RCC
foundation, treatment of soil along external perimeter of
building and treatment of soil surrounding pipes, wastes
and conduits as per IS 6313 (Part-2-2013) using chemical
like imidacloprid 30.5 SC ( having ISI mark, Greenpro ) and
proportion of dilution with water shall be as per IS 6313
part2 . The emulsion shall be applied as mentioned below
and as per IS 6313 (Part-2-2013), all as per specification
and directions of Engineer-in-charge. Plinth area in plan at
GF shall only be measured and paid. A guarantee bond of 10
years shall be furnished in prescribed proforma in triparty
agreement. Rate shall be inclusive of material required for
Anti Termite Treatment and labour and equipment's
required for applying in any condition all etc. complete as
directed by engineer in charge (specialized agency shall be
enganged and shall be approved by Engineer in charge
before execution and shall be authorized by manufacturer
of chemical)
334
Item Description
No.
a) Treatment of soil coming in contact with RCC foundation
(coulumns and shear walls etc) shall be treated at the rate
of 7.5 liter per sq m of the vertical surface of foundation
upto 500 mm depth from original ground level.
b) Treatment of soil along external perimeter of building -
After the building is complete, the earth along the external
perimeter of the building shall be rodded at intervals of 150
mm and to a depth of 300 mm. The rods should be moved
backw and forward, parallel to the wall to break up the
earth and emulsion poured along the wall at the rate of 7.5
liter per square meter of vertical surfaces.
c) Top surface of the plinth filling at the rate of 5 liter/sqm
of internal plinth area( As per IS:6313 Part II-2013), For
any area without basement, treatment shall be done as per
IS 6313 Part-11-2013.
d) Treatment of soil surrounding pipes, wastes and conduits

- When pipes, wastes and conduits enter the soil inside the
area of the foundation, soil urrounding the point of entry
shall be loosened around each of such pipe, waste or
conduits for a distance of 150mm and up to a depth of 75
mm before the treatment is commenced. When they enter
the soil external to the foundation, they shall be similarly
treatment for a distance of 300 mm. unless they stand clear
of the walls of the building are about 75 mm @ 7.5 lit/m2
e) 7.5 liter / m2 along the junction of wall and floor as per
IS 6313 part 2 Approved makes of chemical
(imidacloprid 30.5 SC) - Bayer (premise)/
Rallies/UPL/FMC Note: - 1.The material required for work
shall be entered in MAS register and shall be issued by
department on day to day basis and actual consumption
shall not be less than therotical consumption as per IS 6313
part2. 2) For purpose of payment plinth area of building
shall be measured.
19276.23 Sq.m 138.70 2673612.51

Total for earth work 50865233.12
2.00 SUB HEAD- CONCRETE WORK

Note: 1)The concrete used shall have minimum 30%
replacement of OPC with BIS recommended waste
material such as fly ash , slag, etc. as per Green building
criterion 19.1.1 2)The
concrete used shall contain minimum 5% replacement
of natural aggregate with recycled aggregate as per
Green building criterion 19.1.2 .
3) All type of shuttering shall be designed by contractor
and submitted to Engineer in charge along with design
calculations (if required) for approval. Shuttering shall
be executed as per approved shop drawing and design
calculation.
5) Some RCC elements (as suggested by EIC) shall be
lapped by using mechanical coupler, which shall be
paid separately .
2.1 Providing and laying in position cement concrete of
specified grade excluding the cost of centering and
shuttering - complete work for all heights and level :
2.1.1 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand (zone-III) derived from

natural sources : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal
size derived from natural sources) 335 92.93 Cu.m 8800.90 817867.64
Item Description
No.
2.2 Centering and shuttering including strutting, propping etc.

and removal of form work for :
2.2.1 Foundations, footings, bases for columns. 572.68 Sq.m 397.45 227611.67
2.3 Providing & applying a coat of residual petroleum bitumen

of grade of VG-10 of approved quality using 1.7kg per
square metre on damp proof course after cleaning the
surface with brushes and finally with apiece of cloth lightly
soaked in kerosene oil.
797.71 Sq.m 136.05 108528.17
2.4 Providing and laying in position ready mixed concrete from

approved batch mix plant or manufactured in fully
automatic batching plant at site as per design mix cement
concrete for plain cement concrete work; using coarse
aggregate and fine aggregate derived from natural
sources,Ordinary Portland using flyash as part replacement
and admixtures in recommended proportions as per IS:
9103 to accelerate / retard setting of concrete, to improve
durability and workability without impairing strength;
including pumping of concrete to site of laying, curing,
carriage using continous agitated transist mixer for all
leads; but excluding the cost of centering, shuttering and
finishing as per direction of the engineer-in-charge; for the
following grades of concrete.
Note: 1) Extra cement up to 10% of the minimum specified

cement content in design mix shall be payable separately. In
case the cement content in design mix is more than 110% of
the minimum specified cement content, the contractor shall
have discretion to either re-design the mix or bear the cost
of extra cement. 2) Fly ash conforming to grade I of IS 3812
(Part-1) only be used as part replacement of OPC as per IS :
456. Uniform blending with cement to be ensured in
accordance with clauses 5.2 and 5.2.1 of IS:456 -2000 in the
items of RMC. Minimum 30 % flyash shall be used as part
replacement of cementitious content.
All works upto all height/ depth and level :

2.4.1 Concrete of M10 grade with minimum cement content of
220 kg /cum 6159.35 Cu.m 9599.15 59124540.56
2.5 Providing and laying Plum Concrete course in plain ready

mix concrete/ concrete manufactured in fully automatic
batching plant at site M-10 in layers (not more than
230mm each layer) with evenly distributed stone boulders
of size 150mm to 230mm size leaving a minimum gap of
25mm between the boulders and filling the gap withf grade
M-10 including mechanical consolidation, finishing, curing,
necessary form work etc. all as per specifications, drawings
and as directed by the engineer-in-charge. (Cost is
excluding stones, available stone shall be used by breaking
to required size) (Note : Design mix of M-10 shall be
governed as per DSR item no. 4.20.1.1)
237.28 Cu.m 3700.90 878162.19
336
Item Description
No.
2.6 Providing and laying foam/ light weight concrete of density
1000-1100kg/m³ under podium fire tender road for filling
layer as required as per detail drawing upto the filling level
or subgrade bottom level over exisiting screed as per
direction of engineer in charge.
1016.68 Cu.m 10626.25 10803495.85
Total for concrete work 71960206.08
3.00 SUB HEAD- RCC WORK

Note: 1)THe concrete used shall have minimum 30%
replacement of OPC with BIS recommended waste
material such as fly ash , slag, etc. as per Green building
criterion 19.1.1 2)The
concrete used shall contain minimum 5% replacement
of natural aggregate with recycled aggregate as per
Green building criterion 19.1.2 .
3) All type of shuttering shall be designed by contractor
and submitted to Engineer in charge along with design
calculations (if required) for approval. Shuttering shall
be executed as per approved shop drawing and design
calculation.
5) Some RCC elements (as suggested by EIC) shall be
lapped by using mechanical coupler, which shall be
paid separately .
3.1 Providing and laying in position specified grade of

reinforced cement concrete, excluding the cost of centering,
shuttering, finishing and reinforcement - All work up to all
heights and level :
3.2 1:1.5:3 (1 cement : 1.5 coarse sand (zone-III) derived from
natural sources : 3 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal
size de rived from natural sources) 101.43 Cu.m 9994.70 1013812.35
3.3 Centering and shuttering including strutting, propping etc.

and removal of form for :
3.3.1 Foundations, footings, bases of columns, etc. for mass

concrete
3351.46 Sq.m 367.95 1233169.71
3.3.2 Edges of slabs and breaks in floors and walls Under 20 cm
wide 350.00 Metre 217.35 76072.50
3.4 All reinforcement cement concrete work other described in
above item no. 3.3.1 and 3.3.2 (all work for upto 3.5m floor
to floor height) with water proof ply 12mm thick
122525.35 Sqm 884.25 108343044.60
3.5 Extra for additional height in centering, shuttering where

ever required with adequate bracing, propping etc.,
including cost of de-shuttering and decentering at all levels,
over a height of 3.5 m, for every additional height of 1 metre
or part thereof (Plan area to be measured).
3.5.1 Suspended floors, roofs, landing, beams and balconies (Plan

area to be measured) 29192.57 Sq.m 381.45 11135505.06
3.6 Steel reinforcement for R.C.C. work including straightening,

cutting, bending, placing in position and binding all
complete upto plinth and above plinth upto any height and
levels.
3.7 Thermo-Mechanically Treated bars of grade Fe-500D/ Fe-
550D or more. 6462664.36 Kg 107.15 692474486.17
337
Item Description
No.
3.8 Add for plaster drip course/ groove in plastered surface or
moulding to R.C.C. projections.
6545.55 Meter 77.30 505971.02
3.9 Providing and laying in position ready mixed concrete from

approved batch mix plant or manufactured in fully
automatic batching plant at site as per design mix cement
concrete for plain cement concrete work; using coarse
aggregate and fine aggregate derived from natural
sources,Ordinary Portland using flyash as part replacement
and admixtures in recommended proportions as per IS:
9103 to accelerate / retard setting of concrete, to improve
durability and workability without impairing strength;
including pumping of concrete to site of laying, curing,
carriage using continous agitated transist mixer for all
leads; but excluding the cost of centering, shuttering and
finishing as per direction of the engineer-in-charge; for the
following grades of concrete.
Note: 1) Extra cement up to 10% of the minimum specified

cement content in design mix shall be payable separately. In
case the cement content in design mix is more than 110% of
the specified minimum cement content, the contractor shall
have discretion to either re-design the mix or bear the cost
of extra cement 2) Fly ash conforming to grade I of IS 3812
(Part-1) only be used as part replacement of OPC as per IS :
456. Uniform blending with cement to be ensured in
accordance with clauses 5.2 and 5.2.1 of IS:456 -2000 in the
items of RMC. Minimum 30 % flyash shall be used as part
replacement of cementitious content.
3.9.1 All works upto plinth level

3.9.1.1 Concrete of M25 grade with minimum cement content of
330kg/ cu.m 2013.46 Cu.m 10376.60 20892885.31
350kg/ cu.m 7555.00 Cu.m 10545.75 79673124.18
370kg/ cu.m 4046.38 Cu.m 10714.95 43356716.07
3.9.2 All works above plinth level upto floor V level

330kg/ cu.m 406.21 Cu.m 12315.25 5002577.70
350kg/ cu.m 348.16 Cu.m 12484.40 4346568.70
370kg/ cu.m 42188.31 Cu.m 12653.60 533833976.70
3.10 Extra for R.C.C./ B.M.C/ R.M.C. work above floor V level for
each four floors or part thereof. 37222.43 Cu.m 335.75 12497430.87
3.11 Providing and fixing parallel threaded couplers conforming

to IS code on “Reinforcement Couplers for Mechanical
Splices of Bars for Concrete Reinforcement - Specification”,
to reinforcement bars including threading, enlargement at
connection by forging, protecting the prepared
reinforcement bars and related operations as required to
complete the works per direction of Engineer- in-Charge.
3.11.1 Coupler for 16mm diameter reinforcement bar 24755.00 Each 122.55 3033725.25
3.11.3 Coupler for 25mm diameter reinforcement bar
17465.00 Each 244.90 4277178.50
338
Item Description
No.
3.12 Extra for providing self compacting concrete at all floor
levels over main item of ready mixed cement concrete in all
grades. 34051.14 Cu.m 284.55 9689251.89
3.13 Providing and fixing in position 25mm thick bitumen Per cm

impregnated fiber board conforming to IS: 1838, including depth
cost of primer, sealing compound Grade-A in expansion per
joints. 137.59 100m 657.00 90396.63
3.14 Providing and fixing factory made (Made by jointless FRP

Mould) precast RCC perforated soucer drain covers over
existing RCC drain, having concrete of strength not less than
M-40, 4 nos of hole of 50mm dia for perforation and having
suitably reinfocement as per manufacturer specification etc
complete as per direction of site-in-charge. Approved
makes:- ACME CC products, SAI cement, KK FRP and K
concrete products pvt ltd.
3.14.1 300X450X100mm 2000.00 Each 575.45 1150900.00

3.14.2 300X600X100mm 2667.00 Each 760.40 2027986.80
3.14.3 300X300X100mm 1246.00 Each 490.10 610664.60
Total for RCC work 1539761591.86
4.00 SUB HEAD-MASONRY WORK

Note: 1) Fly ash brick/AAC shall have minimum 40%
Fly Ash Content as per Green building norms criterion
19.1.3.
2) ThePPC (Pozzolana Portland Cement) shall be used
for all masonary motar work having minimum 30% fly
ash content as per Green building norms criterion
19.1.4 .
4.1 Extra for brick work / AAC block masonry / Tile brick
masonry in superstructure above floor V level, for each four
floors or part thereof by mechanical means
1925.74 Cu.m 169.70 326798.08
4.2 Brick work with non modular fly ash bricks conforming to
IS:12894, class designation 10 average compressive
strength in upto plinth and super structure up to floor V
level in : Approved makes of : CONWOOD, GURJARI,
HINDUSTAN, LOK GROUP, SAI BLOCK, VED PMC LTD.
4.2.1 Cement mortar 1:4(1 cement : 4 Coarse sand) 1185.14 Cu.m 9407.95 11149729.96
4.3 Providing and laying autoclaved aerated concrete AAC

blocks masonry with 100mm/150mm/200mm/230 mm
thick AAC blocks in super structure above plinth level up to
floor V level with RCC band at sill level and lintel level with
approved block laying polymer modified adhesive mortar
all complete as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge. (The
payment of RCC band and reinforcement shall be made for
seperately). Thickness of polymer motar shall be 5mm.
Approved makes of AAC block : Aerocon/ Siporex/
Ultratech/ Ecolite/ Godrej.
Approved make of polymer adhesive motar - Roff by
pidellite/ Ardex endura/ KeOrientbelloll/ Laticerte/
Soundbuilcare,Saint gobain (Weber)
4168.28 Cu.m 8619.70 35929337.87

Total for masonry work 47405865.91
339
Item Description
No.
5.00 SUB HEAD-CLADDING WORK
Note: 1)Stones shall be free from cracks, lines, stains,
white spots of efflorescence and even in shade for all
kind of stone work.
2) Stones shall be selected and sorted for uniform
colour, figure and thickness and approved by Engineer
in charge prior to procurement.
3) Stone shall be from same lot and/ or source (stone
quarry) for same kind of work and as approved by
Engineer in charge. 4)
All adhesives and sealants shall be with low VOC and
lead free with acceptable VOC content as per Green
Building requirements.
5) Stone work shall be carried out for all floor, all level,
all height, all places including loading, unloading,
stacking, transporting, hoisting, erecting by any means
(mechanical or manual).
5.1 Providing and fixing Granite 18 mm thick gang saw cut,

mirror polished, premoulded and prepolished, machine cut
for sills and similar locations of required size, approved
shade, colour and texture laid over 20 mm thick base
cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand), joints treated
with white cement, mixed with matching pigment, epoxy
touch ups, including rubbing, curing, moulding and
polishing to edges to give high gloss finish etc. complete at
all levels.
5.1.1 Polished Granite stone slab colour of jet Black,Cherry red,

Ruby Red,elitebrown,cat eye or equivalent
5.1.1.1 Area of slab upto 0.50 sqm 7283.77 Sq.m 5591.50 40727194.36
5.1.1.2 Area of slab over 0.50 sqm 539.43 Sq.m 5288.00 2852495.26
5.2 Extra for fixing marble /granite stone, over and above
corresponding basic item, in facia and drops of width upto
150 mm with epoxy resin based adhesive, including
cleaning etc. complete. 1764.74 Metre 568.25 1002813.51
5.3 Extra for providing opening of required size & shape for
wash basin/ kitchen sink in kitchen platform, vanity
counter and similar location in marble/ Granite/ stone
work, including necessary holes for pillar taps etc. including
moulding, rubbing and polishing of cut edges etc. complete.
178.00 Each 965.70 171894.60
5.4 Providing and fixing Ist quality ceramic glazed wall tiles
conforming to IS: 15622 (thickness to be specified by the
manufacturer), of approved make, in all colours, shades
except burgundy, bottle green, black of any size as approved
by Engineer-in-Charge, in skirting, risers of steps and dados,
over 12 mm thick bed of cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3
coarse sand) and jointing with grey cement slurry @ 3.3kg
per sqm, including pointing in white cement mixed with
pigment of matching shade complete.
Approved makes : Kajaria/ Johnson/ Somany/ Nitco/
Asian/ Orient bell.
2858.35 Sq.m 1270.75 3632243.18
340
Item Description
No.
5.5 Providing and fixing Granite stone 18 mm thick gang saw
cut, mirror polished, premoulded and prepolished, machine
cut for vanity counters and similar locations of required
size, approve shade, colour and texture laid over 12 mm
thick fiber cement board with epoxy mortar or latex
modified mortar minimum 12 mm thick, joints treated with
white cement, mixed with matching pigment, epoxy touch
ups, including providing and fixing of 12 mm thick fiber
cement board over and including G.I frames as per
architectural drawing fixing with necessary fastners as
required, rubbing, moulding and polishing to edges to give
high gloss finish etc. as per architectural details and
drawings complete at all levels.
Approved makes of epoxy motar- Roff by pidellite/
ardex endura/ keOrientbelloll/ laticerte
5.5.1 Polished Granite stone slab colour of Black, ,Cherry red,

Ruby Red,elitebrown,cat eye or equivalent 792.54 Sq.m 5229.95 4144922.35
5.6 Providing and fixing 15 mm thick composite marble for wall

lining (veneer work) as per required size of approved brand
and manufacturer's specifications, backing filled with a
grout of premium epoxy based adhesive in average 12 mm
thickness, at any floor upto all heights, including grouting of
joints etc complete as per the direction of engineer in
charge.
Approved Make : Johnson/ Classic marble/ Asian/
Euro/ Nitco/Orient bell.
Approved makes of polymer modified cementitous
adhesive Roff by pidellite/ ardex endura/
keOrientbelloll/ laticerte
5.6.1 With combination of regal beige and congnizenta shade of

composite marble. 361.74 Sq.m 7037.15 2545590.49
5.7 Providing and fixing 18 mm thick granite stone gang saw

cut, mirror polished, premoulded and repolished, machine
cut for wall lining (veneer work), backing filled with
premium epoxy based adhesive , in average 12 mm
thickness, including pointing with white cement mortar 1:2
(1 white cement : 2 marble dust) with an admixture of
pigment to match the stone shade (To be secured to the
backing by means of cramps, which shall be paid for
separately).
Approved makes of adhesive Roff by pidellite/ ardex
endura/ keOrientbelloll/ laticerte
5.7.1 Polished Granite stone slab colour of Black, ,Cherry red,

Ruby Red,elitebrown,cat eye or equivalent 2783.70 Sq.m 6529.05 18174934.11
341
Item Description
No.
5.8 Providing and fixing rectified ceramic glazed wall tiles
conforming to IS: 15622 (thickness to be specified by the
manufacturer), of approved make, in all colours & shades of
size 300X600mm as approved by Engineer-in-Charge, in
skirting, risers of steps and dados, over 6mm thick cement
based high polymer modified quick set tile adhesive (water
based) conforming to IS: 15477, including pointing in white
cement mixed with pigment of matching shade etc.
complete as per the direction of Engineer in charge.
Approved makes : Kajaria/ Johnson/ somany/ nitco/
asian/Orient bell
Approved makes of adhesive Roff by pidellite/ ardex
endura/ keOrientbelloll/ laticerte
34261.75 Sq.m 1257.85 43096147.77
5.9 Note : The work under this subhead will be carried out
through one of the following approved agencies:
M. S. Engineers, Shenisha Corporation, GRC India Co.,
Mahesh GRC, GRC panels manufactured by "Birla White –
GRC" a unit of ULTRA TECH CEMENT Ltd. and installed by
one of the approved installer of the company or any other
agencies proposed by the main contractor who has
executed work of similar nature and quantum.
Designing, casting, curing, transporting, installing and fixing

in position Perforated Glass Fibre Reinforced Concrete
(GFRC) panels with 40mm thick Screen and 75mm thick Rib
of required shape and size for linear as well as curvilinear
portions of external façade of the building/s for all heights
and all levels, including:
a) Structural analysis & design and preparation of shop
drawings for the specified design loads conforming to IS
875 Part III including functional design of structural
members for fixing GFRC panels of various thicknesses,
cleats, sleeves, splice plates, nuts, bolts, anchor fasteners,
clamps etc.
b) Providing and fixing 40 mm thick (min.) GFRC panels in

required colour and finish with open groove for external
façade made of glass fibre, silica / quartz sand, white
cement, water, admixtures etc. in specified ratio cast by
spray method including strengthening panels by providing
sufficient nos. of horizontal and vertical stiffeners of
required shape and size as per design requirement. The
thickness of GFRC panel shall be 75 mm (minimum) at
return flange / embedded location. The groove of panel
(where structural frame is fixed with GFRC panel) shall be
strengthened by providing additional insert (SS 316 grade)
of required size and profile as per design requirement.
342
Item Description
No.
The ratio of white cement and sand will be 1:1 (1 part white
cement and 1 part sand of approved source). The content of
glass fibre shall be 3.5% to 5% (by weight of GFRC panel as
a whole) and length of glass fibre to be used for casting
these panels shall be 25mm (min.) and uniformly blended
with other constituents. All the six sides of finished GFRC
panel shall be applied hydrophobic (water repellent )
coating by dipping the GFRC panels into a mix of sealant of
approved make to fill the pores to withstand atmospheric
conditions. The GFRC panel shall be fixed with brackets and
structural steel frame of required sizes, shapes, sections,
profiles etc. to accommodate required movement for
achieving perfect verticality and fixing GFRC panels rigidly
to the RCC / masonry / structural steel framework of
building structure using stainless steel anchor fasteners/
bolts, nylon separator to prevent bi-metallic contacts with
nuts and washers etc. of stainless steel grade 316, of the
required capacity and in required numbers.
The bracket as well as structural frame shall be of M.S. hot

dipped galvanized. The work shall be carried out as per
architectural / shop drawings, as specified and as directed
by Engineer-in-charge. For the purpose of payment, only
exposed surface area of GFRC panel shall be measured
excluding the area of the grooves. The cost is inclusive of
GRC panels, cleats, sleeves, splice plates, nuts, bolts, anchor
fasteners, clamps, SS inserts or any other similar
accessories for which nothing extra shall be paid beyond
quoted unit rate. The payment of M.S hot dipped galvanized
brackets and structural frame work shall be paid separately
in relevant item.
163.25 Sq.m 6812.80 1112189.60
Total for cladding work 117460425.23
6.00 SUB HEAD-WOOD WORK

Note: - 1) All adhesives and sealants shall be with low
VOC and lead free with acceptable VOC content as per
GRIHA requirements as per GRIHA requirements 2)
Plywood, laminated or other composite wood based
products shall be E0 grade. 3) Any wood / wood base
material / plywood / MDF Board shall be treated with
antitermite of all such members.
6.1 Providing wood work in frames of doors, windows,

clerestory windows and other frames, wrought framed and
fixed in position with hold fast lugs or with dash fasteners
of required dia & length ( hold fast lugs or dash fastener
shall be paid for separately).
6.1.1 Second class teak wood 58.80 Cu.m 157226.15 9244661.78
6.2 Providing and fixing ISI marked flush door shutters

conforming to IS : 2202 (Part I) non-decorative type, core of
block board construction with frame of 1st class hard wood
and well matched commercial 3 ply veneering with vertical
grains or cross bands and face veneers on both faces of
shutters.
Approved makes of flush door - Kenwood/ anchor/
kutty/ greenply/ orient.
6.2.1 35 mm thick including ISI marked Stainless Steel butt

hinges with necessary screws 2076.21 Sq.m 2408.70 5000971.12
6.2.3 30 mm thick including ISI marked Stainless Steel butt
hinges with necessary screws 343 1790.90 Sq.m 2248.85 4027469.96
Item Description
No.
6.3 Providing and fixing wooden moulded beading to door and

window frames with iron screws, plugs and priming coat on
unexposed surface etc. complete :
6.3.1 2nd class teak wood

6.3.1.1 50X12mm 14253.20 Metre 228.90 3262557.48
6.5 Providing and fixing aluminium tower bolts, ISI marked,

anodised (anodic coating not less than grade AC 10 as per IS
: 1868 ) transparent or dyed to required colour or shade,
with necessary screws etc. complete :
6.5.1 250x10 mm 2638.00 Each 124.75 329090.50

6.5.2 150x10 mm 5033.00 Each 90.25 454228.25
6.6 Providing and fixing decorative high pressure laminated

sheet of plain wood grain in gloss / matt/ suede finish with
high density protective surface layer and reverse side of
adhesive bonding quality conforming to IS: 2046 type S,
including cost of adhesive of approved qualtiy.
Approved makes- Merino/ Greenlam/ Century/
Formica/ Royaltouch/ Durian/Sunmica/anchor.
6.6.1 1.0 mm thick 8293.83 Sq.m 912.95 7571853.92
6.7 Providing and fixing Fire rated panic bar / latch (Double
point) fitted with a single body, Trim Latch & Lock on back
side of the Panic Latch of reputed brand and manufacture to
be approved by the Engineer- in- charge, all complete.
Approved makes- Ozone/ Geze/ Dorma, Assa abloy/
hafele.
235.00 Each 8538.90 2006641.50
6.8 Providing and fixing plain lining with necessary

screws/nuts & bolts/ nails, including a coat of approved
primer on one face, and fixed on wooden /steel frame work,
complete as per direction of Engineer-in charge (Frame
work shall be paid for separately).
6.8.1 12mm thick commercial ply conforming to IS : 1328 BWR

type 500.00 sqm 1296.05 648025.00
6.9 Supply and fixing of Vision panel in firerated doors of

specificied sizes madeout of 6 mm thick clear firerated glass
for 120 minutes fire rating glass fully transparent in fire
/non fire conditions having minimum 93% transparency, in
accordance with IS :3614 part -II and BS :476 Part 20 & 22
for min. fire rating for stability and interity.
Aprroved makes:- Firelite/ Schott/ Saint goabin/
Plinkinton/ Pyrogaurd
32.76 Sq.m 28737.25 941432.31
6.10 Providing and fixing aluminium handles of approved shape

& size 200mm, ISI marked, anodised (anodic coating not
less than grade AC 15 as per IS : 1868) transparent or dyed
to required colour or shade, with necessary screws etc.
complete as per the direction of Engineer in charge.
5185.00 Each 96.65 501130.25
344
Item Description
No.
6.11 Providing and fixing Dead bolt Lock shall be of Stainless
Steel 304 Along with 60mm (tolerence +/- 3mm) Cylinder
made of brass material finished with nickel (One Side Key
only) without handle of approved brand and maunfacturer
with complete set including back set, cylinder, escutcheons
and all necessary SS screws, fittings etc. complete in all
respects as per the directed by Engineer-in-charge
Hafele
203.00 Each 1387.60 281682.80
6.12 Providing and fixing Mortise Sash Lock shall be of Stainless

Steel SS 304 Along with 60mm (tolerence +/- 3mm) Euro
Profile Cylinder made of brass material finished with nickel
(One Side Key and other Side knob) and a pair of handles of
approved brand and maunfacturer with complete set
including back set, cylinder, pair of handle lever,
escutcheons and all necessary SS screws, fittings etc.
complete in all respects as per the directed by Engineer-in-
charge
Hafele
2121.00 Each 3090.65 6555268.65
6.13 Providing and fixing Mortise Sash Lock shall be of Stainless

Steel SS 304 Along with 60mm (tolerence +/- 3mm) Euro
Profile Cylinder made of brass material finished with nickel
(One Side Coin release and othe side knob ) and a pair of
handles of approved brand and maunfacturer with
complete set including back set, cylinder, pair of handle
lever, escutcheons and all necessary SS screws, fittings etc.
charge
Approved makes- Approved makes- Ozone/ Geze/
Dorma, Assa abloy/ Hafele
695.00 Each 3066.45 2131182.75
6.14 Providing and fixing Stainless Steel 304 Grade Tower bolt
250 MM of approved brand and manufacturer includsing
all necessary ss screws in all respects as per manufacturers'
specificatios & as directed by Engineer-in-charge.
Hafele
3724.00 Each 505.95 1884157.80
6.15 Providing and fixing wall / floor mounted PVC magnetic

door stopper (catcher) size as per manufacturer
specification of approved brand, ISI marked with all
necessary screws fittings etc. all complete as per the
directed by Engineer-in-charge.
Hafele 1836.00 Each 140.90 258692.40
6.16 Providing and fixing stainless steel SS 304 safety chain 250
to 300mm of approved brand and manufacturer in main
entry door of dwelling unit including all necessary screw,
fixtures etc. all complete as per the directed by Engineer-in-
charge.
Hafele 465.00 Each 373.35 173607.75
345
Item Description
No.
6.17 Providing and fixing door/ windows concealed handle of
size 250mm (+/-50mm), handle should be flush type with
lock without key system of approved brand for aluminium
sliding shutter, in required colour or shade, ISI marked with
necessary screws etc. complete.
Approved makes Ozone/ Geze/ Starlock/ Alualpha
5979.00 Each 375.95 2247805.05
6.18 Providing and fixing stainless steel door hardware for

wooden sliding door in common toilet of dwelling unit as
follow.
6.18.1 Stainless steel SS 304 sliding system with track length
2000mm, clamps, roller, stopper, floor guide etc suitable for
door weight upto 80 kgs. including all necessary provision
for fitting, screw etc. all complete.
hafele
355.00 Each 2624.00 931520.00
6.18.2 Stainless steel SS 304 finish sliding door lock of 60mm
length for flush door including 55mm backset, 22mm sq for
end, strike plate in satin stainless steel consist internal
thumb turn & external coin release for emergency
unlocking system with all necessary screws etc complete.
hafele
355.00 Each 2865.05 1017092.75

6.18.3 Stainless steel SS304 flush pull of 100mm for sliding door of
approved brand, including deep cuting for fixing with all
necessary screw, bolt etc complete as per direction of
engineer in charge
Approved makes Approved makes- Ozone/ Geze/
Dorma, Assa abloy/ hafele
355.00 Each 465.40 165217.00
6.19 Wooden Fire Rate Door for 60Min (1 Hours) Fire Rating
for stability integrity and insulation.
a) Providing and fixing in position second class Teak Wood
Door Frame Sectionwith members of size 230 mm x 75 mm
( Double Rebated ) / 100mm x 75mm (Single Rebated)
including making necessary grooves in the frame for
providing and fixing intumescent strips of size 20 x 4mm as
per the manufacturer's specifications, including making
required rebates, chamfering and rounding edges, making
grooves or any other feature etc., as per the Architectural
drawings and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The
visible external surfaces of the door frame, will be finished
with 3 coats of melamine polish.
b) Providing and fixing asbestos free frame work of treated
hard wood of selected species for stiles and rails and the
core made of minimum 24 mm thick ceramic fiber blankets
infill of density 96 kg per cum;
346
Item Description
No.
c) Providing and fixing of minimum 55 mm thick wooden
door shutter with face panel of 12 mm thick calcium silicate
boards of required density, well matched commercial 3 ply
eneering withvertical grains or cross bands on both faces of
shutters, with intumecent fire seal strips of size 20 x 4
mm all around the 4 sides of shutters size as per the
manufacturer's specifications fixed in grooves in the
external lipping of the door shutter all around both the
leaves of the shutters. The second class teak wood external
lipping would be of required size minimum twohour fire
rated stainless steel ball bearing hinges 100 mm x 75mm x
3mm (4 hinges per leaf of shutter). including 4mm
decorative veneer in combination and / or pattern on each
face shall be provided . The cost includes providing opening
for vision panel of required size in shutters (cost of glass
excluded) and fixing vision panels of specified size with
complete fire rated gasket channel & moulding beading and
filling the gap between moulding /beading and glass with
suitable sealant. The visible external surfaces of the second
class teak wood lipping and beading shall be finished with 3
coats of melamine polish. The work will be carried out as
per the manufacturer's specifications and pre - tested CBRI
not older than 5 years Certificates for both Single Leaf and
Double Leaf doors shall be submitted to the Engineer - in -
Charge for the approval of the specialized agency.
(For the purpose of payment, the area shall be measured

from outer frame to outer frame above the finished floor
level excluding the portion embedded inside floors, wall
cladding. The door frame shall not be measured separately
for payment.) Shutter with 55 mm (minimum thickness
excluding laminate)
Approved makes for complete assembly of FRD doors
(i/c frame): Sukriti/ Kenwood/ Kutty/ Promat/ Signum.
Approved makes for calcium silicate board : Starpan/
Hilux/ Arolite
Approved makes for fire rated hinges : Dorma/
ozone/hafele/geze/dorma/ Assa Abloy / Marshall
Approved makes for intumescent strips : Promat/
PEMKO/ Intumex/ Astroflame Marshall.
784.98 Sq.m 19461.65 15277006.02
347
Item Description
No.
6.20 Providing and fixing Door frame and Shutter made of 46mm
thick steel fire check door of 120 minutes fire rating
confirming to BS: 476 Part 22/20 and IS: 3614 Part Il for
stability and integrity and insulation of 30 minutes,
fabricated with 2 nos. 22 gauge thick galvanized steel sheet
with infill of fire rated Acrylic Sealant and non-combustible
core bonded [ honey comb /rockwood ] to both faces of
sheet with lock seam joints, at stile edges and internal
reinforcement at top, bottom and stile edges for Fire Rating.
The door frames are manufactured from 18 gauge thick
galvanized steel sheet pressed from to double rebate profile
of size 125mm x 60 mm. The frames shall be fixed using
hilti/Worth/ficher required microns to give good durability
anchor bolts of size 10mm dia x 100mm long. The door
frames and door shutters are finished with powder coating
paint. The cost includes providing and fixing of minimum
two-hour fire rated stainless steel ball bearing hinges 100
mm x 75mm x 3mm (4 hinges per leaf of shutter). The
cost includes providing opening for visison panel of
required size in shutters (cost of glasses excluded) and
fixing vision panels of specified size with complete fire
rated gasket channel & moulding beading and filling the gap
between moulding /beading and glass with suitable sealent.
Approved makes:- Shakti Horman, Sukriti, Bhawani fire
protection pvt ltd
589.23 Sq.m 10414.89 6136762.93
6.21 Wooden Fire Rate Door for 120Min (2 Hours) Fire

Rating for stability integrity and insulation.
a) Providing and fixing in position second class Teak Wood

Door Frame Sectionwith members of size 230 mm x 75 mm
( Double Rebated )/ 140 x 75 mm (Single Rebated )
including making necessary grooves in the frame for
providing and fixing intumescent strips of size 20 x 4mm as
per the manufacturer's specifications, including making
required rebates, chamfering and rounding edges, making
grooves or any other feature etc., as per the Architectural
drawings and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The
visible external surfaces of the door frame, will be finished
with 3 coats of melamine polish.
b) Providing and fixing asbestos free frame work of treated
hard wood of selected species for stiles and rails and the
core made of minimum 24 mm thick ceramic fiber blankets
infill of density 96 kg per cum;
348
Item Description
No.
c) Providing and fixing of minimum 55 mm thick wooden
door shutter with face panel of 12 mm thick calcium silicate
boards of required density, well matched commercial 3 ply
eneering withvertical grains or cross bands on both faces of
shutters, with intumecent fire seal strips of size 20 x 4
mm all around the 4 sides of shutters size as per the
manufacturer's specifications fixed in grooves in the
external lipping of the door shutter all around both the
leaves of the shutters. The second class teak wood external
lipping would be of required size minimum twohour fire
rated stainless steel ball bearing hinges 100 mm x 75mm x
3mm (4 hinges per leaf of shutter). including laminate in
combination and / or pattern on each face.will be provided
(The cost of providing and fixing laminate shall be paid
separately under relevant item.) The cost includes
providing opening for vision panel of required size in
shutters (cost of glass excluded) and fixing vision panels of
specified size with complete fire rated gasket channel &
moulding beading and filling the gap between moulding
/beading and glass with suitable sealant. The visible
external surfaces of the second class teak wood lipping and
beading shall be finished with 3 coats of melamine polish.
The work will be carried out as per the manufacturer's
specifications and pre - tested CBRI not older than 5 years
Certificates for both Single Leaf and Double Leaf doors shall
be submitted to the Engineer - in - Charge for the approval
of the specialized agency.
(For the purpose of payment, the area shall be measured

from outer frame to outer frame above the finished floor
level excluding the portion embedded inside floors, wall
cladding. The door frame shall not be measured separately
for payment.) Shutter with 55 mm (minimum thickness
excluding laminate)
Approved makes for complete assembly of FRD doors
(i/c frame): Sukriti/ Kenwood/ Kutty/ Promat/ Signum.
Approved makes for calcium silicate board : Starpan/
Hilux/ Arolite
Approved makes for fire rated hinges : Dorma/
ozone/hafele/geze/assa abloy
Approved makes for intumescent strips : Promat/
PEMKO/ Intumex/ Astroflame Marshall.
680.72 Sq.m 19717.75 13422266.78
6.22 Providing and fixing Surface fire rated Door Closer with
external palmet arm with SS finishing (to be integrated in
the door leaf and / or frame), conforming to EN 1154, with
rapidly decreasing opening torque/force, with adjustable
Closing strength, adjustable independent closing & latching
speeds, Non-handed, with back check / cushioned limit stay
but without hold open function, suitable for internal doors
with sizes and with weights upto 80 kg and 5 lac cycle
tested as specified, etc all as per the specifications, along
with required stainless steel screws, templates etc., with
guarantee etc all complete as specified, as per the
manufacturer's specifications and as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
Approved makes Ozone/ Geze/ Dorma/ Assa abloy//
hafele.
739.00 Each 3645.35 2693913.65

349
Item Description
No.
6.23 Providing and fixing Firerated Mortise Sash Lock shall be of
Stainless Steel Along with 60mm (tolerance +/- 3mm) Euro
Profile Cylinder (One Side Key and other Side knob) and a
pair of handles of approved brand and maunfacturer with
complete set including back set, cylinder, pair of handle (
One side pull handle 300mm & other side lever handle )
escutcheons and all necessary SS screws, fittings etc.
charge Approved makes Ozone/ Geze/ Dorma/ Assa
abloy// hafele.
489.00 Each 4150.50 2029594.50
6.24 Providing and fixing fire rated Stainless steel D-type handle
of size 300X19mm of approved brand and manufacturer
including all necessary screws, bolt etc. All complete as per
direction of engineer in charge.
Approved makes Ozone/ Geze/ Dorma/ Assa abloy//
hafele.
285.00 Each 728.80 207708.00
6.25 Providing, fabricating and installing dual tone modular

cubicles as per size mentioned in drawing including 130mm
gap from bottom and door as per standard all complete as
per "Titan standard serries of MERINO by BESCO or
equivalent in Greenlam other approved make". All
intemediate panels, pilastes, doors shall be made of 12mm
thick solid compact laminate (Phenolic Core Board)
conforming to IS : 2046 and based on thermosetting resins,
homogeneously reinforced with cellulose fibers making
cubicles impervious to water, resistant to fire. The pilaster
are anchored to adjustable legs of SS 316 grade at bottom
and SS top rail (Grade 304) Shall be fixed as per
manufacturer's specifications. Hardware and accessories
shall be as specified in particular specifications, etc. all
complete as per the architectural drawings, specifications
and as directed by Engineer-in-charge. For the pupose of
measurement, number of modular cubicles shall be
enumerated. Cubicles size- 900 to 1110 (W), 1200-
1500(w) X2100 (H)
78.00 Each 46858.10 3654931.80
6.26 Providing and fixing dual tone modular urnial partition of

size 500(W) X 1200(H) mm with right angle Stainless steel
brackets as per "UMP SS Series of MERINO by BESCO or
equivalent in other approved make". Partition shall be
made of 12mm thick solid compact laminate (Phenolic Core
Board) conforming to IS : 2046 and based on thermosetting
resins, homogeneously reinforced with cellulose fibers
making partition impervious to water, resistant to fire. The
urinal partitions are anchored with sainless steel (grade
304) right angle brackets to finished wall as per
manufacturer's specifications. Hardware and accessories
shall be as specified in particular specifications, etc. all
complete as per the architectural drawings, specifications
and as directed by Engineer-in-charge. For the pupose of
measurement, number of urinal partition of specified
dimentions shall be enumerated.
350 25.00 Each 6401.85 160046.25

Total for wood work 93216518.95
Item Description
No.
7.00 SUB HEAD-STEEL WORK

Note: - 1) All a paint, sealeants etc shall be with low VOC
with acceptable VOC content as per GRIHA
requirements and lead free.
2) Contractor shall prepare shop drawing base on
concept drawing for any type of fabrication work and
get approved before start the work.
7.1 Providing and fixing 1mm thick M.S. sheet door with frame
of 40x40x6 mm angle iron and 3 mm M.S. gusset plates at
the junctions and corners, all necessary fittings complete,
including applying a priming coat of approved steel primer.
7.1.1 Using M.S. angels 40x40x6 mm for diagonal braces 12.50 Sq.m 5713.15 71414.38
7.2 Supplying and fixing rolling shutters of approved make,

made of required size M.S. laths, interlocked together
through their entire length and jointed together at the end
by end locks, mounted on specially designed pipe shaft with
brackets, side guides and arrangements for inside and
outside locking with push and pull operation complete,
including the cost of providing and fixing necessary 27.5 cm
long wire springs manufactured from high tensile steel wire
of adequate strength conforming to IS: 4454 - part 1 and
M.S. top cover of required thickness for rolling shutters.
7.2.1 80x1.20 mm M.S. laths with 1.20 mm thick top cover. 172.79 Sq.m 3427.45 592229.09
7.3 Providing and fixing ball bearing for rolling shutters 46.00 Each 506.90 23317.40
7.4 Extra for providing mechanical device chain and crank

operation for operating rolling shutters.
7.4.1 Exceeding 10.00 sqm and upto 16.80 sqm in the area 139.04 Sq.m 1324.80 184200.19
7.5 Extra for providing grilled rolling shutters manufactured

out of 8 mm dia M.S. bar instead of laths as per design
approved by Engineer-in- charge, (area of grill to be
measured).
66.96 Sq.m 799.35 53522.88
7.6 Providing and fixing T-iron frames for doors, windows and
ventilators of mild steel Tee-sections, joints mitred and
welded, including fixing of necessary butt hinges and
screws and applying a priming coat of approved steel
primer.
7.6.1 Fixing with 15x3 mm lugs 10 cm long embedded in cement
concrete block 15x10x10 cm of C.C. 1:3:6 (1 Cement : 3
coarse sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal
size). 96.00 Kg 137.00 13152.00
7.7 Steel work in built up tubular (round, square or rectangular

hollow tubes etc.) trusses etc., including cutting, hoisting,
fixing in position and applying a priming coat of approved
steel primer, including welding and bolted with special
shaped washers etc. complete.
7.7.1 Hot finished welded type tubes 4176.29 Kg 185.10 773031.28
7.8 Providing and fixing M.S. fan clamp type I or II of 16 mm dia

M.S. bar, bent to shape with hooked ends in R.C.C. slabs or
beams during laying, including painting the exposed portion
of loop, all as per standard design complete.
422.00 Each 222.20 93768.40
351
Item Description
No.
7.9 Providing and fixing circular/ Hexagonal cast iron or M.S.
sheet box for ceiling fan clamp, of internal dia 140 mm, 73
mm height, top lid of 1.5 mm thick M.S. sheet with its top
surface hacked for proper bonding, top lid shall be screwed
into the cast iron/ M.S. sheet box by means of 3.3 mm dia
round headed screws, one lock at the corners. Clamp shall
be made of 12 mm dia M.S. bar bent to shape as per
standard drawing.
3345.00 Each 221.35 740415.75
7.10 Steel work welded in built up sections/ framed work,

including cutting, hoisting, fixing in position and applying a
priming coat of approved steel primer using structural steel
etc. as required.
7.10.1 In gratings, frames, guard bar, ladder, railings, brackets,
gates and similar works 38327.34 Kg 170.00 6515647.80
7.11 Providing and fixing hand rail of approved size by welding

etc. to steel ladder railing, balcony railing, staircase railing
and similar works, including applying priming coat of
approved steel primer.
7.11.1 M.S. tube 110.00 Kg 187.80 20658.00
7.12 Providing and fixing carbon steel galvanised (minimum

coating 5 micron) dash fastener of 10 mm dia double
threaded 6.8 grade (yield strength 480 N/mm2), counter
sunk head, comprising of 10 m dia polyamide PA 6 grade
sleeve of HILTI-HRD anchor or any other approved brand
and manufacturer, including drilling of hole in frame,
concrete/ masonry, etc. as per direction of Engineer-in-
charge. Approved makes: Hilti/ Fischer/ Wurth
7.12.1 10 x 60 mm 15207.00 Each 133.50 2030134.50

7.12.2 10 x 140 mm 28748.00 Each 186.80 5370126.40
7.13 Providing and fixing stainless steel (Grade 304) railing

made of Hollow tubes, channels, plates etc., including
welding, grinding, buffing, polishing and making curvature
(wherever required) and fitting the same with necessary
stainless steel nuts and bolts complete, i/c fixing the railing
with necessary accessories & stainless steel dash fasteners ,
stainless steel bolts etc., of required size, on the top of the
floor or the side of waist slab with suitable arrangement as
per approval of Engineer-incharge, (for payment purpose
only weight of stainless steel members shall be considered
excluding fixing accessories such as nuts, bolts, fasteners
etc.).
17476.50 Kg 731.60 12785807.40
352
Item Description
No.
7.14 Fabrication, supply and fixing of modular factory made
floor/ side mounted stainless steel (Grade 304) railing,
made of Hollow tubes, channels,bars, plates, all acessories
such as u channel, modular SS glass holder etc. and
paneling with 10mm thick toughened glass as per
architectural drawing or as per selection by E INC , railing
should be well buffed, polished and fixed with stainless
steel fasteners etc. complete as per drawing and design
under the guidense of Engineer in charge, (for payment
purpose only weight of stainless steel members and
acessories shall be considered excluding the cost of 10mm
thick thougened glass it should be paid seperately.). No
welding shall be allowed at site expect slight, which may
require at site. The agency shall submit the shop drawing
for approval and provide mockup. The work shall be
executed only through specialized agency approved by
manufacturer or having credentials.
Approved makes- Ozone/ Kich/steel arts/ Geze/ Dorma
43433.08 Kg 825.15 35838805.96

7.15 Providing and fixing 10mm thick toughened glass in
existing stainless steel railing, frames etc. with with EPDM
rubber / neoprene gasket etc. complete as per the
architectural drawings and the directions of engineer-in-
charge . (Cost of stainless steel u-channel or beading shall
be paid in basic item):
2906.89 Sq.m 2438.55 7088596.61
7.16 Providing and fixing Stainless steel (Grade 304) Grab bar fo
size 300mm for handicapped people toilets use, Grab bars
are made of seamless bacteria resistant grade polyamide,
diameter 30 mm x 3.2 mm with wall fixing rose made of anti-
corrosive steel rose diameter 80 mm, polyamide cap to
conceal fixing with all necessary screws, etc complete
Approved makes- Approved makes Ozone/ Geze/
Dorma/ Assa abloy/ hafele/ Merino.
727.00 Each 1667.25 1212090.75
7.17 Providing and fixing stainless steel (Grade 304) Recessed

manhole cover of size 2.0X2.0m over swimming pool deck
for pump room manhole cover for load capacity upto 2.0
ton or as per design approved by engineer in charge,
including all necessary arrangement for fixing as required
all complete.
1.00 Each 102807.55 102807.55
7.18 Providing and fixing stainless steel (Grade 316) gratings

with frames for drain channels of swimming pool, pump
room, stilt floors etc. or similar location- made of angle, flat,
plate, etc, including welding, grinding, buffing, polishing and
fitting the same necessary stainless steel nuts, bolts and
fasteners etc. all complete as per the direction of Engineer-
in-charge
817.42 Kg 672.20 549469.72
353
Item Description
No.
7.19 Designing, fabricating, installing and fixing in position
Curtain Wall/canopy structure with 6 mm high pressure
laminate (HPL) of approved make, with open grooves for
linear as well as curvilinear portions of the building, , for all
heights and all levels etc. including:
a) Design and preparation of shop drawings for pressure
equalisation or rain screen principle as required, proper
drainage of water to make it watertight including checking
of all the structural and functional design.
b)Providing, fabricating and supplying and fixing panels of
high pressure laminate, including fixing base frame of
aluminium (rate is included in this item) as per approved
shop drawing over MS structural frame (MS Structural
frame is to be measured in seprate item) with screws, nuts,
bolts, washers, cleats and filling the joint with weather
silicone sealant, etc . all complete Approved makes of High
pressure laminate- Aludecor/ Alstrong, Greelam,
Century, Merino, EUROBOND Note :- for the purpose of
payment, only the actual area on the external face of the
curtain wall with Aluminum Composite Panel Cladding
(including width of groove) shall be measured in sqm. up to
two decimal places.
129.13 Sq.m 7073.25 913368.77
7.20 Extra for providing hot dipped galvanising on MS frame /

bracket etc. by dipping in bath of molten zinc (zinc
conforming to grade Zn98 of 209/ 1966) including
preparation of metal surface for receiving galvanising such
as pickling, rinsing, pre-fluxing etc., as per IS: 2629-1966.
The mass of the zinc coating to be not less than 275 gm. per
sqm of steel area to be galvanised.
(payment shal be made on the basis of actual weight of the
galvanised work.)
1000.00 Kg 42.70 42700.00
354
Item Description
No.
7.21 Providing and erecting 3.00 metre high temporary
barricading at site; each panel of size 2.50mx2.00m made of
40x40x6mm angle iron or 50x50x3mm hollow tube
posts/horizontal members/bracings covered with 1.63mm
thick MS Blue colour Sheet sheet. The sheet shall be fixed
with 30x5mm MS flat by suitable welding/riveting. The
panels shall be made so that gap of 50cm above the ground
is available making overall height as 2.5m. MS channel ISLC
75 @ 5.70 kg/m, 50cm long shall be provided at the bottom
having oval shaped holes of size 50x25mm at both ends
with 50cm long MS angle 40x40x6mm bracing. Suitable
arrangement shall be made to fix the barricading to avoid
from overturning by providing 250mm long expansion
fasteners at both ends. The work shall be executed as per
drawing/ direction of Engineer-in-Charge which includes
writing and painting, arrangement for traffic diversion such
as traffic signals during construction at site for day and
night, glow lamps, reflective signs, marking, flags, caution
tape as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The barricading
provided shall be retained in position at site continuously
i/c shifting of barricading from one location to another
location as many times as required during the execution of
the entire work till its completion. Rate include its
maintenance for damages, painting, all incidentals, labour
materials, equipments and works required to execute the
job. The barricading shall not be removed without prior
approval of Engineer-in-Charge.
(Note :- One time payment shall be made for providing
barricading from start of work till completion of work i/c
shifting. The barricading provided shall remain to be the
property of the contractor on completion of the work).
405.00 Metre 3006.35 1217571.75

Total for Steel work 76232836.58
355
Item Description
No.
8.00 SUB HEAD-FLOORING WORK

1)Stones, flooring shall be free from cracks, lines,
stains, white spots of efflorescence and even in shade
for all kind of stone work.
2) Stones, flooring shall be selected and sorted for
uniform colour, figure and thickness and approved by
Engineer in charge prior to procurement. 3)
Stone, flooring shall be from same lot and/ or source
(stone quarry) for same kind of work and as approved
by Engineer in charge. 4) All
adhesives and sealants shall be with low VOC and lead
free with acceptable VOC content as per Green Building
requirements.
5) Stone , flooring work shall be carried out for all floor,
all level, all height, all places including loading,
unloading, stacking, transporting, hoisting, erecting by
any means (mechanical or manual).
6) Finished floor surfaces shall be protected with 12mm
thick POP sheet over a LDPE sheet up till handing over
the project. 7)Cement used
in cement motar shall be PPC cement with minimum
25% fly ash content.
8)Wooden flooring, Ruberized flooring and orther
flooring shall be as per green building norms.
8.1 Cement concrete flooring 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4

graded stone aggregate) finished with a floating coat of neat
cement, including cement slurry, but excluding the cost of
nosing of steps etc. complete.
8.1.1 40 mm thick with 20 mm nominal size stone aggregate

2158.13 Sq.m 651.20 1405371.91
8.2 Chequerred precast cement concrete tiles 22mm thick made

up by using fibre reinforced concrete in rubber mould as
per texture and design approved in footpath & courtyard,
jointed with neat cement slurry mixed with pigment to
match the shade of tiles, including rubbing and cleaning etc.
complete, on 20 mm thick bed of cement mortar 1:4 (1
cement: 4 coarse sand).
Approved Makes: Vyara/ super/ ved PMC/ Hindustan/
Basant betons/nitco/Johnson
8.2.1 Dark shade pigment using ordinary cement 9075.78 Sq.m 1175.75 10670847.04
8.3 Kota stone slab flooring over 20 mm (average) thick base

laid over and jointed with grey cement slurry mixed with
pigment to match the shade of the slab, including rubbing
and polishing complete with base of cement mortar 1 : 4 (1
cement : 4 coarse sand) :
8.3.1 25 mm thick 4211.46 Sq.m 2039.30 8588428.54
8.4 Kota stone slabs 20 mm thick in risers of steps, skirting,

dado and pillars laid on 12 mm (average) thick cement
mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand) and jointed with grey
cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of the
slabs, including rubbing and polishing complete.
1489.24 Sq.m 2435.90 3627644.22
8.5 Extra for pre finished nosing in treads of steps of Kota

stone/Granite stone/ sand stone slab. 7115.63 Metre 188.05 1338094.22
356
Item Description
No.
8.6 Extra for Kota stone/ sand stone in treads of steps and
risers using single length up to 2.0 metre. 2114.27 Sq.m 43.45 91865.19
8.7 Providing and laying rectified ceramic glazed floor tiles

alkyl resistant of size 300x300 mm (thickness to be
specified by the manufacturer) of 1st quality conforming to
IS : 15622 of approved make in colours such as White,
Ivory, Grey, Fume Red Brown, laid on 20 mm thick cement
mortar 1:4 (1 Cement : 4 Coarse sand), Jointing with grey
cement slurry @ 3.3 kg/sqm including pointing the joints
with white cement and matching pigment etc., complete.
Approved Make Kajaria/ Johnson/ somany/ nitco/
Asian/Orient Bell.
2324.53 Sq.m 1118.00 2598828.34
8.8 Providing and fixing 1st quality ceramic glazed tiles

conforming to IS : 15622 (thickness to be specified by the
manufacturer ) of approved make in all colours, shades
except burgundy, bottle green, black of any size as approved
by Engineer-in-Charge in skirting, risers of steps and dados
over 12 mm thick bed of cement Mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3
coarse sand) and jointing with grey cement slurry @ 3.3kg
per sqm including pointing in white cement mixed with
pigment of matching shade complete.
Asian/Orient Bell.
143.33 Sq.m 1121.45 160737.43
8.9 Providing and laying vitrified tiles in floor in different sizes

(thickness to be specified by the manufacturer) with water
absorption less than 0.08% and conforming to IS:15622, of
approved brand & manufacturer, in all colour and shades,
laid on 20mm thick cement mortar 1:4 ( 1 cement : 4 coarse
sand) jointing with grey cement slurry @ 3.3 kg/ sq.m
including grouting the joints with white cement and
matching pigments etc. The tiles must be cut with the zero
chipping diamond cutter only. Laying of tiles will be done
with notch trowel, plier, wedge, clips of required thickness
system and rubber mallet for placing the tiles gently and
easily.
Asian/Orient Bell.
8.9.1 Glazed vitrified tile polished finish of size

8.9.2 Size of Tile 600 x 600 mm 51832.69 Sq.m 1599.40 82901197.97
8.10 Crazy ceramic tile flooring, with under layer 12 mm thick

cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand), with joints
not exceeding 5 mm, including filling the gaps with ordinary
cement mixture & mixing with synthetic polyester fibre,
triangular in shape having specific gravity of 1.34 to 1.40,
cross section size ranging from 10 to 40 micron & length
upto 6 mm , mixing fibre @ 125 grams per 50 kg of cement
in cement mortar, including providing and mixing water
proofing material in mortar @ 1 kg per 50 kg of cement, all
complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
9206.82 Sq.m 974.40 8971126.77
357
Item Description
No.
8.11 Providing and laying 50 mm thick Turf paver(Turfpave XD)
made up of recycle PP having size 500x500 or as per
manufactures specification having compresive strength of
200 ton/ m2 on 150 mm thick sub grade of compacted bed
of 20 mm thick nominal size stone aggregate and base
course and filling with 150 mm thick jamuna sand,followed
by 200 GSM geotextile between turf paver and subgrade,
including spreading, well ramming, consolidating and
finishing smooth etc. and all complete as per direction of
Engineer-in-charge.
Aprroved makes : Baijnath/ Ecorain/ JKD
3582.29 Sq.m 1927.45 6904684.86

0.00
8.12 Providing and laying Vitrified tiles in different sizes
(thickness to be specified by the manufacturer), with water
absorption less than 0.08% and conforming to IS: 15622, of
approved brand & manufacturer, in all colours and shade, in
skirting, riser of steps, laid with cement based high polymer
modified quick set tile adhesive (water based) conforming
to IS: 15477, in average 6 mm thickness, including grouting
of joints (Payment for grouting of joints to be made
separately).
Approved Make : Kajaria/ Johnson/ Somany/ Nitco/
Asian/Orient Bell.
Approved makes of adhesive - Roff/ latricrite/ Ardex/
KeOrientbelloll
8.12.1 Glazed vitrified tile polished finish of size

8.12.3 Size of Tile 1200X1200 mm 6.83 Sq.m 3363.00 22969.29
8.13 Grouting the joints of flooring tiles having joints of 3 mm

width, using epoxy grout mix of 0.70 kg of organic coated
filler of desired shade (0.10 kg of hardener and 0.20 kg of
resin per kg), including filling / grouting and finishing
complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
Approved makes Roff by Pidellite/ Ardex endura/
KeOrientbelloll/ Laticerte
8.13.1 Size of tile 600X600mm 847.14 Sq.m 309.05 261807.09
8.14 Providing and fixing Glass mossaic tiles on finished plain

surface of size 20 mm x 20 mm x 4 mm in all colour, design,
fixing in customize design as per direction of Engineer-in-
Charge. The glass mosaic tiles to be fixed on the wall and
floor with the help of approved adhesive applied at the rate
of 2.5 kg per sqm and grouting of the same. The rate is
inclusive of all operation, material and required pattern
approved by Engineer-in-Charge:
Approved makes:- Bisazza/ Italia/ Palladio
358.51 Sq.m 3922.35 1406203.21
8.15 Providing and laying flamed finish Granite stone flooring in

required design and patterns, in linear as well as curvilinear
portions of the building all complete as per the architectural
drawings with 18 mm thick stone slab over 20 mm
(average) thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4
coarse sand) laid and jointed with cement slurry and
pointing with white cement slurry admixed with pigment of
matching shade including rubbing, curing and polishing etc.
all complete as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-
Charge :
358
Item Description
No.
8.15.1 Flamed finish granite stone slab Jet Black, Cherry Red, Elite
Brown, Cat Eye or equivalent. 387.56 Sq.m 3094.80 1199417.87
8.16 Providing and laying Polished Granite stone flooring in

required design and patterns, in linear as well as curvilinear
portions of the building, all complete as per the
architectural drawings, with 18 mm thick stone slab over 20
mm (average) thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4
coarse sand), laid and jointed with cement slurry and
pointing with white cement slurry admixed with pigment of
matching shade, including rubbing, curing and polishing etc.
Charge.
8.16.1 Polished Granite stone slab Jet Black, Cherry Red, Elite
8.17 Extra for making 50mm wide flamed finish strip in tread of
steps of Granite stone. 1769.00 Metre 47.25 83585.25
8.18 Providing and laying 18mm thick composite marble flooring

in required design and patterns, in linear as well as
curvilinear portions of the building, all complete as per the
architectural drawings, laid over 20 mm (average) thick
base of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand), laid
and jointed with cement slurry and pointing with white
cement slurry admixed with pigment of matching shade, etc.
Charge. .
Approved Make: Johnson/ Classic marble/ Asian/ Euro/
Nitco
8.18.1 With combination of shade Rigal Beig and Congnizenta

composite marble as per drawing. 405.13 Sq.m 5119.00 2073839.99
8.19 Providing and fixing 15mm thick composite marble in

skirting, laid with cement based high polymer modified
quick set adhesive (water based) conforming to IS: 15477,
in average 6 mm thickness etc. all complete as specified and
as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge :
Approved Make: Johnson/ Classic marble/ Asian/ Euro/
Nitco
8.19.1 With combination of shade Rigal Beig and Congnizenta

composite marble as per drawing. 46.90 Sq.m 4503.45 211207.30
8.20 Providing and fixing Polished Granite stone 18mm thick in

risers of steps, skirting, laid on 12 mm (average) thick
cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand) and and
jointed with cement slurry and pointing with white cement
slurry admixed with pigment of matching shade including
rubbing, curing and polishing etc. all complete as specified
and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge :
8.20.1 Polished Granite stone slab Jet Black, Cherry Red, Elite
8.21 Providing and laying cobble dressed stone of size

100x100x100mm in flooring with Cement mortar 1:4 ( 1
cement : 4 Coarse sand ) including cement slurry etc.
complete. 359 75.00 Sq.m 2543.00 190725.00
Item Description
No.
8.22 Providing and laying 30mm thick Prepolished and rough

Kadappa stone slab flooring in pattern over 20 mm
(average) thick base laid over and jointed with grey cement
slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of the slab,
with base of cement mortar 1 : 4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand)
etc. all complet as per architectural drawing and as per the
direction of engineer-in-charge.
780.70 Sq.m 1326.80 1035832.76
8.23 Providing and laying 30mm thick Prepolished and rough

Kota stone slab flooring in pattern over 20 mm (average)
thick base laid over and jointed with grey cement slurry
mixed with pigment to match the shade of the slab, with
base of cement mortar 1 : 4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) etc.
all complet as per architectural drawing and as per the
direction of engineer-in-charge.
516.67 Sq.m 1371.75 708742.07
8.24 Providing and laying 30mm thick EPDM in situ playground

flooring is seamless surfacing system consisting of a
polyurethane resin binder combined with black SBR rubber
shred to form a highly shock absorbing cushion or base
layer. The thickness of the base is 24mm or dependant on
the safety fall height requirement. A colourful EPDM wear
layer is 6mm in thickness with colour combination as per
architectural detail drawing. The EPDM complete
application is laid over a smooth surface of cement concrete
flooring whick will be measured in seprate item etc
complate as per engineer in charge.
389.95 Sq.m 4348.55 1695717.07
8.25 Providing and laying full body vitrified tiles for external
pathways of size 600x600mm with minimum 15.0 mm
thickness with water absorption less than 0.08% and
conforming to IS: 15622, of approved make, in all colours
and shades, laid on 20mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1
cement : 4 coarse sand), jointing with grey cement slurry @
3.3 kg/ sqm including grouting the joints with white cement
and matching pigments etc., complete.
Approved makes: Kajaria/ Johnson/ Somany/ Nitco/
Asian/ORient Bell.
181.81 Sq.m 2088.00 379619.28
8.26 Providing & Laying 8mm thick Laminated wooden flooring

(AC-4) with skirting 18mm thick and 100mm in height of
approved brand laid over and including minimum 2mm
thick base of foam with under layer of polythene sheet over
existing cement concrete flooring, inlcuding edge beading of
teak wood etc. all complete as per direction of Engineer-In-
Charge.
Approved makes : Kronoswiss/ Pergo/ Action tesa/
Hardo/ Parado/ Balterio/ Suryaclick/ Egger/ Amstrong
139.23 Sq.m 2072.45 288547.21
360
Item Description
No.
8.27 Providing and laying 6.5mm thick (thickness excluding
epoxy) hetrogenous vinyl flooring inlcuding skirting in
required colour, profile, pattern in required size etc. all
complete, Flooring to be fixed and jointed by approved
adhesive as per manufacturer specification, all visible joints
in flooring shall be sealed as per manufactureres
specification to floor shall be seamless joints.
The floor shall be laid over epoxy screed of 3 to 4mm thick
over existing 40mm cement concrete floor and nothing shall
be-paid extra
Approved make : Starkett/ Gerfloor/ Ebco/ Amstrong/
Responsive/ Mondo
343.19 Sq.m 3667.20 1258546.37
8.28 Providing and laying 10mm thick rubberised sqaure tile of

size 508X508mm sports flooring of superior quality for
indoor sports activity and gymnasium to bear heavy
weights, laid over 3 to 4mm thick smooth finish of epoxy
screed over existing 40mm thick cement concrete flooring
etc. all complete. (40mm thick cement concrete flooring will
be paid in seprate item)
Approve make : Sun-flex Rubber flooring/ Ecoflex
Flooring Pvt. Ltd./ Fab Flooring India/ Harrison Tuf
Floor)
308.10 Sq.m 1956.85 602905.49
8.29 Providing & pasting 3M Antiskid tape (Series-610) 50mm

wide for treads in steps by applying 3M-94 primer coat on
surface before pasting the tape as per manufacture's
specificatios etc. all complete as per the direction of
Engineer-in-charge.
5656.13 Metre 395.20 2235302.58
Total for flooring work 196113437.57
9.00 SUB HEAD- ROOFING WORK

Note: 1) Contractor shall prepare shop drawing based
on concept drawing/ design for all false ceiling,work co-
ordinate with services and get approved by Engineer in
charge before execution of work.
2) Contractor shall co-ordinate for all services in wall
panelling/ ceiling work i.e. making openings for light
fittings, switch board, electrical points, grills, diffusers,
cut-outs for any services,provision of addition framing
member for strengthen, making good as per satisfaction
of Engineer in charge.
9.1 Making khurras 45x45 cm with average minimum thickness

of 5 cm cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4
graded stone aggregate of 20 mm nominal size) over P.V.C.
sheet 1 m x1 m x 400 micron, finished with 12 mm cement
plaster 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) and a coat of neat
cement, rounding the edges and making and finishing the
outlet complete.
259.00 Each 318.55 82504.45
9.2 Thermal Insulation of roofing with Expanded polystyrene

fixed with suitable adhesive to the false ceiling as per the
directions of the Engineer-in-charge:
9.2.1 With Type SE - Self Extinguishing type 50 mm thick 5212.31 Sq.m 366.00 1907705.53
361
Item Description
No.
9.3 Providing and fixing false ceiling at all height including
providing and fixing of frame work made of special sections,
power pressed from M.S. sheets and galvanized with zinc
coating of 120 gms/sqm (both side inclusive) as per IS : 277
and consisting of angle cleats of size 25 mm wide x 1.6 mm
thick with flanges of 27 mm and 37mm, at 1200 mm centre
to centre, one flange fixed to the ceiling with dash fastener
12.5 mm dia x 50mm long with 6mm dia bolts, other flange
of cleat fixed to the angle hangers of 25x10x0.50 mm of
required length with nuts & bolts of required size and other
end of angle hanger fixed with intermediate G.I. channels
45x15x0.9 mm running at the spacing of 1200 mm centre to
centre, to which the ceiling section 0.5 mm thick bottom
wedge of 80 mm with tapered flanges of 26 mm each having
lips of 10.5 mm, at 450 mm centre to centre shall be fixed in
a direction erpendicular to G.I. intermediate channel with
connecting clips made out of 2.64 mm dia x 230 mm long
G.I. wire at every junction including fixing
perimeter channels 0.5 mm thick 27 mm high having

flanges of 20 mm and 30 mm long, the perimeter of ceiling
fixed to wall/partition with the help of rawl plugs at 450
mm centre, with 25mm long dry wall screws @ 230 mm
interval, including fixing of gypsum board to ceiling section
and perimeter channel with the help of dry wall screws of
size 3.5 x 25 mm at 230 mm c/c, including jointing and
finishing to a flush finish of tapered and square edges of the
board with recommended jointing compound, jointing
tapes, finishing with jointing compound in 3 layers covering
upto 150 mm on both sides of joint and two coats of primer
suitable for board, all as per manufacturer's specification
and also including the cost of making openings for light
fittings, grills diffusers, cutouts made with frame of
perimeter channels suitably fixed, all complete as per
drawings, specification and direction of the Engineer in
Charge but excluding the cost of painting with : Approved
Makes - Gyproc,Boral or equivalent
9.3.1 12.5 mm thick tapered edge gypsum moisture resistant

board 15056.72 Sq.m 1554.00 23398140.03
362
Item Description
No.
9.4 Providing and fixing tiled false ceiling of specified materials
of size 595x595 mm in true horizontal level, suspended on
inter locking metal grid of hot dipped galvanized steel
sections ( galvanized @ 120 grams/ sqm, both side
inclusive) consisting of main "T" runner with suitably
spaced joints to get required length and of size 24x38 mm
made from 0.30 mm thick (minimum) sheet, spaced at 1200
mm center to center and cross "T" of size 24x25 mm made
of 0.30 mm thick (minimum) sheet, 1200 mm long spaced
between main "T" at 600 mm center to center to form a grid
of 1200x600 mm and secondary cross "T" of length 600 mm
and size 24x25 mm made of 0.30 mm thick (minimum)
sheet to be interlocked at middle of the 1200x600 mm
panel to form grids of 600x600 mm and wall angle of size
24x24x0.3 mm and laying false ceiling tiles of approved
texture in the grid including, required cutting/making,
opening for services like diffusers, grills, light fittings,
fixtures, smoke detectors etc. Main "T" runners to be
suspended from ceiling using GI slotted cleats of size 27 x
37 x 25 x1.6 mm fixed to ceiling with 12.5 mm dia and 50
mm long dash fasteners, 4 mm GI adjustable rods with
galvanised butterfly level clips of size 85 x 30 x 0.8 mm
spaced at 1200 mm center to center along main T, bottom
exposed width of 24 mm of all T-sections shall be pre-
painted with polyester paint, all complete for all heights as
per specifications, drawings and as directed by Engineer-in-
charge. Approved make- amstrong,anutone, hunter
doughlas or equivalent
9.4.1 GI Metal Ceiling Lay in plain Tegular edge Global white

color tiles of size 595x595 mm, and 0.5 mm thick with 8
mm drop; made of G I sheet having galvanizing of 100
gms/sqm (both sides inclusive) and electro statically
polyester powder coated of thickness 60 microns
(minimum), including factory painted after bending.
4152.69 Sq.m 1902.00 7898425.24
9.5 Providing and fixing at all heights and all levels

"Soundscapes Accoustical Clouds" false ceiling of armstrong
or equivalent with panels of false ceiling tiles suspended to
a individual or group suspension system with galvanised
steel sections (power / coil coated in required colour)
consisting of having wire, individual / group frame etc.
including attachment system consisting of installation
hardware kits comprising of deck hanging kit, group frames,
frame splice kit, frame alignment kit, panel hook kit, drywall
hanging kit, extended hanging cables, escutcheon kit, etc. all
complete as per manufacturer specifications to the
satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge. Approved make-
amstrong,anutone, hunter doughlas or equivalent
363
Item Description
No.
9.5.1 Soundscapes Acoustical Clouds Rectangle shape 30mm
thick fibre glass made false ceiling tiles of Armstrong or
equivalen, tile size 1800mm X 1200 mm and having various
characterstics and performance parameters as per the
manufacturer's specifications.
38.00 Each 22477.65 854150.70

9.5.2 Soundscapes Acoustical Clouds Rectangle shape 30mm
thick fibre glass made false ceiling tiles of Armstrong or
equivalen, tile size 1200mm X 1200 mm and having various
characterstics and performance parameters as per the
manufacturer's specifications.
64.00 Each 16787.10 1074374.40
Total for roofing work 35215300.35
10.00 SUB HEAD- FINISHING WORK
Note: 1) All paints, putty, primer ,adhesives and
sealants shall be with low VOC and lead free with
acceptable VOC content as per Green building
requirements
2)PPC Cement used in cement mortar shall be have
minimum 30 % fly ash content.
3)The Ready-Mix plaster shall have minimum 30%
replacement of OPC with BIS recommended waste by
weight of cement.
10.1 Providing and applying 12mm thick (average) ready mixed
cement plaster on the fair and rough side of masonry work
as per manufacturer's specifications and direction of
Engineer-in-charge at all heights and levels.
Approved makes: Wallpast/ ultra tech/ sound build
care/ Webber(saint gobain)/ Madras cement of ratio
1:4
37664.21 Sq.m 528.45 19903650.08
10.2 Providing and applying 20mm thick ready mix Cement

plaster 1:4 finished with a floating coat of neat cement.
1:4
7124.15 Sq.m 753.25 5366265.99

cement plaster in two layer 12 mm thick and finished with a
top layer 6 mm thick as per manufacturer's specifications
and direction of Engineer-in-charge at all heights and levels.
1:4
11032.91 Sq.m 733.95 8097604.97

cement plaster on as per manufacturer's specifications and
direction of Engineer-in-charge at all heights and levels.
1:4
170440.96 Sq.m 442.55 75428644.80
10.5 White washing with lime to give an even shade :

10.5.1 New work (three or more coats) 25547.55 Sq.m 38.75 989967.66
10.6 Finishing walls with water proofing cement paint of

required shade :
10.6.1 New work (Two or more coats applied @ 3.84 kg/10 sqm)
971.13 Sq.m 116.65 113282.20
364
Item Description
No.
10.7 Finishing walls with Premium Acrylic Smooth exterior paint
with Silicone additives of required shade:
10.7.1 New work (Two or more coats applied @ 1.43 ltr/10 sqm
over and including priming coat of exterior primer applied
@ 2.20 kg/10 sqm) 135344.79 Sq.m 194.00 26256889.44
10.8 Painting with synthetic enamel paint of approved brand and

manufacture to give an even shade :
10.8.1 Two or more coats on new work 2079.74 Sq.m 157.05 326622.70
10.9 Providing and applying white cement based putty of

average thickness 1 mm, of approved brand and
manufacturer, over the plastered wall surface to prepare
the surface even and smooth complete.
Approved makes : -Birla/ JK / webber(saint gobain) or
Equivalent
257833.58 Sq.m 148.00 38159370.22
10.10 Painting with premium acrylic emulsion paint of interior

grade, having VOC (Volatile Organic Compound ) content
less than 50 grams/ litre of approved brand and
manufacture, including applying additional coats wherever
required to achieve even shade and colour.
10.10.1 Two or more coats on new work 194921.62 Sq.m 145.25 28312365.11
10.11 Applying priming coats with primer of approved brand and

manufacture, having low VOC (Volatile Organic Compound )
content.
10.11.1 With water thinnable cement primer on wall surface having
VOC content less than 50 grams/litre 199040.50 Sq.m 77.05 15336070.42
10.12 Polishing in high gloss/matt finish melamine clear polish on

wood work in required color/wooden shade texture with
following process in the sequence as detailed
below.Approved makes- Touchwood of asian paints,
Wudfin of pedilite,timber tone melamine of ICI dulux
1. The surface to be polished is rubbed with sand paper

80/120 no. and then with sand paper of 160/180 nos.
2. Applying two coats of sealer with spray gun and allowing

sufficient drying time for 1st coat and 2nd coat is allowed to
dry for 8 to 12 hrs.
3. On drying of sealer coat, wet rubbing with emery cloth of
finer grading with ample water to remove excess sealer
layer and make the surface further smooth after this wet
rubbing, then surface is applied with special grade
melamine fillers to fill all the small and big holes/grooves
etc. Filler coat to be allowed to dry for 4 to 6 hrs on which
again a light wet rubbing is done this surface is further
allowed to dry for 12 hrs.
365
Item Description
No.
4. On this, 1st coat of melamine polish is applied with spray
gun using melamine clear polish and melamine thinner in
required proportion. This 1st coat is allowed to dry for 24
hrs then this dry surface is again fine wet rubbed smooth,
which is further allowed to dry for 12 hrs. The final
melamine polish is applied with compressor pressure spray
gun using melamine clear polish and melamine thinner
mixed in required proportion complete as per direction of
Engineer-in-Charge. (Final coat to be done in 1 or 2 layers
without gap of time.)
4832.39 Sq.m 1382.00 6678362.98
10.13 Forming groove in top layer of external cement plaster of

size 25X6mm as per approved pattern at junction of AAC
Block/ Brick and RCC member in a perfect straight line by
using proper tool, including making adequate keys werever
required at all height and levels of any floors etc completes
as per direction of engineer in charge.
4969.32 Meter 47.30 235048.65
10.14 Providing and fixing 200mm wide, Glass fiber mesh, size of
mesh 5mm and 50 GSM lathing to wood or metal studding,
all along RCC & AAC block/ Brick joints etc. including laps,
cutting and waste etc all complet as per direction of
engineer in charge. 15232.77 Meter 51.55 785249.24
10.15 Providing and applying texture plaster rustic straight finish

or any other approved desired finish on exterior RCC/
Plastered surface at all heights and levels, 'Sandtex' of Dulux
akzonobel paints/ 'Duracast roughtex' of Asian Paints / ruff
n tuff of berger of berger paint or equivalent asgiven in list
of approved make, with average thickness of 2.5 mm to
3mm applied @ 4.0 Sq.m/ Kg. or as per manufacturer
specification, including surface treatment etc complete as
per direction of Engineer in charge.
75136.47 Sq.m 390.35 29329521.42
Total for finishing work 255318915.88
366
Item Description
No.
11.00 SUB HEAD- DISMANTLING AND DEMOLISHING
11.1 Dismantling and demolishing of existing construction
building below ground level (footing and column) made of
RCC, lean concrete etc. of all size, thickness & height
including demolition of raft foundation, plinth beam, stub
coulmn, and sub base of the structure up to all depths as per
direction of the Engineer in charge (Blasting prohibited). All
serviceable & non-serviceable materials, obtained from the
demolition shall be property of the contractor and he shall
be responsible for the carriage and disposal of same
(Material will not be allowed to dumped within the premise
of work). Contractor will demolish the wall in safest manner
and he will take all precautions to prevent the surrounding
structures/ services from any damage. Rate is inclusive of
all cost incurred in the demolishing work, T&Ps, manpower,
segregation of serviceable/ non-serviceable materials,
disposal of same with all lead and lifts etc. and credit to the
Department for the value of serviceable materials all
complete. The volume of RCC recovered below ground level
shall be measured in cum (Note:- No payment shall be
made for carriage of serviceable or non-serviceable material
including recycling charges of waste recycler units.) (Note :
Credit to be given to the department by the agency)
680.00 Cu.m -184.00 -125120.00
11.2 Dismantling and demolishing of existing compound wall,

toe wall, drain or any other structure made up rubble
masonary,by mechanical means and segreegating and
stacking at one place rubble /stones (useful material to be
used for soiling etc) as per direction of engineer incharge
Contractor will demolish the structure in safest manner and
he will take all precautions to prevent the surrounding
structures/services from any damage. Rate is inclusive of all
cost incurred in the demolishing work, T&Ps, manpower,
segregation ofserviceable/non-serviceable materials.
1087.50 Metre 199.15 216575.63
11.3 Dismantling and demolishing of existing temporary

structure made up of structural steel and GI sheet,
underground GI pipes, CI Pipes or any orther steel found
during execution All serviceable & non-serviceable
materials, obtained from the demolition shall be property of
the contractor and he shall be responsible for the carriage
and disposal of the same (Material will not be allowed to
dumped within the premise of work). Contractor will
demolish the structure in safest manner and he will take all
precautions to prevent the surrounding structures/services
from any damage. Rate is inclusive of all cost incurred in the
demolishing work, T&Ps,manpower, segregation of
serviceable/non-serviceable materials, disposal of same
with all lead and lifts etc. and credit to the Department for
the value of serviceable materials all complete.
8037.00 Kg -19.00 -152703.00

367
Item Description
No.
11.4 Dismantling /demolishing existing ground storey structure

situated at construction site o"AS IS, WHERE IS" baisis at all
heights and levels including necessary excavation of
grounds to required depth, demolishing foundation and
superstructure consisting of Brick work, RCC , PCC ,
flooring, doors and window ,partitions, false ceiling , water
supply line & sanitary line with fixtures, drainage pipe ,
Electrical line with fixtures etc. complete including disposal
of unservicable material and taking away the servicable
material ( shall be properpty of contractor) outside site
complete as per the direction of Engineer -in-charge. All the
materials obtained from dismentalling / demolishing of the
structure unless otherwise specified in the contract shall be
the property of the contractor and shall be at his disposal. It
will be the responsibility of the contractor to clear the site
after demolition so as to make it fit for setting up the layout
and laying foundation for the new work as per
drawings.The rate includes all inputs like required
materials, labour, equipments and machinery, loading,
unloading, carriage to authorised municipal dumping
ground, all leads and lifts etc. and nothing extra shall be
paid what so ever on any account for.No serviceable matrial
shall be used in this work. ( Dismantling ZTC Block
(Training centre/ School Building), Service Centre (Care
Teker/Dispensary Block), Sub station (I & II), total plinth
area approx 920 Sqmtr.)
1.00 Job -531159.00 -531159.00

Total for Dismantling & Demolishing Work -592406.38
12.00 SUB HEAD- ROAD WORK

Note: 1) The Paver block shall contain minimum 10%
C& D waste content by weight of block. The agency shall
submit relevant documents as per GRIHA confirming
the compliance.
2) Kerb stone used at site shall have concrete used with
minimum 30% fly ash content by weight of total
cementitious material. The agency shall submit
relevant documents as per GRIHA confirming the
compliance
3)The concrete used in development works shall have
with minimum 30% fly ash content by weight of total
cementitious material.
12.1 Preparation and consolidation of sub grade with power

road roller of 8 to 12 tonne capacity after excavating earth
to an average of 22.5 cm depth, dressing to camber and
consolidating with road roller including making good the
undulations etc. and re-rolling the sub grade and disposal of
surplus earthwith lead upto 50 metres.
17757.79 sqm 215.70 3830355.30
12.2 Providing and applying tack coat using hot straight run
bitumen of grade VG - 10, including heating the bitumen,
spraying the bitumen with mechanically operated spray
unit fitted on bitumen boiler, cleaning and preparing the
existing road surface as per specifications :
12.2.1 On W.M.M. @ 0.75 Kg / sqm 12415.25 Sq.m 54.00 670423.50

12415.25 Sq.m 43.75 543167.19
12.2.2 on bituminous surface @ 0.50kg/sq.m 368
Item Description
No.
12.3 2.5 cm premix carpet surfacing with 2.25 cum and 1.12 cum
of stone chippings of 13.2 mm and 11.2 mm size
respectively per 100 sqm and 52 kg and 56 kg of hot
bitumen per cum of stone chippings of 13.2 mm and 11.2
mm size respectively, including a tack coat with hot straight
run bitumen, including consolidation with road roller of 6 to
9 tonne capacity etc. complete (tack coat to be paid for
separately).
12.3.1 With paving Asphalt grade VG - 10 heated and then mixed

with solvent at the rate of 70 grams per kg of asphalt
17757.79 Sq.m 271.25 4816800.54
12.4 Providing and laying seal coat of premixed fine aggregate

(passing 2.36 mm and retained on 180 micron sieve) with
bitumen using 128 kg of bitumen of grade VG - 10 bitumen
per cum of fine aggregate and 0.60 cum of fine aggregate
per 100 sqm of road surface, including rolling and finishing
with road roller all complete.
12415.25 Sq.m 95.45 1185035.61
12.5 Providing and fixing Glow studs of size 100x20 mm made of

heavy duty body shall be moulded ASA (Acrylic styrene
Acryloretrite ) or HIP (High impact polystyrene) or ABS
having electronically welded micro- prismatic lens with
abrasion resistant coating as approved by Engineer in
charge. The glow stud shall support a load of 13635 kg
tested in accordance with ASTM D4280. The slope of retro-
reflective surface shall be 35 (+/-5) degress to base .The
reflective panels on both sides with at least 12 cm of
reflective area up each side. The luminance intensity should
be as per the specification and shall be tested as described
in ASTM I: 809 as recommended in BS: 873 part 4 : 1973.
The studs shall be fixed to the Road surface using the
adhesive conforming to IS, as per procedure recommended
by the manufacturer complete and as per direction of
Engineer-in-charge.
2400.00 Each 209.75 503400.00
12.6 Providing and laying Bituminous concrete using crushed

stone aggregates of specified grading, premixed with
bituminous binder and filler, transporting the hot mix to
work site by tippers, laying with paver finisher equiped
with electronic sensor to the required grade, level and
alignment and rolling with smooth wheeled, vibratory and
tandem rollers to achieve the desired compaction and
density as per specification, complete and as per directions
12.6.1 of Engineer-in-Charge.
40/50 mm compacted thickness with bitumen of grade VG-
30 @ 5.5% (percentage by weight of total mix) and lime
filler @ 3% (percentage by weight of Aggregate) and waste
plastic additive @ 8% (percentage by weight of bitumen)
prepared in Batch Type Hot Mix Plant of 100- 120 TPH
capacity
744.92 Cum 13621.30 10146778.80
369
Item Description
No.
12.7 Providing and applying 2.5 mm thick road marking strips
(retroreflective) of specified shade/ colour using hot
thermoplastic material by fully/ semi automatic
thermoplastic paint applicator machine fitted with profile
shoe, glass beads dispenser, propane tank heater and
profile shoe heater, driven by experienced operator on road
surface including cost of material, labour, T&P, cleaning the
road surface of all dirt, seals, oil, grease and foreign material
etc. complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge and
accordance with applicable specifications.
281.50 sqm 745.45 209844.18
12.8 Providing and laying at or near ground level factory made

kerb stone of M-25 grade cement concrete in position to
the required line, level and curvature, jointed with cement
mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand), including making
joints with or without grooves (thickness of joints except at
sharp curve shall not to more than 5mm), including making
drainage opening wherever required complete etc. as
perdirection of Engineer-in-charge (length of finished kerb
edging shall be measured for payment). (Precast C.C. kerb
stone shall be approved by Engineer-in-charge). .Approved
Makes: Vyara,super,ved PMC,Hindustan,Basant betons,
Nitco, Johnson
173.79 Cum 10292.65 1788759.64
12.9 Providing and fixing G.I. chain link fabric fencing of required
width in mesh size 50x50 mm including strengthening with
2 mm dia wire or nuts, bolts and washers as required
complete as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge.
12.9.1 Made of G.I. wire of dia. 4 mm, PVC coated to achieve outer
dia not less than 5 mm in required colour and shade
825.92 Sqm 1077.40 889846.21
12.10 Providing and laying C.C. pavement of mix M-25 with ready
mixed concrete from batching plant. The ready mixed
concrete shall be laid and finished with screed board
vibrator , vacuum dewatering process and finally finished
by floating, brooming with wire brush etc. complete as per
specifications and directions of Engineer-incharge. (The
panel shuttering work shall be paid for separately).
(Note:- Cement content considered in this item is @ 330

kg/cum. Excess/less cement used as per design mix is
payable/ recoverable separately). 166.07 Cu.m 10711.40 1778842.20
12.11 Construction of granular sub-base by providing close

graded Material conforming to specifications, mixing in a
mechanical mix plant at OMC, carriage of mixed material by
tippers to work site, for all leads & lifts, spreading in
uniform layers of specified thickness with motor grader on
prepared surface and compacting with vibratory power
roller to achieve the desired density, complete as per
specifications and directions of Engineer-in-Charge.
12.11.1 With material conforming to Grade-I (size range 75 mm to

0.075 mm) having CBR Value-30 1984.79 Cum 3176.25 6304189.24
370
Item Description
No.
12.12 Providing, laying, spreading and compacting graded stone
aggregate (size range 53 mm to 0.075 mm ) to wet mix
macadam (WMM) specification including premixing the
material with water at OMC in for all leads & lifts, laying n
uniform layers with mechanical paverfinisher in sub- base /
base course on well prepared surface and compacting with
vibratory roller of 8 to 10 tonne capacity to achievethe
desired density, complete as per specifications and
directions of Engineer-in-Charge.
1684.40 Cum 3350.20 5643076.88
12.13 Providing and laying gang saw cut 30 mm thick, mirror

polished pre moulded and pre polished machine cut granite
stone of required size and shape of approved shade, colour
and texture in footpath, flooring in road side plazas and
similar locations, laid over 20mm thick base of cement
mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) including grouting
the joints with white cement mixed with matching pigment,
epoxy touch ups etc. complete as per direction of Engineer-
in-Charge.
12.13.1 With granite stone of colour black, cherry red, elite brown, ,
cat eye ,ruby red of area. 450.61 Sq.m 5086.05 2291824.99
12.14 Providing and laying tactile tile (for vision impaired persons
as per standards) of size 300x300x15mm having water
absorption less than 0.5% and conforming to IS:15622 of
approved make in all colours and shades in outdoor floors
such as footpath, court yard, multi modals location etc., laid
on 20mm thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4
coarse sand) in all shapes & patterns including grouting the
joints with white cement mixed with matching pigments etc.
complete as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge.
Approved makes: Kajaria/ Johnson endura/ Somany/
Nitco/ Pavit/ Orientbell
40.00 Sqm 2054.10 82164.00
12.15 Providing and laying factory made chamfered edge Cement

Concrete paver blocks in footpath, parks, lawns, drive ways
or light traffic parking etc, of required strength, thickness &
size/ shape, made by table vibratory method using PU
mould, laid in required colour & pattern over 50mm thick
compacted bed of sand, compacting and proper
embedding/laying of inter locking paver blocks into the
sand bedding layer through vibratory compaction by using
plate vibrator, filling the joints with sand and cutting of
paver blocks as per required size and pattern, finishing and
sweeping extra sand. complete all as per direction of
Engineer-in-Charge. Approved Makes: Vyara, Nitco,
super, ved PMC, Hindustan, Basant betons, Johnson.
12.15.1 60mm thick cement concrete paver block of M-35 grade

with approved colour, design & pattern. 3696.94 Sqm 1114.05 4118576.01
12.15.1 80 mm thick C.C. paver block of M-30 grade with approved
color design and pattern. 11183.91 Sqm 1208.35 13514077.65
12.16 Providing and laying 120 micron polyvinyl chloride sheet

(overlap at joints of PVC sheet should be 100 mmwide and
pasted to each other) 1140.10 Sqm 64.65 73707.47
371
Item Description
No.
12.17 Providing and fixing PE (Polyethylene) speed bump with
50mm bump size and 365mm (+-3) in width with high
resistent interlocking pre-colored UV stabilizer, studded
with reflectors on either side, they are clearly visible to
motorists during night hours of approved brand and
manufacturer, including making hole, cleaning of surface,
grouting holes with apprpriate epoxy and fixing with 6 nos
of nail per bump etc. all complete.
283.50 Metre 2161.00 612643.50
12.18 Providing and fixing rubber column guard for height 1000
mm and 8mm thick with yellow reflective tape of approved
brand and manufacturer, including necessary drilling, SS
screw, etc all complete 984.00 Each 883.20 869068.80
Total for Road work 59872581.71
13.00 SUB HEAD- SANITARY INSTALLATIONS

Note: 1) All sanitary fixture shall be as per GRIHA
confirming compliance and shall reduce the water
reduction from GRIHA base case by more than 20% so
that target of 2 points is achieved for GRIHA criterion
13.1.1
13.1 Providing and fixing Stainless Steel A ISI 304 (18/8) kitchen
sink as per IS:13983 with C.I. brackets and stainless steel
plug 40 mm, including painting of fittings and brackets,
cutting and making good the walls wherever required :
13.1.1 Kitchen sink without drain board Approved make: nirali,

hafele, Futura
13.1.1.1 610x510 mm bowl depth 200 mm 26.00 each 5107.60 132797.60
13.2 Providing and fixing soil, waste and vent pipes :

13.2.1 100 mm dia
13.2.1.1 Hubless centrifugally cast (spun) iron pipes epoxy coated
inside & outside IS:15905 14004.66 metre 1268.15 17760003.24
13.2.2 75 mm diameter :
inside & outside IS:15905 3936.35 metre 1036.65 4080617.23
13.3 Providing and fixing bend of required degree with access

door, insertion rubber washer 3 mm thick, bolts and nuts
complete.
13.3.1 100 mm dia
13.3.1.1 Hubless centrifugally cast (spun) iron epoxy coated inside &
outside as per IS:15905 1086.00 each 658.20 714805.20
13.4 Providing and fixing plain bend of required degree.

13.4.1 100 mm dia
inside & outside IS:15905 561.00 each 413.50 231973.50
13.5 Providing and fixing single equal plain junction of required

degree with access door, insertion rubber washer 3 mm
thick, bolts and nuts complete.
13.5.1 100x100x100 mm
13.5.1.1 Sand cast iron S&S as per IS - 3989 1070.00 each 874.00 935180.00
13.6 Providing and fixing single unequal junction of required

degree with access door, insertion rubber washer 3 mm
thick, bolts and nuts complete :
13.6.1 100x100x75 mm
13.6.1.2 Sand cast iron S&S as per IS - 3989 1878.00 each 1113.80 2091716.40
372
Item Description
No.
13.7 Providing and fixing terminal guard :
13.7.1 100 mm
13.7.1.1 Hubless centrifugally cast (spun) iron epoxy coated inside &
outside as per IS:15905 562.00 each 477.45 268326.90
13.8 Providing and fixing shielded coupling for Hubless

centrifugally cast iron pipe
13.8.1 100 mm dia
13.8.1.1 SS 304 grade coupling with EPDM rubber gasket
15966.00 each 485.50 7751493.00
13.8.2 75 mm dia
13.8.2.1 SS 304 grade coupling with EPDM rubber gasket 9972.00 each 436.25 4350285.00
13.9 Providing and fixing M.S. holder bat clamp of approved

design to sand cast iron/ cast iron (spun) pipes comprising
of M.S. flat brackets made of 50x5 mm flat of specified
shape, projecting 75 mm outside the wall surface and fixed
on wall with 4nos, 6mm dia expansion hold fasteners,
including drilling necessary holes in brick wall/ CC/ RCC
surface and the cost of bolts etc. The pipes shall be fixed to
the already fixed brackets with the help of 30 mm x1.6 mm
galvanised M.S. flats of specified shape and of total length
420 mm and shall be fixed with M.S. nuts, bolts, & washers
of size 25x6 mm, one bolts on each side of the pipe.
13.9.1 Total bracket length 580 mm of approved shape and design

(for single 100 mm dia pipe) 7254.49 each 296.30 2149506.37
13.9.2 Total bracket length 810 mm of approved shape and design
(for two 100 mm dia pipes) 70.00 each 366.75 25672.50
13.10 Galvanization of M.S. holder bat clamp to have superior
corrosion resistance having mass of the zinc coating to be
not less than 275 gm. per sqm of steel area to be galvanised.
8358.04 KG 42.70 356888.31
13.11 Providing and fixing white vitreous china battery based

infrared sensor operated urinal of approx. size 610 x 390 x
370 mm having pre & post flushing with water (250 ml &
500 ml consumption), having water inlet from back side,
including fixing to wall with suitable brackets all as per
manufacturers specification and direction of Engineer-in-
charge. Approved make: jaquar, hindware (FLOW with
integrated sensor 60021),kolher, Cera, Parryware, Cera,
Parryware.
48.00 each 8369.87 401753.87
13.12 Providing and fixing in conformation with green building

norms white vitreous china wall mounting water closet
with concealed type dual flush cistern comprising of
actuator button facia assembly including brass / SS screws
and washer complete, cutting and making good the walls
floors wherever required of approved shape including seat
cover, and fittings, nuts, bolts and gasket etc complete (
Premium range). JAQUAR WC KUS-WHT-35953BIUFSM
,CONCEALED CISTERN,JCS-WHT-2400, PLATE-JCP-CHR-
3524145 or equivalent in hindware WM EBELLO RIMLESS
92567 , Concealo 80 mm 517444 with loop plate,kolher,
Cera, Parryware, Cera, Parryware
470.00 Each 22963.10 10792657.00

373
Item Description
No.
Mid.range ). JAQUAR WC SLS-WHM-6953 BIUFSM,
CONCEALED CISTERN,JCS-WHT-2400 ,PLATE-JCP-CHR-
152415 or equivalent in hindware MARGO RIMLESS WC
92599 with concealo neo 80 mm 517444 with loop plate
,kolher, Cera, Parryware, Cera, Parryware
459.00 Each 21858.70 10033144.18

Economical range ). JAQUAR WC ECS-WHT-
953SPPSMPRO,CONCEALED CISTERN,FLV-CHR-10585N or
equivalent in hindware EWC WM ELEGANCE 20109 with
PLUS CONCE. FLUSH VALVE 32MM DF(ROUND)
F860047CP , ,kolher, Cera, Parryware, Cera, Parryware
198.00 Each 13578.40 2688523.20

norms rectangular shape above counter wash basin with CP
brass waste assembly, CP cast brass bottle trap with
extension piece, wall flanges and rubber adapters for waste
connection complete , nuts, washers, cutting and making
good the walls floors wherever required (Premium range).
JAQUAR -JDS-WHT-25907N, WASTE COUPLING ALD-CHR-
705 BOTTLE TRAP ALD-CHR-769L250X190 or equivalent
in hindware WB OVER COUNTER EBELLO-SQUARE 91097,
waste coupling-F860052CP,Bottle Trap-F850072CP,
,kolher, Cera, Parryware, Cera, Parryware
13.15.1 White Vitreous China wash basin 498.00 Each 9163.65 4563497.70

norms rectangular shape above counter wash basin with CP
brass waste assembly, CP cast brass bottle trap with
extension piece, wall flanges and rubber adapters for waste
connection complete , nuts, washers, cutting and making
good the walls floors wherever required (Mid. range).
JAQUAR -JDS-WHT-25911, WASTE COUPLING ALD-CHR-
705 BOTTLE TRAP ALD-CHR-769L 250X190 or equivalent
in hindware WB OVER COUNTER AMAZON MINI
91093,Waste coupling-waste coupling-F860052CP,Bottle
Trap-F850072CP, ,kolher, Cera, Parryware, Cera,
Parryware
13.16.1 White Vitreous China basin 645.00 Each 8547.00 5512815.00
374
Item Description
No.
13.17 Providing and fixing wall hung wash basin with MS angle
support CP brass waste assembly, CP cast brass bottle trap
with extension piece, wall flanges and rubber adapters for
waste connection complete , nuts, washers, cutting and
making good the walls floors wherever required
(Economical range). JAQUAR -CMS -
WHT- 103801, WASTE COUPLING ALE-CHR-544NFT,
BOTTLE TRAP ALE-CHR-773ML 190x125 or equivalent in
hindware MARIO 10087-SW,waste coupling-
F850002CP,Bottle trap- F850072CP,,kolher, Cera,
Parryware, Cera, Parryware
13.17.1 White Vitreous China basin 199.00 Each 4308.75 857441.25
13.18 Providing and fixing stainless steel toilet paper holder as

per the direction of Engineer-in-charge:
(JAQUAR ACN-1153S ) or equivalent in hindware PAPER
HOLDER WITH COVER F880003CP, ,kolher, Cera,
Parryware, Cera, Parryware 1127.00 Each 1499.74 1690211.20
13.19 Providing & fixing of towel rail of size (600x20mm) with

C.P. brass wall brackets with necessary fittings and screws
etc. complete as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge.
(JAQUAR ACN-CHR-1111SM , CODE RA816070165 or
equivalent in hindware TOWEL BAR F880005CP, ,kolher,
Cera, Parryware, Cera, Parryware).
1342.00 Each 1646.60 2209737.20
13.20 Providing & fixing of approved Liquid soap dispenser with

necessary fittings and screws etc. all complete as per the
direction of Engineer-in-charge.
(JAQUAR ACN-1135N, CODE RA816678001 or equivalent
in hindware, ,kolher, Cera, Parryware, Cera, Parryware
1127.00 Each 1379.55 1554752.85
13.21 Providing & fixing of approved tumbler holder with C.P.

brass wall brackets & necessary fittings and screws etc.
(JAQUAR ACN-CHR-1141 or equivalent in hindware,
,kolher, Cera, Parryware, Cera, Parryware).
1342.00 Each 588.05 789163.10
13.22 Providing & fixing of C.P. brass coat hooks with C.P. brass
wall brackets with necessari fittings and screws etc.
(JAQUAR ACN-1161N, CODE RA816070121 or equivalent
in hindwareF880004, ,kolher, Cera, Parryware, Cera,
Parryware).
1127.00 Each 561.10 632359.70
13.23 Providing & fixing of approved soap dish holder with C.P.
brass wall brackets with necessary fittings & screws etc.
(JAQUAR ACN-CHR-1131N, CODE 816070132 or
equivalent in hindwareF880011CP, ,kolher, Cera,
Parryware, Cera, Parryware
1342.00 Each 796.55 1068970.10
13.24 Providing & fixing of approved C.P. brass fix cloth line for
drying with C.P. brass wall brackets withe necessary fittings
& screws etc. complete as per the direction of Engineer-in-
charge.
(JAQUAR AHS-CHR-1565 or equivalent in hindware
F850027, ,kolher, Cera, Parryware, Cera, Parryware 359.00 Each 1085.35 389640.65
375
Item Description
No.
13.25 Providing & fixing Stainless Steel Paper Towel Dispenser of
0.80mm type 304 stainless steel with 4 satin finish, fitted
with tumbler lock of multi fold paper towels. Jaquar
hindware, ,kolher, Cera, Parryware, Cera, Parryware.
42.00 Each 8265.70 347159.40
13.26 Providing and fixing at all floors Type B - SWR PVC pipes
including all fittings such as plain and door bends, tees,
elbows, equal and unequal junctions, , collars etc.( except
floor traps/P traps) confirming to IS13592, IS 14735,
including jointing with solvent and providing necessary
supports, clamps/MS brackets at specified intervals. The
joints of pipe and fittings shall be pasted type (solvent ) for
all locations all complete and as per directions of Engineer -
in - charge.
MS brackets shall be paid separately.
13.26.1 90 mm Outer diameter. 2695.05 Metre 582.45 1569731.87

13.27 Providing and fixing uPVC multi trap 100mm height of self
cleansing design and 50mm water seal with out top tile and
stainer complete, including cost of cutting and making
good the walls and floors :-
13.27.1 75/63/50mm inlet with 110mm out let. 1660.00 Each 1434.35 2381021.00
13.28 Providing & fixing on wall face uPVC Pipes confirming to I

S 4985:2000, PN 6KG.f/cm2 with PVC pressure fittings
complete with all fittings ( door/plain) viz. junctions, tees,
cowel, solvent / rubber ring joints including cutting and
making good the walls and floors wherever required
complete all as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge. (
For WB and FD pipes )
13.28.1 40mm Outer dia. 2308.20 Metre 558.55 1289245.67

13.29 Providing and fixing uPVC floor trap 100 height of self
cleansing design & 50 mm water seal complete including
the cost of making good walls & floors as directed ENC .
961.00 Each 716.90 688942.95
13.30 Providing and fixing S.S 304 anti COCKROACH heavy duty
self cleansing grating with frame of approved design
including Setting in floor with cement motor to match with
floor finish as per architect requirement and as per the
direction of Engineer-in-charge. Approved Make: kich,
ozone,viking
13.30.1 Size 150 mm x 150 mm. 4199.00 Each 717.70 3013622.30
Total for Sanitary Installation 97256033.71
14.00 SUB HEAD- WATER SUPPLY

Note: 1) All Water fixture shall be as per GRIHA
confirming compliance and shall reduce the water
reduction from GRIHA base case by more than 20% so
that target of 2 points is achieved for GRIHA criterion
13.1.1 2) All
chambers constructed with Fly ash brick shall have
minimum 40% Fly Ash Content as per Green building
norms
376
Item Description
No.
14.1 Providing and fixing Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC)
pipes, having thermal stability for hot & cold water supply,
including all CPVC plain & brass threaded fittings, including
fixing the pipe with clamps at 1.00 m spacing. This includes
jointing of pipes & fittings with one step CPVC solvent
cement and testing of joints complete as per direction of
Engineer in Charge. Internal work - Exposed on wall
14.1.1 15 mm nominal dia Pipes 360.00 metre 305.80 110088.00

14.1.7 65 mm nominal outer dia Pipes 45.00 Metre 1781.70 80176.41
14.2 Providing and fixing Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC)

pipes, having thermal stability for hot & cold water supply,
including all CPVC plain & brass threaded fittings, i/c fixing
the pipe with clamps at 1.00 m spacing. This includes
jointing of pipes & fittings with one step CPVC solvent
cement and the cost of cutting chases and making good the
same including testing of joints complete as per direction of
Engineer in Charge. Concealed work, including cutting
chases and making good the walls etc.

14.3 Providing and fixing G.I. pipes complete with G.I. fittings and
clamps, i/c cutting and making good the walls etc. Internal
work - Exposed on wall
14.3.1 15 mm dia nominal bore 32.50 metre 363.45 11812.13
14.3.7 65 mm dia nominal bore 895.00 Metre 1646.60 1473707.00
14.4 Providing and fixing G.I. pipes complete with G.I. fittings
including trenching and refilling etc. External work

14.5 Making connection of G.I. distribution branch with G.I. main

of following sizes by providing and fixing tee, including
cutting and threading the pipe etc. complete :
14.5.1 50 to 80 mm nominal bore 377 1.00 each 1808.80 1808.80

Item Description
No.
14.6 Providing and fixing gun metal gate valve with C.I. wheel of
approved quality (screwed end) :
14.6.1 65 mm nominal bore 36.00 each 1781.30 64126.80
14.7 Providing and fixing ball valve (brass) of approved quality,

High or low pressure, complete :

14.7.4 32 mm nominal bore 106.00 Each 1359.95 135568.70
14.8 Providing and fixing gun metal non- return valve of

approved quality (screwed end) :
14.8.1 80 mm nominal bore
14.8.1.1 Vertical 4.00 each 4225.50 16902.00
14.9 Providing and fixing uplasticised PVC connection pipe with

brass unions :
14.9.1 30 cm length
14.9.1.1. 15 mm nominal bore 5504.00 each 89.35 491782.40
14.9.2 45 cm length
14.9.2.1 15 mm nominal bore 1388.00 each 101.80 141298.40
14.10 Constructing masonry Chamber 60x60x75 cm inside, in

brick work in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand)
for sluice valve, with C.I. surface box 100mm top diameter,
160 mm bottom diameter and 180 mm deep ( inside) with
chained lid and RCC top slab 1:2:4 mix (1 cement : 2 coarse
sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size ) , i/c
necessary excavation, foundation concrete 1:5:10 (1 cement
: 5 fine sand : 10 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal
size) and inside plastering with ready mix cement mortar
1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) 12 mm thick, finished with a
floating coat of neat cement complete as per standard
design :
14.10.1 With flyash bricks class designation 10 1.00 each 11436.40 11436.40
14.11 Constructing masonry Chamber 90x90x100 cm inside, in

brick work in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand)
for sluice valve, with C.I. surface box 100 mm top diameter,
160 mm bottom diameter and 180 mm deep (inside) with
chained lid and RCC top slab 1:2:4 mix (1 cement : 2 coarse
sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size ), i/c
necessary excavation, foundation concrete 1:5:10 (1 cement
: 5 fine sand : 10 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal
size ) and inside plastering with ready mix cement mortar
1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand)12 mm thick, finished with a
floating coat of neat cement complete as per standard
design :
14.11.1 With flyash bricks class designation 10 2.00 each 19945.05 39890.10
378
Item Description
No.
14.12 Providing and fixing G.I. Union in G.I. pipe including cutting
and threading the pipe and making long screws etc.
complete (New work) :
14.12.9 100 mm dia nominal bore 152.00 Each 1718.65 261234.80
14.13 Providing and fixing enclosed type water meter (bulk type)
conforming to IS : 2373 and tested by Municipal Board
complete with bolts, nuts, rubber insertions etc. (The tail
pieces if required will be paid separately) :
14.13.1 80 mm dia nominal bore 1.00 each 3902.80 3902.80
14.14 Providing and fixing C.I. dirt box strainer for bulk type
water meter with nuts, bolts, rubber insertions etc.
complete conforming to IS : 2373 :
14.14.1 80 mm dia 1.00 each 4941.95 4941.95
14.15 Providing and laying Double Flanged (Screwed/ Welded)

Centrifugally
(Spun) Ductile Iron Pipes of Class K - 9 conforming to IS :
8329 :
14.15.1 100 mm dia Ductile Iron Double Flanged 300.00 Metre 1842.10 552630.00
14.16 Providing and fixing CI butterfly valve with CI body SS shaft

and disk complete with flange joint with rubber gasket
complete in all respect.
14.16.1 100 mm nominal bore. 28.00 Each 4281.10 119870.80
14.17 Providing and fixing C.P. brass angle valve for basin mixer
and geyser points of approved quality conforming to
IS:8931 a) 15 mm nominal bore ( Premium AND MID
RANGE TOILET ) JAQUAR OPP-CHR-15053PM or
equivalent of Hindware ANGULAR STOP COCK WITH WALL
FLANGE F340006CP equivalent in , kolher, Cera, Parryware,
Cera, Parryware. 5436.00 Each 1114.70 6059509.20
14.18 Providing and fixing C.P. brass angle valve for basin mixer
and geyser points of approved quality conforming to
IS:8931 a) 15 mm nominal bore( FOR ECONOMICAL
TOILET) JAQUAR FLR-5053N or HINDWARE
F480006CP equivalent in , kolher, Cera, Parryware
964.00 Each 733.45 707047.13
14.19 Providing and Fixing of CP brass in conformation with

green building norms health faucet with 1.2 m long flexible
tube (Premium range). (15 mm nominal bore.)
JAQUAR ALD- CHR- 573, or HINDWARE BRISK HF WT 1.5
M HOSE PIPE & HOOK F160110CP equivalent in , kolher,
Cera, Parryware
470.00 Each 1626.70 764549.00
379
Item Description
No.
green building norms health faucet with 1.0 m long flexible
tube (Mid range)(15 mm nominal bore.).
JAQUAR ALD- CHR- 565, or HINDWARE BRISK HF WT 1.5
Cera, Parryware
459.00 Each 1290.35 592270.65

green building norms health faucet with PVC tube plastic
body (Economical range range). (15 mm nominal bore.)
JAQUAR ALE- CHR- 583, or HINDWARE BRISK HF WT 1.5
Cera, Parryware
198.00 Each 886.70 175566.11
14.22 Providing and Fixing CP brass central hole Single lever

basin mixer in conformation with green building norms
with necessory fittings etc. complete as per the direction of
Engineer in charge.
JAQUAR FLR-5001-B, or HINDWARE F280010 FLORA,
CODE RT5A3J09C00 or equivalent in , kolher, Cera,
Parryware
1458.00 Each 3157.85 4604147.77

green building norms sigle lever concealed diverter system
consisting of exposed part ( lever tip ton knob, flanges ) and
concealed part ( 40mm catridge with buttom assembly.
cartidge sleeve.(Premium range) (15 mm nominal bore.)
JAQUAR KUP-CHR-35065NKPM, ALD-CHR -065N, or
equivalent HINDWARE SINGLE LEVER EXPOSED PARTS KIT
OF DIVERTOR( SUITABLE FOR F8590) F360014CP
ELEMENT, , kolher, Cera, Parryware
626.00 Each 4916.40 3077666.40

green building norms Hand shower with Flexible tube 8mm
dia and 1.5 long and premium wall bracket with necessory
fittings etc. complete as per the direction of Engineer in
charge. (Premium range) JAQUAR
HSH-CHR-1657,SHA-CHR-549D8,SHA-CHR-555, or
HINDWARE SILK 3 FLOW H.SHOWER WT 1.5 MTR HOSE &
HOOK F160121CP equivalent in , kolher, Cera, Parryware
626.00 Each 3313.05 2073969.30

cartidge sleeve.(Mid. range)(15 mm nominal bore.)
JAQUAR OPP-CHR-15065KPM, ALD-CHR -065N, or
equivalent HINDWARE SINGLE LEVER EXPOSED PARTS KIT
OF DIVERTOR- ABS( SUITABLE FOR F8590) F360020CP
ELEMENT, , kolher, Cera, Parryware
618.00 Each 4658.50 2878953.00

380
Item Description
No.
cartidge sleeve.(Economical range)(15 mm nominal bore.)
JAQUAR COS-CHR-103055NK, ALE-CHR -055, or
equivalent SINGLE LEVER EXPOSED PARTS KIT OF
DIVERTOR( SUITABLE FOR F8590) F480047CP ESSENCE
NEO, , kolher, Cera, Parryware
178.00 Each 3335.45 593710.10
14.27 Providing and fixing C.P. brass shower rose with 15 or 20

mm inlet and shower Arm: (Premium range)
JAQUAR OHS-CHR-1605, SHA-CHR-479L300S or
HINDWARE F160146 200MM F160118 SHOWER ARM
equivalent in , kolher, Cera, Parryware
14.27.1 150X150 mm SQUARE 626.00 Each 4400.10 2754462.60

mm inlet and shower Arm: ( Mid.range)
JAQUAR OHS-CHR-1779, SHA-CHR-479L300S or
equivalent in , kolher, Cera, Parryware,HINDWARE ULTRA
THIN SHOWER F160144CP 150 MM
14.28.1 120 mm diameter 618.00 Each 3783.40 2338141.20

mm inlet and shower Arm: (economical range)
JAQUAR EOS-CHR-542A, ALE-CHR-536A or equivalent in ,
kolher, Cera, Parryware ,HINDWARE OH SHOWER 120 MM
WITH 8 SHOWER ARM F160120CP
14.29.1 125mm diameter 178.00 Each 1238.20 220399.60
14.30 Providing and fixing of pressure reducing station with

pressure reducing valve suitable for reducing the pressure
at specified rating, strainer, pressure gauge, safety
valve,bypass arrangement complete as per standard
drawing and complete as per the direction of Engineer-in-
charge.
14.30.1 40 mm dia nominal bore. 88.00 Each 10247.85 901810.80
14.31 Providing and fixing M.S. epoxy coated puddle flanges of

600mm length class c pipe to water tanks as per standard
details fabricated from heavy duty pipe and 6 mm thick
M.S. plate with 3 coats of food grade epoxy paint.
14.31.1 40 mm dia 26.00 Each 1065.60 27705.60

14.31.2 50 mm dia 156.00 Each 1381.45 215506.20
14.31.3 80 mm dia 39.00 Each 2186.65 85279.35
14.31.4 100 mm dia 52.00 Each 3040.25 158093.00
14.31.5 150 mm dia 26.00 Each 5000.65 130016.90
Total for Water Supply 64647558.37
15.00 SUB HEAD- DRAINAGE

Note: 1) All chambers constructed with Fly ash brick
shall have minimum 40% Fly Ash Content as per Green
building norms.
381
Item Description
No.
15.1 Providing and laying cement concrete 1:5:10 (1 cement : 5
size) up to haunches of S.W. /RCC pipes including bed
concrete as per standard design :
15.1.1 150 mm diameter S.W. /RCC pipe 426.75 metre 824.20 351727.35
15.2 Providing and fixing square-mouth S.W. gully trap class SP-
1 complete with C.I. grating brick masonry chamber with
water tight C.I. cover with frame of 300 x300 mm size
(inside) the weight of cover to be not less than 4.50 kg and
frame to be not less than 2.70 kg as per standard design:
15.2.1 100x100 mm size P type

15.2.1.1 With flyash bricks class designation 10 120.00 Each 2696.45 323574.00
15.3 Deduct for C.I cover and Providing and fixing square- FRP
medium duty cover with frame of 300 x300 mm size in-
stead of C.I cover and frame as per basic corrosponding
item. Approved makes of FRP covers and frame-
Rawji,Fibst, KK -FRP and Kconcrete pvt ltd
120.00 Each 1743.10 209172.00
15.4 Providing and laying non-pressure NP2 class (light duty)

R.C.C. pipes with collars jointed with stiff mixture of cement
mortar in the proportion of 1:2 (1 cement : 2 fine sand)
including testing of joints etc. complete :
15.4.1 150 mm dia. R.C.C. pipe 569.00 metre 589.25 335283.25

15.5 Constructing brick masonry manhole in cement mortar 1:4

( 1 cement : 4 coarse sand ) with R.C.C. top slab with 1:1.5:3
mix (1 cement : 1.5 coarse sand (zone-III) : 3 graded stone
aggregate 20 mm nominal size), foundation concrete 1:4:8
mix (1 cement : 4 coarse sand (zone-III) : 8 graded stone
aggregate 40 mm nominal size), inside plastering 12 mm
thick with ready mix cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4
coarse sand) finished with floating coat of neat cement and
making channels in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2
size) finished with a floating coat of neat cement complete
as per standard design :
15.5.1 Inside size 90x80 cm and 45 cm deep including C.I. cover

with frame (light duty) 455x610 mm internal dimensions,
total weight of cover and frame to be not less than 38 kg
(weight of cover 23 kg and weight of frame 15 kg) :
15.6 Providing and fixing FRP cover heavy duty 20 tonne

capacity with frame of 455 x 610 mm size (inside) in-stead
of C.I cover and frame as per basic corrosponding item.
Approved makes of FRP covers and frame- Rawji,Fibst, KK -
FRP and Kconcrete pvt ltd
158.00 Each 4172.85 659310.30
382
Item Description
No.
15.7 Constructing brick masonry manhole in cement mortar 1:4
( 1 cement : 4 coarse sand ) with R.C.C. top slab with 1:1.5:3
mix (1 cement : 1.5 coarse sand (zone-III) : 3 graded stone
aggregate 20 mm nominal size), foundation concrete 1:4:8
mix (1 cement : 4 coarse sand (zone-III) : 8 graded stone
aggregate 40 mm nominal size), inside plastering 12 mm
thick with ready mix cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4
coarse sand) finished with floating coat of neat cement and
making channels in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2
size) finished with a floating coat of neat cement complete
as per standard design :
15.8 Inside size 120x90 cm and 90 cm deep including C.I. cover

with frame (heavy duty) 560 mm internal diameter, total
weight of cover and frame to be not less than 208 kg
(weight of cover 108 kg and weight of frame 100 kg) :
15.8.1 With flyash bricks class designation 10 5.00 Each 22410.30 112051.52
15.9 Providing and fixing FRP cover heavy duty (20 tonne
capacity) with frame of 530- 560mm size (inside) in-stead
of C.I cover and frame as per basic corrosponding item.
5.00 Each 2831.20 14156.00
15.10 Extra for depth for manholes :

15.10.1 Size 90x80 cm
15.10.1.1 With fly ash bricks 5.00 metre 4148.80 20744.00
15.10.2 Size 120x90 cm
15.10.2.1 With fly ash bricks 2.00 metre 10744.65 21489.30
15.11 Constructing brick masonry circular type manhole 0.91 m

internal dia at bottom and 0.56m dia at top in cement
mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand), inside cement plaster
12 mm thick with ready mix cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement :
4 coarse sand) finished with a floating coat of neat cement,
foundation concrete 1:3:6 mix (1 cement : 3 coarse sand : 6
graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size), and making
necessary channel in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2
size) finished with a floating coat of neat cement, all
complete as per standard design :
15.11.1 0.91 m deep with S.F.R.C. cover and frame (heavy duty, HD-
20 grade designation) 560 mm internal diameter con-
forming to I.S. 12592, total weight of cover and frame to be
not less than 182 kg., fixed in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1
cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm
nominal size) including centering, shuttering all complete.
(Excavation, foot rests and 12mm thick cement plaster at
the external surface shall be paid for separately) :
15.12 Extra depth for circular type manhole 0.91m internal dia (at
bottom) beyond 0.91 m to 1.67 m
15.12.1 With flyash bricks class designation 10 383 5.00 Metre 7057.45 35287.25
Item Description
No.
15.13 Constructing brick masonry circular manhole 1.22 m
internal dia at bottom and 0.56 m dia at top in cement
mortar 1:4 (1 cement :4 coarse sand) inside cement plaster
4 coarse sand) finished with a floating coat of neat cement
foundation concrete 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand : 6
graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size) and making
15.13.1 1.68 m deep with SFRC Cover and frame (heavy duty HD- 20
grade designation) 560 mm internal diameter conforming
to I.S. 12592, total weight of cover and frame to be not less
than 182 kg. fixed in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2
size) including centering, shuttering all complete.
(Excavation, foot rests and 12 mm thick cement plaster at
15.14 Extra depth for circular type manhole 1.22 m internal dia
(at bottom) beyond 1.68 m to 2.29 m :
15.14.1 With flyash bricks class designation 10 2.00 Metre 10018.20 20036.40
15.15 Constructing brick masonry circular manhole 1.52 m

internal dia at bottom and 0.56 m dia at top in cement
mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) inside cement plaster
4 coarse sand) finished with a floating coat of neat cement,
foundation concrete 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand : 6
graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size) and making
15.15.1 2.30 m deep with SFRC Cover and frame (heavy duty HD- 20
grade designation) 560 mm internal diameter conforming
to I.S. 12592, total weight of cover and frame to be not less
than 182 kg. fixed in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2
size) including centering, shuttering all complete.
(Excavation, foot rests and 12 mm thick cement plaster at
15.16 Providing & fixing heavy duty 20 tonne FRP cover with
frame of 530-560 mm size (inside) in-stead of S.F.R.C. cover
and frame (heavy duty, HD-20 grade designation) as per
basic corrosponding items NS- 123.1, NS- 125-1, NS- 127.1 .
103.00 Each 6127.20 631101.30
384
Item Description
No.
15.17 Extra depth for circular type manhole 1.52 m internal dia
(at bottom) beyond 2.30 m :
15.17.1 With flyash bricks class designation 10 1.00 Metre 22987.50 22987.50
15.18 Providing orange colour safety foot rest of minimum 6 mm

thick plastic encapsulated as per IS : 10910, on 12 mm dia
steel bar conforming to IS: 1786, having minimum cross
section as 23 mmx25 mm and over all minimum length 263
mm and width as 165 mm with minimum 112 mm space
between protruded legs having 2 mm tread on top surface
by ribbing or chequering besides necessary and adequate
anchoring projections on tail length on 138 mm as per
standard drawing and suitable to with stand the bend test
and chemical resistance test as per specifications and
having manufacture's permanent identification mark to be
visible even after fixing, including fixing in manholes with
30x20x15 cm cement concrete block 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3
size) complete as per design.
650.00 each 582.05 378332.50
15.19 Providing and fixing in Position pre cast RCC manhole cover
and frameof required shape and approved Quatity.
15.19.1 Circular shape 560mm internal diametre 39.00 Each 1785.45 69632.55
15.20 Providing sand cast iron drop connection externally for 60

cm drop from branch sewer line to main sewer manhole
including inspection and cleaning eye with chain and lid,
sand cast iron drop pipe and bend encased all-round with
cement concrete 1:5:10 (1 cement : 5 fine sand : 10 graded
stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size) with all centering and
shuttering required, cutting holes in walls and making good
with brick work in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse
sand) plastered with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3
coarse sand) on inside of the manhole wall, lead caulked
joints between sand cast iron pipes and fittings, stiff cement
mortar 1:1 (1 cement : 1 fine sand) joints between sand cast
iron tee and S.W. pipe, making required channels complete
as per standard design and specifications :
15.20.1 150 mm dia sand cast iron drop connection 2.00 each 16477.85 32955.70
15.21 Constructing brick masonry road gully chamber

45x45x77.5 cm with bricks in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement
: 4 coarse sand ) with precast R.C.C. vertical grating
15.21.1 With flyash bricks class designation 10 143.00 Each 6782.70 969926.10
15.22 Providing and laying non-pressure NP3 class (heavy duty)

R.C.C. pipes with collars jointed with stiff mixture of cement
mortar in the proportion of 1:2 (1 cement : 2 fine sand)
including testing of joints etc. complete :
15.22.1 150 mm dia. R.C.C. pipe 150.00 Metre 810.65 121597.50

385
Item Description
No.
15.23 Providing, fixing, jointing, testing and commissioning of
heavy quality uPVC ( half perforated for sub soil drain )
spigot and socket pipes for soil, waste Rain water and vent,
conforming to IS-13592/92 Type 'B' including all necessary
fittings and specials such as bends, junctions offsets, access
pieces & vent cowl,fixing at surface wall / ceiling level
supported by G.I. clamps, hangers .
15.23.1 160mm dia pipe 125.00 Metre 2395.05 299381.25
15.24 Construction of desilting chamber with reinforced cement

concrete grade M-25 of size 3000x1200x750mm (effective
depth) before recharge well reinforced cement concrete
grade M-25, inside finished with a floating coat of neat
cement and neatly finished complete in all respects
including necessary excavation, refilling and disposal of
surplus earth, complete. ( Contractor shall liaison with
concerned authorities and obtain the approval for boring
(a)Constructing of recharge pit size 3X2 m clear and 2.0 m

deep (effective depth below inlet) in reinforced cement
concrete grade M-25, including necessary earth work in
excavation in all kinds of soil, disposal of surplus excavated
earth, malba within a lead of 50 m, returning the earth in
layers surrounding RCC work/ pipes ramming and watering
etc., laying 150 mm thick plain cement concrete 1:4:8 (1
cement: 4 coarse sand: 8 graded stone aggregate 40 mm
nominal size) in base, 150 mm thick RCC top slab, RCC
columns and beams in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement 2
coarse sand: 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size)
if required as per structural requirements, (Shop drawing
to be got approved before execution)
(b)Boring 300 mm dia bore (Min 30m depth or upto

secondary water table) with calyx machine or as required,
including the cost of transportation of boring machine to
site and taking back after completion of work, providing
and fixing a) 200 O.D. uPVC pipe (class 6 Kg/cm2) with
fittings in bore well. b) 200 O.D. uPVC slotted
(Supreme/Finolex class 6 Kg/cm2) with fittings in bore
well, as per site conditions. Providing and fixing bail plug
and well cap for 200 OD pipe, supplying and filling 300 mm
thick round Boulders (50-200 mm size) in first layer, 300
mm thick Gravels (5-10 mm size) in second layer, 300 mm
thick Coarse Sand/fine gravel (1.5 to 2 mm size), Pea gravel
packing surrounding bore 3-6 mm size,foot rests, 2 or 3
nos. 560 mm dia M.S. MH cover heavy duty fixing in top
slab. complete in all respects as per drawings enclosed in
tender document .
20.00 Each 449360.90 8987217.97
15.25 Making connection of drain or sewer line with existing

manhole including breaking into and making good the
walls, floors with cement concrete 1:2:4 mix (1 cement : 2
size) cement plastered on both sides with ready mix cement
mortar 1:4 (1 cement :4 coarse sand), finished with a
floating coat of neat cement and making necessary channels
for the drain etc. complete :
15.25.1 For pipes 350 to 450mm diameter 2.00 Each 1355.80 2711.60
Total for Drainage 24600395.85
386
Item Description
No.
16.00 SUB HEAD- ALUMINIUM WORK

16.1 Providing and fixing aluminium work for sliding and
casement doors, windows, ventilators and partitions with
extruded built up standard tubular sections/ appropriate Z
sections and other sections including Domal Series of
approved make conforming to IS: 733 and IS: 1285, fixing
with dash fasteners of required dia and size, including
necessary filling up the gaps at junctions, i.e. at top, bottom
and sides with required EPDM rubber/ neoprene gasket etc.
Aluminium sections shall be smooth, rust free, straight,
mitred and jointed mechanically wherever required
including cleat angle, Aluminium snap beading for glazing /
paneling, C.P. brass / stainless steel screws, all complete as
per architectural drawings and the directions of Engineer-in-
charge. (Glazing, paneling and dash fasteners to be paid for
separately) :
16.1.1 For fixed portion

16.1.1.1 Powder coated aluminium (The powder used for powder
coating shall be Epoxy/polyester powder of make approved
by the Engineer- in-Charge. The contractor shall give
detailed programme for powder coating in advance, to
facilitate the inspection by Engineer-in-Charge or his
authorized representative, the thickness of the finished
polyester powder coating measured by micron meter shall
not be less than 50 micron nor more than 120 micron at any
point.)
62287.69 Kg 557.20 34706698.91
16.1.2 For shutters of doors, windows & ventilators including

providing and fixing hinges/ pivots, sliding rollers, screws
and making provision for fixing of fittings wherever
required including the cost of EPDM rubber / neoprene
gasket required (Fittings shall be paid for separately)
16.1.2.1 Powder coated aluminium (The powder used for powder

coating shall be Epoxy/polyester powder of make approved
by the Engineer- in-Charge. The contractor shall give
detailed programme for powder coating in advance, to
facilitate the inspection by Engineer-in-Charge or his
authorized representative, the thickness of the finished
polyester powder coating measured by micron meter shall
not be less than 50 micron nor more than 120 micron at any
point.)
57455.10 Kg 674.90 38776449.27
16.2 Providing and fixing 12 mm thick prelaminated particle

board flat pressed three layer or graded wood particle
board conforming to IS: 12823 Grade l Type ll, in panelling
fixed in aluminum doors, windows shutters and partition
frames with C.P. brass / stainless steel screws etc. complete
as per architectural drawings and directions of engineerin-
charge. Approved makes- Greenlam, century, Action tessa,
Durian
16.2.1 Pre-laminated particle board with decorative lamination on

both sides 56.81 Sq.m 1136.45 64561.72
387
Item Description
No.
16.3 Providing and fixing glazing in aluminium door, window,
ventilator shutters and partitions etc. with EPDM rubber /
neoprene gasket etc. complete as per the architectural
drawings and the directions of engineer-in-charge . (Cost of
aluminium snap beading shall be paid in basic item):
16.3.1 With frosted float glass panes of 4.0 mm thickness (weight

not less than 10kg/sqm) 25.08 Sq.m 1218.60 30562.49
16.4 Providing and fixing stainless steel (SS 304 grade)

adjustable friction windows stays of approved quality with
necessary stainless steel screws etc. to the side hung
windows as per direction of Engineerin- charge complete.
Approved make- Cotswold/ Ozone/ Geze/ Dorma/ Assa
abloy/ hafele
16.4.1 355x19mm 2580.00 Each 345.40 891132.00
16.5 Providing and fixing glazing in aluminium door, window,

ventilator shutters and partitions etc. with EPDM rubber /
neoprene gasket etc. complete as per the architectural
drawings and the directions of engineer-in-charge . (Cost of
aluminium snap beading shall be paid in basic item):
16.5.1 With 6mm thick low E-Glass, VLT-50 to 100% (Visible light
transmission), SHGC- 0.4 to 0.5 (Solar heat gain coefficient),
U-value of 4 to 5 W/m2k of Saint-Gobain/ Modiguard or
any other approved brand and manufacturer.
9811.13 Sq.m 2441.65 23955353.38
16.5.2 With 10mm thick clear toughened glass of any approved
brand and manufacturer. 250.01 Sq.m 2420.65 605186.71
16.6 Providing and fixing powder coated aluminium grill of

approved design/pattern, with approved standard section
and fixed to the existing window frame with C.P. brass/
stainless steel screws @ 200 mm centre to centre, including
cutting the grill to proper opening size for fixing and
operation of handles and fixing approved anodised
aluminium standard section around the opening, all
complete as per requirement and direction of Engineer-in-
charge. (Only weight of grill to be measured for payment).
3844.19 Kg 710.40 2730912.22
16.7 Providing and fixing 12 mm thick frameless toughened

glass door shutter of approved brand and manufacture,
including providing and fixing top & bottom pivot & double
action hydraulic floor spring type fixing arrangement and
making necessary holes etc. for fixing required door fittings,
all complete as per direction of Engineer-incharge (Door
handle, lock and stopper etc.to be paid separately).
Approved make of floor spring and other hadware- Ozone/
/ Geze/ Dorma/ Assa abloy/ hafele
112.69 Sq.m 8112.85 914237.07
16.8 Providing and panelling for aluminium doors, windows

shutter and clerestory windows with Fly proof stainless
steel grade 304 wire gauge with 0.3 mm dia. wire and
1.4mm wide aperture (Area of opening for panel inserts
excluding portion inside grooves or rebates to be
measured). with aluminium beading (Cost of aluminium
snap beading shall be paid in basic item):
5606.89 Sq.m 1753.20 9830007.53
388
Item Description
No.
16.9 Providing and fixing pair of stainless steel H -type handle of
size 600x32mm of approved quality & make with necessary
screws etc. all complete as per the direction of Engineer-in-
charge.
Approved make- Ozone/ Geze/ Dorma/ Assa abloy/ hafele
31.00 Each 3030.15 93934.65
16.10 Providing and fixing stainless steel corner patch lock for
frameless toughened glass door with strike plate and key of
approved quality & make with necessary screws etc. all
complete.
Approved make- Ozone/ Geze/ Dorma/ Assa abloy/ hafele
31.00 Each 2885.50 89450.50
16.11 Providing and installing 100% virgin UV stabilized HDPE

Vertical Anti-Bird net system with mesh size 25X25MM,
including required all material like fastner, straining wire/
cable, turnbuckles to tighten the straining wire, hog ring
tool and hog rings as per manufacturer. The net should be
durable, strong and weather, resistant, resistant to attach
by insects, bactera and fungi. The net is UV light stabilized
(500Kly) for better duarablity and also it is heat treated to
prevent knot slippage the softening point of the net is 120⁰C
were as melting point is 130⁰C. etc. consisting of following
operations:
a) Install corner anchors and intermediate anchors @

300mm c/c to support your cable and netting. Anchors are
commonly used on surfaces such as wood, concrete, steel
and more.
b) Run SS cabling (straining wire) through the installed
corner and intermediate anchors. Straining wire is attached
to corner anchors using ferrules. Depending on the size of
the project use 1/16" or 3/32" diameter cable and ferrules
should be used
c) Use of turnbuckles to tighten the straining wire. Once the

turnbuckle has been attached to the cable and corner
anchor, twist and tighten the turnbuckle. Repeat on all sides
of netting.
d) Use a hog ring tool and hog rings will disperse tension
when installing the net. This will allow the net to take shape
of the cable perimeter and structure.
e) after the net has been attached to the cable, clean up the
netting and trim excess net. Approved makes- Garware
or equivalent 1425.52 Sq.m 355.65 506985.73
16.12 Providing and fixing 8mm thick toughened glass fixed

partition upto height of 1950mm for toilets or any other
similar location of approved brand and manufacture, over
existing ledge wall, including all Stainless steel fittings like
bottom connector, wall connector, top rail and making hole
etc. all complete, fitting should be a approved brand etc.
complete as per direction of engineer in charge. Approved
make hardware- Ozone/ Geze/ Dorma/ Assa abloy/
hafele/ Kich
1418.04 Sq.m 3830.00 5431093.20
389
Item Description
No.
16.13 Providing and fixing laminated glass panel in two layer
8mm thick each glass panel and interlayer with SGP (Sentry
Glass Plus) to increase strength and security, overall
thickness is 17.52mm (8.0+1.52+8.0mm) in existing metal
frame with approve sealant (Atructural silicone selant)
glass panel should be low E-Glass, VLT-50 to 100% (Visible
light transmission), SHGC- 0.4 to 0.5 (Solar heat gain
coefficient), U-value of 4 to 5 W/m2k of approved brand
and manufacturer. etc. all complete as per direction of
engineer in charge.
76.10 Sq.m 8308.50 632276.85

Total for aluminium work 119258842.23
17.00 SUB HEAD- WATER PROOFING WORK

17.1 Providing and laying integral cement based treatment for
water proofing on horizontal surface at all depth below
ground level for under ground structures as directed by
Engineer-in-Charge and consisting of :
(i) Ist layer of 22 mm to 25 mm thick approved and

specified rough stone slab over a 25 mm thick base of
cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) mixed with
water proofing compound conforming to IS:2645 in the
recommended proportion over the leveling course (leveling
course to be paid separately). Joints sealed and grouted
with cement slurry mixed with water proofing compound.
(ii) 2nd layer of 25 mm thick cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement:

3 coarse sand) mixed with water proofing compound in
recommended proportions.
(iii) Finishing top with stone aggregate of 10 mm to 12 mm
nominal size spreading @ 8 cudm/sqm thoroughly
embedded in the 2nd layer.
17.1.1 Using rough kota stone. 1897.01 Sq.m 1628.65 3089565.34
17.2 Providing and laying integral cement based treatment for

water proofing on the vertical surface by fixing specified
stone slab 22 mm to 25 mm thick with cement slurry mixed
with water proofing compound conforming to IS:2645 in
recommended proportions with a gap of 20 mm (minimum)
between stone slabs and the receiving surfaces and filling
the gaps with neat cement slurry mixed with water proofing
compound and finishing the exterior of stone slab with
cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) 20 mm thick
with neat cement punning mixed with water proofing
compound in recommended proportion complete at all
levels and as directed by Engineer-in-charge :
17.2.1 Using rough Kota stone 1139.23 Sq.m 2127.35 2423540.94
17.3 Providing and laying integral cement based water proofing

treatment including preparation of surface as required for
treatment of roofs, balconies, terraces etc consisting of
following operations:
(a) Applying a slurry coat of neat cement using 2.75 kg/sqm
of cement admixed with water proofing compound
conforming to IS. 2645 and approved by Engineer-in-charge
over the RCC slab including adjoining walls upto 300 mm
height including cleaning the surface before treatment.
390
Item Description
No.
(b) Laying brick bats with mortar using broken bricks/brick
bats 25 mm to 115 mm size with 50% of cement mortar 1:5
(1 cement : 5 coarse sand) admixed with water proofing
compound conforming to IS : 2645 and approved by
Engineer-in-charge over 20 mm thick layer of cement
mortar of mix 1:5 (1 cement: 5 coarse sand ) admixed with
water proofing compound conforming to IS : 2645 and
approved by Engineer-in-charge to required slope and
treating similarly the adjoining walls upto 300 mm height
including rounding of junctions of walls and slabs.
(c) After two days of proper curing applying a second coat

of cement slurry using 2.75 kg/ sqm of cement admixed
with water proofing compound conforming to IS : 2645 and
approved by Engineerin- charge.
(d) Finishing the surface with 20 mm thick jointless cement

mortar of mix 1:4 (1 cement :4 coarse sand) admixed with
water proofing compound conforming to IS : 2645 and
approved by Engineerin- charge including laying glass fibre
cloth of approved quality in top layer of plaster and finally
finishing the surface with trowel with neat cement slurry
and making pattern of 300x300 mm square 3 mm deep.
(e) The whole terrace so finished shall be flooded with

water for a minimum period of two weeks for curing and for
final test.“All above operations to be done in order and as
directed and specified by the Engineer-in-Charge :
17.3.1 With average thickness of 120 mm and minimum thickness

at khurra as 65 mm. 9646.74 Sq.m 1819.85 17555622.34
17.4 Waterproofing Application on horizontal & Vertical Area by

polymer modified cementitous elastomeric water proofing
membrane by :Providing & Applying 2 coats of waterproof
coating with high performance two component pre-packed
cementitious waterproofing, with a mix ratio of (liquid:
Powder), parts by wt. - 1:1.4 @ 2.2 Kg/sqm to achieve DFT
of 1.5mm over the horizontal surface as per the
manufacturers’ specification & drawing. All the coats to be
applied in right angle to each other. Sprinkle the quartz
sand / fine sand over the final coat when it is still wet on the
vertical wall surface for creating a firm key for plastering to
ensure complete waterproofing.The coating shall have
following properties:
1.Tensile strength : 1 N/mm2 as per ASTM D 412.
2.Elongation at break, % : 120 as per ASTM D 412.
3.Adhesion strength : 1 N/mm2 as per ASTM D 4541.
4.crack bridging : upto 2mm as per ASTM C 836.
5. Water penetration (5 bar pressure) : 1% as per BS EN
12390.
6.Hardness, Shore A : 60 as per ASTM D 2240
7.RCPT permeability : 92% as per ASTM C 1202-97, ( The
above parameter shall be tested from third party lab
decided by EIN C)
391
Item Description
No.
The system should include: 1. cleaning the surface,
removing the laitance, and Small cracks upto 5mm needs to
be repaired with crack filling material Crack X. 2. Angle fillet
of 20X20mm need to prepare with Polymer modified
mortar. 3. Pipe penetration upto 100mm need to treat with
1.5 mm thick two-sided non-reinforced polymerized
bituminous self- adhesive Tape to seal the joint between
pipes/inserts and the core cuts, followed by grouting the
gaps around the pipe / inserts with a non-shrink
cementitious waterproof grout, Pidigrout 10M or
equivalent in other other makes below shall conform to
ASTM C 109 - 1999 18, ASTM C 1107, Grade C as per
manufacturers' specification, etc, complete.
Approved makes waterproofing material- Pidelite/ Fosroc/
BASF/ Tikidan
16031.91 Sq.m 786.00 12601080.34
17.5 Providing and applying of swellable type water stop tape,

19mm x 25mm thick in linear meter (expansive nature) for
construction joints treatment of RCC structure such as raft
slab, retaining walls, water storage tank and at the junctions
of raft slab with the retaining walls etc.. After cleaning the
surface, one coat of required primer for swellable water
stop tape shall be applied throughout the length of the joint
@3.78 litre per 240 running meter. Over the primed surface
swellable type water stop tape shall be placed. The work
shall be carried out all complete as per specification and the
direction of the Engineer-In-Charge. The product
performance shall carry guarantee for 10 years against any
leakage.
2079.74 Metre 592.00 1231206.08
17.6 Providing & supplying waterproffing treatement for podium

slab by using 100% solid content, VOC free , two
component, solovent free , liquid applied Elastomeric
seamless hybrid polyurea polyurethane, by 2k spreay
machine by following methodology:
Surface Preparation: Cleaning and making necessary
surface preparation to remove any dust and laitance etc.,
chasing open the construction joints, cracks and sealing the
same to form a U shaped groove of approx. 5 mm width and
8 mm depth, using Epoxy mortar of Tikidan / FOSROC /
BASF / PIDILITE, carrying out injection grouting at the
construction joints, honeycombs, etc, by injecting cement
slurry grout admixed with expandable grout additive of
Tikidan / FOSROC / BASF / PIDILITE @ 225 gms / bag of
cement to full saturation wherever necessary, making wall
& floor junction smoothening with epoxy mortar of Tikidan
/ FOSROC / BASF / PIDILITE. Check the surface moisture
before applying primer and it shall not be more than 5%.
392
Item Description
No.
Waterproofing Membrane: Providing & appyling moisture
in-senstive epoxy based primer of Tikidan / FOSROC / BASF
/ PIDILITE @ coverage of 4 - 6 sqm / Kg, on the horizontal
surface & on verticals /side walls / upstands upto 300mm
height above the Finish Floor Level (F.F.L), allowing the
primer to dry for 6 - 8 Hrs to become tacky, thereafter,
providing & applying 100% Solid content, VOC Free, liquid
applied elastomeric seamless 2 component hybrid polyurea
based Membrane, of Tikidan / FOSROC / BASF / PIDILITE,
to be applied by dual component 1 : 1 by volume spray @
1.7 Kg / sqm (1.5 Litre / sqm) to form DFT of 1.5mm
thickness (without priming coat / scratch coat conforming
to ASTM C 898) with a composite warranty from the
manufacturer & the Autorised applicator by Tri-partite
agreement. The 2 component hybrid polyurea based
membrane shall be applied on horizontal surfaces and on
verticals /side walls / upstands upto 300mm height above
the Finish Floor Level (F.F.L), allow self curing for 2 days,
thereafter carrying out pond test with water for 48 Hrs to
test the water tightness, etc, complete.
The 2 component Hybrid Polyurea membrane shall have

minimum following properties:
1. Elongation > 400% tested as per ASTM D 412, 2. Tensile
strength > 12 Mpa tested as per ASTM D 412, 3. Resistance
to Hydrostatic Head > 7 Bar (70m) tested as per DIN 1048,
4. Shore A Hardness > 75 tested as per ASTM D 2240, 5.
Tear strength > 40 KN/m tested as per ASTM D 624, 6. Bond
strength > 2 Mpa tested as per ASTM D 4541, 7. Crack
bridging upto 2mm tested as per ASTM C 836, 8. Puncture
resistance > 300 N tested as per ASTM E 154, 9. Water
Vapour Permeability ≤ 0.4 gm/m2/day The vendor shall
submit the 3rd party test reports tested from Government
Labs / NABL accredated Labs to validate the properties.
Separation Layer: Providing & laying lossely 300 GSM, Non-

woven polyester needle punched Geotextile membrane of
Approved make, having Grab Tensile Strength > 450 N
tested as per ASTM D 4632, Grab elongation > 50% tested
as per ASTM D 4632, Puncture resistance (CBR value) >
1300 N tested as per ASTM D 6241, UV resistance over the
above waterproofing membrane, with a minimum overlap
of 75mm wide, etc, complete. Approved makes
waterproofing material- Pidelite/ Fosroc/ BASF/ Tikidan
14199.20 Sq.m 2152.45 30563068.04
17.7 Providing and laying 30mm thick recycled PP Drain cell of

size 500X250mm or as per manufactures design with high
compressive strength greater 100 tons per sq.m, modular
interlocking system of approved brand and manufacture
over podium roof slab as per detail drawing, etc. all
complete.
Aprroved makes : Baijnath/ Ecorain/ JKD/ Ovilite.
13730.24 Sq.m 476.90 6547951.46
393
Item Description
No.
17.8 Providing and laying woven polypropylene multiflament
Geotextile UV treated 200 GSM of approved brand and
manufacture over podium roof slab as per detail drawing,
thickness as per manufacture specification bonded to the
membrane with intermittent touch be heating the menrane
by butane torch as per, manufactures recommendation.
13730.24 Sq.m 93.55 1284463.95
17.9 Providing and laying polysulphide sealant for 50X50mm in

horizonrtal expansion joints with approved PU selant
having desire elongation as per manufacturer specification
is filled in the expansion joint Including surface preparation,
applying primer, backer rod and protect the treatment with
flexible polyolefine (TENSILE STRENGTH :12.5 n/MM,
ELONGATION 400%uv RESISTANCE >6000H, WATER
VAPOUR PERMEABILITY >50 M)as per drawing,
manufacturer specification to give water tightness & as
directed by engineer in charge. Approved makes of
system : Fosroc/ Pidellite/ BASF
90.50 Metre 3841.10 347619.55

Total for waterproofing work 75644118.04
18.00 SUB HEAD- STRUCTURAL GLAZING

18.1 Providing and supplying aluminium extruded tubular and
other aluminium sections as per the architectural drawings
and approved shop drawings , the aluminium quality as per
grade 6063 T5 or T6 as per BS 1474,including super
durable powder coating of 60-80 microns conforming to
AAMA 2604 of required colour and shade as approved by
the Engineer-in-Charge. ( The item includes cost of material
such as cleats, sleeves, screws etc. necessary for fabrication
of extruded aluminium frame work. Nothing extra shall be
paid on this account).
18.1.1 The weight of aluminium extruded section shall be taken for

purpose of payment. 6794.12 Kg 442.65 3007417.22
18.2 Designing, fabricating, testing, protection, installing and

fixing in position semi (grid) unitized system of structural
glazing (with open joints) for linear as well as curvilinear
portions of the building for all heights and all levels,
including:
Structural analysis & design and preparation of shop
drawings for the specified design loads conforming to IS
875 part III (the system must passed the proof test at 1.5
times design wind pressure without any failure), including
functional design of the aluminum sections for fixing glazing
panels of various thicknesses, aluminium cleats, sleeves and
splice plates etc. gaskets, screws, toggles, nuts, bolts, clamps
etc., structural and weather silicone sealants, flashings, fire
stop (barrier)-cum-smoke seals, microwave cured EPDM
gaskets for water tightness, pressure equalisation &
drainage and protection against fire hazard including:
394
Item Description
No.
Fabricating and supplying serrated M.S. hot dip galvanised /
Aluminium alloy of 6005 T5 brackets of required sizes,
sections and profiles etc. to accommodate 3 Dimentional
movement for achieving perfect verticality and fixing
structural glazing system rigidly to the RCC/
masonry/structural steel framework of building structure
using stainless steel anchor fasteners/ bolts, nylon
seperator to prevent bimetallic contacts with nuts and
washers etc. of stainless steel grade 316, of the required
capacity and in required numbers.
Providing and filling, two part pump filled, structural

silicone sealant and one part weather silicone sealant
compatible with the structural silicone sealant of required
bite size in a clean and controlled factory / work shop
environment, including double sided spacer tape, setting
blocks and backer rod, all of approved grade, brand and
manufacture, as per the approved sealant design, within
and all around the perimeter for holding glass.
Providing and fixing in position flashings of solid aluminium
sheet 1 mm thick and of sizes, shapes and profiles, as
required as per the site conditions, to seal the gap between
the building structure and all its interfaces with curtain
glazing to make it watertight.
Making provision for drainage of moisture/ water that

enters the curtain glazing system to make it watertight, by
incorporating
principles of pressure equalization, providing suitable
gutter profiles at bottom (if required), making necessary
holes of required sizes and of required numbers etc.
complete. This item includes cost of all inputs of designing,
labour for fabricating and installation of aluminium grid,
installation of glazed units, T&P, scaffolding and other
incidental charges including wastages etc., enabling
temporary structures and services, cranes or cradles etc. as
described above and as specified.
The item includes the cost of getting all the structural and
functional design including shop drawings checked by a
structural designer, dully approved by Engineer-in-charge.
The item also includes the cost of all mock ups at site, cost
of all samples of the individual components for testing in an
approved laboratory, field tests on the assembled working
structural glazing as specified, cleaning and protection till
the handing over of the building for occupation. In the end,
the Contractor shall provide a water tight structural glazing
having all the performance characteristics etc. all complete
as required, as per the Architectural drawings, as per item
description, as specified, as per the approved shop drawings
and as directed by the Engineer- in-Charge.
Note:- 1. The cost of providing extruded aluminium frames,

shadow boxes, extruded aluminium section capping for
fixing in the grooves of the curtain glazing and vermin proof
stainless steel wire mesh shall be paid for separately under
relevant items under this subhead. However, for the
purpose of payment, only the actual area of structural
glazing (including width of grooves) on the external face
shall be measured in sqm. up to two decimal places.
395
Item Description
No.
Note:-2. The following performance test are to be conducted
on structural glazing system if area of structural glazing
exceeds 2500 Sqm from the certified laboratories
accreditated by NABL(National Accreditation Board for
Testing and Calibration Laboratories), Department of
Science & Technologies, India. Cost of testing is payable
separately.
The NIT approving authority will decide the necessity of

testing on the basis of cost of the work, cost of the test and
importance of the work. Performance Testing of Structural
glazing system Tests to be conducted in the NABL
accredited lab or by any other
accreditation body which operates in accordance with ISO /
IEC 17011 and accredits labs as per ISO/ IEC 17025.
Performance Laboratory Test for Air Leakage Test (-50pa to

- 300pa) & (+50pa to +300pa) as per ASTM E-283-04
testing method for a range of testing limit 1 to 200 mVhr
Static Water Penetration Test. (50pa to 1500p) as per

ASTME- 331-09 testing method for a range up to 2000 ml.
Dynamic Water Penetration (50pa to 1500pa) as per AAMA

501.01- 05 testing method for a range upto 2000 ml
Structural Performance Deflection and deformation by

static air pressure test (1.5 times design wind pressure
without any failure) as per ASTME-330-10 testing method
for a range upto 50 mm
Seismic Movement Test (upto 30 mm) as per AAMA 501.4-
09 testing method for Qualitative test, Tests to be conducted
on site.
Onsite Test for Water Leakage for a pressure range 50 kpa
to 240 kpa (35psi) upto 2000 ml 484.17 Sq.m 3717.90 1800095.64
18.3 Providing, assembling and supplying vision glass panels

(IGUs) comprising of hermetically-sealed 6-12- 6 mm
insulated glass (double glazed) vision panel units of size
and shape as required and specified,comprising of an outer
heat strengthened float glass 6mm thick, of approved colour
and shade with reflective soft coating on surface # 2 of
approved colour and shade, an inner Heat strengthned clear
float glass 6mm thick, spacer tube 12mm wide, dessicants,
including primary seal and secondary seal (structural
silicone sealant) etc. all complete for the required
performances, as per the Architectural drawings, as per the
approved shop drawings, as specified and as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge. The IGUs shall be assembled in the
factory/ workshop of the glass processor. (Payment for
fixing of IGU Panels in the curtain glazing is included in cost
of item No.25.2) For payment, only the actual area of glass
on face # 1 of the glass panels (excluding the areas of the
grooves and weather silicone sealant) provided and fixed in
position, shall be measured in sqm.
396
Item Description
No.
(i)Coloured tinted float glass 6mm thick substrate with
reflective soft coating on face # 2, + 12mm Airgap + 6mm
Heat Strengthened clear Glass of approved make having
properties as visible Light transmittance (VLT) of 25 to 35
%, Light reflection internal 10 to 15%, light reflection
external 10 to 20 %, shading coefficient (0.25- 0.28) and U
value of 3.0 to 3.3 W/ m2 degree K etc. The properties of
performance glass shall be decided by technical sanctioning
authority as per the site requirement.
80.00 Sq.m 4035.90 322872.00
18.4 Extra for openable side / top hung vision glass panels
(IGUs) including providing and supplying at site all
accessories and hardwares for the openable panels as
specified and of the approved make such as heavy duty
stainless steel friction hinges, min 4 -point cremone locking
sets with stainless steel plates, handles, buffers etc.
including necessary stainless steel screws/ fasteners, nuts,
bolts, washers etc. all complete as per the Architectural
drawings, as per the approved shop drawings, as specified
and as directed by the Engineer- in-
Charge.
15.00 Sq.m 3954.10 59311.50
18.5 Providing, fabricating and supplying shadow box of

required size and shape, for fixing in the spandrel portion of
the structural glazing, in linear as well as curvilinear
portions of the building by providing semi -rigid, inorganic,
non-combustible fibre glass wool insulation 50 mm thick,
conforming to IS: 8183 and BS: 3958 Part 5. The insulation
layer shall have facing (factory bonded on surface # 1 of the
fibre glass insulation layer), of black non-woven fibre glass
tissue of nominal thickness 0.5 mm and nominal mass not
less than 60 gm /sqm, made of randomly oriented glass
fibres distributed in a binder by a wet-lay process including
fixing 1.5 mm thick solid aluminum sheet backing using, 6
mm thick cement board including SS rivets, nuts, bolts,
washers etc complete.
35.00 Sq.m 2335.25 81733.75
18.6 Providing and supplying Spandrel Glass Panels comprising

of 6 mm thick heat strengthened monolithic float glass of
approved colour and shade with reflective soft coating on
surface # 2 of approved colour and shade so as to match the
colour and shade of the IGUs in the vision panels etc. ,all
complete for the required performances as specified, as per
the Architectural drawings, as per the approved shop
drawings, as specified, and as directed by the Engineer- in-
Charge.
397
Item Description
No.
For payment, only the actual area of glass on face # 1 of the
glass panels (but excluding the area of grooves and weather
silicone sealant) provided and fixed in position, shall be
measured in sqm. (Payment for fixing of Spandrel Glass
Panels in the curtain glazing is included in cost of relevent
Item*).“(i) Coloured tinted float glass 6mm thick substrate
with reflective soft coating on face # 2, having properties as
visible Light transmittance (VLT) of 25 to 35 %, Light
reflection internal 10 to 15%, light reflection external 10 to
20 %, shading coefficient (0.25- 0.28) and U value of 3.0 to
3.3 W/m2 K etc. . The properties of performance glass shall
be decided by technical sanctioning authority as per the site
requirement.
35.00 Sq.m 2645.00 92575.00
18.7 Design supply & installation of suspended Spider Glazing

system designed to withstand the wind pressure as per IS
875 (Part-III). The Suspended System held with Spider
Fittings of SS-316 Grade Steel of approved manufacturer
with glass panel having 12 mm thick clear toughened glass
held together with SS- 316 Grade Stainless steel Spider &
bolt assembly with laminated glass fins 21 mm thick. The
Glass fins and glass panel assembly shall be connected to
Slab/ beams by means of SS- 316 Grade stainless steel
brackets & Anchor bolts and at the bottom using SS channel
of 50x25x2mm using fastener & anchor bolts, non staining
weather sealants of approved make, Teflon/ nylon bushes
and separators to prevent bi-metallic contacts, all complete
to perform as per specification and approved drawings. The
complete system to be designed to accommodate thermal
expansion & seismic movements etc. The joints between
glass panels (6 to 8 mm) and gaps at the perimeter & in U
channel of the assembly to be filled with non staining
weather sealant, so as to make the entire system fully water
proof & dust proof.
The rate shall include all design, Engineering and shop

drawing including approval from structural designer,
labour, T&P, scaffolding, other incidental charges including
wastage, enabling temporary services all fitting fixers nut
bolts, washer, Buffer plates, fastener, anchors, SS channel
laminated glass etc. all complete. For the purpose of
payment, actual elevation area of Glazing including
thickness of joints and the portion of Glass panel inside the
SS channel shall be measured.
373.00 Sq.m 9834.40 3668231.20

Total for structural galzing 9032236.31
398
Item Description
No.
19.00 SUB HEAD- NEW TECHNOLOGIES AND MATERIAL

19.1 Providing and fixing false ceiling at all heights with integral
densified calcium silicate reinforced with fibre and natural
filler false ceiling tiles of Size 595x595 mm of approved
texture, design and patterns having NRC (Noise Reduction
coefficient) of 0.50 (minimum) as per IS 8225:1987, Light
reflectance of 85% (minimum). Non combustible as per
BS:476 (part-4), fire performance as per BS:476 (part 6
&7), humidity resistance of 100%, thermal conductivity <
0.043 W/m K as per ASTM 518:1991, in true horizontal
level suspended on interlocking metal powder coated T-
Grid of hot dipped galvanised iron section of 0.40 mm thick
on Silhouette profile,rotary stiched double webbed white
with 6mm reveal profile( white/black),comprising of main-
T runners of size 15x42mm of length 3000 mm, cross - T of
size 15x42 mm of length 1200 mm and secondary
intermediate cross- T of size 15x42 mm of length 600mm to
form grid module of size 600 x 600 mm, suspended from
ceiling using galvanised mild steel items (galvanizing @ 80
grams per sqm) i.e. 50 mm long, 8 mm
outer diameter M-6 dash fasteners, 6 mm dia fully threaded

hanger rod upto 1000 mm length and L-shape level adjuster
of size 85x25x2 mm. Galvanised iron perimeter wall angle
of size 22x19x0.40 mm of length 3000 mm to be fixed on
periphery wall / partition with the help of plastic rawl plugs
at 450 mm center to center and 40mm long dry wall S.S
screws. The work shall be carried out as per specifications,
drawing and as per directions of the Engineer-in-Charge.
Approved Make- starpan, Aerolite, Hilux or promat
equivalent
19.1.1 With 15 mm thick integral densified micro edge light weight

calcium silicate false ceiling tiles
1302.00 Sq.m 2456.35 3198167.70
19.2 Providing and fixing of customised Aluminium formwork

for monolithic construction on RCC members with
repetitive usage made up of aluminium sheets/ plates of
minimum 4 mm thickness and grade 6061 (Type-6).The
form work comprises of (a) wall panel ,rocker, kicker and
internal soffit corner, external soffit corner, external corner,
internal corner etc..(b) Beam components i.e. beam side
panel, prop head for soffit beam , beams soffit panel ,beam
soffit bulk head and (c) deck components i.e. deck panel,
deck prop, prop length, deck mid, soffit length, deck beam
bar. The panels are held in position by a simple pin and
wedge system that passes through holes in the outside rib
of each panel. The tolerance of finished panel shall not be
less than (-1mm) and shall conform to IS 14687-1999.Pins
and wedges to be made of high grade hot deep galvanised
mild steel. This formwork also comprises of M.S angle iron,
"Z" shaped brackets braced diagonally at 0.90 to 1.00 mtr.
399
Item Description
No.
centre to centre on external wall face just the level below on
which to lay M.S. square tube panels (Challis) and guard
railing supports to form working platform and 40mm dia G.I
telescopic adjustable props to support deck formwork and
beam soffit panels including de-shuttering the formwork
from odd/even level to be shifted /lifted to next alternate
odd/even level before which the pins and shuttering surface
to be thoroughly cleaned, pins greasing and shuttering
surface oiling properly before fixing all complete including
sealing of gap between kicker plates of wall panel and floors
(if any) as per design of formwork as provided by
shuttering supplier and as per direction of the Engineer in -
charge including filling and finishing the holes of varied
sizes and shapes (left by keys/pins of aluminium form work
shuttering while de-shuttering) with GP-2 cementeous
polymer compound mixed with water in ratio prescribed by
manufacturer to form consistent workable dough for
pushing it in the holes upto full depth of wall using
appropriate tools and finishing smooth all complete as per
directions of the Engineer-in-Charge.
Approved make: MFS,Mivan,Kumkang,Knest, sharp, S
form or equivalent.
[Minimum 12895 Sqm./ OR 50% of Aluminium
shuttering required for completion of 1 slab of all
residential tower/ buildings to be procured by the
agency. Failing which recovery at rate of Rs. 7500/Sqm
shall be made.
297981.00 Sq.m 486.10 144848564.10
19.3 Providing and fixing factory made single extruded WPC

(Wood Polymer Composite) solid door/window/Ceosetory
windows & other Frames/Chowkhat comprising of virgin
PVC polymer of K value 58- 60 (Suspension Grade), calcium
carbonate and natural fibers (wood powder/ rice
husk/wheat husk) and non toxic additives (maximum
toxicity index of 12 for 100 gms) fabricated with miter
joints after applying PVC solvent cement and screwed with
full body threaded star headed SS screws having minimum
frame density of 750 kg/ cum, screw withdrawal strength of
2200 N (Face) & 1100 N (Edge), minimum compressive
strength of 58 N/mm2, modulus of elasticity 900 N/mm2
and resistance to spread of flame of Class A category with
property of being termite/borer proof, water/moisture
proof and fire retardant and fixed in position with M.S hold
fast/lugs/SS dash fasteners of required dia and length
complete as per direction of Engineer-In- Charge. (M.S hold
fast/lugs or SS dash fasteners shall be paid for separately).
Approved makes: ALSTONE,HARDYSMITH
DESIGNS,RAJSHREE, FLEXIBOND
Note: For WPC solid door/window frames, minus 5mm

tolerance in dimensions i.e depth and width of profile shall
be acceptable. Variation in profile dimensions on plus side
shall be acceptable but no extra payment on this account
shall be made.
Frame size 45 x 70 mm 4259.10 Metre 755.45 3217537.10
400
Item Description
No.
19.4 Providing and fixing factory made single extruded WPC
(Wood Polymer Composite) solid decorative type flush door
shutter of required size comprising of virgin polymer of K
value 58-60 (Suspension Grade), calcium carbonate and
natural fibers (wood powder/ rice husk/wheat husk) and
non toxic additives (maximum toxicity index of 12 for 100
gms) having minimum density of 650 kg/ cum and screw
withdrawal strength of 1800 N (Face) & 900 N (Edge),
minimum compressive strength 50 N/mm2, modulus of
elasticity 850 N/mm2 and resistance to spread of flame of
Class A category with property of being termite/borer
proof, water/moisture proof and fire retardant. WPC to be
laminated with PVC foil of minimum 14 microns thick of
approved design pasted with hot melt adhesive on both
faces of shutter and fixing with stainless steel butt hinges of
required size with necessary full body threaded star headed
counter sunk S.S screws, all as per direction of Engineer-In-
Charge. (Note: stainless steel butt hinges and necessary S.S
screws shall be paid separately). Approved makes:
ALSTONE,HARDYSMITH DESIGNS,RAJSHREE,
FLEXIBOND
19.4.1 30 mm thick 857.00 Sq.m 5171.30 4431804.10
19.5 Planning, designing & Construction of a one separate

temporary sample flat (approx. plinth area = 253 sqm)
based on Grade -D dwelling unit specification & design by
adopting any durable & suitable construction system (the
sample flat shall be asthetically pleasing), Consisting Living
room, Dining room, Kitchen, Bedrooms, Study room, Store,
Balcony's, Toilets, Corridor, Dummy lift faces, flooring,
doors with complete hardwares, windows, Internal
Electrification, Internal plumbing works, railing, modular
kitchen, carpets, LED lighting , AC's, ceiling fan, toilet
fixtures like wash basin, CP fittings, WC, Shower partition
etc. in all working condition etc. complete All finishes as per
Grade-D dwelling unit as per architectural drawing attached
in the tender document to show proper usage of flat. And
shall be preserved till completion.
1.00 Job 2222549.55 2222549.55

Total for new technologies and material 157918622.55
TOTAL Rs. 3091188314.00
401
Name of Work: Construction of 354 nos. staff Quarters Hostel Building Academic Block, for Reserve Bank of India at Plot No. 1, Sector 7, CBD
Belapur (Kharghar), Navi Mumbai. Package 1:- C/o 1 No Grade D tower(19 quarters, G+10), 4 Nos Grade B/C tower (quarters 159 G+10) 4 Nos Grade
A tower(176 quarters,G+11), ZTC Hostel Building (82Rooms,G+8), Academic Block (G+2), Club House With Swimming Pool, Caretaker, Security
Including Internal Water Supply and Sanitary Installations, Drainage, Internal Electrical Installations, Lifts, Fire-Fighting and Fire-Fighting Alarms, D.G
Sets, STP, Substation and Pump House, Rainwater Harvesting System, and development work for Reserve Bank of India at Plot No. 1, Sector 7, CBD
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
S.NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. UNIT for 18 % AMOUNT
GST on
DSR)
POINT/ CIRCUIT/ SUBMAIN WIRING
SUBHEAD 1- INTERNAL ELECTRICAL WORKS ESTIMATE FOR ALL BLOCKS
Wiring for light point/ fan point/ exhaust fan point/ call bell point with 1.5 sq.mm
FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable in surface / recessed steel
1.1 conduit, with modular switch, modular plate, suitable GI box and earthing the point
with 1.5 sq.mm FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable etc. as
required.
1.1.1 Group A 6400 Each 1323 84 67 200
1.1.2 Group B 8314 Each 1582 1 31 52 748
1.1.3 Group C 1804 Each 1962 35 39 448
Wiring for twin control light point with 1.5 sq.mm FRLS PVC insulated copper
conductor single core cable in surface / recessed steel conduit, 2 way modular switch,
1.2 modular plate, suitable GI box and earthing the point with 1.5 sq.mm. FRLS PVC 826 Each 2106 17 39 556
insulated copper conductor single core cable etc. as required.
Wiring for group controlled (looped) light point/fan point/exhaust fan point/ call bell
point (without independent switch etc.) with 1.5 sq. mm FRLS PVC insulated copper
1.3 conductor single core cable in surface/ recessed steel conduit, and earthing the point
with 1.5 sq. mm FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable etc. as
required.
1.3.1 Group A 2210 Each 826 18 25 460
Group B
1.3.2 2288 Each 998 22 83 424
1.3.3 Group C 982 Each 1163 11 42 066

Supplying and fixing two module stepped type electronic fan regulator on the existing
1.4 modular plate switch box including connections but excluding modular plate etc. as 3817 Each 392 14 96 264
required.
Wiring for light/ power plug with 2X4 sq. mm FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor
single core cable in surface/ recessed medium class steel conduit alongwith 1 No. 4
1.5 91970 Metre 460 4 23 06 200
sq. mm FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable for loop earthing as
required.
Wiring for light/ power plug with 4X4 sq. mm FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor
single core cable in surface/ recessed medium class steel conduit alongwith 2 Nos. 4
1.6 sq. mm FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable for loop earthing as 30650 Metre 704 2 15 77 600
required.
Wiring for circuit/ submain wiring alongwith earth wire with the following sizes of
1.7 FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor, single core cable in surface/ recessed medium
class steel conduit as required.
1.7.1 2x1.5 sq mm + 1x1.5 sq mm earth wire - 22190 Metre 348 77 22 120
1.7.2 2x6 sq mm + 1x6 sq mm earth wire - 30750 Metre 626 1 92 49 500
1.7.3 2x10 sq mm + 1x10 sq mm earth wire - 400 Metre 755 3 02 000
1.7.4 4×10 sq mm + 2×10 sq mm earth wire 6160 Metre 1240 76 38 400
402
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
1.7.5 4×16 sq mm + 2×10sq mm earth wire 160 Metre 1749 2 79 840
Supplying and drawing following sizes of FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor, single
1.8 core cable in the existing surface/ recessed medium class steel/ PVC conduit as
required.
1.8.1 4x1.5 sq mm + 2x1.5 sq mm earth wire - 7190 Metre 192 13 80 480

Supplying and fixing of following sizes of medium class steel conduit along with
accessories in surface/recess including painting in case of surface conduit, or cutting
1.9
the wall and making good the same in case of recessed conduit as required.
1.9.1 20 mm 3000 Metre 237 7 11 000

1.9.2 25 mm 43470 Metre 272 1 18 23 840
32 mm
1.9.3 26750 Metre 347 92 82 250
1.9.4 40 mm 1000 Metre 500 5 00 000

Supply and fixing suitable size GI box with modular plate and cover on surface or in
1.10 recess, including providing and fixing 3 pin 5/6 amps modular socket outlet & 5/6 11148 Each 507 56 52 036
amps modular switch etc. as required.
recess, including providing and fixing 5 no. 3 pin 5/6 amps modular socket outlet &
1.11 1266 Each 1396 17 67 336
16 amps modular switch etc. as required.
1.12 recess, including providing and fixing 2 no. 3 pin 5/6 amps modular socket outlet & 30 Each 853 25 590
16 amps modular switch etc. as required.
1.13 recess, including providing and fixing 6 pin 15/16 amps modular socket outlet & 3393 Each 623 21 13 839
15/16 amps modular switch etc. as required.
Supplying & fixing suitable size GI box wih modular plate and cover in front on surface
or in recess including providing and fixing 25 A modular socket outlet and 25 A
1.14 modular SP MCB, "C" curve including connections, painting etc. as required. (For AC & 2920 Each 773 22 57 160
Geyser)
Supplying & fixing call bell suitable for single phase, 230 V, complete as required.
1.15 108 Each 105 11 340
Supplying and fixing bell push on the existing modular plate & switch box including
1.16 108 Each 149 16 092
connections but excluding plate etc. as required.
Supply & fixing of daily and weekly modular time switch with option to select day
blocks, day blocks should be individually set or selected from the blocks Mon–Sun,
1.17 Mon–Fri or Sat–Sun Programming with precision to the second Switch times visible in 240 Each 5520 13 24 800
weekly overview on display similar to Legrand 4126 31 AlphaRex D21, 1 channel.
403
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
1.18 Main Distribution- (I,II,III,IV,V,VI,VII,VIII,IX,X,XI&XII)
Fabrication, supply, Insallation testing & commissioning of Electrical LT panel of
cubical construction, floor mounted type, fabricated out of 2mm thick CRCA sheet,
compartmentalised with hinged lockable doors, dust and vermin proof, powder
coated of approved shade after 7 tank treatment process, cable alley, inter-
connection with suitable size copper conductor cable/solid copper strip, having
switchgears and accessories, mountings and internal wiring, earth terminals,
numbering etc. complete in all respect, suitable for main fire pump, pressurisation
pump & diesel pump set complete as per CPWD specification with following in
coming and Outgoings, suitable for operation on 415V, 3 phase, 50Hz Ac Supply with
enclosure protection class IP 42 as required:as per SLD attached and as per IS:8623
(Part 1)1993.
NOTE
1) All ACBs shall have release with following functions: Protection for O/C, S/C, E/F
and Metering for RMS values of current, voltage, Power - kW,kVA,kVAR, Power
factor, Demand current- Ph & Neutral. All release data should be available over
Ethernet.
2) All the outgoing ACB / MCCBs should have inbuilt communication port provided
with BMS compatibility (including all hardware & software required ) and On / Off /
Trip LED Cluster Indicating lamps with 2 Amp control MCB and CTs of suitable rating.
3) All the incoming ACB / MCCBs and outgoing above 200 Amps shall be provided
with Multifunction meter with communication port (RS 485/NO NC/ potention free
contacts etc)
4) All incomer and specified outgoing MCCBs shall be motorised with Microprocessor
release with following functions : Protection for O/C, S/C, E/F. All release and
metering data should be available over Ethernet.
5) The communication terminal shall be in a separate compartment in the respective
Panel and shall not contain any 230 / 415 Volts component / equipment in it.
6) There shall be minimum 2 (two) vertical switchgear bays in the LT Panel
BLOCK PANEL NO.1 FOR TOWER I As per relevant SLD in Drawing No.
CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/104
Incoming
400 Amp FP, 35/36 KA Microprocessor release MCCB ( Ics=Icu=100%) with
spreader link for connection and suitable rotary handel.
1 No. Digital Voltmeter with inbuilt selector switch
1 No. Digital Ammeter with inbuilt selector switch 1 No.
1.18.1 Multifunction meter with communication port (RS 485/NO NC/ potention free 1 Set 240213 2 40 213
contacts etc)
Indicator Lamps With protection MCB's(R,Y,B)
Bus Bar
1 No. 500 amp TPN copper Bus bar of suitable length with 100% neutral
Outgoing- Each MCCB outgoing feeder shall be provided with ON OFF indication
lamp with ammeter.
3 No. 200 amp FP,25KA thermal release MCCB ( Ics=Icu=100%) with spreader link for
connection and suitable rotary handel.
404
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
BLOCK PANEL NO.2 TO 9 FOR TOWERS II TO IX
As per relevant SLD in Drawing No. CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/104,
CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/105 & CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/106
Incoming
630 Amp FP,35/36 KA Microprocessor release MCCB ( Ics=Icu=100%) with spreader
link for connection and suitable rotary handel.
1 No. Digital Voltmeter with inbuilt selector switch.
1 No. Digital Ammeter with inbuilt selector switch 1 No.
Multifunction meter with communication port (RS 485/NO NC/ potention free
1.18.2 contacts etc) 8 Set 364231.00 29 13 848
Bus Bar
Outgoing
Each MCCB outgoing feeder shall be provided with ON OFF indication lamp with
ammeter.
3 No. 320 amp FP,35/36 KA Microprocessor release MCCB ( Ics=Icu=100%) with
spreader link for connection and suitable rotary handel.
MAIN ELECTRICAL PANEL TOWER X - HOSTEL BLOCK

As per relevant SLD in Drawing No. CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/107.
Incoming
1 No. Digital Ammeter with inbuilt selector switch
Bus Bar
Outgoing
1.18.3 Each MCCB outgoing feeder shall be provided with ON OFF indication lamp with 1 Set 667464.00 6 67 464
ammeter.
3 Nos. 200 amp FP,25 KA Thermal release MCCB ( Ics=Icu=100%) with spreader link
for connection and suitable rotary handel.
2 Nos. 125 amp FP,25 KA Thermal release MCCB ( Ics=Icu=100%) with spreader link
1 No. 100 amp FP,25 KA Thermal release MCCB ( Ics=Icu=100%) with spreader link
5 Nos. 63 amp TP MCB of 10 KA service breaking capacity
25 Nos. 32 amp TP MCB of 10 KA service breaking capacity 40A TP
MCB 10 KA -6 nos.
3.3 kW DOL Starter for Lift Well Press . Fans - 2 Nos
5.5 kW S/D Starter for staircase Press . Fans - 4 Nos
CT operated Digital Ammeter for pressurization fans outgoings - 2 Sets
Each star-delta/DOL starter shall consist of current operated MN type over load relay,
contactor, push button, ON/OFF indication light, A/M Switch and NO/NC Contact for
BMS / remote operation etc. as required
405
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
MAIN ELECTRICAL PANEL TOWER XI - ACADEMIC BLOCK
As per relevant SLD in Drawing No. CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/108
Incoming
630 Amp TP MCCB of 36 KA service breaking capacity
1 No. Digital Voltmeter with VSS
1 No. Digital Ammeter with ASS
Bus Bar
1 No. 800 amp TPN Copper Bus bar of suitable length with 100% neutral
1.18.4 Outgoing 1 Set 340676 3 40 676
Each MCCB outgoing feeder shall be provided with ON OFFindication lamp with
ammeter.
1 No. 320 amp TP MCCB of 36 KA service breaking capacity and Trip setting as
required.
required.
required.
MAIN ELECTRICAL PANEL TOWER XII - CLUB BUILDING

Incoming
Bus Bar
1 No. 630 amp TPN Copper Bus bar of suitable length with 100% neutral
1.18.5 Outgoing 1 Set 285478 2 85 478
Each MCCB outgoing feeder shall be provided with ON OFF indication lamp with
ammeter.
1 No. 400 amp,FP,25 KA Thermal release MCCB ( Ics=Icu=100%) with spreader link
2 Nos. 125 amp,FP,25 KA Thermal release MCCB ( Ics=Icu=100%) with spreader link
1 No. 63 amp,FP,25 KA Thermal release MCCB ( Ics=Icu=100%) with spreader link
3 Nos. 63 amp TPN MCB of 10 KA service breaking capacity.
1.19 METERBOARDS
406
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
Design, manufacture, supply, delivery including supervision during installation, testing
& commissioning of floor mounted IP 42 cubical type compartmentalized meter
board fabricated out 2 mm CRCA sheet as per CPWD specification duly powder
coated, intergrated loose wire box, complete with incomer MCCB,Busbar chamber
with insulated copper busbars and each meter compartment having space for TPN
MCB,and meter, wiring with 10 Sqmm copper flexible wire from busbar to MCB and
MCB to 3 phase energy meter in suitable size medium class PVC conduit/DLP
trunking of reputed make locking/ sealing arrangement for each compartment and
shall be provided with toughened glass sleeve of suitable size for visibility of meter
with provision of earthing with 25 x 5 mm copper strip of full length of the panel to
connect all earth wire coming from residential quarters and connection earth strip
coming from earth pits etc. complete as required.
1) All the incoming ACB / MCCBs and outgoing above 200 Amps shall be provided
with Multifunction meter with communication port (RS 485/NO NC/ potention free
contacts etc)
METERBOARD-1/2 (FOR 10 METERS) FOR TOWER I

Incomer
200 Amp amp FP,35/36 KA Thermal release MCCB ( Ics=Icu=100%) with spreader
BUS BAR
1.19.1 1 No. 300 amp TPN Copper Bus bar of suitable length with 100% neutral 2 NO 198474 3 96 948
OUTGOINGS
10 Nos. 63A TPN MCB's of 10 KA service breaking capacity with space provision of 10
nos. three Phase Electronic kWH Meters of sutable rating (Approved by MSEB)
including interconnection between Bus bar and kWH meter and MCB's .
Meter Board described as above.
METERBOARD-1/2 (FOR 20 METERS) FOR TOWER II TO V

CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/ 105 & CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/106
Incomer
320 Amp FP,35/36 KA Thermal release MCCB ( Ics=Icu=100%) with spreader link for
BUS BAR
1.19.2 1 No. 400 amp TPN Copper Bus bar of suitable length with 100% neutral. 8 N0 422612 33 80 896
OUTGOINGS 20
Nos. 63A TPN MCB's of 10 KA service breaking capacity with space provision of 20
407
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
METERBOARD-1/2 (FOR 22 METERS) FOR TOWER VI TO IX
CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/ 105 & CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/106.
Incomer
315 Amp FP,35/36 KA Thermal release MCCB ( Ics=Icu=100%) with spreader link for
BUS BAR
1.19.3 1 No. 400 amp TPN Copper Bus bar of suitable length with 100% neutral 8 NO 444706 35 57 648
OUTGOINGS
22 Nos. 63A TPN MCB's of 10 KA service breaking capacity with space provision of 22
COMMON AREA PANELS ( Tower I,II,III,IV,V,VI,VII,VIII,IX), Floor panels(Ground, First

1.20 and Second floors) for Tower XI),Main Electrical Panel (Care Taker and security
Block) And Stilt Lighting panel
Design, manufacture, supply, installation, testing and commissioning of following MV
switchgear panels suitable for 415 V, 3 phase, 4 wire, 50 Hz power distribution
system. The panel shall be Indoor (IP 42), free standing, floor mounting, sheet metal
clad, cubicle, dead front, dust and vermin proof type compartmentalised design
fabricated out of suitable thickness as per CPWD Specifications complete with
copper bus bars, separate earth bus bar to be provided through out the length of the
panel. The incoming and outgoing feeders shall be accommodated in a modular
multitier arrangement, adequate size cable alley, painting, earthing, numbering,
danger plate etc as required. 1) All
the incoming ACB / MCCBs and outgoing above 200 Amps shall be provided with
Multifunction meter with communication port (RS 485/NO NC/ potention free
contacts etc)
408
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
COMMON AREA PANEL (TOWER-I TO IV & VI TO IX)
CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/105, CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/106
Incoming
Indicator Lamps With protection MCB's (R,Y,B)
Busbar
1.20.1 1 No. 300 Amp TPN copper Bus bar of suitable length with 100% neutral 8 Set 556583.00 44 52 664
Outgoing
ammeter.
125 amp FP,25KA thermal release MCCB ( Ics=Icu=100%) with spreader link for
connection and suitable rotary handel.- 1 No.
63 amp FP,25KA thermal release MCCB ( Ics=Icu=100%) with spreader link for
connection and suitable rotary handel. 1 No.
32 amp FP MCB of 10 KA service breaking capacity - 2 Nos.
40A FP MCB 10 KA -6 nos.
16 A FP MCB 10 KA-6 NOS.(SPARE)
COMMON AREA PANEL (TOWER V - RESIDENTIAL BLOCK)
As per SLD in Drawing No. CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/104.
Incoming
200 FP,35/36 KA Microprocessor release MCCB ( Ics=Icu=100%) with spreader link
1 No. Digital Voltmeter with inbuilt selector switch.
Busbar
1.20.2 1 No. 300 Amp TPN copper Bus bar of suitable length with 100% neutral 1 set 451338.00 4 51 338
Outgoing
ammeter.
1 No. 125 amp FP,25 KA thermal release MCCB ( Ics=Icu=100%) with spreader link for
1 No. 63 amp FP MCB of 10 KA service breaking capacity
3 No. 32 amp FP MCB of 10 KA service breaking capacity
40A FP MCB 10 KA-6 nos.
16 A FP MCB 10 KA- 6 NOS.(SPARE)
409
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
GROUND FLOOR PANEL (TOWER XI - ACADEMIC BLOCK)
Incoming
1.20.3 1 No. Digital Ammeter with inbuilt selector switch 1 set 172402.00 1 72 402
Bus Bar
1 NO. 200 AMP TPN copper Bus bar of suitable length with 100% neutral
Outgoing
4 Nos. 63 amp FP MCB of 10 KA service breaking capacity
1 NO. 32 amp FP MCB of 10 KA service breaking capacity
FIRST FLOOR PANEL (TOWER XI - ACADEMIC BLOCK)

Incoming
1.20.4 1 No. Digital Ammeter with inbuilt selector switch. 1 SET 168826 1 68 826
Bus Bar
Outgoing
4 Nos. 63 amp FP MCB of 10 KA service breaking capacity
SECOND FLOOR PANEL (TOWER XI - ACADEMIC BLOCK)

Incoming
1.20.5 1 No. Digital Ammeter with inbuilt selector switch 1 SET 166298 1 66 298
Bus Bar
Outgoing
410
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
MAIN ELECTRICAL PANEL (CARE TAKER & SECURITY BLOCK)
Incoming
Bus Bar
1 No. 200 amp TPN Copper Bus Bar of suitable length with 100% neutral
Outgoing
4 Nos. 32 amp FP MCB of 10 kA service breaking capacity
3 Nos. 32 amp DP MCB of 10 kA service breaking capacity
STILT LIGHTING PANEL ( TOWER II-IX)
Incoming
Bus Bar
1 No. 100 amp TPN Copper Bus Bar of suitable length with 100% neutral
Outgoing
6 Nos. 32 amp SPN MCB of 10 kA service breaking capacity.
1.21 Lift Panels

system. The panel shall be Indoor, wall mounting, sheet metal clad, cubicle, dead
front, dust and vermin proof type compartmentalised design fabricated out of 14
SWG sheet steel, complete with copper bus bars, separate earth bus bar to be
provided through out the length of the panel. The incoming and outgoing feeders
shall be accommodated in a modular multitier arrangement, adequate size cable
alley, painting, earthing, numbering, danger plate etc as required and shall be
411
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
LIFT PANEL (TOWERS I TO IX - RESIDENTIAL BLOCKS)
CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/104, CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/105 & CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/106.
Incoming:
125 A TPN MCCB 25 KA (with locking arrangement)
1.21.1 Indicator Lamps With protection MCB's(R,Y,B) 9 Set 490863 44 17 767
Busbar:
200 A TPN Copper Busbar of suitable length with 100% neutral
Outgoing:
63A FP MCCB 25 KA - 4 nos.
32A DP MCB 10KA - 3 nos.
Lift panel as described above.
LIFT PANEL (TOWER X - Hostel BLOCK)

Incoming:
1.21.2 Indicator Lamps With protection MCB's(R,Y,B) 1 Set 490863 4 90 863
Busbar:
Outgoing:
LIFT PANEL (TOWER XI - ACADEMIC BLOCK)
Incoming:
1.21.3 Indicator Lamps With protection MCB's(R,Y,B) 1 SET 490863 4 90 863
Busbar:
Outgoing:
412
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
LIFT PANEL (TOWER XII - CLUB)
Incoming
1.21.4 Busbar 1 SET 393011 3 93 011
Outgoing
32A DP MCB 10 KA-3 nos.
Auxiliary contactor, Relay, MCB, ON/OFF LED light for indication.
Supplying and fixing following way, single pole and neutral, medium class sheet steel,
MCB distribution board, 240 V, on surface/ recess, complete with tinned copper bus
bar, neutral bus bar, earth bar, din bar, interconnections, powder painted including
1.22
earthing etc. as required. (But without MCB/RCCB/Isolator)
1.22.1 6 way Double door (2+4) 3 Each 2346 7 038

1.22.2 8 way Double door(2+6) 7 Each 2736 19 152
1.22.3 12 way, Double door(2+10) 30 Each 2462 73 860
Supplying and fixing following way, horizontal type three pole and neutral, medium
class sheet steel, MCB distribution board, 415 V, on surface/ recess, complete with
1.23 tinned copper bus bar, neutral bus bar, earth bar, din bar, interconnections, powder
painted including earthing etc. as required. (But without MCB/RCCB/ Isolator)
1.23.1 4 way, Double door 1 Each 4350 4 350

1.23.2 6 way, Double door 2 Each 5289 10 578
1.23.3 8 way , Double door 6 Each 6345 38 070
1.23.4 12 way, Double door (equivalent to Siemens 8GB32203RC12) 380 Each 13046 49 57 480
1.23.5 16 way, Double door (equivalent to Siemens 8GB32203RC16) 6 Each 14834 89 004
Supplying and fixing following way, vertical type three pole and neutral, medium class
sheet steel, MCB distribution board, 415 V, on surface/ recess, complete with tinned
1.24 copper bus bar, neutral bus bar, earth bar, din bar, interconnections, powder painted
including earthing etc. as required. (But without MCB/RCCB/ Isolator)
1.24.1 12 way 1 Each 18919 18 919

1.25 Supplying and fixing following rating, double pole, (single phase and neutral), 240 V,
1.25.1 25 A 19 Each 2156 40 964
Supplying and fixing following rating, four pole, (three phase and neutral), 415 V,
residual current circuit breaker (RCCB), having a sensitivity current 30 mA in the
1.26 existing MCB DB complete with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as
required.
1.26.1 40 A 14 Each 3390 47 460

1.26.2 63 A 382 Each 3054 11 66 628
413
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
Supplying and fixing 5A to 32A rating, 240/415 V, 10 kA, "C" curve, MCB suitable for
1.27 inductive load of following poles in the existing MCB DB complete with connections,
testing and commisioning etc as required.
1.27.1 Single Pole 18662 Each 272 50 76 064

1.27.2 Double Pole 21 Each 698 14 658
1.27.3 32 Amps Triple Pole 72 Each 1071 77 112
1.27.4 Triple pole and neutral 15 Each 1306 19 590
Supplying and fixing of 63A FP MCB/ Isolator 10KA in existing distribution board
1.28 381 Each 1099 4 18 719
including connections etc, as required.
Supplying and fixing TP medium class sheet steel enclosure on surface/ recess along
1.29 with following rating 415 V "C" curve TP MCB complete with connections, testing and
commissioning etc. as required.
1.29.1 63 A 415 V "C" curve TP MCB 356 Each 3460 12 31 760
1.29.2 16/25/32 A 415 V "C" curve TP MCB 6 Each 1693 10 158
Supplying and fixing FP medium class sheet steel enclosure on surface/ recess along
with 63 amps 415 volts RCCB 30 mA complete with connections, testing and
1.30 24 Each 3054 73 296
commissioning etc. as required. (for lifts & dumbwaiter).
INTERNAL WIRING & CONDUITING OF LV SERVICES (TV, TELEPHONE & DATA)
Supply and fixing following size/modules, GI box alongwith modular base & cover
1.31 plate for modular switches in recess etc. as required.
1.31.1 1 or 2 module (75mmX75mm) - For TV, data & Telephone outlet socket 3628 Each 317 11 50 076
Supplying and fixing following modular switch/ socket on existing modular plate and
1.32 switch box including connectionet. As required.
1.32.1 Telephone socket outlet 1402 Each 157 2 20 114
1.32.2 T V antenna socket outlet 1371 Each 157 2 15 247
1.32.3 RJ-45 DATA socket outlet 855 Each 415 3 54 825
Supplying and drawing co-axial TV cable RG-6 grade, 0.7 mm solid copper conductor
PE insulated, shielded with fine tinned copper braid and protected with PVC sheath in
1.33 the existing surface/ recessed steel/ PVC conduit as required. 13710 Metre 50 6 85 500
Supplying and drawing following pair 0.5 mm dia FRLS PVC insulated annealed copper
1.34 conductor, unarmored telephone cable in the existing surface/ recessed steel/ PVC
conduit as required.
1.34.1 2 pair 14020 Metre 40 5 60 800
Supplying and drawing following pair 0.5 mm dia FRLS PVC insulated annealed copper
1.35 conductor, armored, jellyfilled, telephone cable in the existing surface/ recessed
steel/ PVC conduit as required.
1.35.1 20 pair 500 Metre 402 2 01 000
1.35.2 50 pair 700 Metre 829 5 80 300
Supplying and drawing of UTP 4 pair CAT 6A LAN Cable in the existing surface/
1.36 recessed Steel/ PVC conduit as required.
1.36.1 1 run of cable 8550 Metre 61 5 21 550

SUPPLY OF FRLS ARMOURED ALUMINIUM and COPPER CONDUCTOR 1.1 KV GRADE
1.37 XLPE CABLES conforming to IS-7098.
1.37.1 3.5×300 sqmm Al. cond. Cable 9140 Metre 2136 1 95 23 040
414
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
1.37.2 3.5 x 240 sq.mm. Aluminium Cable 3985 Metre 1756 69 97 660
1.37.3 3.5× 185 sqmm Al. cond. Cable 1380 Metre 1379 19 03 020
1.37.4 3.5×150 sqmm Al. cond. Cable 230 Metre 1090 2 50 700
1.37.7 3.5× 50 sqmm Al. cond. Cable 20 Metre 448 8 960
1.37.8 3.5× 35 sqmm Al. cond. Cable 765 Metre 338 2 58 570
1.37.9 4x25 sqmm Al. cond. Cable 590 Metre 292 1 72 280
1.37.10 4 x 16 sq.mm. Al. cond. Cable 1800 Metre 224 4 03 200
1.37.11 4 x 16 sq.mm. Copper Cable 825 Metre 992 8 18 400
1.37.12 4x10 sqmm Cu. cond. Cable 12130 Metre 677 82 12 010
1.37.13 3x6 sqmm Cu. cond. Cable 1920 Metre 333 6 39 360
1.37.14 2 x 10 sq. mm. aluminium conductor cable 9500 Metre 147 13 96 500
1.37.15 2 x 6 sq. mm. copper conductor cable 1000 Metre 248 2 48 000
Laying and fixing of one number PVC insulated and PVC sheathed / XLPE power cable
1.38
of 1.1 kV grade of following size on cable tray as required.
1.38.1 Upto 35 sq. mm (clamped with 1mm thick saddle) 13530 Metre 48 6 49 440
1.38.2 Above 35 sqmm and upto 95 sq mm 380 Metre 98 37 240
1.38.3 Above 95 sqmm & upto 185 sqmm 410 Metre 122 50 020
1.38.4 Above 185 sqmm and upto 400 sq.mm (clamped with 40*3mm MS flat clamp) 4355 Metre 197 8 57 935
Supplying and making end termination with brass compression gland and aluminium
1.39 lugs for following size of PVC insulated and PVC sheathed/ XLPE aluminium cable of
1.1 KV grade as req.
1.39.1 3.5×300 sq.mm. Aluminium Cable 120 set 1271 1 52 520

1.39.2 3.5 x 240 sq.mm. Aluminium Cable 76 set 1092 82 992
1.39.3 3.5× 185 sq.mm. Aluminium Cable 28 set 930 26 040
1.39.4 3.5×150 sq.mm. Aluminium Cable 6 set 741 4 446
1.39.7 3.5× 50 sq.mm. Aluminium Cable 2 set 439 878
1.39.8 3.5× 35 sq.mm. Aluminium Cable 12 set 392 4 704
1.39.9 4x25 sq.mm. Aluminium Cable 26 set 335 8 710
Supplying and installing following size of perforated Hot dipped Galvanised iron cable
tray (Galvanisation thickness not less than 50 microns) with perforation not more
1.40 than 17.5%, in convenient sections, joined with connectors, suspended from the
ceiling with G.I. suspenders including G.I. bolts & nuts, painting suspenders etc as
required.
1.40.1 100 mm wide, 50 mm Depth (1.6 mm thick) 470 Metre 711 3 34 170
1.40.4 300 mm wide, 62.5 mm Depth (2 mm thick) 360 Metre 1265 4 55 400
1.40.5 450 mm wide, 62.5 mm Depth (2 mm thick) 400 Metre 1674 6 69 600
1.40.6 600 mm wide, 75 mm Depth (2 mm thick) 110 Metre 2079 2 28 690
1.40.7 750 mm wide, 75 mm Depth (2 mm thick) 15 Metre 2414 36 210
1.40.9 600 mm width X 50 mm depth X 2 mm thickness 20 Metre 1903 38 060
1.40.10 1000 mm width X 62.5 mm depth X 2.0 mm thickness 240 Metre 3352 8 04 480
1.40.12 1500 mm wide, 75mm Depth (2 mm thick) 85 Metre 4827 4 10 295
415
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
LIFT WELL PRESSURIZATION FAN
Supply, installation testing & commissioning of direct driven Axial flow fan. Fan shall
be complete with casing made from mild steel duly enamel painted, adjustable pitch
die cast aluminium impeller (HUB & BLADES), mounting clips, structural frame with
1.41 blank-off sheet, anchor fastner with vibration isolation pad, and rated Motor with
class-F insulation. Motor shall be suitable for 415+10% volts, 50 cycles , 3 phase AC
supply, IE3 rated.
1.41.1 12000 CFM St. Pr. 25mm 18 Each 54397 9 79 146

1.41.2 10000 CFM St. Pr. 25mm 18 Each 52048 9 36 864
SUPPLY & INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING FIXTURES, CEILING FANS, WALL FANS,

EXHAUST FANS
Supply installation testing and commissioning of pre-wired LED fittings of all types,
1.42 complete with all accessories and LED tube/lamp, driver etc. as required.
LED bulkhead type fixture with a nominal system lumen output of 1000 lumens and
system lumen efficacy should not less than 100 lumen/watt having housing of
CRCA/extruded pressure die cast aluminium Housing with IP 65 rating . The luminaire
should have a color temperature between 5700 to 6500 K . The luminaire PF should
not be less than 0.9 with optic diffuse type .The driver efficiency should not be less
1.42.1 707 Each 1062 7 50 834
than 85% with surge protection 2.5 KV. The operating voltage range should be 140-
270V AC, complete i/c connection, earthing from the existing light points etc as
required. (equivalant to trilux optima IND G3 1000-857 ET01)
LED 2 feet surface/wall Mounted fixture with a nominal system lumen minimum
output of 1000 lumens and system lumen efficacy should not less than 120
lumen/watt having housing of CRCA/extruded pressure die cast aluminium with IP
20 rating . The luminaire should have a color temperature between 5700 to 6500 K .
1.42.2 The luminaire PF should not be less than 0.9 with optic diffuse type .The driver 1482 Each 579 8 58 078
efficiency should not be less than 85% with surge protection 2.5 KV. The operating
voltage range should be 140-270V AC, complete i/c connection, earthing from the
existing light points etc as required.
LED surface Mounted circular Downlighter with a nominal system lumen minimum
The luminaire PF should not be less than 0.9 with opal diffuser .The driver efficiency
1.42.3 4895 Each 1881 92 07 495
should not be less than 85%with surge protection 2.5 KV. The operating voltage range
should be 140-270V AC, complete i/c connection, earthing from the existing light
points etc as required. (equivalant to trilux ambiella D plus IND G4 LED 1650-857 ET)
416
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
LED recess Mounted circular Downlighter with a nominal system lumen minimum
1.42.4 452 Each 1053 4 75 956
should not be less than 85%with surge protection 2.5 KV. The operating voltage range
points etc as required. (equivalant to Trilux Ambiella Classic IND LED1760-857 ET
16W)
LED surface/wall Mounted 4 feet batten with a nominal system lumen minimum
1.42.5 The luminaire PF should not be less than 0.9 with minimum 35000 burning hours.The 3287 Each 1585 52 09 895
driver efficiency should not be less than 85%. The operating voltage range should be
140-270V AC, complete i/c connection, earthing from the existing light points etc as
required.
LED surface/wall Mounted 4 feet batten with a nominal system lumen minimum
output of 3200 lumens and system lumen efficasy should not less than 120
1.42.6 The luminaire PF should not be less than 0.9 with minimum 35000 burning hours.The 505 Each 1131 5 71 155
driver efficiency should not be less than 85%. The operating voltage range should be
required. (equivalant to Trilux TSmart Linea G3 4000-865 ET)
LED Decorative wall light fixture with metallic housing CCT 3000 K to 3500 K with a
1.42.7 nominal system lumen minimum output mimimum 1000 lumens (equivalent to 4917 Each 1305 64 16 685
Philips Stylo Wall Light )
Linear Suspended / recessed direct-indirect LED luminar 1200 mm long with suitable
GI suspended kit having a nominal system lumen output should not be less than
3300 lumens and & THD should be less than 10 % having Aluminum extruded power
coated housing with translucent satin finish / PMMA diffuser with IP 20 rating . The
1.42.8 luminaire should have a color temperature 4000 K . The luminaire PF should not be 30 Each 3403 1 02 090
less than 0.9 with 50000 burning hours.The driver efficiency should not be less than
85% with surge prtotection 2.5 KV.. The operating voltage range should be 140-270V
AC, complete i/c connection, earthing etc as required.
LED recess Mounted 600 mm x 600 mm Downlighter with a nominal system lumen
minimum output of 2400 lumens and system lumen efficacy should not less than 120
lumen/watt having housing of CRCA/extruded pressure die cast aluminium with IP 20
rating . The luminaire should have a color temperature between 5700 to 6500 K .
1.42.9 should not be less than 85%with surge ptotection 2.5 KV. The operating voltage range 211 Each 5588 11 79 068
points etc as required. (equivalant toTrilux ArimoS IND M73 MRX LED2800-840 ET
24W)
417
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
LED recess Mounted 600 mm x 600 mm Downlighter (with inbuilt occupany and
presence sensor) with a nominal system lumen minimum output of 2400 lumens and
system lumen efficacy should not less than 100 lumen/watt having housing of
CRCA/extruded pressure die cast aluminium with IP 20 rating . The luminaire should
have a color temperature between 5700 to 6500 K . The luminaire PF should not be
1.42.10 less than 0.9 with opal diffuser .The driver efficiency should not be less than 70 Each 3934 2 75 380
85%with surge ptotection 2.5 KV. The operating voltage range should be 140-270V
AC, complete i/c connection, earthing from the existing light points etc as required.
(equivalant toTrilux Slim IND M73 OA LED3960-865 ET )
LED recess Mounted 600 mm x 600 mm Downlighter with a nominal system lumen
minimum output of 3600 lumens and system lumen efficacy should not less than 100
lumen/watt having housing of CRCA/extruded pressure die cast aluminium with IP 20
rating . The luminaire should have a color temperature between 5700 to 6500 K .
1.42.11 should not be less than 85%with surge ptotection 2.5 KV. The operating voltage range 12 Each 3064 36 768
points etc as required. (equivalant toTrilux ArimoS IND M73 MRX LED2800-840 ET
24W)
LED Flood Light (low bay) with a nominal system lumen minimum output of 3000
lumens and system lumen efficacy should not less than 100 lumen/watt having
housing of CRCA/extruded pressure die cast aluminium with IP 20 rating . The
luminaire should have a color temperature between 5700 to 6500 K . The luminaire
PF should not be less than 0.9 with opal diffuser .The driver efficiency should not be
1.42.12 8 Each 5066 40 528
less than 85%with surge protection 2.5 KV. The operating voltage range should be
required. (equivalant to trilux 60W LFL G2 IND 7200 - 840 ET)
Supply installation testing & commissioning of Skirting light in existing point including
1.42.13 all wiring and accessories complete as required . (equivalent to legrand myrius ) 1000 Each 756 7 56 000
Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of 1200 mm sweep, BEE 5 star rated,
ceiling fan with Brush Less Direct Current (BLOC) Motor, class of insulation: B, 3 nos.
blades, 30 cm long down rod, 2 nos. canopies, shackle kit, safety rope, copper
winding, Power Factor not less than 0.9, Service Value (CM/M/W) minimum 6.00, Air
delivery minimum 210 Cum/Min , 350 RPM (tolerance as per IS : 374-2019), THD less
1.43 than 10%, remote or electronic regulator unit for speed control and all remaining 3709 Each 2903 1 07 67 227
accessories including safety pin, nut bolts, washers, temperature rise=75 degree C
(max.), insulation resistance more than 2 mega ohm, suitable for 230 V, 50 Hz, single
phase AC Supply, earthing etc. complete as required.
Supply of energy efficient ceiling fan of sweep 24 '' (600 mm) with suitable length
1.44 heavy guage down rod, complete with all accessories as reqd. 108 Each 2391 2 58 228
1.45 Supplying of 450 mm dia BLDC wall bracket fan complete with all accessories 413 Each 2884 11 91 092
including connections etc. as required.
418
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
Supplying of Fresh air cum BLDC Exhaust Fan of light duty 250V A.C 50 cycles 225 mm
1.46 1400 RPM Plastic body, plastic blades, wire mesh, duly erected in an approved 1420 Each 1785 25 34 700
manner and marking Sr. No. and date of erection.
Supplying Fresh air cum Exhaust Fan of light duty 250V A.C 50 cycles 300 mm 1400
1.47 RPM Metallic body, Metallic blades, wire mesh, duly erected in an approved manner 16 Each 1772 28 352
and marking Sr. No. and date of erection.
Supplying,installation,testing and commissioning of Passive Infrared(PIR) technology

1.48 based occupancy sensor having high preformance, non regulating programmable 27 Each 4893 1 32 111
type, suitable for connected load upto 10Amp , for mounting height up to 2.8 mtr and
for 5 m diameter coverage area along with necessary fixing arrangements i/c
programming at site etc. complete as required.
TOTAL 30 25 08 232
Subhead - 1.1 LAN / WiFi (Passive Networking)
Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of 24PORT UTP, Categary6A ,loaded
patch panel to accommodate Cat6A UTP information outlet (RJ45) for Data points
1.49 including termination of cables,including all interconnections complete as required. 2 Nos 6 483 12 966
Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of 48 Port UTP, Category 6A, loaded
patch panel to accommodate Cat 6A UTP information outlet (RJ 45) for data points
1.50 including termination of cables, including all interconnections complete as required. 12 Nos 12 230 1 46 760
Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of UTP, Category 6A LSZH Patch

1.51 cord, 1 Metre length for Data Patch panel end, complete with laying and 1 202 Nos 324 3 89 448
terminations.
Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of UTP, Category 6A LSZH Patch cord,
1.52 2 Metre length for Data Workstation end, complete with laying and terminations. 594 Nos 360 2 13 840
Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of SC-LC Duplex patch cord,

1.53 Multimode Optical fibre cable 50/125 um, OM3, 1 Mtrs. , complete with laying and 60 Nos 1 092 65 520
terminations.
Supplying and fixing of FR grade, PVC unarmoured SINGLE mode optical fibre cable
with 2 fibres, core dia 09/125 Lm on wall/ ceiling / Cable tray / existing conduit /
1.54 trench etc as reqd inclusive of splicing of cables and end terminations. (For each 17 700 Mts 55 9 73 500
quarter)
Supplying and fixing of FR grade, PVC armoured multimode optical fibre cable with 6
1.55 fibres, core dia 50/125 Lm (OM3) on wall/ ceiling / Cable tray / pipe / trench /conduit 1 000 Mts 159 1 59 000
as reqd.
Supplying and fixing of FR grade, PVC armoured SINGLE mode optical fibre cable with
6 fibres, core dia 09/125 Lm on wall/ ceiling / Cable tray / pipe / trench/conduit etc
1.56 inclusive of splicing of cables and end terminations as required. 6 000 Mts 134 8 04 000
419
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning 6 Port Rack mount Sliding Fibre optic
1.57 LIU (fully loaded) To be supplied with 6 port LC Duplex Adapter & 6 nos Pigtail 1M Nos 9 248 9 61 792
104
LSZH complete with cable laying and terminations.
Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of following sizes wall / Floor Mount
Network Rack Side Integrated with Front Glass Door, Rear Mesh Door, Castors,
1.58
2 Fans, PDU 6 Soc 5 Amps, Tray , Cable Manager, Mounting Hardware etc as
reqd.
1.58.1 9U Rack. 1 No 11 806 11 806
1.58.2 15U Rack. 19 No 14 059 2 67 121
1.58.3 42U Rack. 10 No 54 626 5 46 260
Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of splicing kit as per given Specification
1.59 972 No. 704 6 84 288
etc. all complete as required.
Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Media converter complete as
1.60 required. 60 No. 11,621 6 97 260
Supply, Installation, testing & commissioning of 1.6 mm MS floor Raceways and 1.2
1.61 mm MS raceway cover in running mtr as per actual.
1.61.1 100 mm x 40 mm 100 metre 1,056 1 05 600

1.61.2 150 mm x 40 mm 20 metre 1,761 35 220
1.61.3 300 mm x 40 mm 20 metre 2,064 41 280
Supply , Installation , Testing and comissioning of loaded 24 port CAT6 jack panel for
1.62 CAT6 cable termination including all interconnections complete as required. 3 No. 7,381 22 143
Supply , Installation , Testing and comissioning of 2 port face plate white for I/O fixing
1.63 at user side including all interconnections complete as required. 200 No. 211 42 200
Supply , Installation , Testing and comissioning of CAT 6 UTP cable for data and voice
1.64 both in solid copper conductors including all interconnections complete as required. 390 metre 68 26 520
Supply, Installation, testing & commissioning of 25mm medium class PVC Conduit
1.65 along with accessaries in surface/recess including cutting the wall and making good 260 metre 272 70 720
the same in case of recessed conduit as required.
TOTAL 62 77 244
SUBHEAD 2 - FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM
Providing, laying, testing & commissioning of 'C' class heavy duty G.I. pipe conforming
to IS 1239 including welding, fittings like elbows, tees, flanges, tapers, nuts, bolts,
gaskets etc. and fixing the pipe on the wall/ceiling with suitable clamp/support frame
2.1
and painting with two or more coats of synthetic enamel paint of required shade
complete as required :( Above Ground)
2.1.1 25 mm dia 3777 Metre 981 37 05 237

2.1.2 32 mm dia 867 Metre 1147 9 94 449
2.1.3 40 mm dia 1230 Metre 1349 16 59 270
2.1.4 50 mm dia 1013 Metre 1696 17 18 048
2.1.5 65 mm dia 115 Metre 2126 2 44 490
2.1.6 80 mm dia 707 Metre 2454 17 34 978
2.1.7 100 mm dia 165 Metre 3425 5 65 125
2.1.8 150 mm dia 1932 Metre 4866 94 01 112
420
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
Providing, laying, testing & commissioning of 'C' class heavy duty G.I. pipe conforming
to IS 1239 including welding, fittings like elbows, tees, flanges, tapers, nuts, bolts,
2.2 gaskets etc. with suitable clamp/support frame and painting with two or more coats
of synthetic enamel paint of required shade and wraping complete as required :
(Below Ground)
2.2.1 80 mm dia 175 Metre 2454 4 29 450
2.2.2 150 mm dia 3685 Metre 4866 1 79 31 210
Supplying and fixing 63 mm dia, 15 mtr. Long RRL hose pipe with 63 mm dia Male and
2.3 Female couplings duly bound with GI wire, rivets etc. conforming to IS 636 (type-A) as
required.
2.3.1 Stainless Steel (Grade 304) 338 Nos. 4730 15 98 740
Supplying & fixing 63 mm dia gun metal short branch pipe with 20 mm nominal
internal diameter size nozzle conforming to IS 903 suitable for instantaneous
2.4
connection to interconnect hose pipe coupling as required :
2.4.1 Stainless Steel (Grade 304) 338 Nos. 1767 5 97 246

Supplying and fixing first-aid Hose Reel with MS construction spray painted in post
office red, conforming to IS 884 complete with the following as required. 20 mm
nominal internal dia water hose thermoplastic (Textile reinforced) type -2 as per IS:
2.5 12585 20 mm nominal internal dia gun metal globe valve & nozzle. Drum and
brackets for fixing the equipmets on wall. Connections from riser with 25 mm dia
stop gun metal valve & M.S. Pipe and socket.
2.5.1 30 m 137 Each 9224 12 63 688

Providing, fixing, testing & commissioning of Air release valve with 15mm dia stop
cock, flanged inlet connection, pressure gauge with gun metal stop cock complete
2.6 with all accessories as required and conforming to IS : 12992 (Part 1). 22 Each 4249 93 478
Providing and fixing of Fire Hose Cabinet Door of size 2100 mm (Height) X 1200 mm
(Width) approx including door frame. The door shall have angle frame (35x35x5mm)
made of 1 mm swg MS CRCA Sheet including necessary locking arrangement with
2.7 137 Each 10033 13 74 521
chest handle 5mm glass approx 1.5 sqm or as required including painting (powder
coated with nine tank pre tretment process) with "FIRE SHAFT " legend.
Providing and fixing standard firemans axe with heavy rubber handle for internal
2.8 hydrant shaft. 137 Each 610 83 570
Providing, fixing, testing & commissioning of dial type (100 mm dia) pressure gauge
with isolation ball valve suitable for working pressure of 250 PSI with no Syphon.
2.9 Cost shall be inclusive of providing any short pieces, nipples, elbows etc as required. 150 Each 5545 8 31 750
Supplying and fixing orifice plate made of 6 mm thick stainless steel (Grade 304) with
orifice of required size to be fitted between flange and landing valve of external and
2.1 internal hydrant to reduce pressure at the outlet to the level of 3.5 kg/cm2 complete 134 Each 1405 1 88 270
as required.
Supplying, fixing, testing and commissioning of butterfly valve PN 1.6 rating with
Gunmetal/bronze seat duly ISI marked complete with Nuts, Bolts, washers, gaskets
2.11
conforming to IS 13095 of following sizes as required:
421
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
2.11.1 40 mm dia 94 Each 3818 3 58 892
2.11.2 50 mm dia 21 Each 4024 84 504
2.11.3 80 mm dia 1 Each 5297 5 297
2.11.4 100 mm dia 1 Each 7089 7 089
2.11.5 150 mm dia 26 Each 9527 2 47 702
2.11.3 200 mm dia 6 Each 16170 97 020
Providing, fixing, testing & commisioning of 15 mm dia quartzoid bulb type sprinklers
2.12 of rating 68 degree Centigrade with required accessories :
2.12.1.1 Pendant sprinkler 1900 Nos 555 10 54 500
Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of sprinkler flexible pipe (UL Listed)
of stainless steel complete with 15 NPT on reducer thread with maximum working
pressure of 175 PSI test pressure of 875 PSI (Burst) with branch line (Inlet) 25mm NPT
2.13 male thread to sprinkler head (Outlet) 15mm NPT
female thread with reducer, nipple, 2 side brackets, center bracket, stockbar of
following sizes complete as required.
2.13.1 1000mm 1900 Set 1678 31 88 200
Providing & fixing flow switch in following sizes G.I. pipe including connection etc as
2.14
required.
2.14.1 40 mm dia 94 Each 10878 10 22 532
2.14.2 50 mm dia 18 Each 10878 1 95 804
2.14.3 100 mm dia 8 Each 7990 63 920
Providing & fixing of pressure switch in M.S. pipe line including connection etc. as
2.15 8 Each 1644 13 152
required.
Supplying and fixing air vessel made of 250 mm dia, 8 mm thick MS sheet, 1200 mm
in height with air release valve on top and flanged connection to riser, drain
2.16 arrangement with 25 mm dia gun metal wheel valve with required accessories, 12 Each 19399 2 32 788
pressure gauge and paintingwith synthetic enamel paint of approved shade as
required.
Providing, fixing, testing & commissioning of following sizes full way lever operated
forged brass ball valve of brass body with forged brass hard chrome-plated steel ball
2.17 tested to a pressure not less than 10 Kg / sq.cm with threaded / flanged joints
complete with nuts, bolts, gaskets, washers etc.
2.17.1 25 mm dia 135 Each 2957 3 99 195

2.17.2 40 mm dia 3 Each 4535 13 605
2.17.3 50 mm dia 1 Each 5549 5 549
Providing, fixing, testing & commissioning of inspectors test assembly complete with
2.18 test valve, sight glass sectional drain valve, union with corrosion resistant orifice all
complete strictly as per drawing.
2.18.1 50 mm dia 112 Each 31056 34 78 272
Cabinet (size 750x600x250mm) fabricated from 18 gauge aluminium of 2 hrs rating

with full front glass (4mm thick) door and locking arrangement with suitable shelves
2.19 for keeping spare sprinklers and one no. spanner properly fixed. 32 Each 8174 2 61 568
Cabinet painted with enamel paint of approved shade.
422
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
Providing, fixing, testing and commissioning one set of 4 way fire brigade connection
of CI body with 4 Nos. 63 mm dia Stainless Steel male instantaneous inlet couplings,
2.2 complete with cap and chain as reqd., suitable for connecting to 150 mm dia pipe
header conforming to IS 904 complete as required.
2.20.1 2 way-100 mm dia M.S. Pipe 12 Each 7169 86 028
Providing, fixing, testing and commissioning one set of 4 way fire brigade connection
of CI body with 4 Nos. 63 mm dia Stainless Steel male instantaneous inlet couplings,
2.21 complete with cap and chain as reqd., suitable for connecting to 150 mm dia pipe
header conforming to IS 904 complete as required.
2.21.1 4 way - 150 mm dia M.S. Pipe 1 Each 14859 14 859
Providing, installation, testing and commissioning of stainless steel Y-strainer

2.22 fabricated out of 1.6 mm thick stainless steel, Grade 304, sheet with 3 mm dia holes
with stainless steel flange.
2.22.1 100 mm dia 18 Each 7086 1 27 548
2.22.2 150 mm dia 3 Each 11849 35 547
Pumps
Supplying Installation, testing and Commissioning of electric driven main fire pump
2.33 suitable for automatic operation and consisting of following Complete in all respect
as required.
Horizontal type, multistage, centrifugal, split casing pump of cast iron body and
bronze impeller with stainless steel shaft, mechanical seal to ensure a minimum
pressure of 3.5 kg/sq.cm. at highest and farthest outlet at specified flow 2850 lpm
a)
@120m head conforming to IS 1520. (The pump should be capable of delivering 150
% rated discharge at a head not less than 65% of the rated head)
Suitable HP SQ cage induction motor, TEFC, synchronous speed 1470 RPM, suitable
for operation on 415 volts, 3 phase 50 Hz. AC with IP 55 protection for enclosure,
b)
horizontal foot mounted type with Class-'F' insulation, conforming to IS-325
M.S. fabricated Common base plate, coupling, coupling guard, foundation bolts etc.
c)
as required.
Suitable CC foundation of 1:2:4 ratio (1 Cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone

d) aggregate 40 mm nominal size) duly plastered and with anti-vibration pads 2 Set 879944 17 59 888
Supplying Installation, testing and Commissioning of Sprinkler pump suitable for

2.34 automatic operation and consisting of following Complete in all respect as required.
423
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
Horizontal type, multistage, centrifugal, split casing pump of cast iron body and
pressure of 3.5 kg/sq.cm. at highest and farthest outlet at specified flow as per 2850
a) lpm@ 120 m head conforming to IS 1520. (The pump should be capable of delivering
150 % rated discharge at a head not less than 65% of the rated head)
b) horizontal foot mounted type with Class-'F' insulation, conforming to IS-325
c)
as required.
Suitable CC foundation of 1:2:4 ratio (1 Cement: 2 coarse sand: 4 graded stone

Supplying, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of diesel engine driven main fire
2.35 pump suitable for automatic as well as manual operation and consisting of following :
complete in all respect as required.
Horizontal type, multistage, centrifugal, split casing pump( heat Exchanger Cooled
Diesel Driven Standby Fire Pump) of cast iron body and bronze impeller with stainless
steel shaft, mechanical seal to ensure a minimum pressure of 3.5 kg/sq.cm. at highest
and farthest outlet at specified flow 2850 lpm@ 120 m head conforming to IS 1520.
(The pump should be capable of delivering 150 % rated discharge at a head not less
than 65% of the rated head) b) Suitable HP 1500 RPM diesel engine conforming to BS
:649/IS:1601/IS:10002 all amended upto date, continuous duty, multi cylinders
a)
vertical 4 stroke cycle water cooled, developing suitable BHP at operating speed
specified to drive the fire pump capable of driving continuous non-stop operation for
8 hours having 10% overload capacity for one hour in a period of 12 hours continuous
run, capacity to accept full load within 15 seconds from the receipt of signal to start
and complete with following accessories:
i) Dynamically balanced fly-wheel.

ii) Direct coupling for pump and coupling guards.
iii) Radiator with hoses, fan water pump, drive arrangement and guard.
iv) Air-cleaner dry type
v) Fuel tank with necessary pipe.
vi) Pump for lubricating oil and lubricating oil filter.
vii) Electric starting system along with battery 12 V / 24 V .
viii) Exhaust silencer (residential type) with necessary pipe work.
ix) Governor
Instrument panel housing all the gauges including tachometer, hour meter and
x)
starting switch with key (for manual starting
xi) Necessary safety controls. and stop solenoid in the event of fault
xii) Winterisation arrangement.
xiii) Hand operated semi-rotary hand pump for filling the service tank
424
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
Required length of exhaust piping as per the norms duly insulated with 50 mm thick
xiv)
glass wool with 1.0 mm thick aluminium sheet cladding
(xiv) Painted in post office red colour
Common bed plate fabricated out of MS channel of suitable size for assembling the
a) Pump and the Engine, flexible coupling and with coupling guard for protection/safety.
Making cement concrete foundation of 1:2:4 ratio (1 Cement: 2 coarse sand : 4

graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size) duly plastered suitable for Diesel engine
pump set including vibration isolation by providing cushy foot mount pads as
b) necessary, foundation bolts, brackets, clamps, fixtures, grouting etc., in accordance 2 Set 960161 19 20 322
with manufacturer's design etc.as per specification complete as required.
2.36 SPRINKLER JOCKEY/HYDRANT FIRE PUMP

Supplying Installation, testing and Commissioning of electric driven main fire pump
suitable for automatic operation and consisting of following Complete in all respect
as required. (sprinkler jockey /Hydrant fire pump)
Vertical inline type, multistage, centrifugal, split casing pump of cast iron body and
pressure of 3.5 kg/sq.cm. at highest and farthest outlet at specified flow 180 lpm @
a) 120 m head conforming to IS 1520. (The pump should be capable of delivering 150 %
rated discharge at a head not less than 65% of the rated head)
c)
as required.
Suitable CC foundation of 1:2:4 ratio (1 Cement: 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone

d) 3 Set 182333 5 46 999
aggregate 40 mm nominal size) duly plastered and with anti-vibration pads
2.37 Terrace Pumps

Supplying, installation, testing and commissioning of electric driven terrace pump
suitable for automatic operation and consisting of following, complete in all respects,
as required: (Terrace Pump)
Vertical inline type, multistage, centrifugal, split casing pump of cast iron body and
pressure of 3.5 kg/sq.cm. at highest and farthest outlet at specified flow 900 lpm @
a) 35 m head conforming to IS 1520. (The pump should be capable of delivering 150 %
rated discharge at a head not less than 65% of the rated head)
425
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
c)
as required.
Suitable CC foundation of 1:2:4 ratio (1 Cement: 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone

2.38 CONTROL PANELS

Fabrication, supply, Insallation testing & commissioning of Electrical LT panel of
cubical construction, floor mounted type, fabricated out of 2mm thick CRCA sheet,
compartmentalised with hinged lockable doors, dust and vermin proof, powder
coated of approved shade after 7 tank treatment process, cable alley, inter-
connection with suitable size copper conductor cable/solid copper strip, having
switchgears and accessories, mountings and internal wiring, earth terminals,
numbering etc. complete in all respect, suitable for main fire pump, pressurisation
pump & diesel pump set complete as per CPWD specification with following in
coming and Outgoings, suitable for operation on 415V, 3 phase, 50Hz Ac Supply with
enclosure protection class IP 42 as required:as per SLD attached and as per IS:8623
(Part 1)1993. and shall be as per SLD attached. Shade of the panel should be as per
provisional fire NOC and NBC 2016.
NOTE
1) All ACBs shall have release with following functions: Protection for O/C, S/C, E/F
and Metering for RMS values of current, voltage, Power - kW,kVA,kVAR, Power
factor, Energy – kWh, kVAh, kWArh, Demand current- Ph & Neutral. All release data
should be available over Ethernet..
2) All the outgoing ACB / MCCBs should have energy meter with communication
capability and BMS compatibility and On / Off / Trip LED Cluster Indicating lamps with
2 Amp control MCB and CTs of suitable rating. This metering units can be integrated
or seperate 3) All incomer and specified
outgoing MCCBs shall be motorised with Microprocessor release with following
functions : Protection for O/C, S/C, E/F. All release and metering data should be
available over Ethernet.
4) The communication terminal shall be in a separate compartment in the respective
Panel and shall not contain any 230 / 415 Volts component / equipment in it.
5) There shall be minimum 2 (two) vertical switchgear bays in the LT Panel
INCOMING
630A, 50kA 4 Pole MCCB, Ics=100% Icu rating Digital
Voltmeter 0-500V with selector switch Digital
Ammeter (0-250 A) with selector swtich & CTs etc.
LED type RYB phase indicating lamps, ON, OFF, trip indicating lamps
Bus bar
426
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
1000 A TPN fully taped copper bus -bar in separate bus-bar chamber with 100%
neutral.
OUTGOING
( Note : All outgoing feeders for pumps should have digital Ammeter with selector
switches, and LED type ON, OFF, trip indicating lamps)
a) TWO TP, 315A MCCB (36 KA) for main fire pump of suitable rating.
b) One TP, 315A MCCB (36 KA) for Sprinkler pump of suitable rating.
c) Three 32 A TP, MPCB rating for jockey pumps.
d) One TP, 100A MCCB (36 KA) - spare
Two fully Automatic DOL starter with push buttons and ON/OFF/TRIP indicating light
e)
for main fire pump (127 H P).
One fully Automatic DOL starter with push buttons and ON/OFF/TRIP indicating light
f)
for Sprinkler pump (127 H P).
Three 'DOL' starter with push buttons and ON/OFF/TRIP indicating light for jockey
g)
pump (8 HP).
h) Two rotary heavy duty auto/manual selector switches for main fire pump.
i) One rotary heavy duty auto/manual selector switches for Sprinkler pump.
j) Three rotary type auto/manual off selector switches for jockey pump.
k) Two panel type ampere meter with CT'S 150/5A (10 V) for main fire pump.
l) One panel type ampere meter with CT'S 150/5A (10 V) for Sprinkler pump.
Three 0 - 32 A panel type ampere meter with CT'S 32/5A (10 V) for jockey fire pump.
m)
n) 06Nos. Single phase preventors.
Colour coded internal wiring from incoming main to bus-bar switchgear, starters,
o)
meters indicating lamps complete in all respects.
Engraved anodized Aluminium name plate for each starter/switch/lights and Danger
n)
plate etc.
Note:
The rating of all switch gear must match the HP of all pumps quoted. Single line
diagram and fabrication drawing of panel must be got approved by Consultant/Client
before fabrication is undertaken.
Providing and fixing dust and vermin proof cubical type motor control centre
fabricated from 2mm thick CRCA sheet duly powder coated in approved shade.
Electrical control panel should be suitable for Operation of 1 Nos Hydrant Pump + 1
Nos Sprinkler Pump + 1 Nos Jockey Pump as described above.
DIESEL ENGINE CONTROL

Control for diesel engine comprising - Automatic/Manual selctor switch & 3 attempts
starting device, timers and relays as required, push buttons, start/stop in manual
mode Indicating lamp for high/ Low Lub. Oil pressure, High Water Temp and Engine
on indication Battery charger suitbale for 12V/24 V DC with boost and trickle selector
switch, 0-30 V DC volt meter, and 0- 20 A DC Ammeter All standard relays and
accessories for automatic operation of diesel engine System Controller Designing,
Supply, Installation, Testing and commissioning of system controller to control
operation of main electric fire pump, diesel pump, Pressurization pump, Terrace
pump in sequence as per specification consisting of relays, timers. Sensors,
annunciation window for fault indication, complete as per specification
1 Set 1046959 10 46 959

2.39 Booster Pump Panel
427
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
Incomer
160 Amp FP MCCB,25 KA, (Ics= 100% Icu) with Microprocessor based releases - 01
No
Metering :Inbuilt BMS Compatible Multi Function Meter with display parameter of
Voltage ,Ampre,KW,KWH,KVA,Frequency,PF, phase angle and LED Cluster Indicating
lamps, ELR WITH CBCT per incomer and control MCBs- 3 Nos and 160/5 CTs - 3nos -
01 Set
Busbar : 200 A,TPN tinned Copper Basbar , suitable for 25 KA
Outgoing
63 Amp TP MCCB, 25 KA, (Ics= 100% Icu) with Thermal Magnetic Release MCCB -
06 Nos ( 6 Nos booster Pump)
DOL Starter For 12.5 HP Pump Sets including Over load Relay ,Single Phase
preventer,on/off push Button,control MCB of 2 Amp and supply and fixing of
Suitable rating Digital amp meter and volt meter etc -- 6 Sets.
40 Amp FP MCCB, 25 KA, (Ics= 100% Icu) with Thermal Magnetic Release MCCB -
2 Set 210945 4 21 890
01Sets ( For Spare)
PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS:

Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of following types of extinguisher with
provision of wall bracket including all channels and accessories (fixed with anchor
2.40
fastner).
ISI marked (IS: 15683) ABC dry powder fire extinguisher (Capacity : 6 kg) conforming
to IS:4308 , stored pressure type fire extinguishers (Mono ammonium phosphate
confirming to IS 14609) minimum 85% effective discharge, with EPDM Rubber Hose,
2.40.1 finished externally with red enamel paint minimum thickness 80 microns and fixed to 249 Each 3477 8 65 773
wall with brackets, complete, with internal charge. (For Each Floor)
ISI marked (IS:15683) portable chemical fire extinguisher, water (gas pressure) type
capacity 9 litres with gun metal cap and nozzle and complete in all respects including
2.40.2 initial fill finished externally with red enamel paint minimum thickness 80 microns, 5 Each 4379 21 895
with EPDM Rubber Hose, and wall suspension brackets as required as per
specifications. (For Each Floor)
ISI marked IS:2190 (2010) CO2 type fire extinguisher (Capacity : 6 kg) conforming to
IS:15683, stored pressure type fire extinguishers (Mono ammonium phosphate
confirming to IS 14609) minimum 85% effective discharge, Valve Confirm to IS 3224,
2.40.3 249 Each 5892 14 67 108
with EPDM Rubber Hose, finished externally with red enamel paint minimum
thickness 80 microns and fixed to wall with brackets, complete, with internal charge.
(For Each Floor)
Total 6 56 38 665
SUBHEAD 3 - INTELLIGENT ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM & PA SYSTEM
Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of intelligent addressable thermal
3.1 Multi detector with rate of rise cum fixed tempreature thermistor complete with 617 Each 3681 22 71 177
base as required.
Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of intelligent addressable smoke

3.2 517 Each 3429 17 72 793
detector complete with base as required.
Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of addressable manual call point

3.3 236 Each 4116 9 71 376
complete as required.
428
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of addressable horn cum strobe
3.4 142 Each 3728 5 29 376
Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of addressable fire control module

3.5 20 Each 3193 63 860
Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of addressable fire monitor module

3.6 112 Each 4521 5 06 352
Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of fire fighter telephone handset

3.7 126 Each 6103 7 68 978
Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of fire fighter phone jack complete as
3.8 234 Each 1701 3 98 034
required.
Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of 1.5/3/6W metal box ceiling/wall

3.9 264 Each 1906 5 03 184
speakers complete as required.
Supplying, installation, testing and commissioning of micro processor based

intelligent addressable main fire alarm panel, central processing unit with the
following loop modules and capable of supporting not less than 240 devices
(including detectors) and minimum 120 detectors per loop and loop length up to 2
km, network communication card, minimum 320 character graphics/ LCD display with
touch screen or other keypad and minimum 4000 events history log in the non
3.10 volatile memory (EPROM), power supply unit (230 ± 5% V, 50 hz), 48 hrs back-up with
24 volt sealed maintenance free batteries with automatic charger. The panel shall
have facility to connect printer to printout log and facility to have seamless
integration with analog/digital voice evacuation system and shall be complete with all
accessories . The panel shall be compatible for IBMS system with open protocol
BACnet/ Modbus over IP complete as per specifications.
3.10.1 2 loop panel 13 Each 254368 33 06 784
3.10.2 4 loop panel 1 Each 372984 3 72 984
Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of repeater panel with 320

3.11 character/ Touch screen LCD display with inbuilt reset, acknowledge and silence 1 Each 115568 1 15 568
switches complete as required. complete as required.
Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of 6 zone, voice alarm controller with
USB, MP3 player (including 6 zone button paging station) with seamless integration
3.12 13 Each 134413 17 47 369
facility with main fire alarm panel for voice evacuation complete as required.
Call Station should be with minimum 7-inch Multilanguage LCD display, gooseneck
microphone with supervised electrets microphone, pop shield and permanent
monitoring, integrated loudspeaker for system sounds. Five menu/function keys, 15
customizable function and speed dial buttons. Possible to use keys (push buttons) for
3.13 Zone select, source select, level control, emergency on/off, message on/off, failure 1 Each 108812 1 08 812
acknowledge/reset, Switching output trigger on/off or 0 to 10V, select scheduled
events, scheduled event on/off. Call Station is completely supervised by system
controller. Call station should have provision of programming it as a Numeric Keypad
429
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of 2 x 500W (or 4 x 250W) Class D,
high efficiency amplifier. 70/100V loudspeaker output voltages, galvanically
separated, 4 automatic selectable audio inputs on RJ45, local input. THD ≤1%.
Frequency response, ref. 1 kHz, rated load, -3 dB : 50 Hz to 25 kHz. Signal-to-noise
3.14 ratio (A-weighted) > 104 dB, Output noise (A-weighted) < -62 dB, Crosstalk, ref. 1 kHz 12 Each 145345 17 44 140
< -85 dB. Audio input level limiter, RMS output power limiter, high temperature, DC,
short circuit, mains under voltage protection, DC supply under voltage protection,
inrush current limiter, ground fault.
Supplying & laying of 2x1.5 sqmm fire survival cable, 600/1000V rated with annealed
copper conductor having glass mica fire barrier tape covered by an extruded layer of
3.15 Cross Linkable Ethylene Propylene Rubber (EPR) insulation and LSZH inner bedding, 22100 metre 382 84 42 200
steel wire armouring & LSZH outer sheath complete as required.
Supplying and drawing of cable Fire Retardant PVC insulated copper conductor cable
in the existing surface / recessed steel conduit of following pairs, cores and size
3.16
including connections and interconnections etc. as required.
3.16.1 speaker cable Two pair, 2-core, 1.5 sqmm 2650 metre 95 2 51 750
TOTAL 2 38 74 737
SUBHEAD 4 - PASSENGER LIFTS & DUMBWAITER
Supplying, installation, testing and commissioning of 16 passenger (1088 kg) lifts
(machine room less) having stainless steel enclosure of SS 304 with Hairline finish,
4.1 2 Each 3472078 69 44 156
contract speed of 1.5 mps to serve S + 10 ( 11 floors) as per detailed specifications
mentioned below:-
Location of Lifts : Tower I (Grade D) RBI Staff Quarters, Belapur, Navi Mumbai
Type of lift : Passenger lift

Number of person & load : 16 passenger- 1088 kg
Contract Speed : 1.5 mtr per sec
Travel in metre (Approx) : 33.4 mtr.
Number of Floor served : 11 floors ( S +10)
Inside size of the lift well : 2150 mm (W) x3000 mm (D)
PIT Depth : 1800 mm
Overhead : 5700 mm
Position of the machinary : Directly above the lift shaft.
Type of Controller : Microprosseror based AC VVVF
Type of Operation: : Microprocessor based Duplex selective
collective with/without attendent
Machine: : Permanent magnet gearless motor with
regenerative braking drive
BMS Compatibility: - Potential free contacts/ RS 485/Modbus card in the controller
shall be provided for monitoring position, up and down movement of the lift etc
which can be used for building automation system at later stage.
Car entrance door Size

i)Door height - 2100 mm
ii) Door width -1000 mm (Minimum)
iii) Landing & Car Door panels shall be glass panels.
Type of door :Power operated horizontal sliding centre opening doors
Car open in front only : Yes
430
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
Fire resistance rating : Fire rating of Lift Doors should not be
less than 2 Hr.
Lift Car
a) Inside car size :Depth should of car should be capable to accommodate a
stretcher
b) Interior finish :
i) Panel : Rear panel shall be of glass and side panels shall be Stainless Steel of SS
304 with Hairline finish
ii) Floor: not less than 18 mm thick granite flooring
iii)Ceiling Finish: Shall be Stainless Steel of SS 304 with Mirror finish.
iv) Lighting : Shall be recessed type ‘LED’ lights
v) Ventilation : Shall be cross flow blower fan with louver with at
least 2 Nos. fans
vi) Control Panel : Shall be on both sides of the opening door of the car with braille
finish on LED buttons
vii) LED display : Suitable size LED display on left side panel.
Type of signal system
i) Digital floor position indicator in the car and at all landings LED type.
ii) Detailed Travel direction indicator in the car and at all landings (to be provided
above the car /landing Doors)
iii) Gongs with visual indication on all landing for the arrival of the car
iv) Overload Warning audio and Visual Indicator inside the car (lift should not start
on overload)
v) Battery operated alarm bell and Emergency light
vi) Car operating panel with Luminous buttons in car and with intercom
vii) Luminous hall Buttons at all landings and inside car with Braille language signage.
viii) Fireman’s switch at ground floor

ix) Display inside the car shall be ‘LED' type with time and date indication.
x) Floor announcement in the car.
xi) Lift in use /lift out of order sign: lift out of order indication shall be in-built with
floor position indicator.
xii) Power supply : 400/415 V, 3 phase AC, 50 Hz,4 wire System.
xiii) Auxiliary power Supply :230 V, +5% to -10% , 50 Hz AC supply
xiv) The entire lift equipment should be suitable for operation at +5% to -10% of the
rated supply voltage
Leveling accuracy : + 5 mm at all load conditions.

Speed variation : + 1 % of rated speed.
Counter weight : Cast iron fillers fitted in steel channel frame of size and numbers as
per manufacturers standred
Car and counter weight guide rails : Machined guide rails of suitable size and fish
plates.
Emergency supply
i) Inverter backup with trickle/boost charges arrangement for at least 30 minutes
with maintenance free batteries for emergency light, alarm bell and inter-com system
431
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
ii) An automatic rescue device in case of mains failure shall be provided.
Door Close Safety : Full height Infrared light curtain door safety.
COP: Suitable for physically challenge person with braille encrypt car button. - 2 nos.
in either side with SS 304 Hairline finish, Vandal proof.
Fireman lift
i. All the lifts shall be used as fire lifts.
ii. Fireman switch for both the fire lift shall be provided at ground floor to enable
the fire service personnel to ground the lift in case of emergency .
iii. The word ‘fire lift’ shall be Conspicuously displayed in fluorescent paint on all the
fire lifts landing doors at ground floor .
Intercom: The intercom system provided in the lift car has to be hands free and with
lifting cradle in the machine room and Control room with telephone /intercom
wiring shall be provided.
Automatic rescue device
a) ARD should monitor the normal power supply in the main controller and shall
activate rescue operations within ten seconds of normal power supply failure. It
should bring the elevator to the nearest floor at a slower speed than the normal run.
While proceeding to the nearest floor the elevator will detect the zone and stop.
After the elevator has stopped, it automatically opens the doors and parks with door
open. After the operation is completed by the ARD the elevator is automatically
switched over to normal operation as soon as normal power supply resumes.
b) In case the normal supply resumes during ARD in operation the elevator will
continue to run in ARD mode until it reaches the nearest landing and the doors are
fully opened. If normal power supply resumes when the elevator is at the landing it
will automatically be switched to normal power operation.
c) All the lift safeties shall remain active during the ARD mode of operation.
d) The battery capacity should be adequate so as to operate the ARD at least Seven
times a day. Provided the duration between usages is at least 30 minutes.
Voice announcement system in the car to announce the position of the elevator as
the car stops at a floor served by the elevator
Hand rail:- At 900 mm above floor level on all sides adjacent COP
Machine: Permanent magnet gearless motor with regenerative drive
Provision of mirror shall be made inside the car on rear side.
Transmission : Steel ropes/belts
Hall Fixture: LED position indicators with physically challenge person friendly
Direction & position indicator : large display LED car position indicator in top of the
lift door
Standard features: Anti- nuisance car call protection, independent service, overload
device, Nudging, Emergency firemen’s service , Emergency car light unit, infrared
curtain door protection, door time protection, emergency alarm button, extra door
time of lobby and parking, door open/close button, manual rescue operation, auto
fan cut off shall be Provided.
Supplying, installation, testing and commissioning of following capacity lifts

(machine room less) having stainless steel enclosure of SS 304 with finish as specified
4.2
to serve following floors as per detailed specifications mentioned below:-
432
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
Specifications of Lifts for Tower II to IX



less than 2 Hr.
Lift Car
a) Interior finish :
304 with Honey comb finish
least 2 Nos. fans
vi) Control Panel : Shall be on both sides of the opening door B33 with braille finish
on LED buttons
on overload)

433
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)

plates.
Emergency supply
Call button Panel: Suitable for physically challenge person with braille encrypt car
button. - 2 nos. in either side with SS 304 Honey comb finish, Vandal proof.
Fireman lift
434
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
lift door
(machine room less) having stainless steel enclosure of SS 304, contract speed of 1.5
4.2.1 2 Each 3472078 69 44 156
mps to serve S + 10 ( 11 floors) as per detailed specifications mentioned below:-
Location of Lifts : Tower II (Grade C/B) RBI Staff Quarters, Belapur, Navi Mumbai

a) Inside car size : Suitable to be fit a stretcher subjecting to accessible
India Norms.
4.2.2 2 Each 3472078 69 44 156
Location of Lifts : Tower III (Grade C/B) RBI Staff Quarters, Belapur, Navi Mumbai

a) Inside car size : Suitable to be fit a stretcher subjecting to
accessible India Norms.

(machine room less) having stainless steel enclosure of SS 304 , contract speed of 1.5
4.2.3 2 Each 3472078 69 44 156
Location of Lifts : Tower IV (Grade C/B) RBI Staff Quarters, Belapur, Navi Mumbai

435
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
a) Inside car size : Suitable to be fit a stretcher subjecting to accessible
India Norms.

4.2.4 2 Each 3472078 69 44 156
Location of Lifts : Tower V (Grade C/B) RBI Staff Quarters, Belapur, Navi Mumbai

PIT Depth : 1800 mm
Overhead : 5700 mm
a) Inside car size : Suitable to be fit a stretcher subjecting to accessible India
Norms.

(machine room less) having stainless steel enclosure of SS 304 , contract speed of
4.2.5 2 Each 3543914 70 87 828
1.5 mps to serve S + 11 ( 12 floors) as per detailed specifications mentioned below:-
Location of Lifts : Tower VI (Grade A) RBI Staff Quarters, Belapur, Navi Mumbai

Travel in metre (Approx) : 37.9 mtr
PIT Depth : 1800 mm
Overhead : 5700 mm
Norms.

(machine room less) having stainless steel enclosure of SS 304 , contract speed of
4.2.6 2 Each 3543914 70 87 828
1.5 mps to serve S + 11 ( 12 floors) as per detailed specifications mentioned below:-
Location of Lifts : Tower VII (Grade A) RBI Staff Quarters, Belapur, Navi Mumbai

PIT Depth : 1800 mm
Overhead : 5700 mm
Norms.
436
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
4.2.7 2 Each 3543914 70 87 828
Location of Lifts : Tower VIII (Grade A) RBI Staff Quarters, Belapur, Navi Mumbai

PIT Depth : 1800 mm
Overhead : 5700 mm
Norms.

(machine room less) having stainless steel enclosure of SS 304 with Hairline finish,
4.2.8 2 Each 3543914 70 87 828
contract speed of 1.5 mps to serve S + 11 ( 12 floors) as per detailed specifications
mentioned below:-
Location of Lifts : Tower IX (Grade A) RBI Staff Quarters, Belapur, Navi Mumbai

PIT Depth : 1800 mm
Overhead : 5700 mm
Lift Car
Norms.
ii) Flooring : recess by manufacturer & flooring by client
iv) Lighting : Shall be ‘LED’ lights
least 2 Nos. fans
vi) LED display : Suitable size LED display on left side panel.
Supplying, installation, testing and commissioning of following capacity lifts (machine

room less) having stainless steel enclosure of SS 304 with Honey Comb finish,
4.3
contract speed of 1.5 mps as per detailed specifications mentioned below:-

437
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)


less than 2 Hr.
Lift Car
Norms.
least 2 Nos. fans
vi) Control Panel : Shall be on both sides of the opening door of the car with braille
finish on LED buttons
on overload)

438
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)

plates.
Emergency supply
COP: Suitable for physically challenge person with braille encrypt car button. - 2 nos.
in either side with SS 304 Hairline finish, Vandal proof.
Fireman lift
439
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
lift door

(machine room less) having stainless steel enclosure of SS 304 with Honey comb
4.3.1 2 Each 3328406 66 56 812
finish, contract speed of 1.5 mps to serve G + 8 ( 9 floors) as per detailed
specifications mentioned below:-
Location of Lifts : Tower X (Hostel) RBI Staff Quarters, Belapur, Navi Mumbai
Number of Floor served : 9 floors ( G +8)
PIT Depth : 1800 mm
Overhead : 5700 mm
Lift Car
Norms.
vi) Control Panel : Shall be on both sides of the opening door with braille finish on LED
buttons
4.3.2 2 Each 2334673 46 69 346
Location of Lifts : Tower XI (Academic Block) RBI Staff Quarters, Belapur, Navi
Mumbai
Number of person & load : 13 passenger (884 kg)
PIT Depth : 1800 mm
Overhead : 5700 mm
Lift Car
a) Inside car size : 2000mm x 1300 mm x 2300 mm

4.3.3 2 Each 2334673 46 69 346
Location of Lifts : Tower XII (Club Building) RBI Staff Quarters, Belapur, Navi Mumbai

440
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
PIT Depth : 1800 mm
Overhead : 5700 mm
Lift Car
a) Inside car size : 2000mm x 1300 mm x 2300 mm
Supplying, installation, testing and commissioning of 100 kg dumbwaiter having

stainless steel enclosure of SS 304 with Honey comb finish, contract speed of 0.3 to
4.4 1 Each 1017678 10 17 678
0.5 mps to serve G + 1 ( 2 floors) as per detailed specifications mentioned below:-
Location of Lifts : Tower X (Hostel) RBI Staff Quarters, Belapur, Navi Mumbai
Type of lift : Dumbwaiter
Number of person & load : 100 kg
Contract Speed : 0.3 to 0.5 mtr per sec
Travel in metre (Approx) : 4.65 mtr
Overhead : 4190 mm
Machine: : Permanent magnet gearless motor
i) Power supply : 400/415 V, 3 phase AC, 50 Hz,4 wire System.
ii) Auxiliary power Supply :230 V, +5% to -10% , 50 Hz AC supply
iii) The entire lift equipment should be suitable for operation at +5% to -10% of the

plates.
Machine: Permanent magnet gearless motor
TOTAL RS. 8 00 85 274
SUBHEAD 5 - STP
A Design, supplying, installing, testing & commissioning of Sewage Treatment Plant
based on Moving Bed Bio reactor technology for the following duty.
a. Nature of effluent - Sewage from toilets,bathroom/ canteen Design to take

consideration of same.
The STP shall be designed based on the following parameters:
Daily average flow - 330 X 2 Nos. KLD
Operating Hr - 24 hrs
Design Flow Rate - 27.5 m3/hr
pH - 6.5 – 8.5
BOD5 - 250 - 300 Mg/L
S. Solids - 200 – 450 Mg/L
COD - 500 - 600 Mg/L
Oil & Grease - <30 Mg / L
b. Sewage discharge standard after treatment
441
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
pH - 6.5 – 7.5
BOD5 - Less than 5 Mg/L
S. Solids - Less than 5 Mg/L
COD - Less than 20 Mg/L
Oil & Grease - Less than 1 mg/l
There will no deviation in TDS as there is no unit to reduce TDS
c. Civil Works ( As described in CIVIL BOQ)

Bar Screen Chamber
Oil & GreaseTrap
Sewage equalization tank
Anoxic Tank
MBBR Tank
Tube Settler Tank
Chlorine contact Tank
Sludge Holding Tank
Treated Water Tank
Plant Room and foundations for equipments
(Note- Specification mentioned in CIVIL BOQ will be superceding in these regards)
5.1 Bar Screen

5.1.1 SITC Manual perforated screen for trapping large size impurities from incoming
sewage in SS304 of 10 mm and 8 mm clear spacing. 2 No 36915 73 830
5.2 Raw Sewage Transfer Pumps

5.2.1 SITC of Centrifugal type multistage monobloc Non clog type pumps to pump sewage
from Sewerage tank to Equalization tank complete with pressure gauge, NRV and
control valve driven by 1 no. squirrel cage induction motor, TEFC type, 2900 RPM, IE-3
rated, continuous duty, designed for operation on 415 volts, 3 phase AC supply, having
Suitable HP to drive the pump for given duty. 1 set 184576 1 84 576
Quantity: 2 Nos (1W+1S)
Flow Rate - 27.5 m3/hr(Each)
Head -15 mtr head
MOC - Stainless steel
5.3 Raw Sewage Transfer Pumps

5.3.1 SITC of Centrifugal type multistage monobloc Non clog type pumps to pump sewage
from equalisation tank to Anoxic tank complete with pressure gauge, NRV and control valve
driven by 1 no. squirrel cage induction motor, TEFC type, 2900 RPM, IE3 rated, continuous
duty, designed for operation on 415 volts, 3 phase AC supply, having Suitable HP to drive the
pump for given duty.
Quantity: 2 Nos (1W+1S)
Flow Rate - 13.75 m3/hr(Each)
Head -10-12 mtr head
Cost shall be inclusive of PVC Flexible hose pipe (for piping submeged in effluent) with
M.S epoxy piping (for piping non submerged in effluent) and all necessary plumbing, 1 set 110746 1 10 746
Electrical and mechanical interconnections.
5.4 Plant Room Pumps for Sump
442
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
5.4.1 SITC of Centrifugal type multistage split case Non clog type pumps for plant room
complete with pressure gauge, NRV and control valve driven by 1 no. squirrel cage
induction motor, TEFC type, 2900 RPM, IE3 rated, continuous duty, designed for operation
on 415 volts, 3 phase AC supply, having Suitable HP to drive the pump for given duty.
Quantity: 2Nos (1W+1S)
Flow Rate - 30 m3/hr
Head -10 mtr head
The pump shall be suitable for Handling 10 -12 mm Solid
Cost shall be inclusive of PVC Flexible hose pipe (for piping submeged in effluent) with
1 Set 128454 1 28 454
M.S epoxy piping (for piping non submerged in effluent)
5.5 Anoxic Mixer

5.5.1 Supply Installation Testing & Commissioning of motorized agitator with gear box
arrangement for anoxic Tank, made up of Stainless steel grade 304 suitable to
achieve the required parameter of treated water as per the recommendations of 2 No 329043 6 58 086
OEM.
5.6 Air Blower with Electric Motor

5.6.1 SITC of twin type rotary air blowers with capable of delivering 300 cum/hr of free air
at 0.6kg/cm2 (each) driven through “V” belt or directly coupled through flexible coupling to
a TEFC motor of suitable rating, IE 3 rated, feeding the air grid at the bottom of respective 3 No 239949 7 19 847
tank. Operation shall be suitable for 415 ± 10% volts, 3 phase, 50 Hz A/C supply. (2Working
+1 Standby)
5.7 Diffusers for equalisation tank & SHT

5.7.1 Supply and fixing Disc type, EPDM membrane based, Coarse bubble diffusers capable
of handling 3-5 cfm of air exchange with oxygen transfer efficiency of 3-4% per
meter water depth piping including cPVC Submerged & MS Non submerged class 'C' 1 Lot 284336 2 84 336
air piping including fittings like elbows, tees, flanges, nut bolts, gaskets with suitable
support.
5.8 Diffusers for MBBR Tank

5.8.1 Supply and fixing Fine bubble Type,EPDM/Silicon membrane based, non clog type air
dispersion system capable of handling 3-5 cfm of air with oxygen transfer efficiency
of 3-4% per meter water depth including cPVC Submerged & MS Non submerged
1 Lot 376624 3 76 624
class 'C' air piping including fittings like elbows, tees, flanges, nut bolts, gaskets with
suitable support.
5.9 MBBR Media

5.9.1 Supplying, filling & commissioning of MBBR media having surface area of 500m2/m3
to support the growth of biomass required in the reactors 660 KLD STP.
1 Lot 865380 8 65 380
5.1 Tube Settler Media

5.10.1 Supplying, filling & commissioning of Tube Deck media of 750mm long with suitable
accessories to settle bio-mass & suspended solids by gravity, Hexagonal CHEVRON,
Tongue and groove fitting arrangement, thickness not less than 1.1mm, made up of 1 Lot 295322 2 95 322
PVC as per requirement for 660 KLD system as required.
443
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
5.11 Sludge Transfer Pump 3 No 73831 2 21 493

5.11.1 SITC of Self Priming monobloc pump to recirculate the active biomass to MBBR Tank
from Secondary tube settler. Pumps should have CI Casing, CI Impeller & SS Shaft
with complete pressure gauge, NRV and control valve capable of delivering 42 m3/hr
sewage water at 10-12 head driven by 1 no. squirrel cage induction motor, TEFC type, 2900
RPM, continuous duty, designed for operation on 415 volts, 3 phase AC supply, having
Suitable HP to drive the pump for given duty.
The pump shall be suitable for Handling 7mm Solid
Qnty: 2W+1S
5.12 Filter Feed Pump

5.12.1 SITC of Horizontal centrifugal monobloc pump to feed clear water to filters.Pumps
should have CI Casing, bronze Impeller & SS Shaft Gland Packing complete with
pressure gauge, NRV and control valve capable of delivering 33 m3/hr sewage water at
30 - 35 mtr head driven by 1 no. squirrel cage induction motor, TEFC type, 2900 RPM, 62756 1 25 512
2 No
continuous duty, designed for operation on 415 volts, 3 phase AC supply, having suitable HP
to drive the pump for given duty.
Qnty: 1W+1S
5.13 Multigrade filter

5.13.1 SITC of vertical self supporting Multi grade Filter in Mild Steel vessel with Epoxy painting,
pressure gauges at inlet, sample cock, air vent valve,frontal piping with CI butterfly valve and
1 Set 457004 4 57 004
all accessories, with initial charge of filter media.
Flow - 33 m3/hour
Filtration rate - approx. 15 m3/hr/m2
Filter dia (approx.) - 1700 mm
Height of Shell - 1800 mm
Shell Thickness - 6 mm
Dish Thickness - 8 mm
Working pressure - 3.5 Kg/Sq.cm
Test pressure - 5.5 Kg/Sq.cm
5.14 Activated Carbon Filter

5.14.1 SITC of vertical self supporting Activated Carbon Filter in Mild Steel vessel with Epoxy
painting, pressure gauges at inlet, sample cock, air vent valve,frontal piping with CI
1 Set 530125 5 30 125
butterfly valve and all accessories, with initial charge of filter media. & carbon of
IV900
Flow - 33 m3/hour
Filtration rate - approx. 15 m3/hr/m2
Filter dia (approx.) - 1700 mm
Height of Shell - 1800 mm
Shell Thickness - 6 mm
Dish Thickness - 8 mm
Strainer Plate thickness - 10 mm
Working pressure - 3.5 Kg/Sq.cm
Test pressure - 5.5 Kg/Sq.cm
5.15 Disinfecttion System

5.15.1 Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of Dosing Pump - 0-12 LPH
1 Set 33543 33 543
Qnty - 1W along with Dosing Tank - 100 Liter
444
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
5.16 Sludge Dewatering System
5.16.1 Sludge Feed Pump 2 No 101517 2 03 034
5.16.1.1 Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of Screw Type pump to feed slurry to
Filter press
Capacity - 3 m3/ Hr @ 40 m Head
Qnty: 1W+1S
5.16.1.2 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Filter Press of suitable capacity
with MS Frame, PP Plates with filter cloth all fittings & accessories.
1 No 701391 7 01 391
Operation - Hydraulic
5.17 Poly dosing System

5.17.1 Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of Dosing Pump - 0-6 LPH
along with Dosing Tank - 100 Liter 1 Set 27686 27 686
5.18 Ozonation system

5.18.1 Providing & Fixing of Ozonation system comprising of Ozonator, Recirculation pump,
Mixing Arrangement, Oxygen concentrator to dose ozone with valves piping &
1 Set 738306 7 38 306
Fittings.
5.19 Piping & fittings for Complete plant

5.19.1 Providing, Laying, testing & Commissioning of "C" Class MS Pipe
conforming to IS:3589 & 1239 including fittings like elbows, tees, flanges, nut
bolts, gaskets with suitable clamps/supports & painting with Two or more coats of
synthetic enamel paint of required shade over a coat of steel primer
complete as required. For
Interconnecting Non-Submerged Air Piping
5.19.1.1 150mm 40 mtr 8654 3 46 160
5.19.1.2 100mm 15 mtr 5644 84 660
5.19.1.3 80mm 12 mtr 5079 60 948
5.19.1.4 50mm 20 mtr 4327 86 540
5.19.1.5 40mm 40 mtr 3386 1 35 440
5.19.2 Providing & fixing CI butterfly valve including rubber gasket, 2 nos. table-E
flanges, nuts, bolts, washers & painting complete as required.
5.19.2.1 150mm 4 Nos. 15050 60 200
5.19.2.2 100mm 18 Nos. 11288 2 03 184
5.19.2.3 80mm 16 Nos. 8466 1 35 456
5.19.2.4 50mm 8 Nos. 7525 60 200
5.19.2.5 40mm 30 Nos. 6584 1 97 520
5.19.3 Providing & fixing dual plate CI wafer type check valve tested to a pressure of
10 Kg/sqcm. Including rubber gasket, 2 nos. table-E flanges, union, nuts, bolts,
washers & painting complete as required.
5.19.3.1 150mm 2 Nos. 22575 45 150
5.19.3.2 80mm 14 Nos. 15238 2 13 332
5.19.3.3 50mm 8 Nos. 11288 90 304
5.19.4 Providing & fixing uPVC SCH40 Process piping including union, elbow, Tee, support
etc. complete as required.
5.19.4.1 100mm 80 mtr 6020 4 81 600
445
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
5.19.4.2 80mm 40 mtr 5268 2 10 720
5.19.4.3 65mm 25 mtr 4891 1 22 275
5.19.4.4 50mm 80 mtr 4609 3 68 720
5.19.4.5 40mm 60 mtr 4139 2 48 340
5.19.4.6 25mm 150 mtr 3763 5 64 450
5.2 Instruments for Complete plant

5.20.1 Pressure Gauges, 8 Lot 5644 45 152
5.20.2 SITC of Electronic type level indicator & Controller for automatic operation of the
system with high & Low alarm complete with auxillury NO/ NC Contacts 4 Set 20694 82 776
5.20.3 SITC of Electro magnetic Flow meter suitable for providing required technical
parameters of treated water, to be installed in main discharge pipe inclusive of
2 No 84657 1 69 314
complete wiring, convertors required for transferring the data through BMS, all
required hardwares etc.
5.21 Electrical Control Panel

5.21.1 Design and SITC of Non comparmental type IP - 42 shall be fabricated complying to
IEC 1439 part 1 & 2, including foundation of RCC, reinforcement of suitable size angle
iron, channel ‘T’ sections irons and/or flats wherever necessary. Cable gland plates
shall be provided on top /bottom of the panels. Panels shall be treated with all
anticorrosive process before painting as per specifications with 2 coats of red oxide
primer and final approved shade of powder coated paint. 2 Nos. earthing terminals
shall be provided for 3 phase, 4 wire, 50 Hz supply system. The incomer shall not be
less than 320 Amps inclusive of all monitoring devices (Votmeter, Ameter, energy 1 Set 559054 5 59 054
Meter etc.) of class 1 accuracy, outgoings suitable to cater all the pumps, diffusers
etc. Lifting hooks shall also be provided in case of large panels. Approval shall be
taken from Buyer EIC for aforesaid panel before fabrication. Galvanised hardware
with zinc passivation shall be used in fabrication of panels.
(Approval of Engineer in charge is compulsory before execution)
5.22 Cables
Supplying & laying of following 1100 volt grade XLPE insulated FRLS PVC
sheathed copper conductor armoured cables as per specification in existing
trenches, cable trays, ducts, clamped to wall with suitable clamps including
providing and fixing of all fixing accessories, connecting, testing and commissioning.
5.22.1 3Cx10 Sqmm Copper Cable. 60 mtr 2831 1 69 860

5.23 Oxylite System

5.23.1 Providing and fixing of Oxylite (Mixed Oxidant) Generation System, based on ECA
Technology, producing non toxic mixed Oxidant Solution at 1000 ppm of Oxidant
Concentration The solution will be at a pH 3+-0.5 suitable for 24x7 operations will
1 Set 922883 9 22 883
produce 30 ltr/ Hr.The system will have a single cell & supplied complete with
appropriate dosing pumps, valves, piping, fittings,chemical dosing tank etc.
5.24 Ultrafiltration system
446
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
5.24.1 Supply Installation Testing and commissioning of ultrafiltration system with all
accessories & backwash arrangement etc., including UF feed pump, micron filter, UF
membrance , SS SKID for UF membrance , UF CI Pump, Pressure gauge, level switch
1 Set 3702516 37 02 516
and all the required accessories.
Capacity - 33 m3/ Hr. The ultrafiltration shall be composed of the followings
minimum requirements.
1 UF Feed Pump
Capacity - 33 m3/hr @ 35 M head
Type - Horizontal Monobloc Centrifugal Pump
2 No
Operating Condition - (1W+1S)
Pump MOC: CI
2 Micron Filter
Housing MOC:Polyamide reinforced with fiber glass
1 No
Element:PP Element disc,100 Micron
3 UF Membrane,
Membrane type: Hollow Fiber
MOC - PVDF
Mode of Operation - Outside -In
Pore Size - 0.02 Micron 1 Lot
Membrane area - 55.7 m2
Membrane Recovery: 90%
Qnty:1 Lot
4 SS Skid for UF Membranes

1 Lot
5 UF CIP Pump
Capacity : 20 M³/Hr, Head - 30 m,
Type - Horizontal , Centrifugal , Monoblock Centrifugal pump, 2 No
MOC - CI
6 Electro magnetic type Flow Meter

Location - feed & backwash line 2 No
7 Pressure Gauge for Complete UF System,

Type - Liquid Filled SS bourdon type 1 Lot
8 Piping for Complete Plant

MOC: - MS 1 Lot
9 Level Switch
Type - Floaty 1 Lot
Location - Feed & Permeate Tank
10 Motorized Valve for Auto Operation of UF system.
1 Lot
11 CIP System for UF System
Capacity - 0-20 lph
MOC - PP
Type - Electronic Metering Pump 3 Set
CIP Tank
MOC - HDPE
Capacity - 200 ltr
447
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
12 Backwash Pump
Horizontal Monobloc Centrifugal Pump
Capacity: 60 m3/hr @ 30 mtr head 2 No
Pump MOC: Cast Iron
Qnty:1W+1S
Total 1 64 59 549
HT Panel board & Transformer
SUBHEAD 6 - SITC of 11 KV 4800 KVA electrical substation & HT/LT Cables
Supplying, installation, testing and commissioning of IP54 mounting type safe ring
compact switchgear, extensible RMU for 11KV, 630A, 20KA/3 sec, 3ph, 50 Hz,
motorized (2 LBS + 1 CB) type RRL, with 3 nos. copper busbars 400sqmm 630A rating,
manually operated SF6 or Air insulated stainless steel tank consisting of 2 Nos. 12KV
60A 3P Off load break isolators for incoming & outgoing supply and 1 no. VCB with 3
6.1 O/C +1 E/F 11KV 50Hz 3 Pole 200A 400 MVA, 20KA/3 sec Micro processor protection 1 Set 802761 8 02 761
powder coated RAL 7032, provision for boxes suitable upto 3Cx240 sqmm cable,
inclusive of suitable capacity (not less than 15VA) CTs - 3 nos. for circuit breaker,
copper earth bus with operating handle, cable boot, Battery & charger, MS pedestal
to mount unit, complete as per MSEDCL requirement and technical specifications
Supplying, installation testing and commissioning of 11 KV HT metering cubicle with

following accessories, but without meter as per MSEDCL specifications. The unit shall
be compact type fabricated with 14 SWG MS sheet with supporting angle and
channel, hinged door with gland plate, 25x6mm electrolytic copper busbar painted
with powder coating and epoxy paint. There shall be an electronic safety lock and a
mechanical lock and digital counter for measuring the number of times the cubicle
6.2 door is opened.There shall be a cover on the top side of the CT/PT, which interlocks
with the meter cubicle door alongwith an epoxy terminal block suitable for providing
the tri-vector meter, with provision for incoming and outgoing supply through cables
of 11 KV grade upto 3C x 240 sq.mm Aluminium conductor XLPE cables. The panel
shall be as per the requirements and compliance with MSEDCL.
a) 3 Nos. CTs with CT Ratio:25 / 5 A, 15VA, Class 0.5

b) 3 Nos. PT with PT: Ratio: 11000/V3/110/V3 Volt 100VA, Class 0.5
c) Interlocking mechanism for cover with meter door
d) Suitable space for Trivector meter. 1 Set 111332 1 11 332
HT PANEL
448
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of indoor type floor mounted metal
clad, 11 KV VCB panel 2mm thick CRCA sheet powder coated after 7 tank process
with 4 Nos. VCBs, totally enclosed & fully interlocked, horizontal drawout, horizontal
isolation type breaker as per IEC 62271 , as amended up to date and additional
specifications, having capacities as mentioned below, single break, trip free
mechanism, manually and motorized charged and auto/manually closing breaker
suitable for use on 11 KV, 3 Phase, 50 Hz A.C. supply with short circuit fault level of 26
KA, complete with self contained. All live parts shall be as per IEC 62271-200. The
6.3 panel shall be fully interlocked, rack in and rack out mechanism, air insulated but 1 Set 1945378 19 45 378
encapsulated copper bus bars (with 100% neutral) of 630 Amps capacity, breaker
featured with ON/OFF/TRIP LED indicator with hand trip device, spring release coil,
shunt trip coil and auxiliary switch of 4NO + 4 NC and equipped with following
switchgears and accessories i/c connections suitable for 3x 300 sq. mm. XLPE 11 KV
cable (cable entry from bottom/ back openable ), outdoor end termination with heat
shrinkable jointing material etc. as required. (Note- Cost of end termination not
included in this item).
Panel shall have microprocessor based numerical relay with O/L, S/C, E/F for each
section, HT panel shall have relay to take trip input from REF relay including cabling,
with internal arc protection of 26KA for 1 sec. The HT panel shall be compatible for
SCADA/ BMS applications and shall be complete with compatible feild devices. And all
meters should be provided with RS 485 port with modbus. 2 runs of copper Earth Bus
of not less than 50 mmx6 mm along the full lengh of panel. (Panel should be made by
approved OEM at his premises)
INCOMER
a) 11 KV 630 Amps., 26 kA Electrical operated draw out type Vacuum circuit breaker
(VCB) complete with trip free spring charged closing mechanism, necessary auxiliary
relays, control switches, emergency hand trip devices and mechanical ON / OFF
indicator, emergency trip push buttons etc. - No.-1
b) 11 KV / 110 Volts 3 PTs Class 0.2 accuracy and 100 VA burden for metering and 3P
class 100VA for protection with 1 No. Voltmeter (0-24KV), digital type, three way
selector switches for voltmeter and protection MCB for HT metering upto 24 KV on
incomer. Set-1
c) Set of dual core dual ratio 3 CTs 200/100/5/5 A of 15 VA burden and accuracy Class
– 0.2S for metering and class 5P10, 10VA for protection. Set-1
d) Dual scale Ammeter(0-300A) Digital Type with three way ON/OFF selector switch
with CT's for metering (of suitable range 200/5, CL-5P10, 10VA). Set-1
e) Microprocessor based numerical relay with O/L, E/F,S/C including Master trip,
Over volatge relay, under voltage realy, Trip circuit supervision realy, Auxiliary relay,
Anti pumping realy, Instantaneous overcurrent relay (50), Neutral Instantaneous
overcurrent relay (50N), Neutral time overcurrent (51N), Tripping or trip free features
(94) , Surge arrester , IDMT relay with thermostat. Set-1
f) Space heater to prevent absorption of moisture with thermostat. No.-1

g) Digital Multifunction meter suitable for measurement of Voltage, Currents, Power
Factor, Frequency,, MDI, KW,KWH, KVA, KVRH, Power & Energy etc suitable for BMS
integration with set of CTs of Suitable range and LED indication lamps for
ON/OFF/TRIP and other required indications. - 1 sets
BUSBAR
11KV, 630 Amp. With 11 kV heat shrinkable sleeved TP Copper Busbar of 26 KA for 3
Sec fault rating.
449
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
Separate earth busbar of 50 x 6 mm Copper shall be provided on the rear bottom of
the panel.
OUTGOING:
a) 11 KV 630Amps, 26 kA Electrical operated draw out type Vacuum circuit circuit
breaker complete with trip free spring charged closing mechanism, necessary
auxiliary relays, (T-P-N) control switches, emergency hand trip devices and
mechanical ON / OFF indicator etc.-3 no.
b) 11 KV / 110 Volts PT Class 0.2 accuracy and 100 VA burder for metering and 3P
class 100VA for protection with 1 No. Voltmeter (0-12KV), digital type, three way
selector switches for voltmeter and protection MCB for HT metering upto 24 KV on
incomer. 3 sets
c) Set of dual core dual ratio 3 CTs 100/50/5/5 A of 15 VA burden and accuracy Class
– 0.2S for metering and class 5P10, 10VA for protection. 3 sets
d) Dual scale Ammeter (0-100 A) Digital Type with three way ON/OFF selector switch
with CT's for metering (of suitable range 100/5, CL-5P10, 10VA). 3 set
e) Microprocessor based numerical relay with O/L, E/F,S/C including Master trip,
Over volatge relay, under voltage realy, Trip circuit supervision realy, Auxiliary relay,
Anti pumping realy, Instantaneous overcurrent relay (50), Neutral Instantaneous
overcurrent relay (50N),Neutral time overcurrent (51N), Tripping or trip free features
(94) Surge arrester , IDMT relay with thermostat - 3 set
f) Space heater to prevent absorption of moisture with thermostat - 3 nos.

g) Digital Multifunction meter suitable for measurement of Voltage, Currents, Power
Factor, Frequency, Power & Energy suitable for BMS integration with set of CTs of
Suitable range and LED indication lamps for ON/OFF/TRIP, RYB, DC Control supply,
spring charged, KVA,KW,KWAH,KVAHR and other required indications. - 3 set
Alarm annunciation panel with audio visual indication, all control wiring with
protection and test terminal block as required for all outgoing HT VCB with with ACK,
rest, test push button for transformer faults and electrical faults. Set-1
450
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
Supply , installation,testing & commissioning of Automatic battery charger panel
comprising of Self contained Switched-Mode Power Supply (SMPS) controlled Float
cum boost charger rated at 24 V DC with 100 AH capacity suitable for 24 V 100 AH
Sealed Maintenance Free battery system (12 Nos. 2 V battery), intended to operate
on 230 V Single Phase AC supply capable of operating in float and boost mode
including 24 V 100 AH SMF batteries in the bottom compartment of the Panel. The
panel shall be of suitable size fabricated from cold rolled sheet steel of 2 mm thick
enclosure and 1.6 mm thick for doors with stiffners wherever required. The panel
shall be free standing, floor mounted, vermin proof and dust proof with IP 42 degree
6.4 of protection.The cabinet shall be provided with louvers for ventilation and shall be 1 set 411342 4 11 342
painted with approved shade and colour through powder coating after two coats of
anti rust primer. The panel shall be provided with metering to measure output
current & battery charging/discharging current with RYB indication (mains on R,Y,B,
Charger on, float & boost mode),alarm for battery Earth leakage & battery
overvoltage, autochangeover from Float to boost & vice versa with timer, selector
switch to operate float cum boost charger in Boost mode complete including suitable
rating incomer and outgoings (MCBs) as per the requirement. -
Supply, installaton, testing & commissioning of 1600kVA, 11KV/0.433 kV, 3 phase,

50Hz, Vector group DYN 11, Indoor cast resin Dry Type, Copper wound step-down
transformer with aprroximately 5% impedence, Off Load Tap Changer with class F
insulation Overload capacity as per IS 11171 upto the latest ammendments. Tapping
6.5 on HV side should be as per CPWD specifications having cable end boxes on HV side 3 set 3881234 1 16 43 702
suitable for 3CX300 sqmm Al. XLPE armoured cable of 11kV grade and 2000 A 4 Pole
Sandwich Bus duct arrangement on LV side complete with all accessories.
Transformer losses shall be confirming to ECBC-2017 norms upto the latest
amendments, confirming to IS 1180.
HT & CONTROL CABLES AND SAFETY EQUIPMENTS

Supply of the following sizes of 11 KV XLPE earth flat strip armoured cable inlcuding
6.6
earthing complete as required and as per specifications
11 KV 3 x 300 Sq. mm XLPE aluminium conductor (flat strip) armoured cable.
6.6.1 150 mtr 4150 6 22 500
(Earthed)
Laying of one number PVC insulated and PVC sheathed / XLPE power cable of 11 KV
6.7
grade of following size in existing Pipe / cable trench /cable tray etc as required.
6.7.1 Above 120 sq. mm and upto 400 sq. mm 150 mtr 142 21 300
Supplying and making following type cable end termination with heat shrinkable
jointing kit complete with all accessories including lugs suitable for following size of 3
6.8
core, XLPE aluminium conductor cable of 11 KV grade as required :
6.8.1 11 KV, 3 x 300 Sq. mm XLPE aluminium cable indoor type termination. 6 Nos 17278 1 03 668
6.8.2 11 KV, 3 x 300 Sq. mm XLPE aluminium cable Outdoor type termination. 2 Nos 24238 48 476
Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning of 100 AH capacity, 24V DC lead acid
Batteries in fully charged condition, including painted MS stand & spill proof plastic
6.9 1 Set 7691 7 691
trays, hydro meter etc.complete as required as per specifications.
Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Battery Charger Unit with provisions
of "Boost Charging" and "Float Charging", suitable for 240V, single phase, AC, 50Hz
6.10 supply system & 24V DC including providing required MCB for DC supply distribution 1 No 35890 35 890
to HT panel and Main LT panel complete as required.(Included above)
451
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
Providing and fixing of danger notice plate of following type, made of mild steel, at
6.11 least 2 mm thick, and vitreous enameled white on both sides, and with inscription in
single red colour on front side as required.
6.11.1 11000V (250mm X 200mm) 5 Nos 310 1 550
6.11.2 440V (200mm X 150mm) 2 Nos 286 572
Providing of set of 4 nos 9.5 litre capacity GI Bucket painted in post office red color
with prior coat of red oxide paint and written with white paint 'Fire' and mounted on
6.12 2 Set 2408 4 816
MS angle iron frame with bracket of appropriate size and capacity inclusive of filling
sand etc.
Providing First aid box as approved by St.John Ambulance brigade / Indian red cross
6.13 2 Nos 1806 3 612
conforming to IS : 2217-1963.
Supply & fixing Shock treatment chart duly mounted on a wooden frame with 5mm
6.14 2 Nos 1445 2 890
thick glass as required. (Approximate front glass area 1.20 Sqm)
Providing of Rubber mat 1 mtr wide and suitablly thick to withstand 22 KV dielectric
6.15 10 Mtr 1686 16 860
strength as per IS 5424 - 1969.
Providing of Rubber mat 1 mtr wide and suitably thick to withstand 1.1 KV dielectric
6.16 20 Mtr 1686 33 720
strength as per IS 5424 - 1969.
6.17 Providing of Rubber gloves of 22 KV grade as per IS 4770-68. 3 Pairs 931 2 793
6.18 Control Cables:

Supply,Installation , testing and commissioning of the following sizes of 1.1 KV grade
PVC insulated copper conductor unarmoured stranded control cable including laying
in existing pipes/surface etc complete as required and as per specifications.
6.18.1 2 core x 2.5 sq. mm cable 100 mtr 150 15 000

6.18.2 4 core x 2.5 sq. mm cable 40 mtr 262 10 480
6.18.3 12 core x 2.5 sq. mm cable 150 mtr 707 1 06 050
Supply and making terminal joints for the following sizes of 1.1 KV PVC insulated
Copper conductor cable including providing tinned copper terminal lugs, double
6.19
compression brass cable glands, insulation tape, effecting terminal connections to the
equipment complete as required.
Control Cables Terminations
6.19.1 2 core x 2.5 sq. mm cable termination 6 Nos 415 2 490
6.19.2 4 core x 2.5 sq. mm cable termination 2 Nos 457 914
6.19.3 12 core x 2.5 sq. mm cable termination 8 Nos 921 7 368
452
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
LT PANELS, CABLES, BUS DUCT , CABLE TRAYS, PIPES & TRENCHES
MAIN LT PANEL (TTA PANEL)
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning FACTORY FABRICATED MV
compartmentalized, completely bolted system, totally type tested, glass front as per
IEC 61439-1 & 2 and internal arc tests as per IEC 61641 V2, 50kA at HBB,VBB and
cable chamber. modular design electrical panel, suitable for 415 V, 3 phase, 50 Hz, 4
wire system with following ratings copper bus bars, free standing, totally enclosed,
suitable for 3 phase and neutral of same size, with following incoming and outgoing
switches, meters, inter connections with suitable size copper / aluminium cables /
6.20 bars, complete with terminating arrangements with lugs, including gas based fire 1 SET 10644089 1 06 44 089
supression system for each compartment with suitable capacity cylinder (UL rated)
mount on panel and tubing (UL rated) for all compartments , powder coating of the
panel, earthing with cable chamber suitable for incoming bus trunking / cable
termination, copper busbar chamber etc., generally conforming to IEC 61439-1
amended up to date and as per relevant SLD in Drawing No.
CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/101
NOTE - All the outgoing should have Metering Inbuilt BMS Compatible Multi Function
Meter with display parameter of Voltage ,Ampre,KW,KWH,KVA,Frequency,PF, phase
angle and LED Cluster Indicating lamps, and 2 Amp control MCB and CTs of suitable
rating.
INCOMER :
2500Amp FP ACB 65 KA (Ics= 100% Icu= Icw) with standing Capacity of EDO type and
with Microprocessor based releases (with Over current / Earth fault/ Short circuit /
shunt trip coil with under voltage releases ), including all BMS compatible hardware
and software like RS 485/potential free contacts /Modbus/Bacnet card and control
MCB- etc as reqd) and shall be provided with additional 5 Nos CTs (each bay) for
Restricted earth fault protection. Set-3 nos.
Metering :Inbuilt BMS Compatible Multi Function Meter with display parameter of
Voltage ,Ampre,KW,KWH,KVA,Frequency,PF, % THD, phase angle and LED Cluster
Indicating lamps(2 nos. for each incomer), and 2 Amp control MCB -3 Nos and
2000/5 CTs -3nos
BUSBAR :3000A,TPN Copper Busbar with 100% neutral suitable for 65 KA with 11kv
rated, heat shrinkable coloured sleeves i/c SMC/DMC bus bar supports.
BUS COUPLER :
2500Amp FP ACB 65 KA (Ics= 100% Icu= Icw), EDO type and with Microprocessor
based releases (with Over current / Earth fault/ Short circuit / shunt trip coil with
under voltage releases) 2 no.
LED Cluster Indicating lamps for ON/OFF/TRIP and 2 Amp control MCB- 02 Sets
OUTGOING :
1000 Amp FP ACB, 50 KA. EDO TYPE (Ics= 100% Icu= Icw) with Microprocessor
based releasesincluding all BMS compatible hardware and software like RS
485/potential free contacts - 3 no.
800 Amp FP ACB, 50 KA. EDO TYPE (Ics= 100% Icu= Icw) with Microprocessor
based releases including all BMS compatible hardware and software like RS
485/potential free contacts - 6 no.
630 Amp FP MCCB,36 KA. (Ics= 100% Icu) with Microprocessor based releases - 8
no.
453
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
400 Amp FP MCCB,36 KA. (Ics= 100% Icu) with Microprocessor based releases - 1
no.
200A, 36 KA, FP, MCCB (Ics= 100% Icu) with Microprocessor based releases - 4 no.
INTERLOCKING :
Electromechanical/Electrical Interlocking between 3 incomers and 2 bus couplers to
ensure only one supply is available in one section at a time.
The Main LT Panel described above complete with wiring, line diagram, specifications
and approvals, painting and as per direction and final approval of Engineer in Charge.
NOTE:
1) Switchboards shall comply to Form 4B / 3B for Main compartmentalized boards as
per IEC 61439-1&2
2) LT panel boards shall be assembled only by an OEM or their authorized system
integrator.
3) The drawings shall be signed by the representatives of the OEM, Authorised
System Integrator apart from the Contractor(s).
BUS-DUCT
Supply, installlation including suspension, testing and commissioning of following
capacity Sandwich bus trunking with copper bus bar with class 'F' insulation between
the bus bars and sizes as per type test report in compliance with IEC 61439 in 1.6 mm
thick IP 54 sheet steel enclousure in convenient section for use on 415V, 3 phase, 4
6.21 wire, 50 HZ AC supply including jointing of sections, flexible joints, expansion joints,
bends, flange end, adapter box and earthing with 2 runs of copper earth of size 25
mm x 5 mm strips, suspenders/ hangers, angle iron bracket, steel fasteners,
connecting to earthing system etc. as required.
6.21.1 2500A, 65 kA SC for 1 sec rating 30 meter 88621 26 58 630
Capacitor Panel (TTA) - 500 KVAR - 3 No.

Design, manufacture, testing at works, supply, installation, testing and
commissioning of Ethernet ready SCADA Compatible 415V APFC Panel Tested
Assembly – TTA, CPRI /Independent international test house tested for all the tests
as per IEC61439-1 &2 and internal arc tests as per IEC 61641 V2, 50kA at HBB,VBB
and cable chamber. . The compartmentalization to be achieved by using metal
separators, use of PVC sheet / Hylem sheets shall not be allowed. Provision for
tubing for panel mount gas based fire fighting system, powder coating the panel,
6.22 earthing, with cable chamber suitable for incoming bus trunking / cable termination, 3 SET 1384763 41 54 289
copper busbar chamber etc., generally conforming to IEC 61439-1 amended up to
date and as per relevant SLD in Drawing No. CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/101.
rating.
1000 Amp TP ACB, 50 KA. EDO TYPE (Ics= 100% Icu= Icw) with Microprocessor
based releases - 1 no.
3 nos 1000/5A Class-1.0, 15 VA Burden CT's for metering .
96 sq mm flush mounting 0-600 amp Ammeter with selector switch.
R,Y&B indicating lamps with MCB as backup protection.
Indicating lamp in each capacitor chamber unit to indicate "ON"/"OFF" status of
capacitor unit.
454
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
Stepped relay(APFCR) with 12 steps for automatic power factor correction.
100 kVAR Bank - 3 Set each comprising of following:
250 Amps TP MCCB - 1 Set
Capacitor Duty Contactors AC-6b type, 100 kvar,- 1 Set
“ON” /”OFF” push buttons and indicating lamps. - 1 Set
35.6 kVAR x 4 nos, 525 volts, 50Hz, capacitor unit as specified - 1 Set
100 Kvar, 440V, 50Hz, 14% detuned reactor,single layer, 200% linearity - Set
125 Amps TP MCCB - 1 Set
35.6 kVAR x 2 nos, 525 volts, 50Hz, capacitor unit as specified - 1 Set
63 Amps TP MCB - 1 Set
35.6 kVAR, 525 volts, 50Hz, capacitor unit as specified - 1 Set
32 Amps TP, 10KA, MCB - 1 Set
16 Amps TP,10KA, MCB - 1 Set
1200 Amps TPN copper Bus Bars of suitable length with 100% neutral. Bus bars
shall be colour coded and insulated by heat shrinkable sleeves & clip on shrouds for
joints.
NOTE:
per IEC 61439-1&2
2) Capacitor panel boards shall be assembled only by an OEM or their authorized
system integrator.
DG AUTO SYNCHRONIZING PANEL (TTA PANEL)
455
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
suitable for 3 phase and neutral, with following incoming and outgoing switches,
meters, inter connections with suitable size copper / aluminium cables / bars,
complete with terminating arrangements with lugs, provision for tubing for panel
6.23 mount gas based fire fighting system, powder coating the panel, earthing, with cable 1 SET 2556851 25 56 851
chamber suitable for incoming bus trunking / cable termination, copper busbar
chamber etc., generally conforming to IEC 61439-1 amended up to date and as per
relevant SLD in Drawing No. CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/102.
rating.
DG AUTO SYNCHRONIZING PANEL (TTA PANEL)
INCOMINGS:
Auto load synchronizing and load management controller (similar to Make - DEIF,
model AGC 150) functions as mentioned in CPWD Specifications
Incomings from 3 No. DGs (500 KVA). Each incomer shall consist of following:
800A, 50 kA, 3-pole EDO type ACB having Microprocessor release with following
functions : Protection for O/C, S/C, E/F including communication capability - 1 no.
Multifunction meter with RS 485 communication port with required set of suitable
CT's - 1 no
Indicating lamps(LED type) for each DG incomer - 1 Set
CONTROLS (for each DG Set)
Auto/ Manual/ Test/ Off Selector Switch - 1 no
Suitably rated current transformers (epoxy resin) 15 P 10 accuracy for protection and
15 VA class -I for metering : 1 set
Multi Function Meter with display parameter of Voltage, Ampere, kW, kWH, kVA,
Frequency, pf, phase angle and LED Cluster Indicating lamps - 1 Set
Indicating lamps for Load on Mains and Load on DG set & indication lamps for battery
charge ON - 1 Set
Set of fuses for instruments - 1 Set
Battery charger, complete with transformer/ rectifier, D.C. Voltmeter and Ammeter,
Selector Switch for trickle, off and boost and current adjustment - 1 Set
Main supply failure monitor - 1 No

Supply failure timer - 1 No
Restoration timer - 1 No
Control unit with three impulse automatic engine start / stop and failure to start
lockout - 1 Set
Impulse counter with locking and reset facility - 1 Set
ON/ OFF Control circuit switch with indicator - 1 Set
Audio / Visual Annunciation - 1 Set for below mentioned functions
(i) High water temperature
(ii) Low lubricating oil pressure
(iii) Engine over speed
(iv) Engine fails to start
456
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
(v) Full load/maximum load warning
Bus Bars
1000A,TPN Copper Busbar with 100% neutral suitable for 65 KA with 11kv rated, heat
shrinkable coloured sleeves i/c SMC/DMC bus bar supports.
Outgoing
Note:
1) All outgoing switchgear shall be microproccesor based with communication
capability.
2) All outgoings shall be provided with Energy meter with communication capability.
3) The Outgoings shall be provided in various sections as per the SLD
CT's - 1 no
NOTE:
per IEC 61439-1&2
2) DG LT panel boards shall be assembled only by an OEM or their authorized system
integrator.
DG L.T PANEL (TTA PANEL)

suitable for 3 phase and neutral, with following incoming and outgoing switches,
meters, inter connections with suitable size copper / aluminium cables / bars,
complete with terminating arrangements with lugs, provision for tubing for panel
6.24 mount gas based fire fighting system, powder coating the panel, earthing, with cable 1 SET 5277599 52 77 599
chamber suitable for incoming bus trunking / cable termination, copper busbar
chamber etc., generally conforming to IEC 61439-1 amended up to date and as per
relevant SLD in Drawing No. CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/102.
rating.
DG L.T PANEL
INCOMINGS:
3 no. 800 Amps 4P Auto Transfer Switches (similar to ASCO 300 series) and other
functions as mentioned in CPWD Specifications
Each ATS shall have 2 incoming sources - one from Main LT panel & other from DG
auto synchronizing panel.
CT's - 1 no
457
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
Bus coupler
2 No. 800 Amp drawout type electrically operated three Pole ACB (EDO)
Micrprocessor release suitable for Bus Bar connections, ON/OFF indication lights with
necessary auxiliary changeover contactor.Required interlocking to be provided.
Note: The Bus couplers shall be electrically interlocked with all incoming breakers as
per the logic / SLD
Bus Bars
800A,TPN Copper Busbar with 100% neutral suitable for 65 KA with 11kv rated, heat
shrinkable coloured sleeves i/c SMC/DMC bus bar supports.
Outgoing
Note:
1) All outgoing switchgear shall be microproccesor based with communication
capability.
2) All outgoings shall be provided with Energy meter with communication capability.
3) The Outgoings shall be provided in various sections as per the SLD
630 Amp TP MCCB,36 KA. (Ics= 100% Icu) with Microprocessor based releases - 5
nos.
no.
no.
no.
160 Amp TP MCCB, 25 KA. (Ics= 100% Icu) with Thermal Magnetic based releases -
4 no.
100 Amp TP MCCB, 25 KA. (Ics= 100% Icu) with Thermal magnetic based releases -
3 no.
NOTE:
per IEC 61439-1&2
2) DG LT panel boards shall be assembled only by an OEM or their authorized system
integrator.
SUPPLYING & FIXING/ LAYING OF LT CABLES, EARTHING, CABLE TRAYS &

CHABMERS
Laying of one number PVC insulated and PVC sheathed / XLPE power cable of 1.1 KV
6.25 grade of following size in the existing RCC/ HUME/ METAL pipe as required.
6.25.1 Upto 35 sq. mm 675 mtr 39 26 325

6.25.4 Above 185 sq. mm and upto 400 sq. mm 6165 mtr 142 8 75 430
0
6.26 0
grade of following size in the existing masonry open duct as required.
6.26.1 Upto 35 sq. mm 10 mtr 30 300
458
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
6.26.4 Above 185 sq. mm and upto 400 sq. mm 2445 mtr 122 2 98 290
Providing and fixing 50mm x 5mm copper strip on surface or in recess including
6.27 laying in pipes /cable tray/open trench for connections including interconnection and 125 mtr 2247 2 80 875
terminations etc. as required
Providing and fixing 50mm x 5mm Copper strip in 80 mm dia G.I. pipe from earth
6.28 electrode including connection with brass nut, bolt, spring, washer excavation and re- 60 mtr 3370 2 02 200
filling etc. as required.
Providing and fixing 50mm x 5mm GI strip on surface or in recess including laying in
6.29 pipes /cable tray/open trench for connections including interconnection and 80 mtr 356 28 480
terminations as required GI nut bolt etc as required.
Providing and fixing 50mm x 5mm GI strip in 80 mm dia G.I. pipe from earth electrode
6.30 including connection with brass nut, bolt, spring, washer on surface or in recess for 160 mtr 1574 2 51 840
connection etc. as required.
6.31 Providing and fixing 6SWG GI wire on surface or in loop earthing. 400 mtr 74 29 600
Providing, laying and fixing following dia RCC pipe NP2 class (light duty) in ground
6.32 complete with RCC collars, jointing with cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement : 2 fine sand)
including trenching (75 cm deep) and refilling etc as required.
6.32.1 100 mm dia. Hume Pipe 150 mtr 704 1 05 600
6.32.2 150 mm dia 410 mtr 770 3 15 700
6.32.3 300 mm dia 2150 mtr 1212 26 05 800
Supplying and laying of following size DWC HDPE pipe ISI marked along with all
accessories like socket, bend, couplers etc. conforming to IS 14930, Part II complete
with fitting and cutting, jointing etc.direct in ground (75 cm below ground level)
6.33
including excavation and refilling the trench but excluding sand cushioning and
protective covering not less then SN-8 category etc., complete as required. (For LV
services)
6.33.1 120 mm dia (OD - 120 mm & ID - 103 mm nominal) 750 mtr 391 2 93 250
6.33.2 200 mm dia (OD - 200 mm & ID - 175 mm nominal) 600 mtr 710 4 26 000
SUPPLY & INSTALLATION/ LAYING OF FEEDER PILLARS, STREET LIGHTING POLES &
CABLES
OUTDOOR FEEDER PILLARS
Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of Outdoor type, Double door panel
fabricated with minimum 2mm thick CRCA sheet, 3mm for detachable gland plate
including cleaning & finishing complete with 7 tank process for powder coating in
approved shade, with IP-54 enclosure protection, conforming to relevant IS
Specifications, IS-2137(Revised), floor mounting, free standing on a suitable masonry
6.34 pedestal panel and provided with hinged detachable and lockable outer doors with
the following incoming/ outgoing MCCB/ MCBs mounted therein including making
connections/ interconnections, earthing studs, canopy arrangement on the top,
painting etc. complete with switchgear, metering etc. for the various Feeder Pillars as
detailed below
Note:
1) The fault withstanding capacity shall be 36 KA for one sec.
2) Earth bus shall be part of the panel.
3) Every outgoing shall be provided with a energy meter with communication
capability and suitable CTs
4) All the outgoing ACB / MCCBs on or above 400 Amps should have communication
capability and including all hardware and software required BMS compatibility and
On / Off / Trip LED Cluster Indicating lamps with 2 Amp control MCB and CTs of
suitable rating.
459
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
6.34.1 FEEDER PILLAR-1 FOR TOWER I CA PANEL & CLUB BUILDING
Incoming
630 A FP ,Microprocesor based MCCB,36 KA breaking capacity with heavy duty solid
neutral link along with Earth fault relay, o/c relay and s/c relay with communication
capability - 1 No.
Bus Bars
800 Amps TPN COPPER Bus Bars of suitable length with 100% neutral. Bus bars shall
be colour coded and insulated by heat shrinkable sleeves & clip on shrouds for joints.
Outgoing
500 amp FP,Microprocesor based, MCCB of 36 KA service breaking capacity - 1 No
200 amp FP,Microprocesor based, MCCB of 36 KA service breaking capacity - 4 Nos

1 SET 299717 2 99 717
6.34.2 FEEDER PILLAR-2 FOR TOWER II TO TOWER V CA PANELS

Incoming
1 No- 400 A FP ,Microprocesor based MCCB,36 KA breaking capacity with heavy duty
solid neutral link along with Earth fault relay, o/c relay and s/c relay with
communication capability.
Bus Bars
500 Amps TPN copper Bus Bars of suitable length with 100% neutral. Bus bars shall be
colour coded and insulated by heat shrinkable sleeves & clip on shrouds for joints.
Outgoing
200 amp FP,Microprocesor based, MCCB of 36 KA service breaking capacity - 5 Nos.
1 SET 278447 2 78 447
FEEDER PILLAR-3 FOR TOWER VI TO TOWER IX CA PANELS & FOR STILT FLOOR
6.34.3
LIGHTING
Incoming
400 A FP ,Microprocesor based MCCB,36 KA breaking capacity with heavy duty solid
neutral link along with Earth fault relay , o/c relay and s/c relay with communication
capability - 1 No.
Bus Bars
Outgoing
200 amp FP, Microprocesor based, MCCB of 36 KA service breaking capacity - 5 Nos.
63 amp FP, Microprocesor based, MCCB of 25 KA service breaking capacity - 1 Nos

1 SET 294268 2 94 268
FEEDER PILLAR-4 FOR HOSTEL CA PANEL & CARE TAKER PANEL (OUTDOOR TYPE)
6.34.4
Incoming
160 A TP ,Microprocesor based MCCB,25 KA breaking capacity with heavy duty solid
neutral link along with Earth fault relay and CBCT.with communication capability - 1
No
Bus Bars
460
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
Outgoing
125 amp FP,Microprocesor based, MCCB of 25 KA service breaking capacity - 1 No.
100 amp FP,Microprocesor based, MCCB of 25 KA service breaking capacity - 3 Nos.

1 SET 155923 1 55 923
FEEDER PILLARS (OUTDOOR TYPE FOR EXTERNAL LIGHTING)

Design, manufacture,Supply, testing at works of Double door panel fabricated with
minimum 2mm thick CRCA sheet, Conform to IS Specification, with IP-54 enclosure
protection, as per IS-2137(Revised), floor mounting free standing on a suitable
masonry pedestal outdoor type panel,provided with hinged detachable and lockable
6.35 outer opening doors with the following incoming/outgong MCCB/ MCBs mounted
therein including making connections/ interconnections, earthing, painting etc. as
required and as shown in the drawing. The panel shall have canopy arrangement on
the top. All MCB to be C curve
(Note : The fault withstanding capacity shall be 25 KA for one sec. Earth bus shall be
part of the panel.
6.35.1 FEEDER PILLAR-1 (OUTDOOR TYPE for Ext. Lighting)

Incoming
The incoming shall comprise the following :-
1 No 160 A FP MCCB, 25 KA with heavy duty solid neutral link along with Earth fault
relay and CBCT.
Bus Bars
200 Amps TPN Copper Bus Bars of suitable length with 100% neutral. Bus bars shall
Outgoing
3 no 100 A FP MCB,10 KA breaking capacity
4 no 32 A SPN MCB,10 KA breaking capacity
2 no. 63 A FP contactor with 4 sets of NO contacts and ON delay electronic timer.
Modular astro timer 1 no. 1 Set 62844 62 844
6.35.2 FEEDER PILLAR-2 (OUTDOOR TYPE for Ext. Lighting)

Incoming
1 No 100 A FP MCB,10 KA breaking capacity with heavy duty solid neutral link along
with Earth fault relay and CBCT.
Bus Bars
Outgoing
6.35.3 FEEDER PILLAR-3 FOR PODIUM (OUTDOOR TYPE for Ext. Lighting)
461
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
Incoming
1 No 100 A FP MCB,10 KA breaking capacity with heavy duty solid neutral link along
with Earth fault relay and CBCT.
Bus Bars
Outgoing
SUPPLY & INSTALLATION OF CABLING SYSTEM FOR EXTERNAL LIGHTING & POLES
6.36 grade of following size direct in ground including excavation, sand cushioning,
protective covering and refilling the trench etc as required.
6.36.1 Upto 3.5 x 35 sq. mm. cable 12700 mtr 411 52 19 700
Supplying and making end termination with brass compression gland and aluminium
6.37 lugs for following size of PVC insulated and PVC sheathed / XLPE aluminium
conductor cable of 1.1 KV grade as required.
6.37.1 3.5 x 35 sq. mm. aluminium conductor 4 Nos 392 1 568
6.37.2 4 x 16 sq. mm. aluminium conductor 120 Nos 329 39 480
6.37.3 2 x 10 sq. mm. aluminium conductor 1084 Nos 256 2 77 504
6.37.4 2 x 6 sq. mm. copper conductor 120 Nos 255 30 600
Earthing with G.I. earth pipe 4.5 metre long, 40 mm dia including accessories, and
providing masonry enclosure with cover plate having locking arrangement and
6.38 31 Nos 7289 2 25 959
watering pipe etc. with charcoal/ coke and salt as required.
Providing and laying earth connection from earth electrodes with 6 SWG GI wire in 15
6.39 mm dia GI pipe from earth electrodes including connection with G.I. thimbles, 155 mtr 305 47 275
excavation & refilling as required.
Providing and fixing 6 SWG GI wire on surface or in recess for loop earthing along
6.40 400 mtr 74 29 600
with existing cable as req.
Supply & installation of 12 meter long coated with zinc rich primer and finished using
environmentally stable polyurethane based paint / Pure polyester powder coated
octagonal pole made of minimum 4 mm thick MS sheet 400mm x 400 mm base
plate, with 4 nos. (75 mm x 75mm) stiffners complete with M20 x 500mm long
foundation bolt with nuts on cement reinforced concrete foundation of minimum
6.41 600 x 600 x 1500 mm3 in the ratio of 1: 3 : 6 (1 cement : 3 course sand : 6 graded 34 Nos 69002 23 46 068
stone aggregate 40mm nominal size) complete with 2 nos suitable size 40 mm dia
DWC Pipe with 1.5 Mtr long arm including fixing arrangement including excavation &
refilling of earth, wiring with 2x2.5 sqmm PVC copper conductor wire including
terminations in 5 Amps MCBs from junction box to light fittings along with fixing
462
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
Supply & installation of 7.5 meter long coated with zinc rich primer and finished using
foundation bolt with nuts on cement concrete foundation of minimum 600 x 600 x
6.42 1200 mm3 in the ratio of 1: 3 : 6 (1 cement : 3 course sand : 6 graded stone 33 Nos 44287 14 61 471
aggregate 40mm nominal size) complete with 2 nos suitable size 40 mm dia DWC
Pipe with 1 Mtr long arm including fixing arrangement including excavation &
6.43 1200 mm3 in the ratio of 1: 3 : 6 (1 cement : 3 course sand : 6 graded stone 4 Nos 32262 1 29 048
aggregate 40mm nominal size) complete with 2 nos suitable size 40 mm dia DWC
Pipe with 1 Mtr long arm including fixing arrangement including excavation &
garden type pole made of minimum 4 mm thick MS sheet 250mm x 250 mm base
6.44 800 mm3 in the ratio of 1: 3 : 6 (1 cement : 3 course sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 87 Nos 15229 13 24 923
40mm nominal size) complete with 2 nos suitable size 40 mm dia DWC Pipe including
fixing arrangement including excavation & refilling of earth, wiring with 2x2.5 sqmm
PVC copper conductor wire including terminations in 5 Amps MCBs from junction box
to light fittings along with fixing complete as required.
EV CHARGING PANELS
system. The panel shall be Indoor, wall mounting, sheet metal clad, cubicle, dead
front, dust and vermin proof type compartmentalised design fabricated out of 14
SWG sheet steel, complete with copper bus bars, separate earth bus bar to be
provided through out the length of the panel. The incoming and outgoing feeders
shall be accommodated in a modular multitier arrangement, adequate size cable
alley, painting, earthing, numbering, danger plate etc as required.
Note:
1) The fault withstanding capacity shall be 36 KA for one sec.
2) Earth bus shall be part of the panel.
3) Every outgoing shall be provided with a energy meter with communication
capability and suitable CTs
463
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
4) All the outgoing ACB / MCCBs on or above 400 Amps should have communication
capability and including all hardware and software required BMS compatibility and
On / Off / Trip LED Cluster Indicating lamps with 2 Amp control MCB and CTs of
suitable rating.
EV CHARGING PANEL (TOWERS II TO V & TOWERS VI TO IX)
Incoming:
500 A TP MCCB 36 KA (with locking arrangement)
6.45 1 No. Digital Ammeter with ASS 4 each 323741 12 94 964
Busbar:
Outgoing:
125A TP MCCB 36 KA - 10 nos.
EV Charging panel as described above.
Supplying and fixing of following ways surface/ recess mounting, vertical type, 415 V,
TPN MCB distribution board of sheet steel, dust protected, duly powder painted,
inclusive of 200 A tinned copper bus bar, common neutral link, earth bar, din bar for
6.46
mounting MCBs (but without MCBs and incomer ) as required . (Note : Vertical type
MCB TPDB is normally used where 3 phase outlets are required.)
6.46.1 8 way (4+24), double door 9 each 10808 97 272
Providing and fixing following rating and breaking capacity and pole MCCB with
thermomagnetic release and terminal spreaders in existing cubicle panel board
6.47
including drilling holes in cubicle panel, making connections, etc. as required.
6.47.1 125 A, 16 KA, TP MCCB 9 each 5126 46 134

TOTAL 6 08 47 453
SUBHEAD 7 - SITC OF DG SETS & DG EXHAUST SYSTEM
Providing, Installing, Testing and commissioning of 'Silent Type' Diesel Generating set
having prime Power Rating of 500 KVA, 415 volts at 1500 RPM, 0.8 lagging power
7.1
factor at 415 V suitable for 50 Hz,3 phase system & for 0.85 Load Factor and
consisting of the followings :
Diesel Engine :
Diesel engine 4 stroke water cooled, electric start, of suitable BHP at 1500 RPM
suitable for above output of alternator at 40 Degree C, 50% RH & at 1000 Meter MSL
and conforming to BS 5514, BS 649, IS 10000, capable of taking 10% over loading
operation for one hour after 12 hours of continuous run. The engine will be fitted
complete with all the required accessories.
Engine mounted Instrument Panel fitted with and having digital display
(Microprocessor Based integrated power command controller) for following:
i) Start-stop switch with key
ii) Water temperature indication
iii) Low Lubrication oil pressure indication
iv) Battery charging indication
v) RPM indication
vi) Over speed indication
vii) Low lub. Oil trip indication
viii) Engine Hours indication
ix)Low Lubrication oil Temperature indication
x) Lubricating oil level indication
464
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
xi)Frequency Variation.
Alternator :
Synchronous alternator rated at 500 KVA, 415 volts at 1500 RPM, 3 phase 50 Hz, AC
supply with 0.8 lagging power factor at 40 Degree C, 50% RH & at 1000 meter MSL.
The alternator shall be having SPDP enclosure, brushless, continuous duty,
separately excited and self-regulated through AVR conforming to IS 133664/IEC
:60034-1 suitable for tropical conditions and with class - F insulation.
Base Frame & Foundation :

Both the engine and alternator shall be mounted on suitable base frame made of MS
channel with necessary reinforcement which shall be installed on cement concrete
foundation (300 mm thick RCC + 700 mm thick RRM complete with surface finish and
PCC) using vibration isolation arrangement, as per recommendations of
manufacturer. (Civil work for foundation shall be paid seperately) .
Fuel Tank :
Fuel tank shall be inbuilt as per manufacturers design with a minimum capacity of 900
litres
Exhaust system :
Dry exhaust manifold with residential exhaust silencer and catalytic convertor
DG set controller with GSM/SMS based device for alert & compatible with BMS
system
Starting System
12/ 24 V starting system comprising of starter motors, voltage regulator and
arrangement for initial excitation complete with suitable nos. of batteries ( 180Amp.
Hour capacity lead acid type/ As per OEM standard ) as required as per specifications.
Acoustic and weather proof enclosure with arrangement for fresh air intake for
cooling of the engine & alternator, extraction, discharging hot air in to the 3 SET 3823371 1 14 70 113
atmosphere as per specifications complete etc. as required
EXHAUST SYSTEM
Supply & installation of suitable size exhaust pipe of MS ERW 'B' class with Al.
7.2
cladding
7.2.1 6" Class B Pipe 18 meters 8156 1 46 808
7.2.2 6" Bend 6 nos. 8156 48 936
7.2.3 insulation and 24 guage aluminium cladding for above exhaust pipe 18 meters 2951 53 118
7.2.4 10" class B pipe 110 meters 10409 11 44 990
7.2.5 10" Bend 6 nos. 10409 62 454
7.2.6 insulation and 24 guage aluminium cladding for above exhaust pipe 110 meters 3514 3 86 540
7.2.7 insulation and 24 guage aluminium cladding for silencer 6 nos. 17009 1 02 054
7.3 EXHAUST PIPE SUPPORT

Supply & installation of MS support for silencer minimum 2 coats of red oxide &
7.3.1 9000 Kg 222 19 98 000
enamel paint.
TOTAL 1 54 13 013
465
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
Subhead - 8 (VRV/ VRF SYSTEM)
A VRF AIR COOLED HVAC SYSTEM
8.1 Outdoor Units of VRF System
Supply Installation, Testing & Commissioning of modular type Variable Refrigerant
Flow/Variable Refrigerant Volume air cooled Outdoor units suitable for cooling ,
having all hermetically sealed inverter type Scroll Compressor(s), minimum two
compressors for above 14 HP modules, microprocessor based Controller, top
discharge type condensing unit(s), with R 410 A Refrigerant, vibration isolators,
including suitable foundation etc. as specified by OEM, complete as required. The
unit shall deliver the rated capacity at AHRI Conditions and work even at 50°C
ambient temperature without tripping. The unit shall be suitable to work on 400V +/-
10%, 3 Phase, 50Hz AC power supply. The unit shall be filled with first charge of the
refrigerant and ready for use as required. The COP at AHRI conditions shall not be less
than 3.1 and IEER not less than 6.5 . refrigerant gas.
8.1.1 10.0 HP Capacity 7 Nos 174541 12 21 787

8.1.2 12.0 HP Capacity 1 Nos 209449 2 09 449
8.1.3 14.0 HP Capacity 2 Nos 244357 4 88 714
8.1.4 18.0 HP Capacity 1 Nos 314173 3 14 173
8.1.5 20.0 HP Capacity 15 Nos 349081 52 36 215
8.1.6 22.0 HP Capacity 7 Nos 383990 26 87 930
8.2 Four Way Cassette type VRF Indoor Units
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of following minimum capacity 4-way
flow VRV/VRF Cassette Type Indoor ceiling mounted unit equipped with synthetic
washable media pre-filter, fan section with low noise fan/dynamically balanced
blower, multispeed motor, coil section with DX Copper coil, electronic expansion
valve, outer cabinet, drain pump, grill, necessary supports, vibration isolation, cord
less remote control etc., suitable for operation on single phase 230 V ± 10%, 50Hz AC
supply, complete, as required. The unit shall have automatic force shut down
provision in case of fire on receiving signal from BMS System. The cooling capacity of
indoor unit will be at air inlet conditions of 27 Degree C DB and 19 Degree C WB
temperature
8.2.1 2.0 TR Four Way Cassette type AC Unit 22 Nos 32751 7 20 522
8.3 High Wall type VRF Indoor Units
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of High Wall type AC Unit of following
capacity VRV/VRF High wall type Indoor unit equipped with washable synthetic media
pre-filter, fan section with low noise fan/dynamically balanced blower, multispeed
motor, coil section with DX copper coil, electronic expansion valve, outer cabinet,
cord less remote control, drain pan, necessary accessories etc., suitable for operation
on 230 V ± 10%, 50 Hz, single phase AC supply, complete as required. The unit shall
have automatic force shut down provision in case of fire on receiving signal from BMS
System. The cooling capacity of indoor unit will be at air inlet conditions of 27 Degree
C DB and 19 Degree C WB temperature.
8.3.1 1.00 TR 4 Nos 20947 83 788

8.3.2 1.45 TR 99 Nos 22664 22 43 736
466
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
8.4 Ductable type VRF Indoor Units_ Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of
following capacity Ductable type AC Unit capacity and external static pressure
VRF/VRV ceiling mounted ductable type Indoor unit equipped with washable
synthetic media pre-filter, fan section with low noise fan/dynamically balanced
blower, multispeed motor, coil section with DX copper coil, electronic expansion
valve, corded remote control, outer cabinet, vibration isolators, drain pan, other
necessary supports etc., suitable for operation on single phase AC supply 230 V ±
10%, 50 Hz complete as required. The unit shall have automatic force shut down
provision in case of fire on receiveing signal from BMS System. The cooling capacity
of indoor unit will be at air inlet conditions of 27 Degree C DB and 19 Degree C WB
temperature
8.4.1 4 TR 3 Nos 51816 1 55 448

8.4.2 8 TR 3 Nos 95261 2 85 783
8.5 DX Inverter High Wall Type Out Door + Indoor unit
Supply installation,testing and commissioning of following minimum capacity DX
Inverter High Wall Type ( outdoor Unit + Indoor unit ) equipped with washable
synthetic media pre filetr fan section with low noise fan/dynamically balanced
blower, multispeed motor, coil section with DX copper coil, electronic expansion
valve ,outer cabinet Coded / cord less remote control , drain pan necessary
accessories etc suitable for operation on 230 V +- 10% 50 Hz single phase AC supply
complete as required . Along with ODU Stand. Minimum - 3 Star
8.5.1 1.00 TR 1 Nos 36580 36 580

Air Handling Unit ( AHU ) indoor unit
8.6 Supply installation,testing and commissioning of following minimum capacity VRF
floor standing AHU / Ceiling Suspended AHU Indoor unit equipped with double skin
type made of 25mm thick panel consisting of pre plasticized GI casing of
thickness0.8mmoutside layerand 0.8mm inside layer with PUF insulation factory
injected betwen them by injection module machine, complete with blower section
with blower sutable for static presure as required, cooling coil with aluminium finned
copper tubes cooling coil of 6 row deep filter section with 50mm thick washable
synthetic type air prefielters belt drive package with TEFC drive motor of efficency
class IE3 sutable for 415+_10% volt, 50HZ, 3 Phase AC supply drain connection
stainless steel ( 18G) drain pan with PUF insulation. AHU should compiled with VRF
AHU Comunication Kit ( Return Air ) + EEV Kit & AHU should be compatible with
indoor type air quality meter which can measure all parameters required as per
GRIHA 5 star rating.
8.6.1 4500 CFM 2 Nos 196325 3 92 650

8.6.2 10200 CFM 1 Nos 363802 3 63 802
8.7 Branch Distrubution refrigerant Pipe joints with precase insulation
Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning ofrefrigerant joint / Branch distibutors
200 Nos 225 45 000
indoor to outdoor complete with nitrile rubber insulation, supporting etc.,
8.8 Refrigeration Copper Piping For VRF System

Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning including vaccumization and Nitrogen
testing of following nominal sizes of soft /hard drawn copper refrigerant piping for
VRV/VRF system, complete with fittings, with suitable adjustable ring type hanger
supports, jointing/brazing including accessories, insulated with XPLE Class-O tubular
insulation/with Class-O closed cell elasto metric nitrile rubber tubular sleeves sections
of specified thickness as given below for Suction and Liquid lines, all accessories as
per specifications etc. as required
467
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
8.8.1 6.4 mm dia (OD) (soft drawn) with tube thickness 1.2 mm with 19mm thick insulation
1200 Mts 261 3 13 200
8.8.2 9.5 mm dia with tube thickness 1.2 mm with 19 mm thick Insulation 1100 Mts 352 3 87 200
8.8.8 19 mm dia with tube thickness 1.2 mm with 19 mm thick Insulation 1000 Mts 752 7 52 000
8.8.7 25.4 mm dia (OD) (Hard drawn) with tube thickness 1.2 mm with 19mm thick
100 Mts 1087 1 08 700
insulation
250 Mts 1244 3 11 000
insulation
190 Mts 1345 2 55 550
insulation
8.9 Communication Cabling For VRF System
Providing and fixing of Control Cabling between the indoor units & outdoor units. 4C 6000 Mts 265 15 90 000
x 2.5 Sq.mm , PVC insulated, FRLSH FLEXIBLE copper cables.
8.10 Supplying and installing following size of perforated Hot
Dipped Galvanised Iron cable tray (Galvanisation thickness not less than 50 microns)
with perforation not more than 17.5%, in convenient sections, joined with
connectors, suspended from the ceiling with G.I. suspenders including G.I. bolts &
nuts, etc. as required.
8.10.1 150 mm width X 50 mm depth X 1.6 mm thickness 2000 Mts 761 15 22 000
8.10.2 300 mm width X 50 mm depth X 1.6 mm thickness 2000 Mts 1024 20 48 000
8.11 Sheet Metal Work
Supply, installation, balancing and commissioning of factory/Site fabricated GSS sheet
metal rectangular/round ducting complete with neoprene rubber gaskets, elbows,
splitter dampers, vanes, hangers, supports etc. as per approved drawings and
specifications of following sheet thickness complete as required
8.11.1 Thickness 0.63 mm (24 Guage) 1100 SqM 1148 12 62 800

8.11.2 Thickness 0.8 mm (22 Guage) 800 SqM 1343 10 74 400
8.11.3 Thickness 1.00 mm (20Guage) 150 SqM 1468 2 20 200
Supply Grill
8.12 Supplying & fixing of powder coated extruded aluminium Supply Air Grills with 30 SqM 9681 2 90 430
aluminium volume control dampers as per specifications.
Return Grill
8.13 Supplying & fixing of powder coated extruded aluminium Return Air Grills with 45 SqM 6284 2 82 780
louvers but without volume control dampers complete as required.
Supply Diffuser
Supplying, fixing testing commissioning of supply air diffusers of powder coated
8.14 60 SqM 12955 7 77 300
aluminium with aluminium volume control dampers with anti smudge ring &
removable core.
Return Diffuser
Supplying, fixing testing commissioning of Return air diffusers of powder coated
8.18 60 SqM 8635 5 18 100
aluminium without volume control dampers with anti smudge ring & removable core.
Duct Damper
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of GI volume control duct damper
8.17 25 SqM 7 492 1 87 300
complete with neoprene rubber gaskets, nuts, bolts, screws linkages, flanges etc, as
per specifications.
468
RATE (incl.
1.0633 MF
GST on
DSR)
Duct Thermal Insulation - Supplying and fixing of 19mm thickness duly laminated
aluminum foil of mat finish closed cell Nitrile rubber (Class "O") insulation on existing
8.18 duct after applying suitable adhesive for Nitrile rubber. The joints shall be sealed with 1 275 SqM 802 10 22 550
50 mm wide and 3 mm thick self adhesive nitrile rubber tape insulation complete as
per specifications and as required.
Duct Accoustic Insulation - Supply and fixing of 15 mm thick acoustic lining inside
sheet metal ducts with arma sound elastrometric nitrile rubber of density
8.19 550 SqM 1 414 7 77 700
150Kg/cub.mtr and thermal conductivity of 0.036 W/m k -
Supply & Fixing of acoustic lining on wall and ceiling of AHU room with 50 mm thick
density of 32 Kg/cu resin bonded glass fiber insulation friction fixed in 610 mm x 610
8.20 mm frame work made of 25X50X50X50X25mm made out of 0.6 mm thick GI sheet U 200 SqM 1 307 2 61 400
shaped chaneel and covered with reinforced fiber glass tisue and fiished with 0.8 mm
perforated aluminium sheet.
PVC Drain - SITC of PVC Drain Piping Duly Insulated with 9 mm Nitrile Rubber And
8.21
BOPP Tape Of Following Size Dia.
8.21.1 25 MM 1 200 Mts 169 2 02 800
8.21.2 32 MM 200 Mts 200 40 000
8.21.3 40 MM 150 Mts 249 37 350
VENTILATION FANS
8.22 Mechanical Ventilation - Centrifugal Fresh Air Fans- SITC of Cabinet (Square) Type
Inline Centrifugal Fresh Air Fan AMCA Certified (For Air and Sound Performance)
suitable for installing in any position in vertical or horizontal ducts. The casing shall be
double skin, internally acoustically lined and constructed of galvanised steel. The
inline fan shall be with Forward curve up to 1500 CFM & above shall be backward
curve centrifugal impeller fitted with maintenance free external rotor motor, flexible
connections at the outlet & inlet. The motor shall be suitable for 220/415±10% volt
single/three phase 50 Hz AC supply. The fan shall have low sound level exceeding not
more than 65 DBA at 3 meter distance & Fan should have Pre / fine filter.
8.22.1 600 CFM 4 Nos 23 131 92 524

8.22.2 800 CFM 2 Nos 28 272 56 544
8.22.3 1100 CFM 2 Nos 30 574 61 148
8.22.4 1500 CFM 1 Nos 30 574 30 574
8.22.5 2000 CFM 1 Nos 36444 36 444
Mechanical Ventilation - Centrifugal Exaust Air Fans-SITC of Cabinet (Square) Type
Inline Centrifugal Exaust Air Fan AMCA Certified (For Air and Sound Performance)
suitable for installing in any position in vertical or horizontal ducts. The casing shall be
double skin, internally acoustically lined and constructed of galvanised steel. The
8.23 inline fan shall be with Farword curve up to 1500 CFM & above shall be backward
curve centrifugal impeller fitted with maintenance free external rotor motor, flexible
connections at the outlet & inlet. The motor shall be suitable for 220/415±10% volt
single/three phase 50 Hz AC supply. The fan shall have low sound level exceeding not
more than 65 DBA at 3 meter distance.
8.23.1 400 CFM 5 Nos 12 658 63 290

8.23.2 500 CFM 2 Nos 15 550 31 100
8.23.3 600 CFM 3 Nos 18441 55 323
8.23.4 800 CFM 1 Nos 22 406 22 406
TOTAL 3 40 75 506
Grand Total Rs. 60 51 79 673
469
470
PART-E
List of Drawings
Tender Drawings
&
Soil Testing Report
471
List of Drawings
SITE
S. No. Drawing Title Drawing No.
ARCHITECTURAL
1 SITE PLAN WITH GROUND FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/I-XIII/200
2 SITE PLAN WITH TYPICAL FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/I-XIII/201
3 SITE PLAN WITH TERRACE FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/I-XIII/202
4 COMBINED STILT FLOOR PLAN - TOWER II TO IX CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/II-IX/203
5 COMBINED PODIUM FLOOR PLAN - TOWER II TO IX CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/II-IX/201
6 COMBINED TERRACE FLOOR PLAN - TOWER II TO IX CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/II-IX/202
7 PODIUM SECTIONS - TOWER II TO IX CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/II-IX/301
8 BOUNDARY WALL – LAYOUT CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/BW/200
9 BOUNDARY WALL – ELEVATONS CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/BW/400
10 BOUNDARY WALL - SIDE WALL DETAIL CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/BW/901
11 BOUNDARY WALL - REAR SIDE DETAIL CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/BW/902
12 GUARD ROOM - DETAILS CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/GD/900
13 ENTRY GATE - DETAILS CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/EG/900
14 ENTRY GATE CANOPY - DETAILS CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/EGC/901
STILT PART SECTIONS – PART 1- DETAILS-TOWER II
15 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/PS/II-IX/900
TO IX
STILT PART SECTIONS – PART 2 – DETAILS-TOWER
II TO IX
STILT PART SECTIONS –PART 3 - DETAILS-TOWER II
TO IX
STILT PART SECTIONS –PART 4 - DETAILS-TOWER II
TO IX
19 RAMP DETAILS – TOWER II TO IX CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/RD/II-IX/900
TYPICAL RAILING DETAILS – TOWER II TO IX – STILT CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/RLD/II-
20
LEVEL IX/900
TYPICAL RAILING DETAILS – TOWER I TO IX –
21 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/RLD/I-IX/901
PODIUM LEVEL
22 ESS BUILDING – GROUND FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/ESS/200
23 ESS BUILDING – SECTION CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/ESS/300
24 ESS BUILDING – ELEVATION CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/ESS/400
25 MATERIAL PLAN PODIUM II-IX CPWD/RBI/2021/L/3/901
26 MATERIAL PLAN PODIUM GRADE D CPWD/RBI/2021/L/3/902
27 MATERIAL PLAN 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/L/3/300
28 PLANTING PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/500
29 ROAD SECTION CPWD/RBI/2021/L/3/902
30 ROAD SECTION CPWD/RBI/2021/L/3/903
31 PODIUM SECTION CPWD/RBI/2021/L/3/904
32 PODIUM SECTION CPWD/RBI/2021/L/3/905
33 FLAG POST SECTION CPWD/RBI/2021/L/3/906
34 ENTRANCE FOUNTAIN DETAIL CPWD/RBI/2021/L/3/907
35 AMPHITHEATRE DETAIL CPWD/RBI/2021/L/3/908
36 SECTION MARKING PLAN PODIUM (GRADE D) CPWD/RBI/2021/L/3/902
472
37 SECTION MARKING PLAN (PODIUM II-IX) CPWD/RBI/2021/L/3/901

38 SECTION MARKER PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/L/3/900 A
39 SECTION KEY PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/L/3/901
ELECTRICAL
ELECTRICAL SUB STATION LAYOUT CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/I09
40
PODIUM (T-II TO IX) INTERNAL LIGHTING&POWER
LAYOUT CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/II-IX/100
41
SITE PLAN OVERALL CABLE TRAY LAYOUT CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/II-IX/100A
42
SITE PLAN OVERALL CCTV LAYOUT CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/II-IX/101
43
ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/SITE/101
45
PODIUM AREA (TOWER-II-IX) EXTERNAL LIGHTING
LAYOUT CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/II-IX/102
46
STILT FLOOR OVERALL FIRE ALARM LAYOUT CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/II-IX/102
47
PODIUM AREA (TOWER-I) EXTERNAL LIGHTING
LAYOUT CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/I/103
48
SITE PLAN EXTERNAL LIGHTING LAYOUT CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/SITE/104
49
TOWER -2 TO 9 AND SITE FLOOR FIRE ALARM
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/I/205A
50
SITE FLOOR FIRE ALARM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/SF/207
51
MAIN L.T. PANEL SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/101
52
DG & L.T. SERVICES PANEL SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/102
53
METERING ARRANGEMENT&PANELS FOR GRADE-D
TOWER-I FLATS SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/I/103
54
METERING ARRANGEMENT&PANELS FOR GRADE-
C/B TOWER-V FLATS SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/V/104
55
METERING ARRANGEMENT&PANELS FOR GRADE-
C/B TOWER-II-IV FLATS SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/II-IV/105
56
METERING ARRANGEMENT&PANELS FOR GRADE-A
TOWER-VI-IX FLATS SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/VI-IX/106
57
ELECTRICAL LAYOUT RETENTION PUMP ROOM
LAYOUT CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/RWR/107
58
ELECTRICAL LAYOUT STP PUMP ROOM LAYOUT CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/UGT/105
59
473
ELECTRICAL LAYOUT PLUMBING PUMP ROOM

LAYOUT CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/UGT/106
60
PLUMBING
SITE PLAN – PLUMBING LAYOUT – EXTERNAL
61 CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/SITE/100
SEWRAGE LAYOUT
STORM WATER
WATER SUPPLY
PODIUM – PLUMBING LAYOUT – SURFACE
DRAINAGE LAYOUT
PODIUM – PLUMBING LAYOUT – SUB-SURFACE
DRAINAGE LAYOUT
PLUMBING LAYOUT – UNDER GROUND WATER
66 CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/UGT/105
TANK DETAIL
PLUMBING LAYOUT – RAIN WATER RETENTION
67 CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/RWR/106
TANK DETAIL
PLUMBING LAYOUT – SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT
68 CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/STP/107
DETAIL
69 PLUMBING LAYOUT –HARVESTING PIT DETAIL CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/HP/108
FIRE FIGHTING
70 SITE PLAN FIRE LAYOUT EXTERNAL HYDRANT CPWD/RBI/2021/FF/3/SITE/100
STILT FLOOR PLAN FIRE FIGHTING LAYOUT – CPWD/RBI/2021/FF/3/STILT/II-
71
TOWER II-IX IX/105
STRUCTURE
72 TOWER II-XI - FOUNDATION LAYOUT CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XI/001
73 TOWER II-XI - FOUNDATION DETAILS CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XI/002
74 TOWER II-XI - COLUMN LAYOUT CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XI/100
75 TOWER II-XI - COLUMN SCHEDULE CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XI/101
76 TOWER II-XI - FRAMING PLAN - PLINTH LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XI/200
77 TOWER II-XI - FRAMING PLAN - 1ST FLOOR LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XI/201
78 TOWER II-XI - FRAMING PLAN – 2ND FLOOR LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XI/202
79 TOWER II-XI - FRAMING PLAN – TERRACE FLOOR
LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XI/203
80 TOWER II-XI - BEAM ELEVATION – PLINTH LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XI/200A
81 TOWER II-XI - BEAM ELEVATION – PLINTH LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XI/200B
82 TOWER II-XI - BEAM ELEVATION – 1ST FLOOR LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XI/201A
83 TOWER XI - BEAM ELEVATION – 1ST FLOOR LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XI/201B
84 TOWER XI - BEAM ELEVATION – 2ND FLOOR LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XI/202A
85 TOWER XI - BEAM ELEVATION – 2ND FLOOR LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XI/202B
TOWER XI - BEAM ELEVATION – TERRACE FLOOR
86 CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XI/203A
LEVEL
87 LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XI/203B
474
GRADE D TOWER - I
ARCHITECTURAL
1 TOWER I - STILT FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/I/200
2 TOWER I - 1ST FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/I/201
3 TOWER I - 2ND, 4TH, 6TH & 8TH FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/I/202
4 TOWER I - 3RD & 5TH FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/I/203
5 TOWER I - 7TH & 9TH FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/I/204
6 TOWER I - 10TH FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/I/205
7 TOWER I - TERRACE PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/I/206
8 TOWER I - ELEVATIONS 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/I/401
12 TOWER I - SECTION 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/I/301
15 TOWER I - PLAN - TOILET 1 & 2 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/I/TD/901
16 TOWER I - DETAILS - TOILET 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/I/TD/902
18 TOWER I - PLAN - TOILET 3 & 4 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/I/TD/904
TOWER I - DETAILS - FLOORING - ENTRANCE LOBBY
21 & CORRIDOR CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/I/FP/901
TOWER I - DETAILS - FLOORING - TYPICAL FLOOR
22 DU CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/I/FP/903
23 TOWER I - DETAILS - LIFT FACIA - ENTRANCE LOBBY CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/I/LF/901
24 TOWER I - DETAILS - LIFT FACIA – TYPICAL FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/I/LF/902
25 TOWER I - DETAILS - STAIRCASE 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/I/SD/901
26 TOWER I - DETAILS - STAIRCASE 2 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/I/SD/902
TOWER I - DETAILS - STAIRCASE WALL ELEVATION
27 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/I/SWD/901
TOWER I - DETAILS - STAIRCASE WALL ELEVATION
28 2 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/I/SWD/902
29 TOWER I - DETAILS - BALCONY 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/I/BD/901
30 TOWER I - DETAILS - BALCONY 2 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/I/BD/902
31 TOWER I - DETAILS - FALSE CEILING 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/I/FC/901
32 TOWER I - DETAILS - FALSE CEILING 2 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/I/FC/902
33 TOWER I – IX - DETAILS – DOOR & WINDOW CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/I-IX/DW/901

475

STRUCTURAL
TOWER I - FOUNDATION LAYOUT CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/I/001
36
TOWER I - FOUNDATION LAYOUT CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/I/002
37
TOWER I - PODIUM FOUNDATION PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/I/003
38
TOWER I - COLUMN LAYOUT CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/I/100
39
TOWER I - PODIUM COLUMN LAYOUT PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/I/101
40
TOWER I - COLUMN SCHEDULE DETAILS 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/I/102
41
TOWER I - COLUMN SCHEDULE DETAILS 2 CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/I/102A
42
TOWER I - COLUMN SCHEDULE DETAILS 3 CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/I/102B
43
TOWER I - COLUMN SCHEDULE DETAILS 4 CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/I/102C
44
TOWER I - COLUMN SCHEDULE DETAILS 5 CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/I/102D
45
TOWER I - COLUMN SCHEDULE DETAILS 6 CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/I/102E
46
TOWER I - COLUMN SCHEDULE DETAILS 7 CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/I/102F
47
TOWER I - COLUMN SCHEDULE DETAILS 8 CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/I/102G
48
TOWER I - COLUMN SCHEDULE DETAILS 9 CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/I/102H
49
TOWER I – PODIUM COLUMN SCHEDULE DETAILS CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/I/103
50
TOWER I - FRAMING PLAN – STILT LVL. CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/I/201
51
TOWER I - FRAMING PLAN – PODIUM LVL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/I/202
52
TOWER I - FRAMING PLAN - 2ND, 4TH, 6TH, 8TH
FLOOR LVL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/I/203
53
TOWER I - FRAMING PLAN - 3RD, 5TH FLOOR LVL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/I/204
54
TOWER I - FRAMING PLAN - 7TH & 9TH FLOOR LVL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/I/205
55
TOWER I - FRAMING PLAN - 10TH FLOOR LVL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/I/206
56
TOWER I – BEAM ELEVATION 1 – STILT LVL. CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/I/201A
57
TOWER I – BEAM ELEVATION 2 – STILT LVL. CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/I/201B
58
TOWER I – BEAM ELEVATION 1 – PODIUM LVL. CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/I/202A
59
476
TOWER I – BEAM ELEVATION 2 – PODIUM LVL. CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/I/202B

60
TOWER I – BEAM ELEVATION 3 – PODIUM LVL. CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/I/202C
61
TOWER I – FLOOR FRAMING DETAIL – PODIUM LVL. CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/I/202D
62
TOWER I – BEAM ELEVATION - 2ND, 4TH, 6TH, 8TH
FLOOR LVL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/I/203A
63
CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/I/204A
64 TOWER I – BEAM ELEVATION - 3RD, 5TH FLOOR LVL
TOWER I – BEAM ELEVATION - 7TH & 9TH FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/I/205A
65 LVL
TOWER I – BEAM ELEVATION - 10TH FLOOR LVL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/I/206A
66
ELECTRICAL
TOWER I – LIGHTING & POWER LAYOUT - STILT
66 FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/I/200
TOWER I - LIGHTING & POWER LAYOUT – TYPICAL
TOWER I - LIGHTING & POWER LAYOUT - 10TH
69 TOWER I - LIGHTING LAYOUT - TERRACE CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/I/203
70 TOWER I - LV LAYOUT - STILT FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/I/204
71 TOWER I - LV LAYOUT - TYPICAL FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/I/205
72 TOWER I - LV LAYOUT – 10TH FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/I/206
TOWER I - LV LAYOUT – FIRE ALARM SCHEMATIC
73 DIAGRAM CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/I/207
PLUMBING
74 TOWER I - WATER SUPPLY SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/I/001
TOWER I - PLUMBING LAYOUT - OVER HEAD TANK
75 DETAIL CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/I/002
76 TOWER I - PLUMBING LAYOUT - STILT FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/I/200
77 TOWER I - PLUMBING LAYOUT - PODIUM FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/I/201
78 TOWER I - PLUMBING LAYOUT - TYPICAL FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/I/202
79 TOWER I - PLUMBING LAYOUT - REFUGE FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/I/203
80 TOWER I - PLUMBING LAYOUT - 10TH FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/I/204
81 TOWER I - PLUMBING LAYOUT - TERRACE FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/I/205
82 TOWER I - PLUMBING LAYOUT - TYPICAL TOILET CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/I/900
FFIRE FIGHTING
83 TOWER I – FIRE FIGHTING LAYOUT -PODIUM FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/FF/3/I/200
84 TOWER I - FIRE FIGHTING LAYOUT - STILT FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/FF/3/I/201
85 TOWER I - FIRE FIGHTING LAYOUT - TYPICAL FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/FF/3/I/202
86 TOWER I - FIRE FIGHTING LAYOUT - REFUGE FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/FF/3/I/203
87 TOWER I - FIRE FIGHTING LAYOUT - TENTH FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/FF/3/I/204
477
TOWER I - FIRE FIGHTING LAYOUT - TERRACE

88 FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/FF/3/I/205
478
GRADE C/B TOWER - II-V

S.
Drawing Title Drawing No.
No.
ARCHITECTURAL
1 TOWER II - STILT FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/II/200
2 TOWER III - STILT FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/III/200
3 TOWER IV - STILT FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/IV/200
4 TOWER V - STILT FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/V/200
5 TOWER II-IV – 1ST FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/II-IV/201
6 TOWER V - 1ST FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/V/201A
7 TOWER II-V - 2ND, 4TH, 6TH, 8TH, 10TH FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/II-V/202
8 TOWER II-V - 3RD, 5TH FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/II-V/203
9 TOWER II-V - 7TH & 9TH FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/II-V/204
10 TOWER II-V - TERRACE PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/II-V/205
11 TOWER II-V - ELEVATIONS 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/II-V/401
15 TOWER II-V - SECTION 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/II-V/301
16 TOWER II-V - SECTION 2 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/II-V/302
CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/II-
17 TOWER II-IX - DETAILS - BALCONY 1 IX/BD/901
18 TOWER II-IX - DETAILS - BALCONY 2 IX/BD/902
TOWER II-V - DETAILS - FLOORING – CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/II-
19 STILT/ENTRANCE LOBBY/CORRIDOR V/FP/901
TOWER II-V - DETAILS - FLOORING - TYPICAL FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/II-
20 DU V/FP/904
TOWER II-V - DETAILS - LIFT FACIA - ENTRANCE CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/II-
21 LOBBY V/LF/901
TOWER II-V - DETAILS - LIFT FACIA - TYPICAL CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/II-
22 FLOORS V/LF/902
23 TOWER II - DETAILS - STAIRCASE 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/II/SD/901
24 TOWER II- DETAILS - STAIRCASE 2 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/II/SD/902
25 TOWER III - DETAILS - STAIRCASE 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/III/SD/903
26 TOWER III - DETAILS - STAIRCASE 2 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/III/SD/904
27 TOWER IV - DETAILS - STAIRCASE 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/IV/SD/905
28 TOWER IV - DETAILS - STAIRCASE 2 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/IV/SD/906

29 TOWER V - DETAILS - STAIRCASE 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/V/SD/907
479
30 TOWER V - DETAILS - STAIRCASE 2 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/V/SD/908

TOWER II-V - DETAILS - STAIRCASE WALL CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/II-
31 ELEVATION 1 V/SWD/901
TOWER II-V - DETAILS - STAIRCASE WALL CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/II-
32 ELEVATION 2 V/SWD/902
33 TOWER II-V - PLAN - TOILETS 1 & 3 V/TD/901
34 TOWER II-V - DETAILS - TOILET 1 V/TD/902
36 TOWER II-V -PLAN - TOILET 2 V/TD/904
38 TOWER II-V - DETAILS - FALSE CEILING 1 V/FC/901
39 TOWER II-V - DETAILS - FALSE CEILING 2 V/FC/902
STRUCTURAL
40 TOWER II-V - FOUNDATION LAYOUT CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/II-V/001
41 TOWER II-V - FOUNDATION LAYOUT CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/II-V/002
42 TOWER II-V - COLUMN LAYOUT CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/II-V/100
43 TOWER II-V - COLUMN SCHEDULE DETAILS 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/II-V/101
44 TOWER II-V - COLUMN SCHEDULE DETAILS 2 CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/II-V/101A
45 TOWER II-V - COLUMN SCHEDULE DETAILS 3 CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/II-V/101B
46 TOWER II-V - COLUMN SCHEDULE DETAILS 4 CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/II-V/101C
47 TOWER II-V - COLUMN SCHEDULE DETAILS 5 CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/II-V/101D
48 TOWER II-V - COLUMN SCHEDULE DETAILS 6 CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/II-V/101E
49 TOWER II-V - COLUMN SCHEDULE DETAILS 7 CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/II-V/101F
50 TOWER II - FRAMING PLAN – STILT LVL. CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/II/201
51 TOWER III - FRAMING PLAN – STILT LVL. CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/III/202
52 TOWER IV - FRAMING PLAN – STILT LVL. CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/IV/203
53 TOWER V - FRAMING PLAN – STILT LVL. CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/V/204
54 TOWER II - FRAMING PLAN – PODIUM LVL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/II/205
55 TOWER III - FRAMING PLAN – PODIUM LVL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/III/206
56 TOWER IV - FRAMING PLAN – PODIUM LVL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/IV/207
57 TOWER V - FRAMING PLAN – PODIUM LVL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/V/208
TOWER II-V - FRAMING PLAN - 2ND, 4TH, 6TH, 8TH &
58 10TH FLOOR LVL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/II-V/209
59 TOWER II-V - FRAMING PLAN - 3RD, 5TH FLOOR LVL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/II-V/210
60 TOWER II-V - FRAMING PLAN - 7TH & 9TH FLOOR LVL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/II-V/211
61 TOWER II - BEAM ELEVATION 1 – STILT LVL. CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/II/201A
62 TOWER II - BEAM ELEVATION 2 – STILT LVL. CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/II/201B
63 TOWER II - BEAM SECTION DETAILS – STILT LVL. CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/II/201C
480
64 TOWER III - BEAM ELEVATION 1 – STILT LVL. CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/III/202A

65 TOWER III - BEAM ELEVATION 2 – STILT LVL. CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/III/202B
66 TOWER III - BEAM SECTION DETAILS – STILT LVL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/III/202C
67 TOWER IV - BEAM ELEVATION 1 – STILT LVL. CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/IV/203A
68 TOWER IV - BEAM ELEVATION 2 – STILT LVL. CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/IV/203B
69 TOWER IV - BEAM SECTION DETAILS – STILT LVL. CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/IV/203C
70 TOWER V - BEAM ELEVATION 1 – STILT LVL. CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/V/204A
71 TOWER V - BEAM ELEVATION 2 – STILT LVL. CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/V/204B
72 TOWER II - BEAM ELEVATION 1 – PODIUM LVL. CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/II/205A
73 TOWER III - BEAM ELEVATION 1 – PODIUM LVL. CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/III/206A
74 TOWER IV - BEAM ELEVATION 1 – PODIUM LVL. CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/IV/207A
75 TOWER V - BEAM ELEVATION 1 – PODIUM LVL. CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/V/208A
TOWER II-V - BEAM ELEVATION - 2ND, 4TH, 6TH, 8TH
76 & 10TH FLOOR LVL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/II-V/209A
TOWER II-V - BEAM ELEVATION - 3RD, 5TH FLOOR
77 LVL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/II-V/210A
TOWER II-V - BEAM ELEVATION - 7TH & 9TH FLOOR
78 LVL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/II-V/211A
Electrical
TOWER II-V – LIGHTING & POWER LAYOUT - STILT
81 FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/II-V/200
82 TOWER V – LIGHTING & POWER LAYOUT - 1ST FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/V/201

TOWER II-V – LIGHTING & POWER LAYOUT – TYPICAL
TOWER II-V – LIGHTING & POWER LAYOUT – 7TH &
84 9TH FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/II-V/203
TOWER II-V – LIGHTING & POWER LAYOUT -
85 TERRACE CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/II-V/204
86 TOWER II-V – LV LAYOUT - STILT FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/II-V/205
87 TOWER V – LV LAYOUT - 1ST FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/V/206
TOWER II-V - LV LAYOUT –2ND,4TH,6TH, 8TH & 10TH
89 TOWER II-V - LV LAYOUT –7TH & 9TH FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/II-V/208
90 TOWER II-V - FIRE ALARM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/II-V/209
Plumbing
91 TOWER II-V - WATER SUPPLY SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/II-V/001
92 TOWER II-V - WATER SUPPLY SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/II-V/002
TOWER II-V - PLUMBING LAYOUT - OVER HEAD TANK
93 DETAIL CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/II-V/003
94 TOWER II-V – PLUMBING LAYOUT - STILT FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/II-V/200

95 TOWER II-V – PLUMBING LAYOUT - PODIUM FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/II-V/201
96 TOWER II-V – PLUMBING LAYOUT - CRECHE FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/II-V/202
97 TOWER II-V – PLUMBING LAYOUT - REFUGE FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/II-V/203
481
98 TOWER II-V – PLUMBING LAYOUT - TYPICAL FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/II-V/204

99 TOWER II-V - PLUMBING LAYOUT - TERRACE FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/II-V/205
100 TOWER II-V - PLUMBING LAYOUT - TYPICAL TOILET CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/II-V/900
FIRE FIGHTING
TOWER II-V – FIRE FIGHTING LAYOUT
101 CRECHE FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/FF/3/II-V/202
102 TERRACE FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/FF/3/II-V/205
103 TYPICAL FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/FF/3/II-V/204
104 REFUGE FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/FF/3/II-V/203
105 PODIUM FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/FF/3/II-V/201
106 STILT FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/FF/3/II-V/200
482
GRADE A TOWER VI-IX

S.
No.
ARCHITECTURAL
1 TOWER VI - STILT FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/VI/200
2 TOWER VII - STILT FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/VII/200
3 TOWER VIII - STILT FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/VIII/200
4 TOWER IX - STILT FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/IX/200
5 TOWER VI-IX - 1ST FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/VI-IX/201
TOWER VI-IX - 2ND, 4TH, 6TH, 8TH, 10TH FLOOR
6 PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/VI-IX/202
7 TOWER VI-IX - 3RD, 5TH FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/VI-IX/203
8 TOWER VI-IX – 7TH, 9TH & 11TH FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/VI-IX/204
9 TOWER VI-IX - TERRACE PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/VI-IX/205
10 TOWER VI-IX - ELEVATIONS 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/VI-IX/401
14 TOWER VI-IX - SECTION 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/VI-IX/301
15 TOWER VI-IX - SECTION 2 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/VI-IX/302

TOWER VI-IX - DETAILS - FLOORING – ENTRANCE CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/VI-
16 LOBBY/CORRIDOR IX/FP/901
TOWER VI-IX - DETAILS - FLOORING - TYPICAL CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/VI-
17 FLOOR DU IX/FP/903
TOWER VI-IX - DETAILS - LIFT FACIA - ENTRANCE CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/VI-
18 LOBBY IX/LF/901
TOWER VI-IX - DETAILS - LIFT FACIA - TYPICAL CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/VI-
19 FLOORS IX/LF/902
20 TOWER VI- DETAILS - STAIRCASE 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/VI/SD/901
21 TOWER VI- DETAILS - STAIRCASE 2 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/VI/SD/902
22 TOWER VII - DETAILS - STAIRCASE 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/VII/SD/903

23 TOWER VII - DETAILS - STAIRCASE 2 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/VII/SD/904
24 TOWER VIII - DETAILS - STAIRCASE 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/VIII/SD/905

483
25 TOWER VIII - DETAILS - STAIRCASE 2 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/VIII/SD/906
26 TOWER IX - DETAILS - STAIRCASE 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/IX/SD/907
27 TOWER IX - DETAILS - STAIRCASE 2 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/IX/SD/908

TOWER VI - IX - DETAILS - STAIRCASE WALL CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/VI-
28 ELEVATION 1 IX/SWD/901
TOWER VI - IX - DETAILS - STAIRCASE WALL CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/VI-
29 ELEVATION 2 IX/SWD/902
CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/VI-
30 TOWER VI – IX - LAYOUT - TOILET 1 IX/TD/901
31 TOWER VI – IX -SECTION - TOILET 1 IX/TD/902
32 TOWER VI – IX - LAYOUT - TOILET 2 IX/TD/903
33 TOWER VI – IX - SECTION - TOILET 2 IX/TD/904
34 TOWER VI – IX - DETAILS - FALSE CEILING 1 IX/FC/901
35 TOWER VI – IX - DETAILS - FALSE CEILING 2 IX/FC/902
Structural
36 TOWER VI-IX - FOUNDATION LAYOUT CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/VI-IX/001
37 TOWER VI-IX - FOUNDATION LAYOUT CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/VI-IX/002
38 TOWER VI-IX - COLUMN LAYOUT CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/VI-IX/100
39 TOWER VI-IX - COLUMN SCHEDULE DETAILS 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/VI-IX/101
40 TOWER VI-IX - COLUMN SCHEDULE DETAILS 2 CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/VI-IX/101A
41 TOWER VI-IX - COLUMN SCHEDULE DETAILS 3 CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/VI-IX/101B
42 TOWER VI-IX - COLUMN SCHEDULE DETAILS 4 CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/VI-IX/101C
43 TOWER VI-IX - COLUMN SCHEDULE DETAILS 5 CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/VI-IX/101D
44 TOWER VI-IX - COLUMN SCHEDULE DETAILS 6 CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/VI-IX/101E

45 TOWER VI - FRAMING PLAN – STILT LVL. CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/VI/201
46 TOWER VII - FRAMING PLAN – STILT LVL. CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/VII/202
47 TOWER VIII - FRAMING PLAN – STILT LVL. CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/VIII/203
48 TOWER IX - FRAMING PLAN – STILT LVL. CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/IX/204
49 TOWER VI - FRAMING PLAN – PODIUM LVL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/VI/205
50 TOWER VII-VIII - FRAMING PLAN – PODIUM LVL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/VII-VIII/206

51 TOWER IX - FRAMING PLAN – PODIUM LVL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/IX/207
484
TOWER VI-IX - FRAMING PLAN - 2ND, 4TH, 6TH,

52 8TH & 10TH FLOOR LVL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/VI-IX/208
TOWER VI-IX - FRAMING PLAN - 3RD, 5TH FLOOR
53 LVL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/VI-IX/209
TOWER VI-IX - FRAMING PLAN - 7TH & 9TH
54 FLOOR LVL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/VI-IX/210
55 TOWER VI - BEAM ELEVATION 1 – STILT LVL. CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/VI/201A
56 TOWER VII - BEAM ELEVATION 1 – STILT LVL. CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/VII/202A
57 TOWER VIII - BEAM ELEVATION 1 – STILT LVL. CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/VIII/203A
58 TOWER IX - BEAM ELEVATION 1 – STILT LVL. CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/IX/204A
59 TOWER VI - BEAM ELEVATION 1 – PODIUM LVL. CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/VI/205A
TOWER VII-VIII - BEAM ELEVATION 1 – PODIUM CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/VII-
60 LVL. VIII/206A
61 TOWER IX - BEAM ELEVATION 1 – PODIUM LVL. CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/IX/207A
TOWER VI-IX - BEAM ELEVATION - 2ND, 4TH, 6TH,
62 8TH & 10TH FLOOR LVL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/VI-IX/208A
TOWER VI-IX - BEAM ELEVATION - 3RD, 5TH
63 FLOOR LVL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/VI-IX/209A
TOWER VI-IX - BEAM ELEVATION - 7TH & 9TH
64 FLOOR LVL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/VI-IX/210A
Electrical
65 TOWER VI-IX - LIGHTING LAYOUT - STILT FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/VI-IX/200
TOWER VI-IX - LIGHTING LAYOUT –TYPICAL
66 FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/VI-IX/201
TOWER VI-IX - LIGHTING LAYOUT – 7TH,9TH &
67 11TH FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/VI-IX/202
68 TOWER VI-IX - LIGHTING LAYOUT - TERRACE CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/VI-IX/203
69 TOWER VI-IX – LV LAYOUT - STILT FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/VI-IX/204
TOWER VI-IX – LV LAYOUT - 2ND,4TH,6TH,8TH &
70 10TH FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/VI-IX/205
TOWER VI-IX – LV LAYOUT - 7TH,9TH & 11TH
71 FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/VI-IX/206
72 TOWER VI-IX –FIRE ALARM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/VI-IX/207
Plumbing
TOWER VI-IX - WATER SUPPLY SCHEMATIC
73 DIAGRAM CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/VI-IX/001
TOWER VI-IX - PLUMBING LAYOUT - OVER HEAD
74 TANK DETAIL CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/VI-IX/002
TOWER VI-IX – PLUMBING LAYOUT - STILT
75 FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/VI-IX/200
TOWER VI-IX – PLUMBING LAYOUT - PODIUM
TOWER VI-IX – PLUMBING LAYOUT - TYPICAL
TOWER VI-IX – PLUMBING LAYOUT - REFUGE
485
TOWER VI-IX - PLUMBING LAYOUT - TERRACE

TOWER VI-IX - PLUMBING LAYOUT - TYPICAL
81 TOILET CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/VI-IX/900
FIRE FIGHTING
82 CRECHE FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/FF/3/VI-IX /202
83 TERRACE FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/FF/3/ VI-IX /205
84 TYPICAL FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/FF/3/ VI-IX /204
85 REFUGE FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/FF/3/ VI-IX /203
86 PODIUM FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/FF/3/ VI-IX /201
87 STILT FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/FF/3/ VI-IX /200
486
TOWER X – HOSTEL BLOCK

S.
No.
ARCHITECTURAL
1 TOWER X - GROUND FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/X/200
2 TOWER X - 1ST FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/X/201
3 TOWER X - 2ND FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/X/202
4 TOWER X - 3RD FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/X/203
5 TOWER X - 4TH FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/X/204
6 TOWER X – 5TH FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/X/205
10 TOWER X - TERRACE PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/X/209
11 TOWER X - ELEVATIONS 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/X/401
15 TOWER X - SECTION 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/X/301
16 TOWER X - SECTION 2 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/X/302
17 TOWER X - DETAILS - BALCONY 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/X/BD/901
18 TOWER X - DETAILS - DOOR WINDOW 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/X/DW/901

487
22 TOWER X - DETAILS - FALSE CEILING 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/X/FD/901

TOWER X - DETAILS - FLOORING - ENTRANCE
23 LOBBY/CORRIDOR CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/X/FP/901
TOWER X - DETAILS - FLOORING - GROUND
24 FLOOR COMMON AREAS CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/X/FP/902
25 TOWER X - DETAILS - FLOORING - 1ST FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/X/FP/903

TOWER X - DETAILS - FLOORING – TYPICAL UNIT
26 FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/X/FP/904
TOWER X - DETAILS - LIFT FACIA – 1ST FLOOR TO
27 10TH FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/X/LF/902
28 TOWER X - DETAILS - STAIRCASE 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/X/SD/901

TOWER X - DETAILS - TOILETS 1 -TYPICAL
31 LAYOUT CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/X/TD/901
TOWER X - DETAILS - TOILETS 1- TYPICAL
32 SECTIONS CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/X/TD/902
TOWER X - DETAILS - STAFF TOILET
33 MALE/FEMALE – LAYOUT CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/X/TD/903
TOWER X - DETAILS - STAFF TOILET FEMALE –
TOWER X - DETAILS - STAFF TOILET MALE –
TOWER X - DETAILS – FEMALE CHANGE ROOM –
TOWER X - DETAILS – MALE CHANGE ROOM –
40 SECTION CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/X/TD/910
41 SECTION CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/X/TD/911
TOWER X - DETAILS – HANDWASH AREA FIRST
42 FLOOR 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/X/HD/912
TOWER X - DETAILS – HANDWASH AREA FIRST
43 FLOOR 2 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/X/HD/913
488
STRUCTURAL
44 TOWER X - FOUNDATION LAYOUT CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/X/001
45 TOWER X - FOUNDATION LAYOUT CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/X/002
46 TOWER X - COLUMN LAYOUT CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/X/100
47 TOWER X - COLUMN SCHEDULE DETAILS 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/X/101
51 TOWER X - FRAMING PLAN - PLINTH LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/X/200
52 TOWER X - FRAMING PLAN – 1ST FLOOR LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/X/201
53 TOWER X - FRAMING PLAN – 2ND FLOOR LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/X/202
54 TOWER X - FRAMING PLAN – 3RD FLOOR LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/X/203
55 TOWER X - FRAMING PLAN – 4TH FLOOR LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/X/204
60 TOWER X - FRAMING PLAN - TERRACE CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/X/209
61 TOWER X - BEAM ELEVATIONS -PLINTH LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/X/200A
62 TOWER X - BEAM ELEVATIONS -1ST FLOOR LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/X/201A

TOWER X - BEAM ELEVATIONS -2ND FLOOR
63 LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/X/202A
TOWER X - BEAM ELEVATIONS -3RD FLOOR
TOWER X - BEAM ELEVATIONS -4TH FLOOR
489

TOWER X - BEAM ELEVATIONS -TERRACE FLOOR
ELECTRICAL
TOWER X – LIGHTING & POWER LAYOUT -
71 GROUND FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/X/200
TOWER X – LIGHTING & POWER LAYOUT - 1ST
72 FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/X/201
TOWER X – LIGHTING & POWER LAYOUT - 2ND
TOWER X - LIGHTING & POWER LAYOUT - 3RD
TOWER X - LIGHTING & POWER LAYOUT – 4TH
TOWER X - LIGHTING & POWER LAYOUT - 7TH
TOWER X – LIGHTING & POWER LAYOUT – 8TH
TOWER X – LIGHTING & POWER LAYOUT –
80 TERRACE PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/X/209
81 TOWER X – LV LAYOUT - GROUND FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/X/210
82 TOWER X – LV LAYOUT - 1ST FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/X/211
83 TOWER X – LV LAYOUT - 2ND FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/X/212
84 TOWER X – LV LAYOUT - 3RD FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/X/213
85 TOWER X – LV LAYOUT – 4TH FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/X/214

490
88 TOWER X – LV LAYOUT - 7TH FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/X/217
90 TOWER X – FIRE ALARM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/X/219

PLUMBING
91 TOWER X - WATER SUPPLY SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/X/001

TOWER X – PLUMBING LAYOUT - GROUND FLOOR
92 PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/X/200
TOWER X – PLUMBING LAYOUT - GROUND FLOOR
93 CEILING PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/X/201
TOWER X – PLUMBING LAYOUT - 1ST FLOOR
TOWER X – PLUMBING LAYOUT – 1ST FLOOR
95 CEILING PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/X/203
TOWER X – PLUMBING LAYOUT - 2ND FLOOR
TOWER X – PLUMBING LAYOUT - 3RD FLOOR
TOWER X – PLUMBING LAYOUT – 4TH FLOOR
TOWER X – PLUMBING LAYOUT - 7TH FLOOR
TOWER X – PLUMBING LAYOUT – TERRACE
103 FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/X/211
FIRE FIGHTING
TOWER X – FIRE FIGHTING LAYOUT - GROUND
104 FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/FF/3/X/200
TOWER X - FIRE FIGHTING LAYOUT - 1ST FLOOR
105 PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/FF/3/X/201
TOWER X - FIRE FIGHTING LAYOUT - 2ND FLOOR
TOWER X - FIRE FIGHTING LAYOUT - 3RD FLOOR
TOWER X - FIRE FIGHTING LAYOUT – 4TH FLOOR
TOWER X - FIRE FIGHTINGLAYOUT – 5TH FLOOR
491

TOWER X – FIRE FIGHTING LAYOUT – 7TH FLOOR
TOWER X - FIRE FIGHTING LAYOUT TERRACE
112 LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/FF/3/X/209
492
BLOCK XI – ACADEMIC BLOCK

S.
No.
ARCHITECTURAL
1 TOWER XI - GROUND FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XI/200
2 TOWER XI - 1ST FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XI/201
3 TOWER XI - 2ND FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XI/202
4 TOWER XI - TERRACE PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XI/203
5 TOWER XI - ELEVATIONS 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XI/401
9 TOWER XI – SECTION 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XI/301
12 TOWER XI – DETAIL – BALCONY 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XI/BD/901
13 TOWER XI – DETAIL – BALCONY 2 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XI/BD/902
14 TOWER XI - DETAILS - DOOR WINDOW 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XI/DW/901
TOWER XI - DETAILS - FALSE CEILING – GROUND
19 FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XI/FC/901
TOWER XI - DETAILS - FALSE CEILING – 1ST
TOWER XI - DETAILS - FALSE CEILING – 2ND
TOWER XI - DETAILS -FLOORING – GROUND
22 FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XI/FP/901
23 TOWER XI - DETAILS -FLOORING – 1ST FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XI/FP/902
24 TOWER XI - DETAILS -FLOORING – 2ND FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XI/FP/903
25 TOWER XI - DETAILS -LIFT FACIA CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XI/LF/901
26 TOWER XI - DETAILS – TOILETS 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XI/TD/901
31 TOWER XI - DETAILS – HANDICAPED TOILET CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XI/TD/906
35 TOWER XI - DETAILS – STAIRCASE 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XI/SD/901
493
STRUCTURAL
38 TOWER XI - FOUNDATION LAYOUT CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XI/001
39 TOWER XI - FOUNDATION DETAILS CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XI/002
40 TOWER XI - COLUMN LAYOUT CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XI/100
41 TOWER XI - COLUMN SCHEDULE CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XI/101
42 TOWER XI - FRAMING PLAN - PLINTH LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XI/200
43 TOWER XI - FRAMING PLAN - 1ST FLOOR LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XI/201
44 TOWER XI - FRAMING PLAN – 2ND FLOOR LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XI/202
TOWER XI - FRAMING PLAN – TERRACE FLOOR
45 LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XI/203
46 TOWER XI - BEAM ELEVATION – PLINTH LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XI/200A
47 TOWER XI - BEAM ELEVATION – PLINTH LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XI/200B
48 TOWER XI - BEAM ELEVATION – 1ST FLOOR LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XI/201A
49 TOWER XI - BEAM ELEVATION – 1ST FLOOR LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XI/201B
TOWER XI - BEAM ELEVATION – 2ND FLOOR
50 LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XI/202A
TOWER XI - BEAM ELEVATION – 2ND FLOOR
52 LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XI/203A
ELECTRICAL
TOWER XI - LIGHTING & POWER LAYOUT -
54 GROUND FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/XI/200
TOWER XI - LIGHTING & POWER LAYOUT – 1ST
55 FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/XI/201
TOWER XI - LIGHTING & POWER LAYOUT – 2ND
56 FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/XI/202
TOWER XI - LIGHTING & POWER LAYOUT -
57 TERRACE CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/XI/203
58 TOWER XI – LV LAYOUT – GROUND FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/XI/204
59 TOWER XI – LV LAYOUT – 1ST FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/XI/205
60 TOWER XI – LV LAYOUT – 2ND FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/XI/206
61 TOWER XI – FIRE ALARM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/XI/207
PLUMBING
62 BLOCK XI - WATER SUPPLY SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/XI/001
BLOCK XI– PLUMBING LAYOUT - GROUND FLOOR
63 PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/XI/200
BLOCK XI– PLUMBING LAYOUT - GROUND CEILING
65 BLOCK XI– PLUMBING LAYOUT – 1st FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/XI/202
66 BLOCK XI– PLUMBING LAYOUT – 2nd FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/XI/203
BLOCK XI– PLUMBING LAYOUT – TERRACE FLOOR
494
BLOCK XI– PLUMBING LAYOUT – GROUND FLOOR

68 TOILET CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/XI/900
BLOCK XI– PLUMBING LAYOUT – TYPICAL TOILET
69 DETAIL CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/XI/901
FIRE FIGHTING
BLOCK XI– FIRE FIGHTING LAYOUT - GROUND
70 FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/FF/3/XI/200
BLOCK XI– FIRE FIGHTING LAYOUT – 1st FLOOR
71 PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/FF/3/XI/202
BLOCK XI– FIRE FIGHTING LAYOUT – 2nd FLOOR
72 PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/FF/3/XI/203
BLOCK XI– FIRE FIGHTING LAYOUT – TERRACE
73 FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/FF/3/XI/204
495
BLOCK XII – CLUB HOUSE

S.
No.
ARCHITECTURAL
1 CLUB - GROUND FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XII/200
2 TOWER XII - FIRST FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XII/201
3 TOWER XII - TERRACE PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XII/202
4 TOWER XII - ELEVATION 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XII/401
5 TOWER XII - ELEVATION 2 & 4 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XII/402
6 TOWER XII - ELEVATION 3 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XII/403
7 TOWER XII - SECTION 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XII/301
8 TOWER XII - DETAIL - BALCONY 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XII/BD/901
9 TOWER XII - DETAILS - DOOR WINDOW 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XII/DW/901

TOWER XII - DETAILS - FLOORING - GROUND
14 FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XII/FP/901
15 TOWER XII - DETAILS - FLOORING - FIRST FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XII/FP/902
16 TOWER XII - DETAILS – FALSE CEILING CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XII/FC/901
17 TOWER XII - DETAILS – FALSE CEILING CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XII/FC/902
18 TOWER XII - DETAILS - STAIRCASE 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XII/SD/901
19 TOWER XII - DETAILS - STAIRCASE 2 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XII/SD/902

TOWER XII - DETAILS – FEMALE CHANGE ROOM -
20 LAYOUT CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XII/TD/901
TOWER XII - DETAILS – FEMALE CHANGE ROOM -
21 SECTION CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XII/TD/902
TOWER XII - DETAILS – MALE CHANGE ROOM -
496
TOWER XII - DETAILS – MALE CHANGE ROOM -

TOWER XII - DETAILS – COMMON TOILET (GR &
24 1ST FLOOR) -LAYOUT CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XII/TD/905
25 1ST FLOOR) -SECTION CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XII/TD/906
26 1ST FLOOR) -SECTION CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XII/TD/907
27 TOWER XII - DETAILS – GREEN ROOM TOILET CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XII/TD/908

TOWER XII - DETAILS – PRE-FUNCTION AREA
28 TOILET - LAYOUT CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XII/TD/909
TOWER XII - DETAILS – PRE-FUNCTION AREA
29 TOILET – SECTIONS CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XII/TD/910
TOWER XII - DETAILS – GYMNASIUM TOILET –
TOWER XII - DETAILS – GYMNASIUM TOILET –
32 TOWER XII - DETAILS – WORKERS TOILET CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XII/TD/913
33 TOWER XII- DETAILS – SWIMMING POOL CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XII/SP/901
34 TOWER XII- DETAILS – SWIMMING POOL CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XII/SP/902
Structural
35 TOWER XII - FOUNDATION LAYOUT & DETAIL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XII/001
36 TOWER XII - COLUMN LAYOUT - GROUND FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XII/100
37 TOWER XII - COLUMN SCHEDULE 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XII/101
38 TOWER XII - COLUMN SCHEDULE 2 CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XII/102
39 TOWER XII - FRAMING PLAN - PLINTH LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XII/200
40 TOWER XII - FRAMING PLAN - 1ST FLOOR LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XII/201

TOWER XII - FRAMING PLAN – TERRACE FLOOR
41 LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XII/202
42 TOWER XII - BEAM ELEVATION – PLINTH LEVEL. CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XII/200A

TOWER XII - BEAM ELEVATION – 1ST FLOOR
43 LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XII/201A
TOWER XII - BEAM ELEVATION – TERRACE
44 FLOOR LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XII/202A
Electrical
45 TOWER XII - LIGHTING LAYOUT - GROUND FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/XII/200

497
46 TOWER XII - LIGHTING LAYOUT - FIRST FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/XII/201

TOWER XII - LIGHTING LAYOUT – TERRACE
47 FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/XII/202
TOWER XII - POWER & LV LAYOUT - GROUND
48 FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/XII/203
49 TOWER XII - POWER & LV LAYOUT - FIRST FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/XII/204
50 TOWER XII – FIRE ALARM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/XII/205

PLUMBING
TOWER XII - WATER SUPPLY SCHEMATIC
51 DIAGRAM CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/XII/001
TOWER XII– PLUMBING LAYOUT - GROUND
52 FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/XII/200
TOWER XII– PLUMBING LAYOUT - 1ST FLOOR
53 PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/XII/201
TOWER XII– PLUMBING LAYOUT – TERRACE
54 FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/XII/202
TOWER XII - PLUMBING LAYOUT - GROUND
55 FLOOR TOILET CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/XII/900
FIRE FIGHTING
TOWER XII– FIRE FIGHTING LAYOUT - GROUND
56 FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/FF/3/XII/200
TOWER XII– FIRE FIGHTING LAYOUT - 1ST FLOOR
57 PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/FF/3/XII/201
TOWER XII– FIRE FIGHTING LAYOUT – TERRACE
58 FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/FF/3/XII/202
498
BLOCK XIII – CARETAKER BLOCK

S. No. Drawing Title Drawing No.
ARCHITECTURAL
1 TOWER XIII - GROUND FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XIII/200
2 TOWER XIII – FIRST FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XIII/201
3 TOWER XIII - TERRACE PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XIII/202
4 TOWER XIII - ELEVATION 1 & 2 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XIII/401
5 TOWER XIII - ELEVATION 3 & 4 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XIII/402
6 TOWER XIII - SECTION CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XIII/301
7 TOWER XIII - DETAILS - DOOR WINDOW CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XIII/DW/901
8 TOWER XIII - DETAILS - DOOR WINDOW CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XIII/DW/902
9 TOWER XIII - DETAILS – BALCONY 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XIII/BD/901
TOWER XIII - DETAILS - FALSE CEILING GROUND
10 FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XIII/FC/901
11 TOWER XIII - DETAILS - FLOORING GROUND FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XIII/FP/901
12 TOWER XIII - DETAILS - FLOORING 1ST FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XIII/FP/902
13 TOWER XIII - DETAILS - TOILET 1 CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XIII/TD/901
19 TOWER XIII - DETAILS – STAIRCASE CPWD/RBI/2021/AR/3/XIII/SD/901
STRUCTURAL
20 TOWER XIII - FOUNDATION LAYOUT CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XIII/001
21 TOWER XIII - COLUMN LAYOUT CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XIII/100
22 TOWER XIII - COLUMN SCHEDULE CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XIII/101
23 TOWER XIII - FRAMING PLAN - PLINTH LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XIII/200
24 TOWER XIII - FRAMING PLAN – 1ST FLOOR LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XIII/201
TOWER XIII - FRAMING PLAN – TERRACE FLOOR
25 LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XIII/202
26 TOWER XIII - FRAMING PLAN – MUMTY LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XIII/203
27 TOWER XIII - BEAM ELEVATION – PLINTH LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XIII/200A
28 TOWER XIII - BEAM ELEVATION – 1ST FLOOR LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XIII/201A
TOWER XIII - BEAM ELEVATION – TERRACE FLOOR
29 LEVEL CPWD/RBI/2021/ST/3/XIII/202A
ELECTRICAL
BLOCK XIII - LIGHTING & POWER LAYOUT - GROUND
30 FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/XIII/200
BLOCK XIII - LIGHTING & POWER LAYOUT - FIRST
31 FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/XIII/201
BLOCK XIII - LIGHTING & POWER LAYOUT -TERRACE
32 PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/XIII/202
33 BLOCK XIII - LV LAYOUT -GROUND FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/XIII/203
499
34 BLOCK XIII - LV LAYOUT -FIRST FLOOR CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/XIII/204

35 BLOCK XIII - FIRE ALARM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM CPWD/RBI/2021/EL/3/XIII/205
PLUMBING
36 BLOCK XII - WATER SUPPLY SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/XIII/001
BLOCK XII– PLUMBING LAYOUT - GROUND FLOOR
37 PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/XIII/200
38 BLOCK XII– PLUMBING LAYOUT - 1ST FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/XIII/201
BLOCK XII– PLUMBING LAYOUT – TERRACE FLOOR
39 PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/PL/3/XIII/202
FIRE FIGHTING
BLOCK XII– FIRE FIGHTING LAYOUT - GROUND
40 FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/FF/3/XIII/200
BLOCK XII– FIRE FIGHTING LAYOUT - 1ST FLOOR
41 PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/FF/3/XIII/201
BLOCK XII– FIRE FIGHTING LAYOUT – TERRACE
42 FLOOR PLAN CPWD/RBI/2021/FF/3/XIII/202
500
TENDER
DRAWINGS
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232

TN03102022 An1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TN03102022 An1

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

TN03102022 An1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

0

Office of the EE & SM-II, O/o CE cum ED, Mumbai

NIT NO- 05/NIT/EE & SM II/CE cum ED Mumbai /2022-23

2 PART ‘A’ TECHNICAL BID 4-27

3 PART I – GENERAL INFORMATION 5

4 Information and Instructions for Bidders for E-Tendering 6-15

17 Annexure 6: Integrity Pacts 58-64

17 PART III – FINANCIAL BID 65

20 Proforma Of Schedules: A to F (For Civil Components) 70-84

21 Additional, Special Conditions and Particular Specifications 85

22 Additional Conditions 86-105

23 Special conditions for cement and steel reinforcement bars 106-110

24 Special conditions for compliance of green building 111-126

25 Particular Specification for Civil Component 127-198

27 Form for Guarantee Bonds 204-208

28 PART ‘C’ COMPONANT (ELECTRICAL) 209

29 Proforma of Schedules: A to F (For E & M Component) 210

31 Complience required for GRIHA 5-star rating 219

32 Specifications of E & M Works 245

30 Association of other agencies for execution of specialized E & M 246

32 Subhead 2: Wet riser andsprinkler system 256

33 Subhead 3: Addressable firealarm system 259

34 Subhead 5: STP 285

35 Subhead 6: Substation 293

36 Subhead 7: DG Set 313

37 Subhead 8: VRF Systems 314

38 List of Preferred Makes 320-328

40 PART ‘D’ SCHEDULE OF QUANTITY 332

41 Schedule of Quantity for composite works 333-469

42 PART ‘E’ OTHER DOCUMENTS 470-1232

43 List of drawings & Tender drawings 471-1154

44 Soil Testing Report 1155-1232

Executive Engineer & Senior Manager II,

Central Public Works Department

NIT No.: 05/NIT/EE & SM II/CE cum ED Mumbai /2022-23

Estimated cost Rs. 3696367987/-

Executive Engineer & Senior Manager II,

CENTRAL PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT

Time and date of

of original EMD and

Package 1:- C/o 1 No Grade

(quarters 159 G+10) 4 Nos

Up to 15.00 Hrs on 31/10/2022

After 15.30 Hrs on 31/10/2022

and development work for

a) Experience of having completed works of similar nature: -

b) Average financial turnover: -

d) Bankers Certificate / Net Worth Certificate: -

e) Bidding Capacity (Applicable for CPWD registered contractor also): -

f) Evaluation of performance: Evaluation of the performance of contractors for eligibility

4. The bid document consisting of plans, specifications, the schedule of quantities of

The associate agency shall be registered/enlisted in

The associate agency (Non CPWD) having valid

In case of private works, the same shall be supported

3 Similar Works each of value not less than 40% of

The associate specialized agency having successfully

(i) Three similar works each of value not less than

In case of private works, the same shall be

As per the eligibility criteria of lift works (revision 3)